The “FarAboveAll” Translation of the Old Testament / Tanakh

Numbers, Deuteronomy

Version 0.27, 3 November, 2017

Summary

We offer a freely copyable translation of the Old Testament / Tanakh based on the Masoretic Text. The translation follows the Masoretic text, ketiv or qeré (which will be indicated), and vowels (but we retain freedom regarding word grouping), except that the changes made by the Sopherim are reversed (see Companion Bible Appendices 32 and 33). Textual and explanatory remarks may be made in the notes. Our translation may be freely copied (see copyright notices below).

Copyright

There are three areas of copyright to consider: the copyright of sources used, the copyright of fonts used, and the copyright of our own work.

Copyright of sources used

The Hebrew / Aramaic text as starting material is the Westminster Leningrad Codex [4.18], obtained from http://www.tanach.us/TextFiles.

The license, as of 1 June 2011, at http://www.tanach.us/License.html reads: “All files in the main directory, except Tanach.zip, and all files in the following subdirectories may be used without restriction.” We have used the text files from http://www.tanach.us/TextFiles/, one of the subdirectories referred to as able to be used without restriction.

We remark that, according to http://tanach.us/Tanach.xml#Home, the files are derived “from the electronic version of the Leningrad Codex maintained by the J. Alan Groves Center for Advanced Biblical Research” who have written to us that they “make no claim on the use of the WLC”.

We nevertheless suggest that commercial publishers wishing to publish our combined Hebrew and English documents should verify the copyright position of the Hebrew text for themselves.

Copyright of fonts

The Hebrew text renders most accurately in SBL Hebrew, which is free for personal use. Commercial publishers must consult the copyright holder. The text renders reasonably in Times New Roman. In any case, commercial publishers must check and comply with font copyright issues.

Our copyright

The introduction, the English translation and notes (referred to as "this text" below) Copyright © 2009-2017 by Graham G Thomason.
Anyone is permitted to copy and distribute this text or any portion of this text. It may be incorporated in a larger work, and/or quoted from, stored in a database retrieval system, photocopied, reprinted, or otherwise duplicated by anyone without prior notification, permission, compensation to the holder, or any other restrictions. All rights to this text are released to everyone and no-one can reduce these rights at any time. The permitted use or reproduction of the above-mentioned text does not imply doctrinal or theological agreement by the present author and publisher with whatever views may be maintained or promulgated by other publishers. For the purpose of assigning responsibility, it is requested that the present author's name and the title associated with this text and its availability at www.FarAboveAll.com as well as this disclaimer be retained in any subsequent reproduction of this material.
- end of quotation -

Introduction

Please see the separate introduction to this Hebrew / Aramaic text and translation.

VERSE HEBREW/ARAMAIC ENGLISH NOTES
Nu 1:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֛ה בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינַ֖י בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד בְּאֶחָד֩ לַחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י בַּשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית לְצֵאתָ֛ם מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses in the Sinai desert in the tent of contact on the first day of the second month in the second year since they came out of the land of Egypt, and said, the tent of contact: an example of a case where the Hebrew lacks the article, whereas the English requires it.
Nu 1:2 ‫שְׂא֗וּ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙ כָּל־עֲדַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֔וֹת כָּל־זָכָ֖ר לְגֻלְגְּלֹתָֽם׃‬ Hold a census of all the congregation of the sons of Israel according to their families, according to their paternal house, for the number of the names of every male according to their headcount. hold a census ← take the head / sum.

headcount ← skulls.
Nu 1:3 ‫מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כָּל־יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל תִּפְקְד֥וּ אֹתָ֛ם לְצִבְאֹתָ֖ם אַתָּ֥ה וְאַהֲרֹֽן׃‬ From twenty years old and upwards – everyone who could serve in the army in Israel – you and Aaron will count them according to their armies. who could serve in the army ← who goes out army. Perhaps workforce rather than army in the context of this chapter. See also Nu 8:25.
Nu 1:4 ‫וְאִתְּכֶ֣ם יִהְי֔וּ אִ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ לַמַּטֶּ֑ה אִ֛ישׁ רֹ֥אשׁ לְבֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖יו הֽוּא׃‬ And one man per tribe will be with you: he who is the chief man of his paternal house. one man per tribe ← a man, a man for the tribe.
Nu 1:5 ‫וְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ שְׁמ֣וֹת הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַֽעַמְד֖וּ אִתְּכֶ֑ם לִרְאוּבֵ֕ן אֱלִיצ֖וּר בֶּן־שְׁדֵיאֽוּר׃‬ And these are the names of the men who will stand with you: for Reuben, Elizur the son of Shedeur.
Nu 1:6 ‫לְשִׁמְע֕וֹן שְׁלֻמִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּרִֽישַׁדָּֽי׃‬ For Simeon, Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai.
Nu 1:7 ‫לִֽיהוּדָ֕ה נַחְשׁ֖וֹן בֶּן־עַמִּינָדָֽב׃‬ For Judah, Nahshon the son of Amminadab.
Nu 1:8 ‫לְיִ֨שָּׂשכָ֔ר נְתַנְאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּעָֽר׃‬ For Issachar, Nethaneel the son of Zuar. Nethaneel ← Nethan'el, the syllable -than- being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Nu 1:9 ‫לִזְבוּלֻ֕ן אֱלִיאָ֖ב בֶּן־חֵלֹֽן׃‬ For Zubulun, Eliab the son of Helon.
Nu 1:10 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף לְאֶפְרַ֕יִם אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע בֶּן־עַמִּיה֑וּד לִמְנַשֶּׁ֕ה גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־פְּדָהצֽוּר׃‬ For the sons of Joseph: for Ephraim, Elishama the son of Ammihud; for Manasseh, Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur. Gamaliel ← Gamliel, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Nu 1:11 ‫לְבִ֨נְיָמִ֔ן אֲבִידָ֖ן בֶּן־גִּדְעֹנִֽי׃‬ For Benjamin, Abidan the son of Gideoni. Gideoni ← Gid'oni, the first syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. The same applies to Gideon.
Nu 1:12 ‫לְדָ֕ן אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר בֶּן־עַמִּֽישַׁדָּֽי׃‬ For Dan, Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai.
Nu 1:13 ‫לְאָשֵׁ֕ר פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עָכְרָֽן׃‬ For Asher, Pagiel the son of Ocran. Ocran ← Ochran, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Ocran does not recognize the soft kaph (as in Issachar).
Nu 1:14 ‫לְגָ֕ד אֶלְיָסָ֖ף בֶּן־דְּעוּאֵֽל׃‬ For Gad, Eliasaph the son of Deuel.
Nu 1:15 ‫לְנַ֨פְתָּלִ֔י אֲחִירַ֖ע בֶּן־עֵינָֽן׃‬ For Naphtali, Ahira the son of Enan.”
Nu 1:16 ‫אֵ֚לֶּה *קריאי **קְרוּאֵ֣י הָעֵדָ֔ה נְשִׂיאֵ֖י מַטּ֣וֹת אֲבוֹתָ֑ם רָאשֵׁ֛י אַלְפֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם׃‬ These are those called out from the congregation, the leading men from the tribes of their fathers. They are the heads of the families of Israel. those called out: the ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

families: or, thousands.
Nu 1:17 ‫וַיִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֖ה וְאַהֲרֹ֑ן אֵ֚ת הָאֲנָשִׁ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִקְּב֖וּ בְּשֵׁמֽוֹת׃‬ So Moses and Aaron took those men who were specified by their names,
Nu 1:18 ‫וְאֵ֨ת כָּל־הָעֵדָ֜ה הִקְהִ֗ילוּ בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י וַיִּתְיַֽלְד֥וּ עַל־מִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה וָמַ֖עְלָה לְגֻלְגְּלֹתָֽם׃‬ and they assembled the whole congregation on the first day of the second month, and they declared their genealogy according to their families, by their paternal house, according to the number of their names, from twenty years old and upwards, according to their headcount. headcount ← skulls.
Nu 1:19 ‫כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַֽיִּפְקְדֵ֖ם בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינָֽי׃ פ‬ As the Lord commanded Moses, so he counted them in the Sinai desert.
Nu 1:20 ‫וַיִּהְי֤וּ בְנֵֽי־רְאוּבֵן֙ בְּכֹ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֤ר שֵׁמוֹת֙ לְגֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔ם כָּל־זָכָ֗ר מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ And for the sons of Reuben, the eldest son of Israel, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names of their headcount – every male from twenty years old and above, everyone who could serve in the army – headcount ← skulls.

serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:21 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה רְאוּבֵ֑ן שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Reuben came to forty-six thousand five hundred. came to ← were (the first word of the previous verse).
Nu 1:22 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֔וֹן תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם פְּקֻדָ֗יו בְּמִסְפַּ֤ר שֵׁמוֹת֙ לְגֻלְגְּלֹתָ֔ם כָּל־זָכָ֗ר מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Simeon, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, those of his men counted, by the number of their names according to their headcount – every male from twenty years old and above, everyone who could serve in the army – headcount ← skulls.

serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:23 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה שִׁמְע֑וֹן תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Simeon came to fifty-nine thousand three hundred.
Nu 1:24 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Gad, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:25 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה גָ֑ד חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Gad came to forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty.
Nu 1:26 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Judah, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:27 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה יְהוּדָ֑ה אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Judah came to seventy-four thousand six hundred.
Nu 1:28 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Issachar in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:29 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה יִשָּׂשכָ֑ר אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Issachar came to fifty-four thousand four hundred.
Nu 1:30 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֔ן תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Zebulun, in their generations according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:31 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֑ן שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Zebulun came to fifty-seven thousand four hundred.
Nu 1:32 ‫לִבְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ לִבְנֵ֣י אֶפְרַ֔יִם תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Joseph, for the sons of Ephraim, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:33 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה אֶפְרָ֑יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Ephraim came to forty thousand five hundred.
Nu 1:34 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמ֗וֹת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Manasseh, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:35 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Manasseh came to thirty-two thousand two hundred.
Nu 1:36 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֔ן תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Benjamin, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:37 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֑ן חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Benjamin came to thirty-five thousand four hundred.
Nu 1:38 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י דָ֔ן תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Dan, in their genealogy, according to their families, according to their paternal house by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:39 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה דָ֑ן שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Dan came to sixty-two thousand seven hundred.
Nu 1:40 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֔ר תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ For the sons of Asher, in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:41 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֑ר אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Asher came to forty-one thousand five hundred.
Nu 1:42 ‫בְּנֵ֣י נַפְתָּלִ֔י תּוֹלְדֹתָ֥ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר שֵׁמֹ֗ת מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כֹּ֖ל יֹצֵ֥א צָבָֽא׃‬ The sons of Naphtali in their genealogy according to their families, according to their paternal house, by the number of their names from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:43 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה נַפְתָּלִ֑י שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ פ‬ those of them counted in the tribe of Naphtali came to fifty-three thousand four hundred.
Nu 1:44 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה הַפְּקֻדִ֡ים אֲשֶׁר֩ פָּקַ֨ד מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְאַהֲרֹן֙ וּנְשִׂיאֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אִ֑ישׁ אִישׁ־אֶחָ֥ד לְבֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖יו הָיֽוּ׃‬ These are those who were counted, whom Moses and Aaron counted with the leading men of Israel. There were twelve men – one man for each paternal house.
Nu 1:45 ‫וַיִּֽהְי֛וּ כָּל־פְּקוּדֵ֥י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה כָּל־יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And they were all the sons of Israel who were counted, according to their paternal house, from twenty years old and above – everyone who could serve in the army in Israel – serve in the army ← go out army.
Nu 1:46 ‫וַיִּֽהְיוּ֙ כָּל־הַפְּקֻדִ֔ים שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֑ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים׃‬ and all those counted came to six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty. came to ← were.
Nu 1:47 ‫וְהַלְוִיִּ֖ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה אֲבֹתָ֑ם לֹ֥א הָתְפָּקְד֖וּ בְּתוֹכָֽם׃ פ‬ But the Levites, according to the tribe of their fathers, were not counted among them.
Nu 1:48 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 1:49 ‫אַ֣ךְ אֶת־מַטֵּ֤ה לֵוִי֙ לֹ֣א תִפְקֹ֔ד וְאֶת־רֹאשָׁ֖ם לֹ֣א תִשָּׂ֑א בְּת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ “Now you shall not count the tribe of Levi, and you shall not hold a census of them among the sons of Israel.
Nu 1:50 ‫וְאַתָּ֡ה הַפְקֵ֣ד אֶת־הַלְוִיִּם֩ עַל־מִשְׁכַּ֨ן הָעֵדֻ֜ת וְעַ֣ל כָּל־כֵּלָיו֮ וְעַ֣ל כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ֒ הֵ֜מָּה יִשְׂא֤וּ אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּן֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־כֵּלָ֔יו וְהֵ֖ם יְשָׁרְתֻ֑הוּ וְסָבִ֥יב לַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן יַחֲנֽוּ׃‬ But you shall appoint the Levites over the tabernacle of the testimony and over all its equipment and over everything that belongs to it. They will carry the tabernacle and all its equipment. They will serve it and they will encamp around the tabernacle.
Nu 1:51 ‫וּבִנְסֹ֣עַ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֗ן יוֹרִ֤ידוּ אֹתוֹ֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם וּבַחֲנֹת֙ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן יָקִ֥ימוּ אֹת֖וֹ הַלְוִיִּ֑ם וְהַזָּ֥ר הַקָּרֵ֖ב יוּמָֽת׃‬ And when the tabernacle is moved, the Levites will take it down, and when the tabernacle is pitched, the Levites will set it up, and any foreigner who comes near will be put to death.
Nu 1:52 ‫וְחָנ֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִ֧ישׁ עַֽל־מַחֲנֵ֛הוּ וְאִ֥ישׁ עַל־דִּגְל֖וֹ לְצִבְאֹתָֽם׃‬ And the sons of Israel will pitch their camp, each one at his own encampment, and each one at his own ensign, according to their armies.
Nu 1:53 ‫וְהַלְוִיִּ֞ם יַחֲנ֤וּ סָבִיב֙ לְמִשְׁכַּ֣ן הָעֵדֻ֔ת וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה קֶ֔צֶף עַל־עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשָׁמְרוּ֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת מִשְׁכַּ֥ן הָעֵדֽוּת׃‬ But the Levites will encamp around the tabernacle of the testimony, and there will be no strife at the congregation of the sons of Israel, and the Levites will reliably carry out the operations of the tabernacle of the testimony.” reliably carry out the operations of ← keep the “keeping” / guard of.
Nu 1:54 ‫וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֖ה כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ׃ פ‬ And the sons of Israel acted according to everything that the Lord commanded Moses. So they acted.
Nu 2:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and to Aaron and said,
Nu 2:2 ‫אִ֣ישׁ עַל־דִּגְל֤וֹ בְאֹתֹת֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֔ם יַחֲנ֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל מִנֶּ֕גֶד סָבִ֥יב לְאֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד יַחֲנֽוּ׃‬ “The sons of Israel will encamp each at his own ensign, at the insignia of their paternal house. They shall encamp at a distance around the tent of contact.
Nu 2:3 ‫וְהַחֹנִים֙ קֵ֣דְמָה מִזְרָ֔חָה דֶּ֛גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה יְהוּדָ֖ה לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה נַחְשׁ֖וֹן בֶּן־עַמִּינָדָֽב׃‬ And those encamping towards the east, towards sunrise, will be those of the ensign of the camp of Judah, according to their armies, and the leader of the sons of Judah will be Nahshon the son of Amminadab.”
Nu 2:4 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to seventy-four thousand six hundred.
Nu 2:5 ‫וְהַחֹנִ֥ים עָלָ֖יו מַטֵּ֣ה יִשָּׂשכָ֑ר וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר נְתַנְאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּעָֽר׃‬ “And those encamping next to him will be the tribe of Issachar, and the leader of the sons of Issachar will be Nethaneel the son of Zuar.” Nethaneel: see Nu 1:8.
Nu 2:6 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ And his army and his men who were counted came to fifty-four thousand four hundred.
Nu 2:7 ‫מַטֵּ֖ה זְבוּלֻ֑ן וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֔ן אֱלִיאָ֖ב בֶּן־חֵלֹֽן׃‬ As for the tribe of Zebulun, now the leader of the sons of Zebulun will be Eliab the son of Helon.”
Nu 2:8 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and his men who were counted came to fifty-seven thousand four hundred.
Nu 2:9 ‫כָּֽל־הַפְּקֻדִ֞ים לְמַחֲנֵ֣ה יְהוּדָ֗ה מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְשֵֽׁשֶׁת־אֲלָפִ֥ים וְאַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ׃ ס‬ All those counted of the camp of Judah came to one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred in their armies. “They will move camp first.
Nu 2:10 ‫דֶּ֣גֶל מַחֲנֵ֧ה רְאוּבֵ֛ן תֵּימָ֖נָה לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י רְאוּבֵ֔ן אֱלִיצ֖וּר בֶּן־שְׁדֵיאֽוּר׃‬ The ensign of the camp of Reuben will be to the south, according to their armies, and the leader of the sons of Reuben will be Elizur the son of Shedeur.”
Nu 2:11 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֑יו שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and his men who were counted came to forty-six thousand five hundred.
Nu 2:12 ‫וְהַחוֹנִ֥ם עָלָ֖יו מַטֵּ֣ה שִׁמְע֑וֹן וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֔וֹן שְׁלֻמִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּרִֽי־שַׁדָּֽי׃‬ “And those encamping next to him will be the tribe of Simeon, and the leader of the sons of Simeon will be Shelumiel the son of Zuri-shaddai.”
Nu 2:13 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to fifty-nine thousand three hundred.
Nu 2:14 ‫וְמַטֵּ֖ה גָּ֑ד וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י גָ֔ד אֶלְיָסָ֖ף בֶּן־רְעוּאֵֽל׃‬ “As for the tribe of Gad, now the leader of the sons of Gad will be Eliasaph the son of Reuel.”
Nu 2:15 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty.
Nu 2:16 ‫כָּֽל־הַפְּקֻדִ֞ים לְמַחֲנֵ֣ה רְאוּבֵ֗ן מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ׃ ס‬ All those counted from the camp of Reuben came to one hundred and fifty-one thousand, four hundred and fifty, according to their armies. “And they will move camp second in line.
Nu 2:17 ‫וְנָסַ֧ע אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֛ד מַחֲנֵ֥ה הַלְוִיִּ֖ם בְּת֣וֹךְ הַֽמַּחֲנֹ֑ת כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר יַחֲנוּ֙ כֵּ֣ן יִסָּ֔עוּ אִ֥ישׁ עַל־יָד֖וֹ לְדִגְלֵיהֶֽם׃ ס‬ And the tent of contact will move with the camp of the Levites in the middle of the camps. As they encamp, that is how they will be moved, with each man in his place according to their ensigns. that is howthus.
Nu 2:18 ‫דֶּ֣גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה אֶפְרַ֛יִם לְצִבְאֹתָ֖ם יָ֑מָּה וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י אֶפְרַ֔יִם אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע בֶּן־עַמִּיהֽוּד׃‬ The ensign of the camp of Ephraim according to their armies will be to the west, and the leader of the sons of Ephraim will be Elishama the son of Ammihud.”
Nu 2:19 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to forty thousand five hundred.
Nu 2:20 ‫וְעָלָ֖יו מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־פְּדָהצֽוּר׃‬ “And next to him will be the tribe of Manasseh, and the chief of the sons of Manasseh will be Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur.” Gamaliel: see Nu 1:10.
Nu 2:21 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to thirty-two thousand two hundred.
Nu 2:22 ‫וּמַטֵּ֖ה בִּנְיָמִ֑ן וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֔ן אֲבִידָ֖ן בֶּן־גִּדְעֹנִֽי׃‬ “As for the tribe of Benjamin, now the leader of the sons of Benjamin will be Abidan the son of Gideoni.” Gideoni: see Nu 1:11.
Nu 2:23 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to thirty-five thousand four hundred.
Nu 2:24 ‫כָּֽל־הַפְּקֻדִ֞ים לְמַחֲנֵ֣ה אֶפְרַ֗יִם מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ׃ ס‬ All those counted from the camp of Ephraim came to one hundred and eight thousand one hundred, according to their armies. “And they will move third in line.
Nu 2:25 ‫דֶּ֣גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה דָ֛ן צָפֹ֖נָה לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י דָ֔ן אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר בֶּן־עַמִּֽישַׁדָּֽי׃‬ The ensign of the camp of Dan will be to the north according to their armies, and the leader of the sons of Dan will be Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai.”
Nu 2:26 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to sixty-two thousand seven hundred.
Nu 2:27 ‫וְהַחֹנִ֥ים עָלָ֖יו מַטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֑ר וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֔ר פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עָכְרָֽן׃‬ “And those who encamp next to him will be the tribe of Asher, and the leader of the sons of Asher will be Pagiel the son of Ocran.” Ocran: see Nu 1:13.
Nu 2:28 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to forty-one thousand five hundred.
Nu 2:29 ‫וּמַטֵּ֖ה נַפְתָּלִ֑י וְנָשִׂיא֙ לִבְנֵ֣י נַפְתָּלִ֔י אֲחִירַ֖ע בֶּן־עֵינָֽן׃‬ “As for the tribe of Naphtali, now the leader of the sons of Naphtali will be Ahira the son of Enan.”
Nu 2:30 ‫וּצְבָא֖וֹ וּפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And his army and those of them who were counted came to fifty-three thousand four hundred.
Nu 2:31 ‫כָּל־הַפְּקֻדִים֙ לְמַ֣חֲנֵה דָ֔ן מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת לָאַחֲרֹנָ֥ה יִסְע֖וּ לְדִגְלֵיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ All those counted from the camp of Dan came to one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred. “They will move camp according to their ensigns last.”
Nu 2:32 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה פְּקוּדֵ֥י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם כָּל־פְּקוּדֵ֤י הַֽמַּחֲנֹת֙ לְצִבְאֹתָ֔ם שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֙לֶף֙ וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים׃‬ These are the men of the sons of Israel who were counted according to their paternal house. All those counted by the camps of their armies came to six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty.
Nu 2:33 ‫וְהַ֨לְוִיִּ֔ם לֹ֣א הָתְפָּקְד֔וּ בְּת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ But the Levites were not counted among the sons of Israel, as the Lord had commanded Moses.
Nu 2:34 ‫וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֨ה יְהוָ֜ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֗ה כֵּֽן־חָנ֤וּ לְדִגְלֵיהֶם֙ וְכֵ֣ן נָסָ֔עוּ אִ֥ישׁ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖יו עַל־בֵּ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽיו׃‬ And the sons of Israel acted according to everything that the Lord had commanded Moses. That is how they encamped according to their ensigns and that is how they moved camp, each man according to his families, according to his paternal house. that is how (2x)thus.
Nu 3:1 ‫וְאֵ֛לֶּה תּוֹלְדֹ֥ת אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּמֹשֶׁ֑ה בְּי֗וֹם דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֖ה בְּהַ֥ר סִינָֽי׃‬ Now this is the genealogy of Aaron and Moses, on the day when the Lord spoke with Moses on Mount Sinai.
Nu 3:2 ‫וְאֵ֛לֶּה שְׁמ֥וֹת בְּֽנֵי־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַבְּכ֣וֹר ׀ נָדָ֑ב וַאֲבִיה֕וּא אֶלְעָזָ֖ר וְאִיתָמָֽר׃‬ These are the names of the sons of Aaron. The firstborn was Nadab, then Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 3:3 ‫אֵ֗לֶּה שְׁמוֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֔ן הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים הַמְּשֻׁחִ֑ים אֲשֶׁר־מִלֵּ֥א יָדָ֖ם לְכַהֵֽן׃‬ These are the names of the sons of Aaron, the priests who are anointed, whom he appointed to serve as priests. appointed ← filled their hand.
Nu 3:4 ‫וַיָּ֣מָת נָדָ֣ב וַאֲבִיה֣וּא לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֡ה בְּֽהַקְרִבָם֩ אֵ֨שׁ זָרָ֜ה לִפְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ בְּמִדְבַּ֣ר סִינַ֔י וּבָנִ֖ים לֹא־הָי֣וּ לָהֶ֑ם וַיְכַהֵ֤ן אֶלְעָזָר֙ וְאִ֣יתָמָ֔ר עַל־פְּנֵ֖י אַהֲרֹ֥ן אֲבִיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ But Nadab and Abihu died before the Lord when they offered strange fire before the Lord in the Sinai desert, and they had no sons, and Eleazar and Ithamar served as priests alongside Aaron their father. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

alongside ← at the face of.
Nu 3:5 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 3:6 ‫הַקְרֵב֙ אֶת־מַטֵּ֣ה לֵוִ֔י וְֽהַעֲמַדְתָּ֣ אֹת֔וֹ לִפְנֵ֖י אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַכֹּהֵ֑ן וְשֵׁרְת֖וּ אֹתֽוֹ׃‬ “Bring the tribe of Levi near and set them before Aaron the priest so that they serve him. them ← it, i.e. the tribe.

so that: purposive use of the vav.
Nu 3:7 ‫וְשָׁמְר֣וּ אֶת־מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗וֹ וְאֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֙רֶת֙ כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה לִפְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד לַעֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֥ת הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן׃‬ And they will discharge the duty he imposes, and the duty towards the whole congregation before the tent of contact, in performing the service of the tabernacle. the duty he imposeshis duty.

in performing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 3:8 ‫וְשָׁמְר֗וּ אֶֽת־כָּל־כְּלֵי֙ אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וְאֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לַעֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֥ת הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן׃‬ And they will have charge over all the equipment of the tent of contact, and a duty to the sons of Israel, to perform the service of the tabernacle.
Nu 3:9 ‫וְנָתַתָּה֙ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם לְאַהֲרֹ֖ן וּלְבָנָ֑יו נְתוּנִ֨ם נְתוּנִ֥ם הֵ֙מָּה֙ ל֔וֹ מֵאֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And you will give the Levites to Aaron and to his sons. They are absolutely given to him from the sons of Israel. absolutely given ← given, given.
Nu 3:10 ‫וְאֶת־אַהֲרֹ֤ן וְאֶת־בָּנָיו֙ תִּפְקֹ֔ד וְשָׁמְר֖וּ אֶת־כְּהֻנָּתָ֑ם וְהַזָּ֥ר הַקָּרֵ֖ב יוּמָֽת׃ פ‬ And you shall appoint Aaron and his sons, and they will be diligent in their priesthood, and any foreigner who approaches will be put to death.” be diligent in ← keep.
Nu 3:11 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 3:12 ‫וַאֲנִ֞י הִנֵּ֧ה לָקַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִתּוֹךְ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל תַּ֧חַת כָּל־בְּכ֛וֹר פֶּ֥טֶר רֶ֖חֶם מִבְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְהָ֥יוּ לִ֖י הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ Note how I have taken the Levites from among the sons of Israel instead of every firstborn who opens the womb from the sons of Israel, and the Levites will be mine. note how I ← And I, behold.
Nu 3:13 ‫כִּ֣י לִי֮ כָּל־בְּכוֹר֒ בְּיוֹם֩ הַכֹּתִ֨י כָל־בְּכ֜וֹר בְּאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם הִקְדַּ֨שְׁתִּי לִ֤י כָל־בְּכוֹר֙ בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מֵאָדָ֖ם עַד־בְּהֵמָ֑ה לִ֥י יִהְי֖וּ אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ ס‬ For every firstborn is mine. On the day when I struck every firstborn in the land of Egypt, I sanctified to myself every firstborn in Israel, both man and beast. They will be mine. I am the Lord.” both man and beast ← from man to beast. See 1 Sam 15:3.
Nu 3:14 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינַ֖י לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses in the Sinai desert and said,
Nu 3:15 ‫פְּקֹד֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י לֵוִ֔י לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם כָּל־זָכָ֛ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֥דֶשׁ וָמַ֖עְלָה תִּפְקְדֵֽם׃‬ “Count the sons of Levi according to their paternal house, according to their families. You shall count every male from a month old and above.”
Nu 3:16 ‫וַיִּפְקֹ֥ד אֹתָ֛ם מֹשֶׁ֖ה עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר צֻוָּֽה׃‬ So Moses counted them according to the instruction of the Lord, as he was commanded. instruction ← mouth.
Nu 3:17 ‫וַיִּֽהְיוּ־אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵֽי־לֵוִ֖י בִּשְׁמֹתָ֑ם גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּקְהָ֖ת וּמְרָרִֽי׃‬ And these were the sons of Levi by their names: Gershon and Kohath and Merari. Kohath: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 3:18 ‫וְאֵ֛לֶּה שְׁמ֥וֹת בְּֽנֵי־גֵרְשׁ֖וֹן לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם לִבְנִ֖י וְשִׁמְעִֽי׃‬ And these were the sons of Gershon according to their families: Libni and Shimei. Shimei: AV= Shimei here, Shimi in Ex 6:17.
Nu 3:19 ‫וּבְנֵ֥י קְהָ֖ת לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם עַמְרָ֣ם וְיִצְהָ֔ר חֶבְר֖וֹן וְעֻזִּיאֵֽל׃‬ And the sons of Kohath according to their families were Amram and Izehar, Hebron and Uzziel. Kohath: see Gn 46:11.

Izehar ← Izhar, the first syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Nu 3:20 ‫וּבְנֵ֧י מְרָרִ֛י לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם מַחְלִ֣י וּמוּשִׁ֑י אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֛ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הַלֵּוִ֖י לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽם׃‬ And the sons of Merari according to their families were Mahli and Mushi. These were of the families of Levi according to their paternal house.
Nu 3:21 ‫לְגֵ֣רְשׁ֔וֹן מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַלִּבְנִ֔י וּמִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשִּׁמְעִ֑י אֵ֣לֶּה הֵ֔ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּֽי׃‬ Gershon had a family branch of Libni and a family branch of Shimei. These are those of the Gershonite families. Shimei: see Nu 3:18.
Nu 3:22 ‫פְּקֻדֵיהֶם֙ בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר כָּל־זָכָ֔ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה פְּקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם שִׁבְעַ֥ת אֲלָפִ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ Those of them counted in the census of every male from a month old and upwards – those of them counted – came to seven thousand five hundred. census ← number.
Nu 3:23 ‫מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י אַחֲרֵ֧י הַמִּשְׁכָּ֛ן יַחֲנ֖וּ יָֽמָּה׃‬ The Gershonite families will encamp behind the tabernacle to the west.
Nu 3:24 ‫וּנְשִׂ֥יא בֵֽית־אָ֖ב לַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י אֶלְיָסָ֖ף בֶּן־לָאֵֽל׃‬ And the leader of the paternal house of the Gershonites was Eliasaph the son of Lael.
Nu 3:25 ‫וּמִשְׁמֶ֤רֶת בְּנֵֽי־גֵרְשׁוֹן֙ בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן וְהָאֹ֑הֶל מִכְסֵ֕הוּ וּמָסַ֕ךְ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And the duty of the sons of Gershon was in the tent of contact – the tabernacle and the tent, its covering and the screen at the door of the tent of contact,
Nu 3:26 ‫וְקַלְעֵ֣י הֶֽחָצֵ֗ר וְאֶת־מָסַךְ֙ פֶּ֣תַח הֶֽחָצֵ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֧ר עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֛ן וְעַל־הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ סָבִ֑יב וְאֵת֙ מֵֽיתָרָ֔יו לְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ׃‬ and the hangings of the courtyard, and the screen at the door of the courtyard which is at the tabernacle, by the altar, round about, and its guy-lines, for all its service.
Nu 3:27 ‫וְלִקְהָ֗ת מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַֽעַמְרָמִי֙ וּמִשְׁפַּ֣חַת הַיִּצְהָרִ֔י וּמִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַֽחֶבְרֹנִ֔י וּמִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָֽעָזִּיאֵלִ֑י אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֖ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הַקְּהָתִֽי׃‬ And from Kohath was the Amramite family, and the Izeharite family, and the Hebronite family, and the Uzzielite family. These were the Kohathite families, from ← to.

Kohath ... Kohathite: see Gn 46:11.

Izeharite: See Nu 3:19.
Nu 3:28 ‫בְּמִסְפַּר֙ כָּל־זָכָ֔ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה שְׁמֹנַ֤ת אֲלָפִים֙ וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֔וֹת שֹׁמְרֵ֖י מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃‬ who were in number – every male from one month old and above – eight thousand six hundred, who were the entrusted stewards of the operations of the holy place. entrusted stewards of the operations of ← keepers of the “keeping” / guard of.
Nu 3:29 ‫מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־קְהָ֖ת יַחֲנ֑וּ עַ֛ל יֶ֥רֶךְ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן תֵּימָֽנָה׃‬ “The families of the sons of Kohath will encamp on the southern side of the tabernacle.” Kohath: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 3:30 ‫וּנְשִׂ֥יא בֵֽית־אָ֖ב לְמִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַקְּהָתִ֑י אֶלִיצָפָ֖ן בֶּן־עֻזִּיאֵֽל׃‬ And the leader of the paternal house of the Kohathite families was Elizaphan the son of Uzziel. Kohathite: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 3:31 ‫וּמִשְׁמַרְתָּ֗ם הָאָרֹ֤ן וְהַשֻּׁלְחָן֙ וְהַמְּנֹרָ֣ה וְהַֽמִּזְבְּחֹ֔ת וּכְלֵ֣י הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשָׁרְת֖וּ בָּהֶ֑ם וְהַ֨מָּסָ֔ךְ וְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ׃‬ “And their duty is to the ark and the table and the lampstand and the altars and the equipment of the holy place, with which they serve, and the screen and all its service.”
Nu 3:32 ‫וּנְשִׂיא֙ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י הַלֵּוִ֔י אֶלְעָזָ֖ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַכֹּהֵ֑ן פְּקֻדַּ֕ת שֹׁמְרֵ֖י מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃‬ And the leader of the leaders of the Levites, Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest, had oversight of the entrusted stewards of the operations of the holy place. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

entrusted stewards of the operations of: see Nu 3:28.
Nu 3:33 ‫לִמְרָרִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַמַּחְלִ֔י וּמִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַמּוּשִׁ֑י אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֖ם מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת מְרָרִֽי׃‬ And from Merari was the Mahlite family and the Mushite family. These were the families of Merari. from ← (belonging) to, because descended from, Nu 3:20.
Nu 3:34 ‫וּפְקֻדֵיהֶם֙ בְּמִסְפַּ֣ר כָּל־זָכָ֔ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה שֵׁ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וּמָאתָֽיִם׃‬ And those of them counted, the number of all males, from a month old and above, came to six thousand two hundred. the number ← by number.
Nu 3:35 ‫וּנְשִׂ֤יא בֵֽית־אָב֙ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת מְרָרִ֔י צוּרִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־אֲבִיחָ֑יִל עַ֣ל יֶ֧רֶךְ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֛ן יַחֲנ֖וּ צָפֹֽנָה׃‬ And the leader of the paternal house of the families of Merari was Zuriel the son of Abihail. “They will encamp on the northern side of the tabernacle.
Nu 3:36 ‫וּפְקֻדַּ֣ת מִשְׁמֶרֶת֮ בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִי֒ קַרְשֵׁי֙ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן וּבְרִיחָ֖יו וְעַמֻּדָ֣יו וַאֲדָנָ֑יו וְכָל־כֵּלָ֔יו וְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ׃‬ And the duty appointed to the sons of Merari is the boards of the tabernacle, and its bolts, and its columns and its sockets and all its equipment and all its service, duty appointed ← appointment of duty.
Nu 3:37 ‫וְעַמֻּדֵ֧י הֶחָצֵ֛ר סָבִ֖יב וְאַדְנֵיהֶ֑ם וִיתֵדֹתָ֖ם וּמֵֽיתְרֵיהֶֽם׃‬ and the columns of the courtyard round about, and their sockets, and their pegs and their guy-lines.
Nu 3:38 ‫וְהַחֹנִ֣ים לִפְנֵ֣י הַמִּשְׁכָּ֡ן קֵ֣דְמָה לִפְנֵי֩ אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֨ד ׀ מִזְרָ֜חָה מֹשֶׁ֣ה ׀ וְאַהֲרֹ֣ן וּבָנָ֗יו שֹֽׁמְרִים֙ מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַמִּקְדָּ֔שׁ לְמִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְהַזָּ֥ר הַקָּרֵ֖ב יוּמָֽת׃‬ Then those who encamp before the tabernacle on the east, to the eastern side in front of the tent of contact, will be Moses and Aaron and his sons, reliably carrying out the operations of the sanctuary, according to the duty of the sons of Israel. And any foreigner who approaches will be put to death.” reliably carrying out the operations of ← keeping the “keeping” / guard of.
Nu 3:39 ‫כָּל־פְּקוּדֵ֨י הַלְוִיִּ֜ם אֲשֶׁר֩ פָּקַ֨ד מֹשֶׁ֧ה וְׄאַׄהֲׄרֹ֛ׄןׄ עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם כָּל־זָכָר֙ מִבֶּן־חֹ֣דֶשׁ וָמַ֔עְלָה שְׁנַ֥יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃ ס‬ All those of the Levites who were counted, those whom Moses and Aaron counted according to the instruction of the Lord, according to their families, every male from a month old and above, came to twenty-two thousand. and Aaron: with supralinear dots. See [CB, appendix 31]. [CB] considers the words to be extraneous.

instruction ← mouth.
Nu 3:40 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה פְּקֹ֨ד כָּל־בְּכֹ֤ר זָכָר֙ לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מִבֶּן־חֹ֖דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה וְשָׂ֕א אֵ֖ת מִסְפַּ֥ר שְׁמֹתָֽם׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “Count every male firstborn of the sons of Israel, from one month old and above, and take the number of their names.
Nu 3:41 ‫וְלָקַחְתָּ֨ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֥ם לִי֙ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה תַּ֥חַת כָּל־בְּכֹ֖ר בִּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְאֵת֙ בֶּהֱמַ֣ת הַלְוִיִּ֔ם תַּ֣חַת כָּל־בְּכ֔וֹר בְּבֶהֱמַ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And you will take the Levites for me – I am the Lord – instead of every firstborn among the sons of Israel, and the Levites' cattle instead of every firstborn among the cattle of the sons of Israel.”
Nu 3:42 ‫וַיִּפְקֹ֣ד מֹשֶׁ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֹת֑וֹ אֶֽת־כָּל־בְּכֹ֖ר בִּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ So Moses counted all the firstborn among the sons of Israel, as the Lord had commanded him.
Nu 3:43 ‫וַיְהִי֩ כָל־בְּכ֨וֹר זָכָ֜ר בְּמִסְפַּ֥ר שֵׁמ֛וֹת מִבֶּן־חֹ֥דֶשׁ וָמַ֖עְלָה לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שְׁנַ֤יִם וְעֶשְׂרִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים וּמָאתָֽיִם׃ פ‬ And all the male firstborn, by the number of the names, from one month old and above of those of them counted, came to twenty-two thousand two hundred and seventy-three. came to ← were.
Nu 3:44 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 3:45 ‫קַ֣ח אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֗ם תַּ֤חַת כָּל־בְּכוֹר֙ בִּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאֶת־בֶּהֱמַ֥ת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם תַּ֣חַת בְּהֶמְתָּ֑ם וְהָיוּ־לִ֥י הַלְוִיִּ֖ם אֲנִ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ “Take the Levites instead of every firstborn among the sons of Israel, and the Levites' cattle instead of their cattle, and the Levites will be mine. I am the Lord.
Nu 3:46 ‫וְאֵת֙ פְּדוּיֵ֣י הַשְּׁלֹשָׁ֔ה וְהַשִּׁבְעִ֖ים וְהַמָּאתָ֑יִם הָעֹֽדְפִים֙ עַל־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִבְּכ֖וֹר בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And as for those to be redeemed, the two hundred and seventy three who are in excess of the Levites, from the firstborn sons of Israel,
Nu 3:47 ‫וְלָקַחְתָּ֗ חֲמֵ֧שֶׁת חֲמֵ֛שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים לַגֻּלְגֹּ֑לֶת בְּשֶׁ֤קֶל הַקֹּ֙דֶשׁ֙ תִּקָּ֔ח עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה הַשָּֽׁקֶל׃‬ you will take five shekels for each in the headcount. According to the holy shekel you will take them. There are twenty gerah to the shekel. five shekels for each in the headcount ← five, five shekels for a skull.
Nu 3:48 ‫וְנָתַתָּ֣ה הַכֶּ֔סֶף לְאַהֲרֹ֖ן וּלְבָנָ֑יו פְּדוּיֵ֕י הָעֹדְפִ֖ים בָּהֶֽם׃‬ And you will give the money to Aaron and to his sons, for those to be redeemed because they are in excess.” money: or, silver.
Nu 3:49 ‫וַיִּקַּ֣ח מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֵ֖ת כֶּ֣סֶף הַפִּדְי֑וֹם מֵאֵת֙ הָעֹ֣דְפִ֔ים עַ֖ל פְּדוּיֵ֥י הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And Moses took the redemption money from those who were in excess of those redeemed by reason of the Levites.
Nu 3:50 ‫מֵאֵ֗ת בְּכ֛וֹר בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לָקַ֣ח אֶת־הַכָּ֑סֶף חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃‬ He took the money from the firstborn of the sons of Israel – one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels according to the holy shekel.
Nu 3:51 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־כֶּ֧סֶף הַפְּדֻיִ֛ם לְאַהֲרֹ֥ן וּלְבָנָ֖יו עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ פ‬ And Moses gave the money of those redeemed to Aaron and to his sons, according to the instruction of the Lord, as the Lord had commanded Moses. instruction ← mouth.
Nu 4:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and to Aaron and said,
Nu 4:2 ‫נָשֹׂ֗א אֶת־רֹאשׁ֙ בְּנֵ֣י קְהָ֔ת מִתּ֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י לֵוִ֑י לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽם׃‬ Hold a census of the sons of Kohath among the sons of Levi according to their families, according to their paternal house, hold a census: see Nu 1:2.

Kohath: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 4:3 ‫מִבֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה וְעַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־בָּא֙ לַצָּבָ֔א לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת מְלָאכָ֖ה בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ of those from thirty years old and above up to fifty years old – everyone who joins the army – to do work in the tent of contact. joins ← comes to.
Nu 4:4 ‫זֹ֛את עֲבֹדַ֥ת בְּנֵי־קְהָ֖ת בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִֽׁים׃‬ This is the work of the sons of Kohath in the tent of contact: to do work concerning the holy of holies. Kohath: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 4:5 ‫וּבָ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן וּבָנָיו֙ בִּנְסֹ֣עַ הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה וְהוֹרִ֕דוּ אֵ֖ת פָּרֹ֣כֶת הַמָּסָ֑ךְ וְכִ֨סּוּ־בָ֔הּ אֵ֖ת אֲרֹ֥ן הָעֵדֻֽת׃‬ And Aaron and his sons will come when the camp is moved, and they will take down the screening veil and they will cover the ark of the testimony with it. is moved ← moves.

screening veil ← veil of a screen.
Nu 4:6 ‫וְנָתְנ֣וּ עָלָ֗יו כְּסוּי֙ ע֣וֹר תַּ֔חַשׁ וּפָרְשׂ֧וּ בֶֽגֶד־כְּלִ֛יל תְּכֵ֖לֶת מִלְמָ֑עְלָה וְשָׂמ֖וּ בַּדָּֽיו׃‬ And they will put on it a covering of badgers' skins, and they will spread out a cloth of pure blue material on it, and they will put its poles in position.
Nu 4:7 ‫וְעַ֣ל ׀ שֻׁלְחַ֣ן הַפָּנִ֗ים יִפְרְשׂוּ֮ בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵלֶת֒ וְנָתְנ֣וּ עָ֠לָיו אֶת־הַקְּעָרֹ֤ת וְאֶת־הַכַּפֹּת֙ וְאֶת־הַמְּנַקִּיֹּ֔ת וְאֵ֖ת קְשׂ֣וֹת הַנָּ֑סֶךְ וְלֶ֥חֶם הַתָּמִ֖יד עָלָ֥יו יִהְיֶֽה׃‬ And on the display table they will spread out a cloth of blue material, and they will put on it the dishes and spoons and bowls and vials for libations, and there will be the perpetual bread on it. vials for libations: AV differs, (covers to cover).
Nu 4:8 ‫וּפָרְשׂ֣וּ עֲלֵיהֶ֗ם בֶּ֚גֶד תּוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י וְכִסּ֣וּ אֹת֔וֹ בְּמִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ וְשָׂמ֖וּ אֶת־בַּדָּֽיו׃‬ And they will spread out over them a cloth of scarlet material, and then cover it with a cover of badgers' skins, and they will put its poles in position.
Nu 4:9 ‫וְלָקְח֣וּ ׀ בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵ֗לֶת וְכִסּ֞וּ אֶת־מְנֹרַ֤ת הַמָּאוֹר֙ וְאֶת־נֵ֣רֹתֶ֔יהָ וְאֶת־מַלְקָחֶ֖יהָ וְאֶת־מַחְתֹּתֶ֑יהָ וְאֵת֙ כָּל־כְּלֵ֣י שַׁמְנָ֔הּ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשָׁרְתוּ־לָ֖הּ בָּהֶֽם׃‬ And they will take a cloth of blue material, and cover the lampstand for illumination, and its lamps and its tongs and its snuff-dishes, and all the equipment for its oil with which they serve it.
Nu 4:10 ‫וְנָתְנ֤וּ אֹתָהּ֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־כֵּלֶ֔יהָ אֶל־מִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ וְנָתְנ֖וּ עַל־הַמּֽוֹט׃‬ And they shall put it and all its equipment in a covering of badgers' skins and put that on a pole. a pole ← the pole. Not the same word as in Nu 4:6 and Nu 4:8.
Nu 4:11 ‫וְעַ֣ל ׀ מִזְבַּ֣ח הַזָּהָ֗ב יִפְרְשׂוּ֙ בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵ֔לֶת וְכִסּ֣וּ אֹת֔וֹ בְּמִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ וְשָׂמ֖וּ אֶת־בַּדָּֽיו׃‬ And they will spread out a cloth of blue material on the golden altar, and they will cover it with a covering of badgers' skins, and they will put its poles in position.
Nu 4:12 ‫וְלָקְחוּ֩ אֶת־כָּל־כְּלֵ֨י הַשָּׁרֵ֜ת אֲשֶׁ֧ר יְשָֽׁרְתוּ־בָ֣ם בַּקֹּ֗דֶשׁ וְנָֽתְנוּ֙ אֶל־בֶּ֣גֶד תְּכֵ֔לֶת וְכִסּ֣וּ אוֹתָ֔ם בְּמִכְסֵ֖ה ע֣וֹר תָּ֑חַשׁ וְנָתְנ֖וּ עַל־הַמּֽוֹט׃‬ And they will take all the equipment for the service with which they officiate in the holy place, and put it in a cloth of blue material, and cover it in a covering of badgers' skins and they will put it on a pole.
Nu 4:13 ‫וְדִשְּׁנ֖וּ אֶת־הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וּפָרְשׂ֣וּ עָלָ֔יו בֶּ֖גֶד אַרְגָּמָֽן׃‬ And they will remove the ash from the altar and then spread a cloth of purple material on it.
Nu 4:14 ‫וְנָתְנ֣וּ עָ֠לָיו אֶֽת־כָּל־כֵּלָ֞יו אֲשֶׁ֣ר יְֽשָׁרְת֧וּ עָלָ֣יו בָּהֶ֗ם אֶת־הַמַּחְתֹּ֤ת אֶת־הַמִּזְלָגֹת֙ וְאֶת־הַיָּעִ֣ים וְאֶת־הַמִּזְרָקֹ֔ת כֹּ֖ל כְּלֵ֣י הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וּפָרְשׂ֣וּ עָלָ֗יו כְּס֛וּי ע֥וֹר תַּ֖חַשׁ וְשָׂמ֥וּ בַדָּֽיו׃‬ And they will put on it all the equipment with which they officiate for it – the fire-shovels, the forks, the shovels, the basins – all the equipment of the altar – and they will spread out a covering of badgers' skins over it and put its poles in position.
Nu 4:15 ‫וְכִלָּ֣ה אַֽהֲרֹן־וּ֠בָנָיו לְכַסֹּ֨ת אֶת־הַקֹּ֜דֶשׁ וְאֶת־כָּל־כְּלֵ֣י הַקֹּדֶשׁ֮ בִּנְסֹ֣עַ הַֽמַּחֲנֶה֒ וְאַחֲרֵי־כֵ֗ן יָבֹ֤אוּ בְנֵי־קְהָת֙ לָשֵׂ֔את וְלֹֽא־יִגְּע֥וּ אֶל־הַקֹּ֖דֶשׁ וָמֵ֑תוּ אֵ֛לֶּה מַשָּׂ֥א בְנֵֽי־קְהָ֖ת בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And Aaron and his sons will finish covering the holy things, and all the equipment of the holy place when the camp is moved. And after that the sons of Kohath will come to carry it. Then they will not touch the holy things, otherwise they will die. These charges are the burden of the sons of Kohath in the tent of contact. is moved ← moves.

Kohath (2x): see Gn 46:11.
Nu 4:16 ‫וּפְקֻדַּ֞ת אֶלְעָזָ֣ר ׀ בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַכֹּהֵ֗ן שֶׁ֤מֶן הַמָּאוֹר֙ וּקְטֹ֣רֶת הַסַּמִּ֔ים וּמִנְחַ֥ת הַתָּמִ֖יד וְשֶׁ֣מֶן הַמִּשְׁחָ֑ה פְּקֻדַּ֗ת כָּל־הַמִּשְׁכָּן֙ וְכָל־אֲשֶׁר־בּ֔וֹ בְּקֹ֖דֶשׁ וּבְכֵלָֽיו׃ ס‬ And the duty of Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest is the oil of the light and the aromatic incense, and the perpetual meal-offering, and the oil for anointing, the oversight of the whole tabernacle and everything in it – of the holy place and of its equipment.” Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 4:17 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and to Aaron and said,
Nu 4:18 ‫אַל־תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַקְּהָתִ֑י מִתּ֖וֹךְ הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ “Do not cut off the tribe of the families of Kohath from among the Levites. Kohath: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 4:19 ‫וְזֹ֣את ׀ עֲשׂ֣וּ לָהֶ֗ם וְחָיוּ֙ וְלֹ֣א יָמֻ֔תוּ בְּגִשְׁתָּ֖ם אֶת־קֹ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים אַהֲרֹ֤ן וּבָנָיו֙ יָבֹ֔אוּ וְשָׂמ֣וּ אוֹתָ֗ם אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ עַל־עֲבֹדָת֖וֹ וְאֶל־מַשָּׂאֽוֹ׃‬ But do this for them, so that they live and do not die, when they approach the holy of holies: Aaron and his sons will enter, then you are to appoint each individually concerning his work and his burden.
Nu 4:20 ‫וְלֹא־יָבֹ֧אוּ לִרְא֛וֹת כְּבַלַּ֥ע אֶת־הַקֹּ֖דֶשׁ וָמֵֽתוּ׃ פ‬ But they will not enter to look when the holy place is wrapped up, whereby they would die.” when ... is wrapped up ← at the swallowing of.
Nu 4:21 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 4:22 ‫נָשֹׂ֗א אֶת־רֹ֛אשׁ בְּנֵ֥י גֵרְשׁ֖וֹן גַּם־הֵ֑ם לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָ֖ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃‬ Hold a census of the sons of Gershon – them too – according to their paternal house, according to their families. hold a census: see Nu 1:2.
Nu 4:23 ‫מִבֶּן֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֜ה וָמַ֗עְלָה עַ֛ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תִּפְקֹ֣ד אוֹתָ֑ם כָּל־הַבָּא֙ לִצְבֹ֣א צָבָ֔א לַעֲבֹ֥ד עֲבֹדָ֖ה בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ You will count them from thirty years old and above, up to fifty years old – everyone who comes to serve in the army – to perform work in the tent of contact. who comes to serve in the army: different wording to Nu 1:3.
Nu 4:24 ‫זֹ֣את עֲבֹדַ֔ת מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֑י לַעֲבֹ֖ד וּלְמַשָּֽׂא׃‬ This is the work of the Gershonite families, for them to perform, and as a burden:
Nu 4:25 ‫וְנָ֨שְׂא֜וּ אֶת־יְרִיעֹ֤ת הַמִּשְׁכָּן֙ וְאֶת־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד מִכְסֵ֕הוּ וּמִכְסֵ֛ה הַתַּ֥חַשׁ אֲשֶׁר־עָלָ֖יו מִלְמָ֑עְלָה וְאֶ֨ת־מָסַ֔ךְ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ that they will carry the curtains of the tabernacle and the tent of contact, its covering and the covering of badger's skins which is on top of it, and the screen of the door of the tent of contact,
Nu 4:26 ‫וְאֵת֩ קַלְעֵ֨י הֶֽחָצֵ֜ר וְאֶת־מָסַ֣ךְ ׀ פֶּ֣תַח ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הֶחָצֵ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֤ן וְעַל־הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ סָבִ֔יב וְאֵת֙ מֵֽיתְרֵיהֶ֔ם וְאֶֽת־כָּל־כְּלֵ֖י עֲבֹדָתָ֑ם וְאֵ֨ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה לָהֶ֖ם וְעָבָֽדוּ׃‬ and the hangings of the courtyard, and the screen at the entrance gate of the courtyard which is around the tabernacle and the altar, and their guy-lines, and all the equipment for their service, and everything that is made for them, so they can perform it.
Nu 4:27 ‫עַל־פִּי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּבָנָ֜יו תִּהְיֶ֗ה כָּל־עֲבֹדַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֔י לְכָל־מַשָּׂאָ֔ם וּלְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתָ֑ם וּפְקַדְתֶּ֤ם עֲלֵהֶם֙ בְּמִשְׁמֶ֔רֶת אֵ֖ת כָּל־מַשָּׂאָֽם׃‬ All the work of the sons of the Gershonites will be according to the instructions of Aaron and his sons. It will be according to all their burdens and according to all their service, and you will oversee them in the discharging of all their burdens. instructions ← mouth.
Nu 4:28 ‫זֹ֣את עֲבֹדַ֗ת מִשְׁפְּחֹ֛ת בְּנֵ֥י הַגֵּרְשֻׁנִּ֖י בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד וּמִ֨שְׁמַרְתָּ֔ם בְּיַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵֽן׃ פ‬ This is the work of the families of the sons of the Gershonites in the tent of contact, and their duty under the control of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. under the control ← in the hand.
Nu 4:29 ‫בְּנֵ֖י מְרָרִ֑י לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֥ם לְבֵית־אֲבֹתָ֖ם תִּפְקֹ֥ד אֹתָֽם׃‬ As for the sons of Merari, you will count them according to their families, according to their paternal house.
Nu 4:30 ‫מִבֶּן֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֜ה וָמַ֗עְלָה וְעַ֛ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה תִּפְקְדֵ֑ם כָּל־הַבָּא֙ לַצָּבָ֔א לַעֲבֹ֕ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֖ת אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ You will count them from thirty years old and above up to fifty years old – all who come to the army – to perform the service of the tent of contact. come to the army: different wording to Nu 1:3 and to Nu 4:23.
Nu 4:31 ‫וְזֹאת֙ מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת מַשָּׂאָ֔ם לְכָל־עֲבֹדָתָ֖ם בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד קַרְשֵׁי֙ הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן וּבְרִיחָ֖יו וְעַמּוּדָ֥יו וַאֲדָנָֽיו׃‬ And this is the duty of their burden, to see to all their service in the tent of contact, the boards of the tabernacle and its bolts and its columns and its sockets,
Nu 4:32 ‫וְעַמּוּדֵי֩ הֶחָצֵ֨ר סָבִ֜יב וְאַדְנֵיהֶ֗ם וִֽיתֵדֹתָם֙ וּמֵ֣יתְרֵיהֶ֔ם לְכָל־כְּלֵיהֶ֔ם וּלְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדָתָ֑ם וּבְשֵׁמֹ֣ת תִּפְקְד֔וּ אֶת־כְּלֵ֖י מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת מַשָּׂאָֽם׃‬ and the columns of the courtyard round about, and their sockets, and their pegs, and their guy-lines – to see to all their equipment, and to see to all their serviceability. And you will count by name the items of equipment for doing the duty of their burden.
Nu 4:33 ‫זֹ֣את עֲבֹדַ֗ת מִשְׁפְּחֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֔י לְכָל־עֲבֹדָתָ֖ם בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד בְּיַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵֽן׃‬ This is the work of the families of the sons of Merari, according to all their work in the tent of contact under the control of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest.” under the control ← in the hand.
Nu 4:34 ‫וַיִּפְקֹ֨ד מֹשֶׁ֧ה וְאַהֲרֹ֛ן וּנְשִׂיאֵ֥י הָעֵדָ֖ה אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י הַקְּהָתִ֑י לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם וּלְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽם׃‬ And Moses and Aaron and the leading men of the congregation counted the sons of the Kohathites according to their families and according to their paternal house, Kohathites: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 4:35 ‫מִבֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה וְעַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־הַבָּא֙ לַצָּבָ֔א לַעֲבֹדָ֖ה בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ from thirty years old and above up to fifty years old – everyone who could serve in the army – for service in the tent of contact. who could serve in the army: see Nu 4:30.
Nu 4:36 ‫וַיִּהְי֥וּ פְקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם אַלְפַּ֕יִם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים׃‬ And those of them counted according to their families came to two thousand seven hundred and fifty. came to ← were.
Nu 4:37 ‫אֵ֤לֶּה פְקוּדֵי֙ מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַקְּהָתִ֔י כָּל־הָעֹבֵ֖ד בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֤ד מֹשֶׁה֙ וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ ס‬ These are those who were counted from the families of the Kohathites – everyone who did work in the tent of contact – whom Moses and Aaron counted, according to the instruction of the Lord, through the intermediacy of Moses. Kohathites: see Gn 46:11.

instruction ← mouth.

intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 4:38 ‫וּפְקוּדֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י גֵרְשׁ֑וֹן לְמִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֖ם וּלְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽם׃‬ And as for those of the sons of Gershon who were counted, according to their families and according to their paternal house,
Nu 4:39 ‫מִבֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה וְעַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־הַבָּא֙ לַצָּבָ֔א לַעֲבֹדָ֖ה בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ from thirty years old and above up to fifty years old – everyone who could serve in the army – for service in the tent of contact, who could serve in the army: see Nu 4:30.
Nu 4:40 ‫וַיִּֽהְיוּ֙ פְּקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים׃‬ those of them counted according to their families, according to their paternal house – came to two thousand six hundred and thirty. came to ← were.
Nu 4:41 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה פְקוּדֵ֗י מִשְׁפְּחֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י גֵרְשׁ֔וֹן כָּל־הָעֹבֵ֖ד בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֥ד מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ These are those counted from the families of the sons of Gershon – everyone who serves in the tent of contact – whom Moses and Aaron counted according to the instruction of the Lord. instruction ← mouth.
Nu 4:42 ‫וּפְקוּדֵ֕י מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם לְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽם׃‬ And as for those counted from the families of the sons of Merari according to their families, according to their paternal house,
Nu 4:43 ‫מִבֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה וְעַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־הַבָּא֙ לַצָּבָ֔א לַעֲבֹדָ֖ה בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ from thirty years old and above, up to fifty years old – everyone who could serve in the army – for service in the tent of contact – who could serve in the army: see Nu 4:30.
Nu 4:44 ‫וַיִּהְי֥וּ פְקֻדֵיהֶ֖ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וּמָאתָֽיִם׃‬ those of them counted according to their families came to three thousand two hundred. came to ← were.
Nu 4:45 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה פְקוּדֵ֔י מִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּקַ֤ד מֹשֶׁה֙ וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ These are those counted from the families of the sons of Merari, whom Moses and Aaron counted, according to the instruction of the Lord through the intermediacy of Moses. instruction ← mouth.

intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 4:46 ‫כָּֽל־הַפְּקֻדִ֡ים אֲשֶׁר֩ פָּקַ֨ד מֹשֶׁ֧ה וְאַהֲרֹ֛ן וּנְשִׂיאֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֑ם לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֖ם וּלְבֵ֥ית אֲבֹתָֽם׃‬ All those counted, whom Moses and Aaron and the leaders of Israel counted – the Levites according to their families, according to their paternal house,
Nu 4:47 ‫מִבֶּ֨ן שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה וְעַ֖ד בֶּן־חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה כָּל־הַבָּ֗א לַעֲבֹ֨ד עֲבֹדַ֧ת עֲבֹדָ֛ה וַעֲבֹדַ֥ת מַשָּׂ֖א בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ from thirty years old and above up to fifty years old, everyone who could go to perform the service of the work, and the work of the burden in the tent of contact –
Nu 4:48 ‫וַיִּהְי֖וּ פְּקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שְׁמֹנַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁמֹנִֽים׃‬ those of them counted came to eight thousand five hundred and eighty. came to ← and they were.
Nu 4:49 ‫עַל־פִּ֨י יְהוָ֜ה פָּקַ֤ד אוֹתָם֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ עַל־עֲבֹדָת֖וֹ וְעַל־מַשָּׂא֑וֹ וּפְקֻדָ֕יו אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ פ‬ He counted them according to the instruction of the Lord, through the intermediacy of Moses, each man according to his service and according to his burden. And those counted by him were those whom the Lord commanded Moses. instruction ← mouth.

intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 5:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 5:2 ‫צַ֚ו אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וִֽישַׁלְּחוּ֙ מִן־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה כָּל־צָר֖וּעַ וְכָל־זָ֑ב וְכֹ֖ל טָמֵ֥א לָנָֽפֶשׁ׃‬ “Command the sons of Israel that they should cast out from the camp every leper and everyone with a discharge, and everyone who has been defiled by the dead, the dead ← the soul. See Lv 21:11.
Nu 5:3 ‫מִזָּכָ֤ר עַד־נְקֵבָה֙ תְּשַׁלֵּ֔חוּ אֶל־מִח֥וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֖ה תְּשַׁלְּח֑וּם וְלֹ֤א יְטַמְּאוּ֙ אֶת־מַ֣חֲנֵיהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י שֹׁכֵ֥ן בְּתוֹכָֽם׃‬ Whether male or female, you will cast them out. To outside the camp you will cast them out, so that they do not defile their camps where I dwell in their midst.”
Nu 5:4 ‫וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַיְשַׁלְּח֣וּ אוֹתָ֔ם אֶל־מִח֖וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה כֵּ֥ן עָשׂ֖וּ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ‬ And the sons of Israel did so, and cast them out, to outside the camp. As the Lord had spoken to Moses, so the sons of Israel did.
Nu 5:5 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 5:6 ‫דַּבֵּר֮ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ אִ֣ישׁ אֽוֹ־אִשָּׁ֗ה כִּ֤י יַעֲשׂוּ֙ מִכָּל־חַטֹּ֣את הָֽאָדָ֔ם לִמְעֹ֥ל מַ֖עַל בַּיהוָ֑ה וְאָֽשְׁמָ֖ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִֽוא׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say, ‘When a man or woman commits any of mankind's sins, in acting treacherously against the Lord, and that person has become consciously guilty, any ← from all of.

in acting treacherously: gerundial use of the infinitive.

person ← soul.
Nu 5:7 ‫וְהִתְוַדּ֗וּ אֶֽת־חַטָּאתָם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂוּ֒ וְהֵשִׁ֤יב אֶת־אֲשָׁמוֹ֙ בְּרֹאשׁ֔וֹ וַחֲמִישִׁת֖וֹ יֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֑יו וְנָתַ֕ן לַאֲשֶׁ֖ר אָשַׁ֥ם לֽוֹ׃‬ and they confess their sin which they committed, then he shall compensate for the damages he caused to its full value, and he will add a fifth to it and give it to him whom he has offended. the sentence switches number (singular to plural and v.v.), which is not unusual in Hebrew.

the damages he causedhis guilt.

to its full value ← at its sum / head.
Nu 5:8 ‫וְאִם־אֵ֨ין לָאִ֜ישׁ גֹּאֵ֗ל לְהָשִׁ֤יב הָאָשָׁם֙ אֵלָ֔יו הָאָשָׁ֛ם הַמּוּשָׁ֥ב לַיהוָ֖ה לַכֹּהֵ֑ן מִלְּבַ֗ד אֵ֚יל הַכִּפֻּרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְכַפֶּר־בּ֖וֹ עָלָֽיו׃‬ And if a man does not have a kinsman redeemer to whom compensation for the damages can be made, the damages will be compensated to the Lord, to the priest, apart from the ram of atonement with which he atones for him.
Nu 5:9 ‫וְכָל־תְּרוּמָ֞ה לְכָל־קָדְשֵׁ֧י בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יַקְרִ֥יבוּ לַכֹּהֵ֖ן ל֥וֹ יִהְיֶֽה׃‬ And every heave-offering, as with all the holy things of the sons of Israel which they present to the priest, will be his. as with ← for.

present: or, offer.
Nu 5:10 ‫וְאִ֥ישׁ אֶת־קֳדָשָׁ֖יו ל֣וֹ יִהְי֑וּ אִ֛ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יִתֵּ֥ן לַכֹּהֵ֖ן ל֥וֹ יִהְיֶֽה׃ פ‬ And the holy things of each man will be his own, but when a man gives anything to the priest, it will be the priest's.’ ” it will be the priest'sit will be his. See notes to Gn 41:13-14.
Nu 5:11 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 5:12 ‫דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם אִ֥ישׁ אִישׁ֙ כִּֽי־תִשְׂטֶ֣ה אִשְׁתּ֔וֹ וּמָעֲלָ֥ה ב֖וֹ מָֽעַל׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘Anyone at all whose wife turns aside and is unfaithful to him, anyone at all ← a man, a man.

is unfaithful ← “treachers” a treachery.
Nu 5:13 ‫וְשָׁכַ֨ב אִ֣ישׁ אֹתָהּ֮ שִׁכְבַת־זֶרַע֒ וְנֶעְלַם֙ מֵעֵינֵ֣י אִישָׁ֔הּ וְנִסְתְּרָ֖ה וְהִ֣יא נִטְמָ֑אָה וְעֵד֙ אֵ֣ין בָּ֔הּ וְהִ֖וא לֹ֥א נִתְפָּֽשָׂה׃‬ whereby a man lies with her in sexual intercourse and it is hidden from the sight of her husband, and it is concealed, and she is defiled, and there is no witness against her, and she is not caught, sexual intercourse ← lying of seed.
Nu 5:14 ‫וְעָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧יו רֽוּחַ־קִנְאָ֛ה וְקִנֵּ֥א אֶת־אִשְׁתּ֖וֹ וְהִ֣וא נִטְמָ֑אָה אוֹ־עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤יו רֽוּחַ־קִנְאָה֙ וְקִנֵּ֣א אֶת־אִשְׁתּ֔וֹ וְהִ֖יא לֹ֥א נִטְמָֽאָה׃‬ and a spirit of jealousy comes over him, and he is jealous of his wife, while she is defiled, or if a spirit of jealousy comes over him and he is jealous of his wife while she is not defiled,
Nu 5:15 ‫וְהֵבִ֨יא הָאִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אִשְׁתּוֹ֮ אֶל־הַכֹּהֵן֒ וְהֵבִ֤יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנָהּ֙ עָלֶ֔יהָ עֲשִׂירִ֥ת הָאֵיפָ֖ה קֶ֣מַח שְׂעֹרִ֑ים לֹֽא־יִצֹ֨ק עָלָ֜יו שֶׁ֗מֶן וְלֹֽא־יִתֵּ֤ן עָלָיו֙ לְבֹנָ֔ה כִּֽי־מִנְחַ֤ת קְנָאֹת֙ ה֔וּא מִנְחַ֥ת זִכָּר֖וֹן מַזְכֶּ֥רֶת עָוֺֽן׃‬ then the man will bring his wife to the priest, and he will bring her oblation concerning herself, a tenth of an ephah of barley flour. He will not pour oil on it and he will not put frankincense on it, for it is a meal-offering for jealousy, a meal-offering for remembrance, bringing iniquity to remembrance. ephah: about 6.4 gallons or 27 litres.
Nu 5:16 ‫וְהִקְרִ֥יב אֹתָ֖הּ הַכֹּהֵ֑ן וְהֶֽעֱמִדָ֖הּ לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ And the priest will bring her near, and he will have her stand before the Lord. bring her near ... have her stand: or, offer it ... set it, referring to the meal-offering (a feminine word).
Nu 5:17 ‫וְלָקַ֧ח הַכֹּהֵ֛ן מַ֥יִם קְדֹשִׁ֖ים בִּכְלִי־חָ֑רֶשׂ וּמִן־הֶֽעָפָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִהְיֶה֙ בְּקַרְקַ֣ע הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן יִקַּ֥ח הַכֹּהֵ֖ן וְנָתַ֥ן אֶל־הַמָּֽיִם׃‬ And the priest will take holy water in an earthenware container, and the priest will take some of the dust which is on the ground of the tabernacle, and put it in the water.
Nu 5:18 ‫וְהֶעֱמִ֨יד הַכֹּהֵ֥ן אֶֽת־הָאִשָּׁה֮ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָה֒ וּפָרַע֙ אֶת־רֹ֣אשׁ הָֽאִשָּׁ֔ה וְנָתַ֣ן עַל־כַּפֶּ֗יהָ אֵ֚ת מִנְחַ֣ת הַזִּכָּר֔וֹן מִנְחַ֥ת קְנָאֹ֖ת הִ֑וא וּבְיַ֤ד הַכֹּהֵן֙ יִהְי֔וּ מֵ֥י הַמָּרִ֖ים הַמְאָֽרֲרִֽים׃‬ And the priest will set the woman before the Lord, and he will uncover the woman's head, and he will put the remembrance-offering in her hands – it is a jealousy-offering – and the priest will have in his hand the bitter water which causes a curse.
Nu 5:19 ‫וְהִשְׁבִּ֨יעַ אֹתָ֜הּ הַכֹּהֵ֗ן וְאָמַ֤ר אֶל־הָֽאִשָּׁה֙ אִם־לֹ֨א שָׁכַ֥ב אִישׁ֙ אֹתָ֔ךְ וְאִם־לֹ֥א שָׂטִ֛ית טֻמְאָ֖ה תַּ֣חַת אִישֵׁ֑ךְ הִנָּקִ֕י מִמֵּ֛י הַמָּרִ֥ים הַֽמְאָרֲרִ֖ים הָאֵֽלֶּה׃‬ And the priest will adjure her and say to the woman, «If no man has lain with you, and you have not turned aside to defilement instead of your husband, then be innocent of this bitter water which causes a curse.
Nu 5:20 ‫וְאַ֗תְּ כִּ֥י שָׂטִ֛ית תַּ֥חַת אִישֵׁ֖ךְ וְכִ֣י נִטְמֵ֑את וַיִּתֵּ֨ן אִ֥ישׁ בָּךְ֙ אֶת־שְׁכָבְתּ֔וֹ מִֽבַּלְעֲדֵ֖י אִישֵֽׁךְ׃‬ But if you have turned aside instead of being faithful to your husband, and if you have become defiled, and some man has lain with you, other than your husband», has lain with you ← given his lying on you.
Nu 5:21 ‫וְהִשְׁבִּ֨יעַ הַכֹּהֵ֥ן אֶֽת־הָֽאִשָּׁה֮ בִּשְׁבֻעַ֣ת הָאָלָה֒ וְאָמַ֤ר הַכֹּהֵן֙ לָֽאִשָּׁ֔ה יִתֵּ֨ן יְהוָ֥ה אוֹתָ֛ךְ לְאָלָ֥ה וְלִשְׁבֻעָ֖ה בְּת֣וֹךְ עַמֵּ֑ךְ בְּתֵ֨ת יְהוָ֤ה אֶת־יְרֵכֵךְ֙ נֹפֶ֔לֶת וְאֶת־בִּטְנֵ֖ךְ צָבָֽה׃‬ then the priest will adjure the woman with an imprecation of a curse, and the priest will say to the woman, «May the Lord put you under a curse and an imprecation among your people, when the Lord makes your thigh waste away and your belly swell, put you under: or, make you.

waste away ← falling.
Nu 5:22 ‫וּ֠בָאוּ הַמַּ֨יִם הַמְאָרְרִ֤ים הָאֵ֙לֶּה֙ בְּֽמֵעַ֔יִךְ לַצְבּ֥וֹת בֶּ֖טֶן וְלַנְפִּ֣ל יָרֵ֑ךְ וְאָמְרָ֥ה הָאִשָּׁ֖ה אָמֵ֥ן ׀ אָמֵֽן׃‬ and this water which causes a curse will go into your bowels to swell the belly and to cause the thigh to waste away.» And the woman will say, «Amen, amen.» to cause ... to waste away ← to make fall.
Nu 5:23 ‫וְ֠כָתַב אֶת־הָאָלֹ֥ת הָאֵ֛לֶּה הַכֹּהֵ֖ן בַּסֵּ֑פֶר וּמָחָ֖ה אֶל־מֵ֥י הַמָּרִֽים׃‬ And the priest will write these curses in a book, and blot them out with the bitter water. Compare Jn 8:6, where Jesus ... inscribed on the ground.
Nu 5:24 ‫וְהִשְׁקָה֙ אֶת־הָ֣אִשָּׁ֔ה אֶת־מֵ֥י הַמָּרִ֖ים הַמְאָֽרֲרִ֑ים וּבָ֥אוּ בָ֛הּ הַמַּ֥יִם הַֽמְאָרֲרִ֖ים לְמָרִֽים׃‬ And he will give the bitter water which causes a curse to the woman to drink, and the water which causes a curse will go into her and become bitter.
Nu 5:25 ‫וְלָקַ֤ח הַכֹּהֵן֙ מִיַּ֣ד הָֽאִשָּׁ֔ה אֵ֖ת מִנְחַ֣ת הַקְּנָאֹ֑ת וְהֵנִ֤יף אֶת־הַמִּנְחָה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וְהִקְרִ֥יב אֹתָ֖הּ אֶל־הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃‬ Then the priest will take the jealousy-offering from the hand of the woman, and he will wave the offering before the Lord, and he will offer it on the altar.
Nu 5:26 ‫וְקָמַ֨ץ הַכֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־הַמִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔הּ וְהִקְטִ֖יר הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חָה וְאַחַ֛ר יַשְׁקֶ֥ה אֶת־הָאִשָּׁ֖ה אֶת־הַמָּֽיִם׃‬ Then the priest will take a handful of the offering – her remembrance-offering – and burn it on the altar, and afterwards he will give the woman the water to drink. on the altar ← to the altar. Pregnant use of the locative of motion towards.
Nu 5:27 ‫וְהִשְׁקָ֣הּ אֶת־הַמַּ֗יִם וְהָיְתָ֣ה אִֽם־נִטְמְאָה֮ וַתִּמְעֹ֣ל מַ֣עַל בְּאִישָׁהּ֒ וּבָ֨אוּ בָ֜הּ הַמַּ֤יִם הַמְאָֽרֲרִים֙ לְמָרִ֔ים וְצָבְתָ֣ה בִטְנָ֔הּ וְנָפְלָ֖ה יְרֵכָ֑הּ וְהָיְתָ֧ה הָאִשָּׁ֛ה לְאָלָ֖ה בְּקֶ֥רֶב עַמָּֽהּ׃‬ And he will give her the water to drink, and it will be the case that if she is defiled and has dealt unfaithfully with her husband, then the water which causes a curse will go into her and it will become bitter, and her belly will swell, and her thigh will waste away, and the woman will become a curse among her people. dealt unfaithfully ← “treachered” a treachery.

waste away ← fall.
Nu 5:28 ‫וְאִם־לֹ֤א נִטְמְאָה֙ הָֽאִשָּׁ֔ה וּטְהֹרָ֖ה הִ֑וא וְנִקְּתָ֖ה וְנִזְרְעָ֥ה זָֽרַע׃‬ But if the woman is not defiled and she is clean, she will be pronounced innocent, and she will conceive offspring. conceive offspring ← be sown (with) seed.
Nu 5:29 ‫זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַקְּנָאֹ֑ת אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּשְׂטֶ֥ה אִשָּׁ֛ה תַּ֥חַת אִישָׁ֖הּ וְנִטְמָֽאָה׃‬ This is the law of matters of jealousy, when a woman turns aside instead of being faithful to her husband and she becomes defiled,
Nu 5:30 ‫א֣וֹ אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תַּעֲבֹ֥ר עָלָ֛יו ר֥וּחַ קִנְאָ֖ה וְקִנֵּ֣א אֶת־אִשְׁתּ֑וֹ וְהֶעֱמִ֤יד אֶת־הָֽאִשָּׁה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וְעָ֤שָׂה לָהּ֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַתּוֹרָ֖ה הַזֹּֽאת׃‬ or when a spirit of jealousy comes over a man and he is jealous of his wife, and he sets his wife before the Lord, and the priest deals with her according to all this law.
Nu 5:31 ‫וְנִקָּ֥ה הָאִ֖ישׁ מֵעָוֺ֑ן וְהָאִשָּׁ֣ה הַהִ֔וא תִּשָּׂ֖א אֶת־עֲוֺנָֽהּ׃ פ‬ And the man will be pronounced innocent of iniquity, but the woman in question will bear her iniquity.’ ” the woman in question ← this woman.
Nu 6:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 6:2 ‫דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם אִ֣ישׁ אֽוֹ־אִשָּׁ֗ה כִּ֤י יַפְלִא֙ לִנְדֹּר֙ נֶ֣דֶר נָזִ֔יר לְהַזִּ֖יר לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘If a man or woman commits to making the vow of a Nazarite – to separate himself to the Lord – Nazarite ← one separated and consecrated to God [AnLx].
Nu 6:3 ‫מִיַּ֤יִן וְשֵׁכָר֙ יַזִּ֔יר חֹ֥מֶץ יַ֛יִן וְחֹ֥מֶץ שֵׁכָ֖ר לֹ֣א יִשְׁתֶּ֑ה וְכָל־מִשְׁרַ֤ת עֲנָבִים֙ לֹ֣א יִשְׁתֶּ֔ה וַעֲנָבִ֛ים לַחִ֥ים וִיבֵשִׁ֖ים לֹ֥א יֹאכֵֽל׃‬ he will abstain from wine and strong drink, and he will not drink wine vinegar or strong drink vinegar nor will he drink any mashed grape juice, nor will he eat any fresh or dried grapes. any ← every.

or: disjunctive use of the vav.
Nu 6:4 ‫כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֑וֹ מִכֹּל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יֵעָשֶׂ֜ה מִגֶּ֣פֶן הַיַּ֗יִן מֵחַרְצַנִּ֛ים וְעַד־זָ֖ג לֹ֥א יֹאכֵֽל׃‬ All the days of his separation, he will not eat anything that is made from the grape vine, from the pips to the skin. anything ← from everything.

grape vine ← vine of wine.
Nu 6:5 ‫כָּל־יְמֵי֙ נֶ֣דֶר נִזְר֔וֹ תַּ֖עַר לֹא־יַעֲבֹ֣ר עַל־רֹאשׁ֑וֹ עַד־מְלֹ֨את הַיָּמִ֜ם אֲשֶׁר־יַזִּ֤יר לַיהוָה֙ קָדֹ֣שׁ יִהְיֶ֔ה גַּדֵּ֥ל פֶּ֖רַע שְׂעַ֥ר רֹאשֽׁוֹ׃‬ All the days of the vow of his separation, no razor will pass over his head, until the days which he dedicated to the Lord are fulfilled; he will be holy; he will let the locks of the hair of his head grow.
Nu 6:6 ‫כָּל־יְמֵ֥י הַזִּיר֖וֹ לַיהוָ֑ה עַל־נֶ֥פֶשׁ מֵ֖ת לֹ֥א יָבֹֽא׃‬ All the days of his separation to the Lord he will not go to any dead body. his separation ← to separate him.

body ← soul.
Nu 6:7 ‫לְאָבִ֣יו וּלְאִמּ֗וֹ לְאָחִיו֙ וּלְאַ֣חֹת֔וֹ לֹא־יִטַּמָּ֥א לָהֶ֖ם בְּמֹתָ֑ם כִּ֛י נֵ֥זֶר אֱלֹהָ֖יו עַל־רֹאשֽׁוֹ׃‬ He will not defile himself for his father or for his mother or for his brother or for his sister – for them – when they die, for the separation to his God is on his head. separation to ← separation of. Wider use of the construct state.
Nu 6:8 ‫כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֑וֹ קָדֹ֥שׁ ה֖וּא לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ All the days of his separation, he is holy to the Lord.
Nu 6:9 ‫וְכִֽי־יָמ֨וּת מֵ֤ת עָלָיו֙ בְּפֶ֣תַע פִּתְאֹ֔ם וְטִמֵּ֖א רֹ֣אשׁ נִזְר֑וֹ וְגִלַּ֤ח רֹאשׁוֹ֙ בְּי֣וֹם טָהֳרָת֔וֹ בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י יְגַלְּחֶֽנּוּ׃‬ And if a dying man very suddenly dies in contact with him, and defiles his dedicated head, then he will shave his head on the day of his cleansing: on the seventh day he will shave it. his dedicated head ← the head of his separation.
Nu 6:10 ‫וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֗י יָבִא֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י תֹרִ֔ים א֥וֹ שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה אֶל־הַכֹּהֵ֔ן אֶל־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And on the eighth day he will bring two turtle-doves or two young pigeons to the priest at the entrance to the tent of contact.
Nu 6:11 ‫וְעָשָׂ֣ה הַכֹּהֵ֗ן אֶחָ֤ד לְחַטָּאת֙ וְאֶחָ֣ד לְעֹלָ֔ה וְכִפֶּ֣ר עָלָ֔יו מֵאֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א עַל־הַנָּ֑פֶשׁ וְקִדַּ֥שׁ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֖וֹ בַּיּ֥וֹם הַהֽוּא׃‬ And the priest will offer one as a sin-offering, and one as a burnt offering, and he will make atonement for him, because he sinned by the dead person, and he will sanctify his head on that day. offer ← do.

person ← soul.
Nu 6:12 ‫וְהִזִּ֤יר לַֽיהוָה֙ אֶת־יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔וֹ וְהֵבִ֛יא כֶּ֥בֶשׂ בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְאָשָׁ֑ם וְהַיָּמִ֤ים הָרִאשֹׁנִים֙ יִפְּל֔וּ כִּ֥י טָמֵ֖א נִזְרֽוֹ׃‬ And he will commit the days of his separation to the Lord, and he will bring a one-year-old lamb as a guilt-offering, and the prior days will be forfeited, for he has defiled his separation. commit ← separate.
Nu 6:13 ‫וְזֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַנָּזִ֑יר בְּי֗וֹם מְלֹאת֙ יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔וֹ יָבִ֣יא אֹת֔וֹ אֶל־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And this is the law of the Nazarite: on the day of fulfilling the days of his separation he will betake himself to the entrance of the tent of contact. betake himself ← bring him.
Nu 6:14 ‫וְהִקְרִ֣יב אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֣וֹ לַיהוָ֡ה כֶּבֶשׂ֩ בֶּן־שְׁנָת֨וֹ תָמִ֤ים אֶחָד֙ לְעֹלָ֔ה וְכַבְשָׂ֨ה אַחַ֧ת בַּת־שְׁנָתָ֛הּ תְּמִימָ֖ה לְחַטָּ֑את וְאַֽיִל־אֶחָ֥ד תָּמִ֖ים לִשְׁלָמִֽים׃‬ And he will offer his oblation to the Lord, one one-year-old lamb without blemish as a burnt offering, and one one-year-old ewe lamb without blemish as a sin-offering, and one ram without blemish as a peace-offering, without blemish (3x)perfect.
Nu 6:15 ‫וְסַ֣ל מַצּ֗וֹת סֹ֤לֶת חַלֹּת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּשֶּׁ֔מֶן וּרְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּשָּׁ֑מֶן וּמִנְחָתָ֖ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶֽם׃‬ and a basket of unleavened bread from fine flour in cakes mixed with oil, and wafers of unleavened bread coated with oil, and their meal-offering and their libations. coated ← anointed.
Nu 6:16 ‫וְהִקְרִ֥יב הַכֹּהֵ֖ן לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְעָשָׂ֥ה אֶת־חַטָּאת֖וֹ וְאֶת־עֹלָתֽוֹ׃‬ And the priest will make the offering before the Lord, and he will perform his sin-offering and his burnt offering.
Nu 6:17 ‫וְאֶת־הָאַ֜יִל יַעֲשֶׂ֨ה זֶ֤בַח שְׁלָמִים֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה עַ֖ל סַ֣ל הַמַּצּ֑וֹת וְעָשָׂה֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן אֶת־מִנְחָת֖וֹ וְאֶת־נִסְכּֽוֹ׃‬ An he will offer the ram as a peace sacrifice to the Lord, with the basket of unleavened bread, and the priest will perform his meal-offering and his libation.
Nu 6:18 ‫וְגִלַּ֣ח הַנָּזִ֗יר פֶּ֛תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵ֖ד אֶת־רֹ֣אשׁ נִזְר֑וֹ וְלָקַ֗ח אֶת־שְׂעַר֙ רֹ֣אשׁ נִזְר֔וֹ וְנָתַן֙ עַל־הָאֵ֔שׁ אֲשֶׁר־תַּ֖חַת זֶ֥בַח הַשְּׁלָמִֽים׃‬ And the Nazarite will shave his dedicated head at the entrance to the tent of contact, and he will take the hair of his dedicated head, and put it on the fire which is under the peace sacrifice. his dedicated head (2x)his head of separation.
Nu 6:19 ‫וְלָקַ֨ח הַכֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־הַזְּרֹ֣עַ בְּשֵׁלָה֮ מִן־הָאַיִל֒ וְֽחַלַּ֨ת מַצָּ֤ה אַחַת֙ מִן־הַסַּ֔ל וּרְקִ֥יק מַצָּ֖ה אֶחָ֑ד וְנָתַן֙ עַל־כַּפֵּ֣י הַנָּזִ֔יר אַחַ֖ר הִֽתְגַּלְּח֥וֹ אֶת־נִזְרֽוֹ׃‬ And the priest will take the boiled shoulder of the ram, and one cake of unleavened bread from the basket, and one wafer of unleavened bread, and he will put them in the hands of the Nazarite, after he has shaved his dedicated hair. shoulder ← arm.

his dedicated hair (2x)his hair of separation.
Nu 6:20 ‫וְהֵנִיף֩ אוֹתָ֨ם הַכֹּהֵ֥ן ׀ תְּנוּפָה֮ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָה֒ קֹ֤דֶשׁ הוּא֙ לַכֹּהֵ֔ן עַ֚ל חֲזֵ֣ה הַתְּנוּפָ֔ה וְעַ֖ל שׁ֣וֹק הַתְּרוּמָ֑ה וְאַחַ֛ר יִשְׁתֶּ֥ה הַנָּזִ֖יר יָֽיִן׃‬ And the priest will wave them as a wave-offering before the Lord. It is holy to the priest, with the breast of the wave-offering and with the leg of the heave-offering, and afterwards the Nazarite will drink wine.
Nu 6:21 ‫זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֣ת הַנָּזִיר֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדֹּר֒ קָרְבָּנ֤וֹ לַֽיהוָה֙ עַל־נִזְר֔וֹ מִלְּבַ֖ד אֲשֶׁר־תַּשִּׂ֣יג יָד֑וֹ כְּפִ֤י נִדְרוֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדֹּ֔ר כֵּ֣ן יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה עַ֖ל תּוֹרַ֥ת נִזְרֽוֹ׃ פ‬ This is the law of the Nazarite who vows his oblation to the Lord, concerning his separation, apart from whatever else he can afford. According to the statement of his vow which he vows, so he shall do, according to the law of his separation.’ ” whatever else he can afford ← what his hand may reach.

statement ← mouth.
Nu 6:22 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 6:23 ‫דַּבֵּ֤ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְאֶל־בָּנָ֣יו לֵאמֹ֔ר כֹּ֥ה תְבָרֲכ֖וּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אָמ֖וֹר לָהֶֽם׃ ס‬ “Speak to Aaron and to his sons and say, ‘You will bless the sons of Israel in this way, saying to them,
Nu 6:24 ‫יְבָרֶכְךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה וְיִשְׁמְרֶֽךָ׃ ס‬

«May the Lord bless you and keep you.

Nu 6:25 ‫יָאֵ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה ׀ פָּנָ֛יו אֵלֶ֖יךָ וִֽיחֻנֶּֽךָּ׃ ס‬

May the Lord cause his face to shine on you,

And may he be merciful to you.

Nu 6:26 ‫יִשָּׂ֨א יְהוָ֤ה ׀ פָּנָיו֙ אֵלֶ֔יךָ וְיָשֵׂ֥ם לְךָ֖ שָׁלֽוֹם׃ ס‬

May the Lord lift up his face towards you

And give you peace.» ’

Nu 6:27 ‫וְשָׂמ֥וּ אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י עַל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַאֲנִ֖י אֲבָרֲכֵֽם׃ פ‬ And they shall propound my name to the sons of Israel, and I will bless them.” propound ← put.
Nu 7:1 ‫וַיְהִ֡י בְּיוֹם֩ כַּלּ֨וֹת מֹשֶׁ֜ה לְהָקִ֣ים אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַיִּמְשַׁ֨ח אֹת֜וֹ וַיְקַדֵּ֤שׁ אֹתוֹ֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־כֵּלָ֔יו וְאֶת־הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ וְאֶת־כָּל־כֵּלָ֑יו וַיִּמְשָׁחֵ֖ם וַיְקַדֵּ֥שׁ אֹתָֽם׃‬ And it came to pass on the day when Moses had finished setting up the tabernacle and had anointed it and sanctified it and all its equipment, including the altar and all its equipment, having anointed and sanctified them,
Nu 7:2 ‫וַיַּקְרִ֙יבוּ֙ נְשִׂיאֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל רָאשֵׁ֖י בֵּ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם הֵ֚ם נְשִׂיאֵ֣י הַמַּטֹּ֔ת הֵ֥ם הָעֹמְדִ֖ים עַל־הַפְּקֻדִֽים׃‬ that the leaders of Israel, the heads of their paternal house – they were the leaders of the tribes who had supervised those who were counted – made an offering, supervised ← stood over.
Nu 7:3 ‫וַיָּבִ֨יאוּ אֶת־קָרְבָּנָ֜ם לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה שֵׁשׁ־עֶגְלֹ֥ת צָב֙ וּשְׁנֵ֣י עָשָׂ֣ר בָּקָ֔ר עֲגָלָ֛ה עַל־שְׁנֵ֥י הַנְּשִׂאִ֖ים וְשׁ֣וֹר לְאֶחָ֑ד וַיַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אוֹתָ֖ם לִפְנֵ֥י הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן׃‬ and they brought their oblation before the Lord: six covered wagons and twelve oxen, one wagon for two leaders, so an ox for each one, and they offered them in front of the tabernacle. covered wagons: the word for wagons could be read as calves, and in the context of offerings probably would be at first, but the word for covering, whose meaning is not certain, apparently precludes this, as does the Masoretic pointing of ↴
Nu 7:4 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said, ↳ the word in the singular following (one wagon for two leaders).
Nu 7:5 ‫קַ֚ח מֵֽאִתָּ֔ם וְהָי֕וּ לַעֲבֹ֕ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֖ת אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד וְנָתַתָּ֤ה אוֹתָם֙ אֶל־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם אִ֖ישׁ כְּפִ֥י עֲבֹדָתֽוֹ׃‬ “Take the oblations from them, and they will be for performing the service of the tent of contact, and you will give them to the Levites, to each man according to his work.”
Nu 7:6 ‫וַיִּקַּ֣ח מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־הָעֲגָלֹ֖ת וְאֶת־הַבָּקָ֑ר וַיִּתֵּ֥ן אוֹתָ֖ם אֶל־הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ So Moses took the wagons and the oxen and gave them to the Levites.
Nu 7:7 ‫אֵ֣ת ׀ שְׁתֵּ֣י הָעֲגָלֹ֗ת וְאֵת֙ אַרְבַּ֣עַת הַבָּקָ֔ר נָתַ֖ן לִבְנֵ֣י גֵרְשׁ֑וֹן כְּפִ֖י עֲבֹדָתָֽם׃‬ He gave two wagons and four oxen to the sons of Gershon according to their work,
Nu 7:8 ‫וְאֵ֣ת ׀ אַרְבַּ֣ע הָעֲגָלֹ֗ת וְאֵת֙ שְׁמֹנַ֣ת הַבָּקָ֔ר נָתַ֖ן לִבְנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י כְּפִי֙ עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔ם בְּיַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵֽן׃‬ and he gave four wagons and eight oxen to the sons of Merari according to their work, through the intermediacy of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 7:9 ‫וְלִבְנֵ֥י קְהָ֖ת לֹ֣א נָתָ֑ן כִּֽי־עֲבֹדַ֤ת הַקֹּ֙דֶשׁ֙ עֲלֵהֶ֔ם בַּכָּתֵ֖ף יִשָּֽׂאוּ׃‬ But he did not give any of these to the sons of Kohath, because the work of the holy place was charged to them, that they should bear it on their shoulders. but: adversative use of the vav.

Kohath: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 7:10 ‫וַיַּקְרִ֣יבוּ הַנְּשִׂאִ֗ים אֵ֚ת חֲנֻכַּ֣ת הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּי֖וֹם הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֑וֹ וַיַּקְרִ֧יבוּ הַנְּשִׂיאִ֛ם אֶת־קָרְבָּנָ֖ם לִפְנֵ֥י הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃‬ Then the leaders made offerings for the dedication of the altar, when it was anointed, and the leaders offered their oblation in front of the altar.
Nu 7:11 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה נָשִׂ֨יא אֶחָ֜ד לַיּ֗וֹם נָשִׂ֤יא אֶחָד֙ לַיּ֔וֹם יַקְרִ֙יבוּ֙ אֶת־קָרְבָּנָ֔ם לַחֲנֻכַּ֖ת הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ ס‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “The leaders will offer their oblation each one on his own day for the dedication of the altar.” the leaders will offer their oblation each one on his own day ← one leader for the day, one leader for the day.
Nu 7:12 ‫וַיְהִ֗י הַמַּקְרִ֛יב בַּיּ֥וֹם הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֑וֹ נַחְשׁ֥וֹן בֶּן־עַמִּינָדָ֖ב לְמַטֵּ֥ה יְהוּדָֽה׃‬ And the one to offer his oblation on the first day was Nahshon the son of Amminadab of the tribe of Judah.
Nu 7:13 ‫וְקָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ And his offering was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:14 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:15 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:16 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:17 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתּוּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן נַחְשׁ֖וֹן בֶּן־עַמִּינָדָֽב׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Nahshon the son of Amminadab.
Nu 7:18 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י הִקְרִ֖יב נְתַנְאֵ֣ל בֶּן־צוּעָ֑ר נְשִׂ֖יא יִשָּׂשכָֽר׃‬ On the second day, Nethaneel the son of Zuar, the leader of the sons of Issachar, made his offering. Nethaneel: see Nu 1:8.
Nu 7:19 ‫הִקְרִ֨ב אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֜וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ For his oblation he offered one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:20 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:21 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:22 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:23 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתּוּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן נְתַנְאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּעָֽר׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Nethaneel the son of Zuar. Nethaneel: see Nu 1:8.
Nu 7:24 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֑ן אֱלִיאָ֖ב בֶּן־חֵלֹֽן׃‬ On the third day the leader of the sons of Zebulun, Eliab the son of Helon, offered his oblation,
Nu 7:25 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:26 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:27 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:28 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:29 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן אֱלִיאָ֖ב בֶּן־חֵלֹֽן׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Eliab the son of Helon.
Nu 7:30 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הָרְבִיעִ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י רְאוּבֵ֑ן אֱלִיצ֖וּר בֶּן־שְׁדֵיאֽוּר׃‬ On the fourth day the leader of the sons of Reuben, Elizur the son of Shedeur, made his offering.
Nu 7:31 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:32 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת ‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:33 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:34 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:35 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן אֱלִיצ֖וּר בֶּן־שְׁדֵיאֽוּר׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Elizur the son of Shedeur.
Nu 7:36 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַחֲמִישִׁ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֑וֹן שְׁלֻֽמִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּרִֽישַׁדָּֽי׃‬ On the fifth day, the leader of the sons of Simeon, Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai, made his offering.
Nu 7:37 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:38 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:39 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:40 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת ‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:41 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן שְׁלֻמִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּרִֽישַׁדָּֽי׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai.
Nu 7:42 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַשִּׁשִּׁ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י גָ֑ד אֶלְיָסָ֖ף בֶּן־דְּעוּאֵֽל׃‬ On the sixth day, the leader of the sons of Gad, Eliasaph the son of Deuel, made his offering.
Nu 7:43 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:44 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:45 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:46 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:47 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן אֶלְיָסָ֖ף בֶּן־דְּעוּאֵֽל׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Eliasaph the son of Deuel.
Nu 7:48 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י אֶפְרָ֑יִם אֱלִֽישָׁמָ֖ע בֶּן־עַמִּיהֽוּד׃‬ On the seventh day, the leader of the sons of Ephraim, Elishama the son of Ammihud, made his offering.
Nu 7:49 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:50 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:51 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:52 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:53 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע בֶּן־עַמִּיהֽוּד׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Elishama the son of Ammihud.
Nu 7:54 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַשְּׁמִינִ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־פְּדָה־צֽוּר׃‬ On the eighth day, the leader of the sons of Manasseh, Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur, made his offering. Gamaliel: see Nu 1:10.

Pedahzur ← Pedah-zur, but we align it with Nu 1:10.
Nu 7:55 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה ‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:56 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:57 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:58 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:59 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־פְּדָה צֽוּר׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur. Gamaliel: see Nu 1:10.

Pedahzur ← Pedah-zur, but we align it with Nu 1:10.
Nu 7:60 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַתְּשִׁיעִ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן אֲבִידָ֖ן בֶּן־גִּדְעֹנִֽי׃‬ On the ninth day, the leader of the sons of Benjamin, Abidan the son of Gideoni, made his offering. Gideoni: see Nu 1:11.
Nu 7:61 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:62 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:63 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:64 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:65 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן אֲבִידָ֖ן בֶּן־גִּדְעֹנִֽי׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Abidan the son of Gideoni. Gideoni: see Nu 1:11.
Nu 7:66 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הָעֲשִׂירִ֔י נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י דָ֑ן אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר בֶּן־עַמִּישַׁדָּֽי׃‬ On the tenth day, the leader of the sons of Dan, Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai, made his offering.
Nu 7:67 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:68 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת ‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:69 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:70 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:71 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר בֶּן־עַמִּישַׁדָּֽי׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai.
Nu 7:72 ‫בְּיוֹם֙ עַשְׁתֵּ֣י עָשָׂ֣ר י֔וֹם נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֑ר פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עָכְרָֽן׃‬ On the eleventh day, the leader of the sons of Asher, Pagiel the son of Ocran, made his offering. Ocran: see Nu 1:13.
Nu 7:73 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:74 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:75 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:76 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:77 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עָכְרָֽן׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Pagiel the son of Ocran. Ocran: see Nu 1:13.
Nu 7:78 ‫בְּיוֹם֙ שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֣ר י֔וֹם נָשִׂ֖יא לִבְנֵ֣י נַפְתָּלִ֑י אֲחִירַ֖ע בֶּן־עֵינָֽן׃‬ On the twelfth day, the leader of the sons of Naphtali, Ahira the son of Enan, made his offering.
Nu 7:79 ‫קָרְבָּנ֞וֹ קַֽעֲרַת־כֶּ֣סֶף אַחַ֗ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ מִזְרָ֤ק אֶחָד֙ כֶּ֔סֶף שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ שְׁנֵיהֶ֣ם ׀ מְלֵאִ֗ים סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן לְמִנְחָֽה׃‬ His oblation was one silver dish whose weight was one hundred and thirty shekels, one silver basin of seventy shekels according to the holy shekel, both of them being full of fine flour mixed with oil, as a meal-offering,
Nu 7:80 ‫כַּ֥ף אַחַ֛ת עֲשָׂרָ֥ה זָהָ֖ב מְלֵאָ֥ה קְטֹֽרֶת׃‬ one spoon weighing ten shekels of gold, filled with incense,
Nu 7:81 ‫פַּ֣ר אֶחָ֞ד בֶּן־בָּקָ֗ר אַ֧יִל אֶחָ֛ד כֶּֽבֶשׂ־אֶחָ֥ד בֶּן־שְׁנָת֖וֹ לְעֹלָֽה׃‬ one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, one one-year-old lamb for a burnt offering,
Nu 7:82 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ one goat buck for a sin-offering,
Nu 7:83 ‫וּלְזֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִים֮ בָּקָ֣ר שְׁנַיִם֒ אֵילִ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים חֲמִשָּׁ֔ה כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֖ה חֲמִשָּׁ֑ה זֶ֛ה קָרְבַּ֥ן אֲחִירַ֖ע בֶּן־עֵינָֽן׃ פ‬ and for the peace sacrifice, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, and five one-year-old lambs. This was the oblation of Ahira the son of Enan.
Nu 7:84 ‫זֹ֣את ׀ חֲנֻכַּ֣ת הַמִּזְבֵּ֗חַ בְּיוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔וֹ מֵאֵ֖ת נְשִׂיאֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל קַעֲרֹ֨ת כֶּ֜סֶף שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֗ה מִֽזְרְקֵי־כֶ֙סֶף֙ שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֔ר כַּפּ֥וֹת זָהָ֖ב שְׁתֵּ֥ים עֶשְׂרֵֽה׃‬ This was the dedication of the altar on the day it was anointed by the leaders of Israel, with twelve silver dishes, twelve silver basins and twelve golden spoons.
Nu 7:85 ‫שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָ֗ה הַקְּעָרָ֤ה הָֽאַחַת֙ כֶּ֔סֶף וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים הַמִּזְרָ֣ק הָאֶחָ֑ד כֹּ֚ל כֶּ֣סֶף הַכֵּלִ֔ים אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְאַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃‬ The weight of each silver dish was one hundred and thirty shekels, and each basin weighed seventy shekels. All the silver of the objects came to two thousand four hundred shekels according to the holy shekel. each (2x)one.
Nu 7:86 ‫כַּפּ֨וֹת זָהָ֤ב שְׁתֵּים־עֶשְׂרֵה֙ מְלֵאֹ֣ת קְטֹ֔רֶת עֲשָׂרָ֧ה עֲשָׂרָ֛ה הַכַּ֖ף בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ כָּל־זְהַ֥ב הַכַּפּ֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּמֵאָֽה׃‬ As for the twelve golden spoons full of incense, each spoon weighed ten shekels according to the holy shekel. All the gold of the spoons came to one hundred and twenty shekels.
Nu 7:87 ‫כָּל־הַבָּקָ֨ר לָעֹלָ֜ה שְׁנֵ֧ים עָשָׂ֣ר פָּרִ֗ים אֵילִ֤ם שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂר֙ כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר וּמִנְחָתָ֑ם וּשְׂעִירֵ֥י עִזִּ֛ים שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ All the oxen for the burnt offering came to twelve bulls. There were twelve rams, twelve one-year-old lambs, with their meal-offering, and twelve goat bucks as a sin-offering.
Nu 7:88 ‫וְכֹ֞ל בְּקַ֣ר ׀ זֶ֣בַח הַשְּׁלָמִ֗ים עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וְאַרְבָּעָה֮ פָּרִים֒ אֵילִ֤ם שִׁשִּׁים֙ עַתֻּדִ֣ים שִׁשִּׁ֔ים כְּבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֖ה שִׁשִּׁ֑ים זֹ֚את חֲנֻכַּ֣ת הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ אַחֲרֵ֖י הִמָּשַׁ֥ח אֹתֽוֹ׃‬ And all the oxen of the peace sacrifice came to twenty-four bulls, sixty rams, sixty goats, sixty one-year-old lambs. This was the dedication of the altar after it was anointed.
Nu 7:89 ‫וּבְבֹ֨א מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵד֮ לְדַבֵּ֣ר אִתּוֹ֒ וַיִּשְׁמַ֨ע אֶת־הַקּ֜וֹל מִדַּבֵּ֣ר אֵלָ֗יו מֵעַ֤ל הַכַּפֹּ֙רֶת֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־אֲרֹ֣ן הָעֵדֻ֔ת מִבֵּ֖ין שְׁנֵ֣י הַכְּרֻבִ֑ים וַיְדַבֵּ֖ר אֵלָֽיו׃ פ‬ And when Moses went into the tent of contact to speak with him, he heard the voice speaking with him from the atonement cover which is over the ark of the testimony between the two cherubim when he spoke to him.
Nu 8:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 8:2 ‫דַּבֵּר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֵלָ֑יו בְּהַעֲלֹֽתְךָ֙ אֶת־הַנֵּרֹ֔ת אֶל־מוּל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הַמְּנוֹרָ֔ה יָאִ֖ירוּ שִׁבְעַ֥ת הַנֵּרֽוֹת׃‬ “Speak to Aaron and say to him, ‘When you light the lamps, do it at the front of the lampstand, and the seven lamps will shine.’ ” AV differs somewhat in syntactical structure.
Nu 8:3 ‫וַיַּ֤עַשׂ כֵּן֙ אַהֲרֹ֔ן אֶל־מוּל֙ פְּנֵ֣י הַמְּנוֹרָ֔ה הֶעֱלָ֖ה נֵרֹתֶ֑יהָ כַּֽאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ And Aaron did so, in front of the lampstand. He lit its lamps, as the Lord had commanded Moses.
Nu 8:4 ‫וְזֶ֨ה מַעֲשֵׂ֤ה הַמְּנֹרָה֙ מִקְשָׁ֣ה זָהָ֔ב עַד־יְרֵכָ֥הּ עַד־פִּרְחָ֖הּ מִקְשָׁ֣ה הִ֑וא כַּמַּרְאֶ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הֶרְאָ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֔ה כֵּ֥ן עָשָׂ֖ה אֶת־הַמְּנֹרָֽה׃ פ‬ And this is the way the lampstand is made: it is beaten gold. Up to its shaft and up to its flower it is beaten. According to the vision which the Lord showed Moses, so he made the lampstand. the way ... is made ← the making of.
Nu 8:5 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 8:6 ‫קַ֚ח אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִתּ֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְטִהַרְתָּ֖ אֹתָֽם׃‬ “Take the Levites from among the sons of Israel and cleanse them.
Nu 8:7 ‫וְכֹֽה־תַעֲשֶׂ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְטַֽהֲרָ֔ם הַזֵּ֥ה עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם מֵ֣י חַטָּ֑את וְהֶעֱבִ֤ירוּ תַ֙עַר֙ עַל־כָּל־בְּשָׂרָ֔ם וְכִבְּס֥וּ בִגְדֵיהֶ֖ם וְהִטֶּהָֽרוּ׃‬ And this is how you will act towards them to cleanse them: sprinkle sin-offering water over them, and they shall pass a razor over all their body, and they shall wash their clothes, and they shall cleanse themselves. this is howthus.

body ← flesh.
Nu 8:8 ‫וְלָֽקְחוּ֙ פַּ֣ר בֶּן־בָּקָ֔ר וּמִנְחָת֔וֹ סֹ֖לֶת בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשָּׁ֑מֶן וּפַר־שֵׁנִ֥י בֶן־בָּקָ֖ר תִּקַּ֥ח לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ And they will take a bull-calf of the oxen and its meal-offering – fine flour mixed with oil – and you will take a second bull-calf of the oxen as a sin-offering.
Nu 8:9 ‫וְהִקְרַבְתָּ֙ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם לִפְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד וְהִ֨קְהַלְתָּ֔ אֶֽת־כָּל־עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And you will have the Levites approach the tent of contact, and you will assemble the whole congregation of the sons of Israel.
Nu 8:10 ‫וְהִקְרַבְתָּ֥ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְסָמְכ֧וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶת־יְדֵיהֶ֖ם עַל־הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And you will have the Levites come near before the Lord, and the sons of Israel will lay their hands on the Levites,
Nu 8:11 ‫וְהֵנִיף֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֤ם תְּנוּפָה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה מֵאֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְהָי֕וּ לַעֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֥ת יְהוָֽה׃‬ and Aaron will wave the Levites from the sons of Israel as a wave-offering before the Lord, and their task will be to do the Lord's work. their task will be ← they will be.
Nu 8:12 ‫וְהַלְוִיִּם֙ יִסְמְכ֣וּ אֶת־יְדֵיהֶ֔ם עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הַפָּרִ֑ים וַ֠עֲשֵׂה אֶת־הָאֶחָ֨ד חַטָּ֜את וְאֶת־הָאֶחָ֤ד עֹלָה֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה לְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And the Levites will lay their hands on the head of the bulls, and you shall offer one as a sin-offering and one as a burnt offering to the Lord, to atone for the Levites. you shall offer: imperative singular, but it would fit better if pointed as an infinitive absolute וְעָשֺׂה, which can stand for a finite form matching the previous finite form, they shall offer.
Nu 8:13 ‫וְהַֽעֲמַדְתָּ֙ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם לִפְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְלִפְנֵ֣י בָנָ֑יו וְהֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֛ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ And you will set the Levites before Aaron, and before his sons, and you will wave them as a wave-offering to the Lord.
Nu 8:14 ‫וְהִבְדַּלְתָּ֙ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִתּ֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְהָ֥יוּ לִ֖י הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And you will separate the Levites from among the sons of Israel, and the Levites will be mine.
Nu 8:15 ‫וְאַֽחֲרֵי־כֵן֙ יָבֹ֣אוּ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם לַעֲבֹ֖ד אֶת־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד וְטִֽהַרְתָּ֣ אֹתָ֔ם וְהֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֖ם תְּנוּפָֽה׃‬ And after that the Levites will come to serve the tent of contact, and you will cleanse them and wave them as a wave-offering,
Nu 8:16 ‫כִּי֩ נְתֻנִ֨ים נְתֻנִ֥ים הֵ֙מָּה֙ לִ֔י מִתּ֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל תַּחַת֩ פִּטְרַ֨ת כָּל־רֶ֜חֶם בְּכ֥וֹר כֹּל֙ מִבְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לָקַ֥חְתִּי אֹתָ֖ם לִֽי׃‬ for they are wholly given to me from among the sons of Israel instead of those who open every womb. I have taken them from the firstborn of all the sons of Israel for myself. are wholly given ← given, given.
Nu 8:17 ‫כִּ֣י לִ֤י כָל־בְּכוֹר֙ בִּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בָּאָדָ֖ם וּבַבְּהֵמָ֑ה בְּי֗וֹם הַכֹּתִ֤י כָל־בְּכוֹר֙ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם הִקְדַּ֥שְׁתִּי אֹתָ֖ם לִֽי׃‬ For every firstborn among the sons of Israel is mine, among man and among cattle. On the day when I struck all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, I sanctified them to myself.
Nu 8:18 ‫וָאֶקַּח֙ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם תַּ֥חַת כָּל־בְּכ֖וֹר בִּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ So I have taken the Levites instead of every firstborn among the sons of Israel,
Nu 8:19 ‫וָאֶתְּנָ֨ה אֶת־הַלְוִיִּ֜ם נְתֻנִ֣ים ׀ לְאַהֲרֹ֣ן וּלְבָנָ֗יו מִתּוֹךְ֮ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ לַעֲבֹ֞ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וּלְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְלֹ֨א יִהְיֶ֜ה בִּבְנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ נֶ֔גֶף בְּגֶ֥שֶׁת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶל־הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃‬ and I have given the Levites as people given to Aaron and to his sons from among the sons of Israel, to do the work of the sons of Israel in the tent of contact, and to atone for the sons of Israel, so that there will be no disease among the sons of Israel when the sons of Israel approach the holy place.” so that: purposive use of the vav.
Nu 8:20 ‫וַיַּ֨עַשׂ מֹשֶׁ֧ה וְאַהֲרֹ֛ן וְכָל־עֲדַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לַלְוִיִּ֑ם כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֨ה יְהוָ֤ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁה֙ לַלְוִיִּ֔ם כֵּן־עָשׂ֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And Moses and Aaron and the whole congregation of the sons of Israel acted towards the Levites according to everything that the Lord had commanded Moses in respect of the Levites. The sons of Israel acted towards them like that. like that ← thus.
Nu 8:21 ‫וַיִּֽתְחַטְּא֣וּ הַלְוִיִּ֗ם וַֽיְכַבְּסוּ֙ בִּגְדֵיהֶ֔ם וַיָּ֨נֶף אַהֲרֹ֥ן אֹתָ֛ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וַיְכַפֵּ֧ר עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם אַהֲרֹ֖ן לְטַהֲרָֽם׃‬ So the Levites had themselves propitiated for sins, and they washed their clothes, and Aaron waved them as a wave-offering before the Lord, and Aaron atoned for them to make them clean.
Nu 8:22 ‫וְאַחֲרֵי־כֵ֞ן בָּ֣אוּ הַלְוִיִּ֗ם לַעֲבֹ֤ד אֶת־עֲבֹֽדָתָם֙ בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד לִפְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְלִפְנֵ֣י בָנָ֑יו כַּאֲשֶׁר֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוָ֤ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁה֙ עַל־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם כֵּ֖ן עָשׂ֥וּ לָהֶֽם׃ ס‬ Then after that the Levites came in order to carry out their duty in the tent of contact before Aaron and before his sons. As the Lord had commanded Moses concerning the Levites, so they acted towards them. they acted towards them: i.e. so Aaron and his sons acted with the Levites (?). Perhaps reflexive, so the Levites set themselves up.
Nu 8:23 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 8:24 ‫זֹ֖את אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַלְוִיִּ֑ם מִבֶּן֩ חָמֵ֨שׁ וְעֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה יָבוֹא֙ לִצְבֹ֣א צָבָ֔א בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ “This is what the Levites have to do. From twenty-five years and above, each will go to engage in service, in the work of the tent of contact. service ← army, or, workforce.
Nu 8:25 ‫וּמִבֶּן֙ חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה יָשׁ֖וּב מִצְּבָ֣א הָעֲבֹדָ֑ה וְלֹ֥א יַעֲבֹ֖ד עֽוֹד׃‬ But from fifty years he will retire from the workforce, and he will not perform the service any more, retire ← return.

workforce ← army of work.
Nu 8:26 ‫וְשֵׁרֵ֨ת אֶת־אֶחָ֜יו בְּאֹ֤הֶל מוֹעֵד֙ לִשְׁמֹ֣ר מִשְׁמֶ֔רֶת וַעֲבֹדָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַעֲבֹ֑ד כָּ֛כָה תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה לַלְוִיִּ֖ם בְּמִשְׁמְרֹתָֽם׃ פ‬ but he will serve with his brothers at the tent of contact, to keep guard, but he will not do any work. So you will act towards the Levites in their duties.” to keep guard: elsewhere we translate to reliably carry out the operations, but perhaps here of guarding.
Nu 9:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָ֣ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה בְמִדְבַּר־סִ֠ינַי בַּשָּׁנָ֨ה הַשֵּׁנִ֜ית לְצֵאתָ֨ם מֵאֶ֧רֶץ מִצְרַ֛יִם בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses in the Sinai desert in the second year since they came out of the land of Egypt, in the first month, and said,
Nu 9:2 ‫וְיַעֲשׂ֧וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶת־הַפָּ֖סַח בְּמוֹעֲדֽוֹ׃‬ “And let the sons of Israel hold the Passover festival in its season.
Nu 9:3 ‫בְּאַרְבָּעָ֣ה עָשָֽׂר־י֠וֹם בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֜ה בֵּ֧ין הָֽעֲרְבַּ֛יִם תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ אֹת֖וֹ בְּמוֹעֲד֑וֹ כְּכָל־חֻקֹּתָ֥יו וּכְכָל־מִשְׁפָּטָ֖יו תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ אֹתֽוֹ׃‬ On the fourteenth day of this month in the evening you will hold it, in its season. You shall hold it according to all its statutes and according to all its regulations.” in the evening ← between the two evenings. See Ex 12:6.
Nu 9:4 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לַעֲשֹׂ֥ת הַפָּֽסַח׃‬ Then Moses told the sons of Israel to keep the Passover.
Nu 9:5 ‫וַיַּעֲשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הַפֶּ֡סַח בָּרִאשׁ֡וֹן בְּאַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַחֹ֛דֶשׁ בֵּ֥ין הָעַרְבַּ֖יִם בְּמִדְבַּ֣ר סִינָ֑י כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֔ה כֵּ֥ן עָשׂ֖וּ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And they kept the Passover in the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month in the evening, in the Sinai desert. According to everything the Lord had commanded Moses, so the sons of Israel did. in the evening ← between the two evenings. See Ex 12:6.

The sentence structure of this verse follows Masoretic tradition. We have a full stop at the atnach. Compare 2 Ki 16:11.
Nu 9:6 ‫וַיְהִ֣י אֲנָשִׁ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר הָי֤וּ טְמֵאִים֙ לְנֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֔ם וְלֹא־יָכְל֥וּ לַעֲשֹׂת־הַפֶּ֖סַח בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא וַֽיִּקְרְב֞וּ לִפְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְלִפְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹ֖ן בַּיּ֥וֹם הַהֽוּא׃‬ But there were men who were unclean by the dead body of a man, and they could not keep the Passover on that day, and on that day they came before Moses and Aaron, dead body ← soul.
Nu 9:7 ‫וַ֠יֹּאמְרוּ הָאֲנָשִׁ֤ים הָהֵ֙מָּה֙ אֵלָ֔יו אֲנַ֥חְנוּ טְמֵאִ֖ים לְנֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֑ם לָ֣מָּה נִגָּרַ֗ע לְבִלְתִּ֨י הַקְרִ֜ב אֶת־קָרְבַּ֤ן יְהוָה֙ בְּמֹ֣עֲד֔וֹ בְּת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ and those men said to him, “We are unclean by the dead body of a man. Why are we prevented from offering the Lord's oblation in its season among the sons of Israel?” dead body ← soul.
Nu 9:8 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֖ם מֹשֶׁ֑ה עִמְד֣וּ וְאֶשְׁמְעָ֔ה מַה־יְצַוֶּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לָכֶֽם׃ פ‬ At this Moses said to them, “Stand still and let me hear what the Lord commands for you.” at this: wider use of the vav.
Nu 9:9 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 9:10 ‫דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר אִ֣ישׁ אִ֣ישׁ כִּי־יִהְיֶֽה־טָמֵ֣א ׀ לָנֶ֡פֶשׁ אוֹ֩ בְדֶ֨רֶךְ רְחֹקָ֜הׄ לָכֶ֗ם א֚וֹ לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וְעָ֥שָׂה פֶ֖סַח לַיהוָֽה׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say, ‘If any man of your company or of your posterity is unclean by a dead body or is on distant travels, then he will keep the Lord's Passover, but your ... distant: with supralinear dots. See [CB, appendix 31]. [CB] says it indicates that the words are to be omitted, so not just distant travels.

dead body ← soul.

distant travels ← a remote road.
Nu 9:11 ‫בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י בְּאַרְבָּעָ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר י֛וֹם בֵּ֥ין הָעַרְבַּ֖יִם יַעֲשׂ֣וּ אֹת֑וֹ עַל־מַצּ֥וֹת וּמְרֹרִ֖ים יֹאכְלֻֽהוּ׃‬ they will keep it in the second month on the fourteenth day in the evening. They will eat it with unleavened bread and bitter herbs. in the evening ← between the two evenings. See Ex 12:6.
Nu 9:12 ‫לֹֽא־יַשְׁאִ֤ירוּ מִמֶּ֙נּוּ֙ עַד־בֹּ֔קֶר וְעֶ֖צֶם לֹ֣א יִשְׁבְּרוּ־ב֑וֹ כְּכָל־חֻקַּ֥ת הַפֶּ֖סַח יַעֲשׂ֥וּ אֹתֽוֹ׃‬ They will not leave any of it until the morning, and they will not break a bone of it. They will keep it according to every statute of the Passover. Jn 19:36.

of it ← in it.
Nu 9:13 ‫וְהָאִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁר־ה֨וּא טָה֜וֹר וּבְדֶ֣רֶךְ לֹא־הָיָ֗ה וְחָדַל֙ לַעֲשׂ֣וֹת הַפֶּ֔סַח וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מֵֽעַמֶּ֑יהָ כִּ֣י ׀ קָרְבַּ֣ן יְהוָ֗ה לֹ֤א הִקְרִיב֙ בְּמֹ֣עֲד֔וֹ חֶטְא֥וֹ יִשָּׂ֖א הָאִ֥ישׁ הַהֽוּא׃‬ But as for any man who is clean and is not on travels, who neglects to keep the Passover, that person will be cut off from his people because he did not offer the Lord's oblation in its season. That man will bear his sin. travels ← a road.

person ← soul.

people ← peoples.
Nu 9:14 ‫וְכִֽי־יָג֨וּר אִתְּכֶ֜ם גֵּ֗ר וְעָ֤שָֽׂה פֶ֙סַח֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה כְּחֻקַּ֥ת הַפֶּ֛סַח וּכְמִשְׁפָּט֖וֹ כֵּ֣ן יַעֲשֶׂ֑ה חֻקָּ֤ה אַחַת֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֔ם וְלַגֵּ֖ר וּלְאֶזְרַ֥ח הָאָֽרֶץ׃ פ‬ And if a foreigner is lodging with you, then he will keep the Lord's Passover. He will keep it according to the statute of the Passover and according to its regulation. There will be one statute for you, both for the foreigner and for the native of the land.’ ” keep it ← do thus.
Nu 9:15 ‫וּבְיוֹם֙ הָקִ֣ים אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן כִּסָּ֤ה הֶֽעָנָן֙ אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן לְאֹ֖הֶל הָעֵדֻ֑ת וּבָעֶ֜רֶב יִהְיֶ֧ה עַֽל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֛ן כְּמַרְאֵה־אֵ֖שׁ עַד־בֹּֽקֶר׃‬ And on the day of setting up the tabernacle, a cloud covered the tabernacle, at the tent of the testimony, and in the evening there was an appearance of fire on the tabernacle until the morning. a cloud ← the cloud.

at ← to or, for.

an appearance ← as an appearance.
Nu 9:16 ‫כֵּ֚ן יִהְיֶ֣ה תָמִ֔יד הֶעָנָ֖ן יְכַסֶּ֑נּוּ וּמַרְאֵה־אֵ֖שׁ לָֽיְלָה׃‬ So it was all the time – the cloud covered it, and at night there was an appearance of fire.
Nu 9:17 ‫וּלְפִ֞י הֵעָלֹ֤ת הֶֽעָנָן֙ מֵעַ֣ל הָאֹ֔הֶל וְאַ֣חֲרֵי־כֵ֔ן יִסְע֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וּבִמְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁכָּן־שָׁם֙ הֶֽעָנָ֔ן שָׁ֥ם יַחֲנ֖וּ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And when the cloud was taken up from the tent, then after that the sons of Israel would move, and in the place where the cloud settled, there the sons of Israel would encamp.
Nu 9:18 ‫עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֗ה יִסְעוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְעַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה יַחֲנ֑וּ כָּל־יְמֵ֗י אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכֹּ֧ן הֶעָנָ֛ן עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן יַחֲנֽוּ׃‬ At the command of the Lord, the sons of Israel would move, and at the command of the Lord they would encamp. For all the days that the cloud settled on the tabernacle, they would be encamped. command (2x)mouth.
Nu 9:19 ‫וּבְהַאֲרִ֧יךְ הֶֽעָנָ֛ן עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים וְשָׁמְר֧וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה וְלֹ֥א יִסָּֽעוּ׃‬ And if the cloud stayed many days on the tabernacle, then the sons of Israel kept the Lord's charge and did not move.
Nu 9:20 ‫וְיֵ֞שׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִהְיֶ֧ה הֶֽעָנָ֛ן יָמִ֥ים מִסְפָּ֖ר עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֑ן עַל־פִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ יַחֲנ֔וּ וְעַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ׃‬ And on the occasions when the cloud was on the tabernacle for few days, they would encamp at the command of the Lord, and they would move at the command of the Lord. and on the occasions ← and there is.

command (2x)mouth.
Nu 9:21 ‫וְיֵ֞שׁ אֲשֶׁר־יִהְיֶ֤ה הֶֽעָנָן֙ מֵעֶ֣רֶב עַד־בֹּ֔קֶר וְנַעֲלָ֧ה הֶֽעָנָ֛ן בַּבֹּ֖קֶר וְנָסָ֑עוּ א֚וֹ יוֹמָ֣ם וָלַ֔יְלָה וְנַעֲלָ֥ה הֶעָנָ֖ן וְנָסָֽעוּ׃‬ And on the occasions when the cloud was there from evening until morning, and the cloud was taken up in the morning, then they would move. Whether it was by day or by night that the cloud was taken up, they would move. and on the occasions ← and there is.
Nu 9:22 ‫אֽוֹ־יֹמַ֜יִם אוֹ־חֹ֣דֶשׁ אוֹ־יָמִ֗ים בְּהַאֲרִ֨יךְ הֶעָנָ֤ן עַל־הַמִּשְׁכָּן֙ לִשְׁכֹּ֣ן עָלָ֔יו יַחֲנ֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְלֹ֣א יִסָּ֑עוּ וּבְהֵעָלֹת֖וֹ יִסָּֽעוּ׃‬ Whether it was two days or a month or days on end that the cloud stayed on the tabernacle, remaining on it, the sons of Israel would be encamped and would not move, and when it was taken up, they would move. days on end: AV= a year, which is also a possible interpretation of the word.
Nu 9:23 ‫עַל־פִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ יַחֲנ֔וּ וְעַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה יִסָּ֑עוּ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֤רֶת יְהוָה֙ שָׁמָ֔רוּ עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ פ‬ At the command of the Lord they would encamp, and at the command of the Lord they would move. They would keep the Lord's charge according to the command of the Lord through the intermediacy of Moses. command (3x)mouth.

intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 10:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 10:2 ‫עֲשֵׂ֣ה לְךָ֗ שְׁתֵּי֙ חֲצֽוֹצְרֹ֣ת כֶּ֔סֶף מִקְשָׁ֖ה תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֹתָ֑ם וְהָי֤וּ לְךָ֙ לְמִקְרָ֣א הָֽעֵדָ֔ה וּלְמַסַּ֖ע אֶת־הַֽמַּחֲנֽוֹת׃‬ “Make two silver trumpets for yourself. You will make them as beaten work, and they will be for you for convoking the congregation and for moving the camps.
Nu 10:3 ‫וְתָקְע֖וּ בָּהֵ֑ן וְנֽוֹעֲד֤וּ אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה אֶל־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And when they blow them, all the congregation will gather round you at the entrance to the tent of contact. gather round ← gather to.
Nu 10:4 ‫וְאִם־בְּאַחַ֖ת יִתְקָ֑עוּ וְנוֹעֲד֤וּ אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ הַנְּשִׂיאִ֔ים רָאשֵׁ֖י אַלְפֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And if they blow just one trumpet, then the leaders will gather round you – the heads of the thousands of Israel. round ← to.
Nu 10:5 ‫וּתְקַעְתֶּ֖ם תְּרוּעָ֑ה וְנָֽסְעוּ֙ הַֽמַּחֲנ֔וֹת הַחֹנִ֖ים קֵֽדְמָה׃‬ And when you sound a signal to move, the camps encamped on the east will move. signal to moveblast; elsewhere, alarm.
Nu 10:6 ‫וּתְקַעְתֶּ֤ם תְּרוּעָה֙ שֵׁנִ֔ית וְנָֽסְעוּ֙ הַֽמַּחֲנ֔וֹת הַחֹנִ֖ים תֵּימָ֑נָה תְּרוּעָ֥ה יִתְקְע֖וּ לְמַסְעֵיהֶֽם׃‬ And when you sound a second signal to move, then the camps encamped to the south will move. They will sound a signal to move for their journeys. signal to move (2x): see Nu 10:5.
Nu 10:7 ‫וּבְהַקְהִ֖יל אֶת־הַקָּהָ֑ל תִּתְקְע֖וּ וְלֹ֥א תָרִֽיעוּ׃‬ And when you convene the assembly, you will blow, but not sound a signal to move. signal to move: see Nu 10:5.
Nu 10:8 ‫וּבְנֵ֤י אַהֲרֹן֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים יִתְקְע֖וּ בַּֽחֲצֹצְר֑וֹת וְהָי֥וּ לָכֶ֛ם לְחֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And the sons of Aaron – the priests – will blow the trumpets, and these things will be an age-abiding statute to you and to your descendants.
Nu 10:9 ‫וְכִֽי־תָבֹ֨אוּ מִלְחָמָ֜ה בְּאַרְצְכֶ֗ם עַל־הַצַּר֙ הַצֹּרֵ֣ר אֶתְכֶ֔ם וַהֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם בַּחֲצֹצְר֑וֹת וֲנִזְכַּרְתֶּ֗ם לִפְנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם וְנוֹשַׁעְתֶּ֖ם מֵאֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And when you go to war in your land against the adversary who oppresses you, then you will sound the trumpets, and you will be remembered before the Lord your God, and you will be saved from your enemies.
Nu 10:10 ‫וּבְי֨וֹם שִׂמְחַתְכֶ֥ם וּֽבְמוֹעֲדֵיכֶם֮ וּבְרָאשֵׁ֣י חָדְשֵׁיכֶם֒ וּתְקַעְתֶּ֣ם בַּחֲצֹֽצְרֹ֗ת עַ֚ל עֹלֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וְעַ֖ל זִבְחֵ֣י שַׁלְמֵיכֶ֑ם וְהָי֨וּ לָכֶ֤ם לְזִכָּרוֹן֙ לִפְנֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם אֲנִ֖י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ פ‬ And on a joyous day of yours, and at your festivals, and on the first day of your months, you will blow the trumpets at your burnt offerings and at your peace sacrifices, and they will be a memorial to you before your God. I am the Lord your God.” a joyous day of yours ← a day of your joy, a Hebraic genitive.

first dayfirsts.
Nu 10:11 ‫וַיְהִ֞י בַּשָּׁנָ֧ה הַשֵּׁנִ֛ית בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ נַעֲלָה֙ הֶֽעָנָ֔ן מֵעַ֖ל מִשְׁכַּ֥ן הָעֵדֻֽת׃‬ And it came to pass in the second year, in the second month, on the twentieth day of the month, that the cloud was taken up from the tabernacle of the testimony.
Nu 10:12 ‫וַיִּסְע֧וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לְמַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם מִמִּדְבַּ֣ר סִינָ֑י וַיִּשְׁכֹּ֥ן הֶעָנָ֖ן בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר פָּארָֽן׃‬ So the sons of Israel moved and went on their travels from the Sinai desert, and the cloud settled in the desert of Paran.
Nu 10:13 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ בָּרִאשֹׁנָ֑ה עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ And they moved for the first time at the Lord's command through the intermediacy of Moses. command ← mouth.

intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 10:14 ‫וַיִּסַּ֞ע דֶּ֣גֶל מַחֲנֵ֧ה בְנֵֽי־יְהוּדָ֛ה בָּרִאשֹׁנָ֖ה לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וְעַל־צְבָא֔וֹ נַחְשׁ֖וֹן בֶּן־עַמִּינָדָֽב׃‬ And the ensign of the camp of the sons of Judah moved first in their armies, and in charge of its army was Nahshon the son of Amminadab.
Nu 10:15 ‫וְעַ֨ל־צְבָ֔א מַטֵּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י יִשָׂשכָ֑ר נְתַנְאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּעָֽר׃‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Issachar was Nethaneel the son of Zuar. Nethaneel: see Nu 1:8.
Nu 10:16 ‫וְעַ֨ל־צְבָ֔א מַטֵּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻ֑ן אֱלִיאָ֖ב בֶּן־חֵלֽוֹן׃‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Zebulun was Eliab the son of Helon.
Nu 10:17 ‫וְהוּרַ֖ד הַמִּשְׁכָּ֑ן וְנָסְע֤וּ בְנֵֽי־גֵרְשׁוֹן֙ וּבְנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֔י נֹשְׂאֵ֖י הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן׃ ס‬ And the tabernacle was taken down, and the sons of Gershon and the sons of Merari moved, bearing the tabernacle.
Nu 10:18 ‫וְנָסַ֗ע דֶּ֛גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה רְאוּבֵ֖ן לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וְעַל־צְבָא֔וֹ אֱלִיצ֖וּר בֶּן־שְׁדֵיאֽוּר׃‬ And the ensign of the camp of Reuben moved according to their armies, and in charge of its army was Elizur the son of Shedeur.
Nu 10:19 ‫וְעַ֨ל־צְבָ֔א מַטֵּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֑וֹן שְׁלֻֽמִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־צוּרִֽי שַׁדָּֽי׃‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Simeon was Shelumiel the son of Zuri-shaddai.
Nu 10:20 ‫וְעַל־צְבָ֖א מַטֵּ֣ה בְנֵי־גָ֑ד אֶלְיָסָ֖ף בֶּן־דְּעוּאֵֽל׃‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Gad was Eliasaph the son of Deuel.
Nu 10:21 ‫וְנָסְעוּ֙ הַקְּהָתִ֔ים נֹשְׂאֵ֖י הַמִּקְדָּ֑שׁ וְהֵקִ֥ימוּ אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן עַד־בֹּאָֽם׃ ס‬ And the Kohathites moved – the bearers of the sanctuary – and they set the tabernacle up before the rest arrived. Kohathites: see Gn 46:11.

they ← the Gershonites and Merarites, Nu 10:17, as noted by [CB].

before the rest arrived ← up to their coming.
Nu 10:22 ‫וְנָסַ֗ע דֶּ֛גֶל מַחֲנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וְעַל־צְבָא֔וֹ אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע בֶּן־עַמִּיהֽוּד׃‬ And the ensign of the camp of the sons of Ephraim moved according to their armies, and in charge of its army was Elishama the son of Ammihud.
Nu 10:23 ‫וְעַ֨ל־צְבָ֔א מַטֵּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־פְּדָה־צֽוּר׃‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Manasseh was Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur. Gamaliel: see Nu 1:10.

Pedahzur ← Pedah-zur, but we align it with Nu 1:10.
Nu 10:24 ‫וְעַ֨ל־צְבָ֔א מַטֵּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן אֲבִידָ֖ן בֶּן־גִּדְעוֹנִֽי׃ ס‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Benjamin was Abidan the son of Gideoni. Gideoni: see Nu 1:11.
Nu 10:25 ‫וְנָסַ֗ע דֶּ֚גֶל מַחֲנֵ֣ה בְנֵי־דָ֔ן מְאַסֵּ֥ף לְכָל־הַֽמַּחֲנֹ֖ת לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וְעַל־צְבָא֔וֹ אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר בֶּן־עַמִּישַׁדָּֽי׃‬ And the ensign of the camp of the sons of Dan moved, keeping the rearguard of all the camps according to their armies. And in charge of his army was Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai.
Nu 10:26 ‫וְעַל־צְבָ֔א מַטֵּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י אָשֵׁ֑ר פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עָכְרָֽן׃‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Asher was Pagiel the son of Ocran. Ocran: see Nu 1:13.
Nu 10:27 ‫וְעַ֨ל־צְבָ֔א מַטֵּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נַפְתָּלִ֑י אֲחִירַ֖ע בֶּן־עֵינָֽן׃‬ And in charge of the army of the tribe of the sons of Naphtali was Ahira the son of Enan.
Nu 10:28 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה מַסְעֵ֥י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם וַיִּסָּֽעוּ׃ ס‬ These are the removal operations of the sons of Israel according to their armies when they move.
Nu 10:29 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה לְ֠חֹבָב בֶּן־רְעוּאֵ֣ל הַמִּדְיָנִי֮ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁה֒ נֹסְעִ֣ים ׀ אֲנַ֗חְנוּ אֶל־הַמָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֹת֖וֹ אֶתֵּ֣ן לָכֶ֑ם לְכָ֤ה אִתָּ֙נוּ֙ וְהֵטַ֣בְנוּ לָ֔ךְ כִּֽי־יְהוָ֥ה דִּבֶּר־ט֖וֹב עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And Moses said to Hobab the son of Reuel the Midianite, Moses' father-in-law, “We are moving to the place of which the Lord said, ‘I will give it to you.’ Come with us and we will treat you well, for the Lord has spoken of well-being concerning Israel.” Reuel: AV= Raguel here, but not in Ex 2:18.
Nu 10:30 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖יו לֹ֣א אֵלֵ֑ךְ כִּ֧י אִם־אֶל־אַרְצִ֛י וְאֶל־מוֹלַדְתִּ֖י אֵלֵֽךְ׃‬ But he said to him, “I will not go. Rather, I will go to my land and to my native country.”
Nu 10:31 ‫וַיֹּ֕אמֶר אַל־נָ֖א תַּעֲזֹ֣ב אֹתָ֑נוּ כִּ֣י ׀ עַל־כֵּ֣ן יָדַ֗עְתָּ חֲנֹתֵ֙נוּ֙ בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר וְהָיִ֥יתָ לָּ֖נוּ לְעֵינָֽיִם׃‬ Then he said, “Please do not leave us, for you know how we should encamp in the desert and you will be our eyes.
Nu 10:32 ‫וְהָיָ֖ה כִּי־תֵלֵ֣ךְ עִמָּ֑נוּ וְהָיָ֣ה ׀ הַטּ֣וֹב הַה֗וּא אֲשֶׁ֨ר יֵיטִ֧יב יְהוָ֛ה עִמָּ֖נוּ וְהֵטַ֥בְנוּ לָֽךְ׃‬ And it will come to pass if you go with us, that we will treat you well with the same goodness with which the Lord treats us well.” that ← and it will be / will come to pass.

the same goodness ← that goodness.
Nu 10:33 ‫וַיִּסְעוּ֙ מֵהַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה דֶּ֖רֶךְ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֑ים וַאֲר֨וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֜ה נֹסֵ֣עַ לִפְנֵיהֶ֗ם דֶּ֚רֶךְ שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים לָת֥וּר לָהֶ֖ם מְנוּחָֽה׃‬ And they moved from the mountain of the Lord, three days' journey, and the ark of the covenant of the Lord travelled in front of them for the three days' journey, to search out a resting place for them. journey (2x)road.
Nu 10:34 ‫וַעֲנַ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם יוֹמָ֑ם בְּנָסְעָ֖ם מִן־הַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃ ׆ס‬ And the Lord's cloud was over them by day as they travelled from the camp. Nu 10:34 and Nu 10:36 end in an inverted nun (Hebrew n). [CB] says that v. 34 should follow v. 36.
Nu 10:35 ‫וַיְהִ֛י בִּנְסֹ֥עַ הָאָרֹ֖ן וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֑ה קוּמָ֣ה ׀ יְהוָ֗ה וְיָפֻ֙צוּ֙ אֹֽיְבֶ֔יךָ וְיָנֻ֥סוּ מְשַׂנְאֶ֖יךָ מִפָּנֶֽיךָ׃‬ And it came to pass as the ark was travelling, that Moses said,

“Arise, O Lord,

And let your enemies be scattered,

And let those who hate you

Flee from your presence.”

let your enemies be scattered (etc.): compare Ps 68:2 (Ps 68:1AV).

presence ← face.
Nu 10:36 ‫וּבְנֻחֹ֖ה יֹאמַ֑ר שׁוּבָ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה רִֽבְב֖וֹת אַלְפֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ׆ס‬ And when it rested, he said,

“Return, O Lord,

To the very many thousands of Israel.”

See note to Nu 10:34.

very many ← myriads.
Nu 11:1 ‫וַיְהִ֤י הָעָם֙ כְּמִתְאֹ֣נְנִ֔ים רַ֖ע בְּאָזְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וַיִּשְׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ וַיִּ֣חַר אַפּ֔וֹ וַתִּבְעַר־בָּם֙ אֵ֣שׁ יְהוָ֔ה וַתֹּ֖אכַל בִּקְצֵ֥ה הַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃‬ Then the people started to murmur bad things in the ears of the Lord, and the Lord heard them, and his anger was kindled, and the Lord's fire burned among them and consumed at the end of the camp. started to murmur ← became as murmurers.
Nu 11:2 ‫וַיִּצְעַ֥ק הָעָ֖ם אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַיִּתְפַּלֵּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וַתִּשְׁקַ֖ע הָאֵֽשׁ׃‬ And the people cried out to Moses, and Moses prayed to the Lord. Then the fire subsided.
Nu 11:3 ‫וַיִּקְרָ֛א שֵֽׁם־הַמָּק֥וֹם הַה֖וּא תַּבְעֵרָ֑ה כִּֽי־בָעֲרָ֥ה בָ֖ם אֵ֥שׁ יְהוָֽה׃‬ And he called that place Taberah, because the Lord's fire had burned among them there.
Nu 11:4 ‫וְהָֽאסַפְסֻף֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּקִרְבּ֔וֹ הִתְאַוּ֖וּ תַּאֲוָ֑ה וַיָּשֻׁ֣בוּ וַיִּבְכּ֗וּ גַּ֚ם בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ מִ֥י יַאֲכִלֵ֖נוּ בָּשָֽׂר׃‬ Then the camp followers who were in their midst became had a strong craving, and the sons of Israel also wept again, and they said, “Who will give us meat to eat? had a strong craving ← craved a craving.
Nu 11:5 ‫זָכַ֙רְנוּ֙ אֶת־הַדָּגָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נֹאכַ֥ל בְּמִצְרַ֖יִם חִנָּ֑ם אֵ֣ת הַקִּשֻּׁאִ֗ים וְאֵת֙ הָֽאֲבַטִּחִ֔ים וְאֶת־הֶחָצִ֥יר וְאֶת־הַבְּצָלִ֖ים וְאֶת־הַשּׁוּמִֽים׃‬ We remember the fish which we ate in Egypt freely, the cucumbers and the melons, and the leeks and the onions and the garlic.
Nu 11:6 ‫וְעַתָּ֛ה נַפְשֵׁ֥נוּ יְבֵשָׁ֖ה אֵ֣ין כֹּ֑ל בִּלְתִּ֖י אֶל־הַמָּ֥ן עֵינֵֽינוּ׃‬ And now our soul is dried up, and there is nothing but the manna before our eyes.”
Nu 11:7 ‫וְהַמָּ֕ן כִּזְרַע־גַּ֖ד ה֑וּא וְעֵינ֖וֹ כְּעֵ֥ין הַבְּדֹֽלַח׃‬ Now the manna was like coriander seed, and its appearance was like the appearance of bdellium. appearance (2x)eye. Compare Dn 10:6.

bdellium: a semi-transparent brown tree-resin.
Nu 11:8 ‫שָׁטוּ֩ הָעָ֨ם וְלָֽקְט֜וּ וְטָחֲנ֣וּ בָרֵחַ֗יִם א֤וֹ דָכוּ֙ בַּמְּדֹכָ֔ה וּבִשְּׁלוּ֙ בַּפָּר֔וּר וְעָשׂ֥וּ אֹת֖וֹ עֻג֑וֹת וְהָיָ֣ה טַעְמ֔וֹ כְּטַ֖עַם לְשַׁ֥ד הַשָּֽׁמֶן׃‬ The people went to and fro and gleaned it, and ground it with a handmill or crushed it in a mortar and boiled it in a pan and made it into cakes, but its taste was like the taste of oil cake. oil cake: AV differs, (fresh oil).
Nu 11:9 ‫וּבְרֶ֧דֶת הַטַּ֛ל עַל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֖ה לָ֑יְלָה יֵרֵ֥ד הַמָּ֖ן עָלָֽיו׃‬ And when the dew came down on the camp at night, the manna came down onto it.
Nu 11:10 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֨ע מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הָעָ֗ם בֹּכֶה֙ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔יו אִ֖ישׁ לְפֶ֣תַח אָהֳל֑וֹ וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֤ף יְהוָה֙ מְאֹ֔ד וּבְעֵינֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה רָֽע׃‬ And Moses heard the people weeping throughout their families, each man at the entrance to his tent, and the anger of the Lord was greatly kindled, and it was also an evil matter in Moses' eyes.
Nu 11:11 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה לָמָ֤ה הֲרֵעֹ֙תָ֙ לְעַבְדֶּ֔ךָ וְלָ֛מָּה לֹא־מָצָ֥תִי חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינֶ֑יךָ לָשׂ֗וּם אֶת־מַשָּׂ֛א כָּל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּ֖ה עָלָֽי׃‬ And Moses said to the Lord, “Why are you afflicting your servant and why have I not found grace in your eyes, by putting the burden of all this people on me? by putting: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 11:12 ‫הֶאָנֹכִ֣י הָרִ֗יתִי אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה אִם־אָנֹכִ֖י יְלִדְתִּ֑יהוּ כִּֽי־תֹאמַ֨ר אֵלַ֜י שָׂאֵ֣הוּ בְחֵיקֶ֗ךָ כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשָּׂ֤א הָאֹמֵן֙ אֶת־הַיֹּנֵ֔ק עַ֚ל הָֽאֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתָּ לַאֲבֹתָֽיו׃‬ Did I conceive all this people, or did I give birth to them? For you say to me, ‘Bear them in your bosom as a nursing father bears a baby, to the land which you swore to his fathers.’ baby ← suckling.
Nu 11:13 ‫מֵאַ֤יִן לִי֙ בָּשָׂ֔ר לָתֵ֖ת לְכָל־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־יִבְכּ֤וּ עָלַי֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר תְּנָה־לָּ֥נוּ בָשָׂ֖ר וְנֹאכֵֽלָה׃‬ For where should I get meat to give to all this people? For they weep to me and say, ‘Give us meat to eat.’
Nu 11:14 ‫לֹֽא־אוּכַ֤ל אָנֹכִי֙ לְבַדִּ֔י לָשֵׂ֖את אֶת־כָּל־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֑ה כִּ֥י כָבֵ֖ד מִמֶּֽנִּי׃‬ I cannot bear all of this people on my own, for it is too heavy for me.
Nu 11:15 ‫וְאִם־כָּ֣כָה ׀ אַתְּ־עֹ֣שֶׂה לִּ֗י הָרְגֵ֤נִי נָא֙ הָרֹ֔ג אִם־מָצָ֥אתִי חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינֶ֑יךָ וְאַל־אֶרְאֶ֖ה בְּרָעָתִֽי׃ פ‬ And if you deal with me in this way, then kill me, please, without ado, if I have found grace in your eyes, so that I do not see {P: the affliction you cause} [M: my affliction].” An amendment by the Sopherim. We reverse the change. See [CB, App. 33]. P= ברעתך.

kill me ... without ado: infinitive absolute.
Nu 11:16 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה אֶסְפָה־לִּ֞י שִׁבְעִ֣ים אִישׁ֮ מִזִּקְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יָדַ֔עְתָּ כִּי־הֵ֛ם זִקְנֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם וְשֹׁטְרָ֑יו וְלָקַחְתָּ֤ אֹתָם֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וְהִֽתְיַצְּב֥וּ שָׁ֖ם עִמָּֽךְ׃‬ Then the Lord said to Moses, “Gather for me seventy men from the elders of Israel whom you know to be elders of the people, and their foremen, and take them to the tent of contact, and they shall stand there with you. their ← its, referring to the people.
Nu 11:17 ‫וְיָרַדְתִּ֗י וְדִבַּרְתִּ֣י עִמְּךָ֮ שָׁם֒ וְאָצַלְתִּ֗י מִן־הָר֛וּחַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָלֶ֖יךָ וְשַׂמְתִּ֣י עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם וְנָשְׂא֤וּ אִתְּךָ֙ בְּמַשָּׂ֣א הָעָ֔ם וְלֹא־תִשָּׂ֥א אַתָּ֖ה לְבַדֶּֽךָ׃‬ And I will descend and speak with you there, and I will take back some of the spirit which is on you, and I will put it on them, and they will bear the burden of the people with you, and you will not bear it on your own.
Nu 11:18 ‫וְאֶל־הָעָ֨ם תֹּאמַ֜ר הִתְקַדְּשׁ֣וּ לְמָחָר֮ וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֣ם בָּשָׂר֒ כִּ֡י בְּכִיתֶם֩ בְּאָזְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֜ה לֵאמֹ֗ר מִ֤י יַאֲכִלֵ֙נוּ֙ בָּשָׂ֔ר כִּי־ט֥וֹב לָ֖נוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וְנָתַ֨ן יְהוָ֥ה לָכֶ֛ם בָּשָׂ֖ר וַאֲכַלְתֶּֽם׃‬ And you will say to the people, ‘Sanctify yourselves for tomorrow, and you will eat meat, for you have wept in the ears of the Lord, saying, «Who will feed us meat, for we fared well in Egypt», and the Lord will give you meat, and you will eat it.
Nu 11:19 ‫לֹ֣א י֥וֹם אֶחָ֛ד תֹּאכְל֖וּן וְלֹ֣א יוֹמָ֑יִם וְלֹ֣א ׀ חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה יָמִ֗ים וְלֹא֙ עֲשָׂרָ֣ה יָמִ֔ים וְלֹ֖א עֶשְׂרִ֥ים יֽוֹם׃‬ You will not eat it for one day, and not for two days, and not for five days, and not for ten days, and not for twenty days,
Nu 11:20 ‫עַ֣ד ׀ חֹ֣דֶשׁ יָמִ֗ים עַ֤ד אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵא֙ מֵֽאַפְּכֶ֔ם וְהָיָ֥ה לָכֶ֖ם לְזָרָ֑א יַ֗עַן כִּֽי־מְאַסְתֶּ֤ם אֶת־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּקִרְבְּכֶ֔ם וַתִּבְכּ֤וּ לְפָנָיו֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר לָ֥מָּה זֶּ֖ה יָצָ֥אנוּ מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃‬ but for a month of days, until it comes out of your nose, and it will be a loathsome thing to you, for you have rejected the Lord, who is in your midst, and you have wept to his face, saying, «Why ever did we come out of Egypt?» ’ ”
Nu 11:21 ‫וַיֹּאמֶר֮ מֹשֶׁה֒ שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֙לֶף֙ רַגְלִ֔י הָעָ֕ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י בְּקִרְבּ֑וֹ וְאַתָּ֣ה אָמַ֗רְתָּ בָּשָׂר֙ אֶתֵּ֣ן לָהֶ֔ם וְאָכְל֖וּ חֹ֥דֶשׁ יָמִֽים׃‬ Then Moses said, “The people consists of six hundred thousand foot soldiers, in whose midst I am, and you have said, ‘I will give them meat, and they will eat it for a month of days.’
Nu 11:22 ‫הֲצֹ֧אן וּבָקָ֛ר יִשָּׁחֵ֥ט לָהֶ֖ם וּמָצָ֣א לָהֶ֑ם אִ֣ם אֶֽת־כָּל־דְּגֵ֥י הַיָּ֛ם יֵאָסֵ֥ף לָהֶ֖ם וּמָצָ֥א לָהֶֽם׃ פ‬ Should sheep and oxen be slaughtered for them, to suffice for them, or should all the fish of the sea be gathered for them, to suffice for them?”
Nu 11:23 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה הֲיַ֥ד יְהוָ֖ה תִּקְצָ֑ר עַתָּ֥ה תִרְאֶ֛ה הֲיִקְרְךָ֥ דְבָרִ֖י אִם־לֹֽא׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “Is the hand of the Lord too short? Now you will see whether my word comes to pass for you or not.”
Nu 11:24 ‫וַיֵּצֵ֣א מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַיְדַבֵּר֙ אֶל־הָעָ֔ם אֵ֖ת דִּבְרֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וַיֶּאֱסֹ֞ף שִׁבְעִ֥ים אִישׁ֙ מִזִּקְנֵ֣י הָעָ֔ם וַֽיַּעֲמֵ֥ד אֹתָ֖ם סְבִיבֹ֥ת הָאֹֽהֶל׃‬ Then Moses went out and told the people the words of the Lord, and he gathered seventy men from the elders of the people and stood them round the tent.
Nu 11:25 ‫וַיֵּ֨רֶד יְהוָ֥ה ׀ בֶּעָנָן֮ וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר אֵלָיו֒ וַיָּ֗אצֶל מִן־הָר֙וּחַ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלָ֔יו וַיִּתֵּ֕ן עַל־שִׁבְעִ֥ים אִ֖ישׁ הַזְּקֵנִ֑ים וַיְהִ֗י כְּנ֤וֹחַ עֲלֵיהֶם֙ הָר֔וּחַ וַיִּֽתְנַבְּא֖וּ וְלֹ֥א יָסָֽפוּ׃‬ And the Lord came down in a cloud and spoke to him, and he took back some of the spirit which was on him, and gave it to the seventy men of the elders. And it came to pass that as the spirit rested on them, they prophesied, but they did not repeat it. a cloud ← the cloud.

they did not repeat: either from יָסַף, yasaf, to repeat, with MT pointing and [AnLx], or from סוּף, suf, re-pointing as יָסֻפוּ, to come to an end, the cognate Chaldee verb specifically ↴
Nu 11:26 ‫וַיִּשָּׁאֲר֣וּ שְׁנֵֽי־אֲנָשִׁ֣ים ׀ בַּֽמַּחֲנֶ֡ה שֵׁ֣ם הָאֶחָ֣ד ׀ אֶלְדָּ֡ד וְשֵׁם֩ הַשֵּׁנִ֨י מֵידָ֜ד וַתָּ֧נַח עֲלֵיהֶ֣ם הָר֗וּחַ וְהֵ֙מָּה֙ בַּכְּתֻבִ֔ים וְלֹ֥א יָצְא֖וּ הָאֹ֑הֱלָה וַיִּֽתְנַבְּא֖וּ בַּֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃‬ And two men remained in the camp. The name of one was Eldad and the name of the other was Medad, and the spirit rested on them, and they were in the records, and they did not go out to the tent, but prophesied in the camp. ↳ applying to the context of prophecy, Dn 4:30 (Dn 4:33AV).

other ← second.

records ← (things) written.
Nu 11:27 ‫וַיָּ֣רָץ הַנַּ֔עַר וַיַּגֵּ֥ד לְמֹשֶׁ֖ה וַיֹּאמַ֑ר אֶלְדָּ֣ד וּמֵידָ֔ד מִֽתְנַבְּאִ֖ים בַּֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃‬ And a young boy ran and told Moses and said, “Eldad and Medad are prophesying in the camp.” a young boy ← the young boy.
Nu 11:28 ‫וַיַּ֜עַן יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ בִּן־נ֗וּן מְשָׁרֵ֥ת מֹשֶׁ֛ה מִבְּחֻרָ֖יו וַיֹּאמַ֑ר אֲדֹנִ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה כְּלָאֵֽם׃‬ Then Joshua the son of Nun, a servant of Moses, one of his young men, answered and said, “My lord Moses, forbid them.”
Nu 11:29 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר לוֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה הַֽמְקַנֵּ֥א אַתָּ֖ה לִ֑י וּמִ֨י יִתֵּ֜ן כָּל־עַ֤ם יְהוָה֙ נְבִיאִ֔ים כִּי־יִתֵּ֧ן יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־רוּח֖וֹ עֲלֵיהֶֽם׃‬ And Moses said to him, “Are you envious on my behalf? If only all the Lord's people were prophets, and that the Lord would put his spirit on them.” if only ← who will give?
Nu 11:30 ‫וַיֵּאָסֵ֥ף מֹשֶׁ֖ה אֶל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה ה֖וּא וְזִקְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ Then Moses joined the camp gathering – he and the elders of Israel. joined the camp gathering ← was gathered to the camp.
Nu 11:31 ‫וְר֜וּחַ נָסַ֣ע ׀ מֵאֵ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה וַיָּ֣גָז שַׂלְוִים֮ מִן־הַיָּם֒ וַיִּטֹּ֨שׁ עַל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֜ה כְּדֶ֧רֶךְ י֣וֹם כֹּ֗ה וּכְדֶ֤רֶךְ יוֹם֙ כֹּ֔ה סְבִיב֖וֹת הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה וּכְאַמָּתַ֖יִם עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ Then a wind moved from the Lord and brought quails from the sea and released them at the camp, at about a day's journey on one side and at about a day's journey on the other side, around the camp, and about two cubits high on the surface of the land. cubit: about 18 inches or 45 cm.
Nu 11:32 ‫וַיָּ֣קָם הָעָ֡ם כָּל־הַיּוֹם֩ הַה֨וּא וְכָל־הַלַּ֜יְלָה וְכֹ֣ל ׀ י֣וֹם הַֽמָּחֳרָ֗ת וַיַּֽאַסְפוּ֙ אֶת־הַשְּׂלָ֔ו הַמַּמְעִ֕יט אָסַ֖ף עֲשָׂרָ֣ה חֳמָרִ֑ים וַיִּשְׁטְח֤וּ לָהֶם֙ שָׁט֔וֹחַ סְבִיב֖וֹת הַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃‬ And the people were up all that day and all the night and all the next day, and they gathered the quail, and he who gathered little gathered ten homers, and they spread them out wholesale around the camp. homer: about 64 gallons, 270 litres.

spread ... out wholesale: infinitive absolute.

them: we take lahem as the direct object. Compare Job 12:23 for similar prepositional linkage.
Nu 11:33 ‫הַבָּשָׂ֗ר עוֹדֶ֙נּוּ֙ בֵּ֣ין שִׁנֵּיהֶ֔ם טֶ֖רֶם יִכָּרֵ֑ת וְאַ֤ף יְהוָה֙ חָרָ֣ה בָעָ֔ם וַיַּ֤ךְ יְהוָה֙ בָּעָ֔ם מַכָּ֖ה רַבָּ֥ה מְאֹֽד׃‬ The meat was already between their teeth before it was cut up, and the Lord's anger was kindled against the people, and the Lord struck the people with a very great blow.
Nu 11:34 ‫וַיִּקְרָ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־הַמָּק֥וֹם הַה֖וּא קִבְר֣וֹת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה כִּי־שָׁם֙ קָֽבְר֔וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם הַמִּתְאַוִּֽים׃‬ And he named that place Kibroth-hattaavah, for there they buried the people who had a craving.
Nu 11:35 ‫מִקִּבְר֧וֹת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֛ה נָסְע֥וּ הָעָ֖ם חֲצֵר֑וֹת וַיִּהְי֖וּ בַּחֲצֵרֽוֹת׃ פ‬ From Kibroth-hattaavah the people moved on to Hazeroth, and they stayed in Hazeroth. stayed ← were.
Nu 12:1 ‫וַתְּדַבֵּ֨ר מִרְיָ֤ם וְאַהֲרֹן֙ בְּמֹשֶׁ֔ה עַל־אֹד֛וֹת הָאִשָּׁ֥ה הַכֻּשִׁ֖ית אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָקָ֑ח כִּֽי־אִשָּׁ֥ה כֻשִׁ֖ית לָקָֽח׃‬ Then Miriam and Aaron spoke against Moses because of the Ethiopian woman whom he had taken in marriage, because he had taken an Ethiopian woman.
Nu 12:2 ‫וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ הֲרַ֤ק אַךְ־בְּמֹשֶׁה֙ דִּבֶּ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה הֲלֹ֖א גַּם־בָּ֣נוּ דִבֵּ֑ר וַיִּשְׁמַ֖ע יְהוָֽה׃‬ And they said, “Has the Lord only ever spoken to Moses? Has he not also spoken to us?” And the Lord heard it.
Nu 12:3 ‫וְהָאִ֥ישׁ מֹשֶׁ֖ה *ענו **עָנָ֣יו מְאֹ֑ד מִכֹּל֙ הָֽאָדָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָֽה׃ ס‬ Now the man Moses was very meek, more so than any man on the face of the earth. meek: we, with [AnLx], take the ketiv as a variant spelling of the qeré.

any ← every.

earth ← ground.
Nu 12:4 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה פִּתְאֹ֗ם אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְאֶל־מִרְיָ֔ם צְא֥וּ שְׁלָשְׁתְּכֶ֖ם אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד וַיֵּצְא֖וּ שְׁלָשְׁתָּֽם׃‬ Then the Lord said all of a sudden to Moses and to Aaron and to Miriam, “Go out, the three of you, to the tent of contact.” And the three of them went out.
Nu 12:5 ‫וַיֵּ֤רֶד יְהוָה֙ בְּעַמּ֣וּד עָנָ֔ן וַֽיַּעֲמֹ֖ד פֶּ֣תַח הָאֹ֑הֶל וַיִּקְרָא֙ אַהֲרֹ֣ן וּמִרְיָ֔ם וַיֵּצְא֖וּ שְׁנֵיהֶֽם׃‬ Then the Lord came down in a column of cloud and stood at the entrance to the tent, and he called Aaron and Miriam, and they both came out.
Nu 12:6 ‫וַיֹּ֖אמֶר שִׁמְעוּ־נָ֣א דְבָרָ֑י אִם־יִֽהְיֶה֙ נְבִ֣יאֲכֶ֔ם יְהוָ֗ה בַּמַּרְאָה֙ אֵלָ֣יו אֶתְוַדָּ֔ע בַּחֲל֖וֹם אֲדַבֶּר־בּֽוֹ׃‬ And he said, “Just hear my words.

If there is a prophet of yours here,

I the Lord will make myself known to him in a vision,

And I will speak to him in a dream.

Nu 12:7 ‫לֹא־כֵ֖ן עַבְדִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה בְּכָל־בֵּיתִ֖י נֶאֱמָ֥ן הֽוּא׃‬

But not so with my servant Moses.

He is faithful over all my house.

Nu 12:8 ‫פֶּ֣ה אֶל־פֶּ֞ה אֲדַבֶּר־בּ֗וֹ וּמַרְאֶה֙ וְלֹ֣א בְחִידֹ֔ת וּתְמֻנַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה יַבִּ֑יט וּמַדּ֙וּעַ֙ לֹ֣א יְרֵאתֶ֔ם לְדַבֵּ֖ר בְּעַבְדִּ֥י בְמֹשֶֽׁה׃‬

I will speak with him mouth to mouth,

And in an appearance, and not in riddles,

And he will behold the likeness of the Lord.

Now why were you not afraid

To speak against my servant Moses?”

Nu 12:9 ‫וַיִּֽחַר אַ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה בָּ֖ם וַיֵּלַֽךְ׃‬ And the Lord's anger was kindled against them, and he departed.
Nu 12:10 ‫וְהֶעָנָ֗ן סָ֚ר מֵעַ֣ל הָאֹ֔הֶל וְהִנֵּ֥ה מִרְיָ֖ם מְצֹרַ֣עַת כַּשָּׁ֑לֶג וַיִּ֧פֶן אַהֲרֹ֛ן אֶל־מִרְיָ֖ם וְהִנֵּ֥ה מְצֹרָֽעַת׃‬ And the cloud departed from the tent, and the next thing that happened was that Miriam became as leprous as snow, and Aaron looked at Miriam, and saw that she was leprous. the next thing that happened was that ← behold.

looked at ← turned to.

saw that ← behold.
Nu 12:11 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה בִּ֣י אֲדֹנִ֔י אַל־נָ֨א תָשֵׁ֤ת עָלֵ֙ינוּ֙ חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר נוֹאַ֖לְנוּ וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽאנוּ׃‬ And Aaron said to Moses, “O my lord, please do not lay sin upon us, in that we have been foolish and in that we have sinned.
Nu 12:12 ‫אַל־נָ֥א תְהִ֖י כַּמֵּ֑ת אֲשֶׁ֤ר בְּצֵאתוֹ֙ מֵרֶ֣חֶם אִמּ֔וֹ וַיֵּאָכֵ֖ל חֲצִ֥י בְשָׂרֽוֹ׃‬ Let her not be as one dead, who when he comes out of {P: our} [M: his] mother's womb, half {P: our} [M: his] flesh is consumed.” An amendment by the Sopherim. We reverse the change. See [CB, App. 33]. P= אמנו ... בשרנו.
Nu 12:13 ‫וַיִּצְעַ֣ק מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה לֵאמֹ֑ר אֵ֕ל נָ֛א רְפָ֥א נָ֖א לָֽהּ׃ פ‬ And Moses cried out to the Lord and said, “O God, please heal her, please.”
Nu 12:14 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה וְאָבִ֙יהָ֙ יָרֹ֤ק יָרַק֙ בְּפָנֶ֔יהָ הֲלֹ֥א תִכָּלֵ֖ם שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים תִּסָּגֵ֞ר שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָמִים֙ מִח֣וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה וְאַחַ֖ר תֵּאָסֵֽף׃‬ Then the Lord said to Moses, “If her father had just spat in her face, would she not have been ashamed for seven days? Let her be shut away for seven days outside the camp, and afterwards assimilated again.” just spat: infinitive absolute.

assimilated ← gathered.
Nu 12:15 ‫וַתִּסָּגֵ֥ר מִרְיָ֛ם מִח֥וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֖ה שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים וְהָעָם֙ לֹ֣א נָסַ֔ע עַד־הֵאָסֵ֖ף מִרְיָֽם׃‬ So Miriam was shut away outside the camp for seven days, and the people did not move on until Miriam was assimilated again. assimilated ← gathered.
Nu 12:16 ‫וְאַחַ֛ר נָסְע֥וּ הָעָ֖ם מֵחֲצֵר֑וֹת וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר פָּארָֽן׃ פ‬ And afterwards the people moved from Hazeroth, and encamped in the desert of Paran.
Nu 13:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 13:2 ‫שְׁלַח־לְךָ֣ אֲנָשִׁ֗ים וְיָתֻ֙רוּ֙ אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנַ֔עַן אֲשֶׁר־אֲנִ֥י נֹתֵ֖ן לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָד֩ אִ֨ישׁ אֶחָ֜ד לְמַטֵּ֤ה אֲבֹתָיו֙ תִּשְׁלָ֔חוּ כֹּ֖ל נָשִׂ֥יא בָהֶֽם׃‬ “Send men on your behalf to spy out the land of Canaan, which I am giving to the sons of Israel. They will send one man per tribe of his fathers. They will each be a leader in that company.” each ← all.

in that companyamong them.
Nu 13:3 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח אֹתָ֥ם מֹשֶׁ֛ה מִמִּדְבַּ֥ר פָּארָ֖ן עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כֻּלָּ֣ם אֲנָשִׁ֔ים רָאשֵׁ֥י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽמָּה׃‬ So Moses sent them from the desert of Paran at the command of the Lord. All of them were men who were heads of the sons of Israel. command ← mouth.
Nu 13:4 ‫וְאֵ֖לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֑ם לְמַטֵּ֣ה רְאוּבֵ֔ן שַׁמּ֖וּעַ בֶּן־זַכּֽוּר׃‬ And these are their names. For the tribe of Reuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur.
Nu 13:5 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה שִׁמְע֔וֹן שָׁפָ֖ט בֶּן־חוֹרִֽי׃‬ For the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori.
Nu 13:6 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה יְהוּדָ֔ה כָּלֵ֖ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּֽה׃‬ For the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh.
Nu 13:7 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה יִשָּׂשכָ֔ר יִגְאָ֖ל בֶּן־יוֹסֵֽף׃‬ For the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph.
Nu 13:8 ‫לְמַטֵּ֥ה אֶפְרָ֖יִם הוֹשֵׁ֥עַ בִּן־נֽוּן׃‬ For the tribe of Ephraim, Oshea the son of Nun. Oshea ← Hoshea. The same Hebrew spelling as Hoshea of 2 Ki 17:1 and Hosea of Hos 1:1. We adopt AV naming for compatibility with reference works.
Nu 13:9 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן פַּלְטִ֖י בֶּן־רָפֽוּא׃‬ For the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu.
Nu 13:10 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה זְבוּלֻ֔ן גַּדִּיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־סוֹדִֽי׃‬ For the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi.
Nu 13:11 ‫לְמַטֵּ֥ה יוֹסֵ֖ף לְמַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה גַּדִּ֖י בֶּן־סוּסִֽי׃‬ For the tribe of Joseph, for the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi.
Nu 13:12 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה דָ֔ן עַמִּיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־גְּמַלִּֽי׃‬ For the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli.
Nu 13:13 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה אָשֵׁ֔ר סְת֖וּר בֶּן־מִיכָאֵֽל׃‬ For the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael. Sethur: the gematria of this name = 60 + 400 + 6 + 200 = 666.
Nu 13:14 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה נַפְתָּלִ֔י נַחְבִּ֖י בֶּן־וָפְסִֽי׃‬ For the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi.
Nu 13:15 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה גָ֔ד גְּאוּאֵ֖ל בֶּן־מָכִֽי׃‬ For the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Machi.
Nu 13:16 ‫אֵ֚לֶּה שְׁמ֣וֹת הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־שָׁלַ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָת֣וּר אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ וַיִּקְרָ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה לְהוֹשֵׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן יְהוֹשֻֽׁעַ׃‬ Those are the names of the men whom Moses sent to spy out the land, and Moses called Oshea the son of Nun: Joshua. Oshea: see Nu 13:8.

Joshua: see Ex 17:9. AV= Jehoshua here.
Nu 13:17 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח אֹתָם֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה לָת֖וּר אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֗ם עֲל֥וּ זֶה֙ בַּנֶּ֔גֶב וַעֲלִיתֶ֖ם אֶת־הָהָֽר׃‬ And Moses sent them to spy out the land of Canaan, and he said to them, “Go up here to the south and go up the mountain,
Nu 13:18 ‫וּרְאִיתֶ֥ם אֶת־הָאָ֖רֶץ מַה־הִ֑וא וְאֶת־הָעָם֙ הַיֹּשֵׁ֣ב עָלֶ֔יהָ הֶחָזָ֥ק הוּא֙ הֲרָפֶ֔ה הַמְעַ֥ט ה֖וּא אִם־רָֽב׃‬ and see what the land is like, and the people living on it, whether they are strong or weak, whether they are few or many,
Nu 13:19 ‫וּמָ֣ה הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־הוּא֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב בָּ֔הּ הֲטוֹבָ֥ה הִ֖וא אִם־רָעָ֑ה וּמָ֣ה הֶֽעָרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁר־הוּא֙ יוֹשֵׁ֣ב בָּהֵ֔נָּה הַבְּמַֽחֲנִ֖ים אִ֥ם בְּמִבְצָרִֽים׃‬ and what the land is like which they are living on, whether it is good or bad, and what the cities are like which they are living in, whether they are encampments or fortifications,
Nu 13:20 ‫וּמָ֣ה הָ֠אָרֶץ הַשְּׁמֵנָ֨ה הִ֜וא אִם־רָזָ֗ה הֲיֵֽשׁ־בָּ֥הּ עֵץ֙ אִם־אַ֔יִן וְהִ֨תְחַזַּקְתֶּ֔ם וּלְקַחְתֶּ֖ם מִפְּרִ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ וְהַ֨יָּמִ֔ים יְמֵ֖י בִּכּוּרֵ֥י עֲנָבִֽים׃‬ and what the land is like as to whether it is fertile or barren, whether there are trees in it or not. So take courage and take some of the fruit of the land.” Now the days were the days of the firstfruits of the grapes. fertile or barren ← fat or lean.
Nu 13:21 ‫וַֽיַּעֲל֖וּ וַיָּתֻ֣רוּ אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ מִמִּדְבַּר־צִ֥ן עַד־רְחֹ֖ב לְבֹ֥א חֲמָֽת׃‬ So they went up and spied out the land from the desert of Zin to Rehob, as one goes to Hamath.
Nu 13:22 ‫וַיַּעֲל֣וּ בַנֶּגֶב֮ וַיָּבֹ֣א עַד־חֶבְרוֹן֒ וְשָׁ֤ם אֲחִימַן֙ שֵׁשַׁ֣י וְתַלְמַ֔י יְלִידֵ֖י הָעֲנָ֑ק וְחֶבְר֗וֹן שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ נִבְנְתָ֔ה לִפְנֵ֖י צֹ֥עַן מִצְרָֽיִם׃‬ And they went up to the south and came to Hebron, where Ahiman, Sheshai and Talmai are – Anak's offspring. And Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt. in Egypt ← of Egypt. Wider use of the construct state.
Nu 13:23 ‫וַיָּבֹ֜אוּ עַד־נַ֣חַל אֶשְׁכֹּ֗ל וַיִּכְרְת֨וּ מִשָּׁ֤ם זְמוֹרָה֙ וְאֶשְׁכּ֤וֹל עֲנָבִים֙ אֶחָ֔ד וַיִּשָּׂאֻ֥הוּ בַמּ֖וֹט בִּשְׁנָ֑יִם וּמִן־הָרִמֹּנִ֖ים וּמִן־הַתְּאֵנִֽים׃‬ And they came to the Brook of Eshcol, and they cut down a branch from there, and one bunch of grapes, and they carried it by pole with two of them, with some pomegranates and some figs. with ← and. Wider use of the vav.
Nu 13:24 ‫לַמָּק֣וֹם הַה֔וּא קָרָ֖א נַ֣חַל אֶשְׁכּ֑וֹל עַ֚ל אֹד֣וֹת הָֽאֶשְׁכּ֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־כָּרְת֥וּ מִשָּׁ֖ם בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ They called that place the Brook of Eshcol because of the bunch of grapes which the sons of Israel cut down there. there ← from there.
Nu 13:25 ‫וַיָּשֻׁ֖בוּ מִתּ֣וּר הָאָ֑רֶץ מִקֵּ֖ץ אַרְבָּעִ֥ים יֽוֹם׃‬ Then they came back from spying out the land after forty days.
Nu 13:26 ‫וַיֵּלְכ֡וּ וַיָּבֹאוּ֩ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֨ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֜ן וְאֶל־כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶל־מִדְבַּ֥ר פָּארָ֖ן קָדֵ֑שָׁה וַיָּשִׁ֨יבוּ אוֹתָ֤ם דָּבָר֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה וַיַּרְא֖וּם אֶת־פְּרִ֥י הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ And they departed and came back to Moses and Aaron and the whole congregation of the sons of Israel, to the desert of Paran, to Kadesh, and they reported back to them and the whole congregation, and they showed them the fruit of the land.
Nu 13:27 ‫וַיְסַפְּרוּ־לוֹ֙ וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ בָּ֕אנוּ אֶל־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֣ר שְׁלַחְתָּ֑נוּ וְ֠גַם זָבַ֨ת חָלָ֥ב וּדְבַ֛שׁ הִ֖וא וְזֶה־פִּרְיָֽהּ׃‬ And they related it to him and said, “We came to the land to which you sent us, and indeed it is flowing with milk and honey, and this is its fruit.
Nu 13:28 ‫אֶ֚פֶס כִּֽי־עַ֣ז הָעָ֔ם הַיֹּשֵׁ֖ב בָּאָ֑רֶץ וְהֶֽעָרִ֗ים בְּצֻר֤וֹת גְּדֹלֹת֙ מְאֹ֔ד וְגַם־יְלִדֵ֥י הָֽעֲנָ֖ק רָאִ֥ינוּ שָֽׁם׃‬ However, the people who live in the land are strong, and the cities are fortified and are very great, and we also saw the offspring of Anak there.
Nu 13:29 ‫עֲמָלֵ֥ק יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּאֶ֣רֶץ הַנֶּ֑גֶב וְ֠הַֽחִתִּי וְהַיְבוּסִ֤י וְהָֽאֱמֹרִי֙ יוֹשֵׁ֣ב בָּהָ֔ר וְהַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב עַל־הַיָּ֔ם וְעַ֖ל יַ֥ד הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃‬ Amalek lives in the land to the south, and the Hittite and the Jebusite and the Amorite live in the mountainous area, and the Canaanite lives by the sea and to the side of the Jordan.” Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 13:30 ‫וַיַּ֧הַס כָּלֵ֛ב אֶת־הָעָ֖ם אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַיֹּ֗אמֶר עָלֹ֤ה נַעֲלֶה֙ וְיָרַ֣שְׁנוּ אֹתָ֔הּ כִּֽי־יָכ֥וֹל נוּכַ֖ל לָֽהּ׃‬ Then Caleb silenced the people before Moses and he said, “We can certainly go up and inherit it, for we will certainly overpower it.” we can certainly go up and inherit ... we will certainly overpower: both infinitive absolute.
Nu 13:31 ‫וְהָ֨אֲנָשִׁ֜ים אֲשֶׁר־עָל֤וּ עִמּוֹ֙ אָֽמְר֔וּ לֹ֥א נוּכַ֖ל לַעֲל֣וֹת אֶל־הָעָ֑ם כִּֽי־חָזָ֥ק ה֖וּא מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃‬ But the men who went up with him said, “We cannot go up to the people, for they are stronger than us.” than us: or, if the reader prefers, than we.
Nu 13:32 ‫וַיּוֹצִ֜יאוּ דִּבַּ֤ת הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תָּר֣וּ אֹתָ֔הּ אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר הָאָ֡רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֩ עָבַ֨רְנוּ בָ֜הּ לָת֣וּר אֹתָ֗הּ אֶ֣רֶץ אֹכֶ֤לֶת יוֹשְׁבֶ֙יהָ֙ הִ֔וא וְכָל־הָעָ֛ם אֲשֶׁר־רָאִ֥ינוּ בְתוֹכָ֖הּ אַנְשֵׁ֥י מִדּֽוֹת׃‬ And they propounded a slander to the sons of Israel concerning the land which they had spied out and they said, “The land which we crossed over to spy it out is a land which consumes its inhabitants, and all the people we saw in it were men of great stature. slander ... concerning ← slander of. Wider use of the construct state.
Nu 13:33 ‫וְשָׁ֣ם רָאִ֗ינוּ אֶת־הַנְּפִילִ֛ים בְּנֵ֥י עֲנָ֖ק מִן־הַנְּפִלִ֑ים וַנְּהִ֤י בְעֵינֵ֙ינוּ֙ כַּֽחֲגָבִ֔ים וְכֵ֥ן הָיִ֖ינוּ בְּעֵינֵיהֶֽם׃‬ And we saw the Nephilim – the sons of Anak who spring from the Nephilim – and in our sight we were like grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.” Nephilim (2x): see Gn 6:4, and in the NT 1 Pet 3:20, 2 Pet 2:10, 1 Jn 4:1, Jude 1:6.
Nu 14:1 ‫וַתִּשָּׂא֙ כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה וַֽיִּתְּנ֖וּ אֶת־קוֹלָ֑ם וַיִּבְכּ֥וּ הָעָ֖ם בַּלַּ֥יְלָה הַהֽוּא׃‬ Then the whole congregation rose up and gave vent to it and the people wept that night. vent ← their voice.
Nu 14:2 ‫וַיִּלֹּ֙נוּ֙ עַל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְעַֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן כֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַֽיֹּאמְר֨וּ אֲלֵהֶ֜ם כָּל־הָעֵדָ֗ה לוּ־מַ֙תְנוּ֙ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם א֛וֹ בַּמִּדְבָּ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה לוּ־מָֽתְנוּ׃‬ And all the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron, and all the congregation said to them, “If only we had died in the land of Egypt, or if only we had died in this desert.
Nu 14:3 ‫וְלָמָ֣ה יְ֠הוָה מֵבִ֨יא אֹתָ֜נוּ אֶל־הָאָ֤רֶץ הַזֹּאת֙ לִנְפֹּ֣ל בַּחֶ֔רֶב נָשֵׁ֥ינוּ וְטַפֵּ֖נוּ יִהְי֣וּ לָבַ֑ז הֲל֧וֹא ט֦וֹב לָ֖נוּ שׁ֥וּב מִצְרָֽיְמָה׃‬ Why is the Lord bringing us to this land to fall by the sword? Our wives and our children will be a spoil. Would it not be good for us to return to Egypt?”
Nu 14:4 ‫וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶל־אָחִ֑יו נִתְּנָ֥ה רֹ֖אשׁ וְנָשׁ֥וּבָה מִצְרָֽיְמָה׃‬ And one man would say to another, “Let us appoint a head and return to Egypt.” one man would say to another ← each (man) said to his brother, but the expression is idiomatic, as in Gn 26:31.
Nu 14:5 ‫וַיִּפֹּ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן עַל־פְּנֵיהֶ֑ם לִפְנֵ֕י כָּל־קְהַ֥ל עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ At this Moses and Aaron fell face down before the whole assembly of the congregation of the sons of Israel. at this: wider use of the vav.

face down ← on their faces.
Nu 14:6 ‫וִיהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ בִּן־נ֗וּן וְכָלֵב֙ בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּ֔ה מִן־הַתָּרִ֖ים אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ קָרְע֖וּ בִּגְדֵיהֶֽם׃‬ And Joshua the son of Nun and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, who were of those who spied out the land, tore their clothes,
Nu 14:7 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ אֶל־כָּל־עֲדַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָבַ֤רְנוּ בָהּ֙ לָת֣וּר אֹתָ֔הּ טוֹבָ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ מְאֹ֥ד מְאֹֽד׃‬ and they spoke to the whole congregation of the sons of Israel, and said, “The land which we crossed to spy it out is a very very good land.
Nu 14:8 ‫אִם־חָפֵ֥ץ בָּ֙נוּ֙ יְהוָ֔ה וְהֵבִ֤יא אֹתָ֙נוּ֙ אֶל־הָאָ֣רֶץ הַזֹּ֔את וּנְתָנָ֖הּ לָ֑נוּ אֶ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־הִ֛וא זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ׃‬ If the Lord takes delight in us, he will bring us to this land and he will give it to us – a land which is flowing with milk and honey.
Nu 14:9 ‫אַ֣ךְ בַּֽיהוָה֮ אַל־תִּמְרֹדוּ֒ וְאַתֶּ֗ם אַל־תִּֽירְאוּ֙ אֶת־עַ֣ם הָאָ֔רֶץ כִּ֥י לַחְמֵ֖נוּ הֵ֑ם סָ֣ר צִלָּ֧ם מֵעֲלֵיהֶ֛ם וַֽיהוָ֥ה אִתָּ֖נוּ אַל־תִּירָאֻֽם׃‬ But do not rebel against the Lord and do not fear the people of the land, for they are our warfare, and their defence is departing from them, and the Lord is with us. Do not fear them.” warfare: or, bread, but we take the word as from לָחֵם, as in Judg 5:8.

defence ← shadow.
Nu 14:10 ‫וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה לִרְגּ֥וֹם אֹתָ֖ם בָּאֲבָנִ֑ים וּכְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֗ה נִרְאָה֙ בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד אֶֽל־כָּל־בְּנֵ֖י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ‬ Then all the congregation spoke for stoning them, when the glory of the Lord appeared in the tent of contact to all the sons of Israel. stoning: the expression is as in Lv 24:23.
Nu 14:11 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה עַד־אָ֥נָה יְנַאֲצֻ֖נִי הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֑ה וְעַד־אָ֙נָה֙ לֹא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ בִ֔י בְּכֹל֙ הָֽאֹת֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשִׂ֖יתִי בְּקִרְבּֽוֹ׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “How long will this people despise me? And how long will they not believe me, despite all the signs which I have performed in their midst? despise: [AnLx] does not give AV's provoke (also in Nu 14:23, Nu 16:30).

their ← its, referring to this people. Similarly in the next verse.
Nu 14:12 ‫אַכֶּ֥נּוּ בַדֶּ֖בֶר וְאוֹרִשֶׁ֑נּוּ וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה֙ אֹֽתְךָ֔ לְגוֹי־גָּד֥וֹל וְעָצ֖וּם מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃‬ I will strike them with a plague and I will disinherit them, and I will make just you a people greater and more powerful than them.” you: singular.

than them: or, if the reader prefers, than they.
Nu 14:13 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֖ה אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה וְשָׁמְע֣וּ מִצְרַ֔יִם כִּֽי־הֶעֱלִ֧יתָ בְכֹחֲךָ֛ אֶת־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּ֖ה מִקִּרְבּֽוֹ׃‬ Then Moses said to the Lord, “Then Egypt will hear that you brought this people up from its midst by your power,
Nu 14:14 ‫וְאָמְר֗וּ אֶל־יוֹשֵׁב֮ הָאָ֣רֶץ הַזֹּאת֒ שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כִּֽי־אַתָּ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה בְּקֶ֖רֶב הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֑ה אֲשֶׁר־עַ֨יִן בְּעַ֜יִן נִרְאָ֣ה ׀ אַתָּ֣ה יְהוָ֗ה וַעֲנָֽנְךָ֙ עֹמֵ֣ד עֲלֵהֶ֔ם וּבְעַמֻּ֣ד עָנָ֗ן אַתָּ֨ה הֹלֵ֤ךְ לִפְנֵיהֶם֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וּבְעַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ לָֽיְלָה׃‬ and they will tell of it to the inhabitant of this land, who have heard that you are the Lord in the midst of this people, and that you appeared, O Lord, eye to eye, and how your cloud would remain on them, and in the column of the cloud you would go before them by day, and in the column of fire by night.
Nu 14:15 ‫וְהֵמַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּ֖ה כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֑ד וְאָֽמְרוּ֙ הַגּוֹיִ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־שָׁמְע֥וּ אֶֽת־שִׁמְעֲךָ֖ לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ If you kill this people down to the last man, the Gentiles who have heard of your fame will speak and say, down to the last man ← as one man.
Nu 14:16 ‫מִבִּלְתִּ֞י יְכֹ֣לֶת יְהוָ֗ה לְהָבִיא֙ אֶת־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה אֶל־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֣ע לָהֶ֑ם וַיִּשְׁחָטֵ֖ם בַּמִּדְבָּֽר׃‬ It is for lack of ability of the Lord to bring this people to the land which he promised by an oath to them that he slaughtered them in the desert.’
Nu 14:17 ‫וְעַתָּ֕ה יִגְדַּל־נָ֖א כֹּ֣חַ אֲדֹנָ֑י כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ So now, please let your power be great, O Lord*, as you have spoken, and said, Lord*: a change by the Sopherim from יהוה, Yhwh, to אֲדֹנָי, Adonai. See Gn 18:3 and [CB, App. 32].
Nu 14:18 ‫יְהוָ֗ה אֶ֤רֶךְ אַפַּ֙יִם֙ וְרַב־חֶ֔סֶד נֹשֵׂ֥א עָוֺ֖ן וָפָ֑שַׁע וְנַקֵּה֙ לֹ֣א יְנַקֶּ֔ה פֹּקֵ֞ד עֲוֺ֤ן אָבוֹת֙ עַל־בָּנִ֔ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֖ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִֽים׃‬ ‘The Lord is longsuffering and great in mercy, bearing iniquity and transgression, but he certainly will not declare them innocent, visiting the iniquity of the fathers on sons, on the third generation and on the fourth generation.’ in mercy ← of mercy. Wider use of the construct state.

he certainly will not declare them innocent: infinitive absolute.
Nu 14:19 ‫סְלַֽח־נָ֗א לַעֲוֺ֛ן הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּ֖ה כְּגֹ֣דֶל חַסְדֶּ֑ךָ וְכַאֲשֶׁ֤ר נָשָׂ֙אתָה֙ לָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה מִמִּצְרַ֖יִם וְעַד־הֵֽנָּה׃‬ Please forgive the iniquity of this people according to the greatness of your mercy, and as you have borne with this people from Egypt to here.”
Nu 14:20 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה סָלַ֖חְתִּי כִּדְבָרֶֽךָ׃‬ Then the Lord said, “I have forgiven them in accordance with your request. request ← word.
Nu 14:21 ‫וְאוּלָ֖ם חַי־אָ֑נִי וְיִמָּלֵ֥א כְבוֹד־יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־כָּל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ But, as I live, the whole earth will be filled with the glory of the Lord.
Nu 14:22 ‫כִּ֣י כָל־הָאֲנָשִׁ֗ים הָרֹאִ֤ים אֶת־כְּבֹדִי֙ וְאֶת־אֹ֣תֹתַ֔י אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֥יתִי בְמִצְרַ֖יִם וּבַמִּדְבָּ֑ר וַיְנַסּ֣וּ אֹתִ֗י זֶ֚ה עֶ֣שֶׂר פְּעָמִ֔ים וְלֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ בְּקוֹלִֽי׃‬ Nevertheless all the men who, seeing my glory and my signs which I performed in Egypt and in the desert, still tempted me these ten times and did not heed me. still ← and. Wider use of the vav.

heed me ← hear my voice.
Nu 14:23 ‫אִם־יִרְאוּ֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖עְתִּי לַאֲבֹתָ֑ם וְכָל־מְנַאֲצַ֖י לֹ֥א יִרְאֽוּהָ׃‬ They certainly will not see the land which I swore to their fathers, and all those who despise me will not see it. they certainly will not see: an oath formula, in full in 2 Sam 3:35, standing for if they ... may God do this to me.

despise: as in Nu 14:11.
Nu 14:24 ‫וְעַבְדִּ֣י כָלֵ֗ב עֵ֣קֶב הָֽיְתָ֞ה ר֤וּחַ אַחֶ֙רֶת֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וַיְמַלֵּ֖א אַחֲרָ֑י וַהֲבִֽיאֹתִ֗יו אֶל־הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֣א שָׁ֔מָּה וְזַרְע֖וֹ יוֹרִשֶֽׁנָּה׃‬ But as for my servant Caleb, because there was a different spirit with him, and he fully followed me, I will bring him into the land which he is going to, and his seed will inherit it.
Nu 14:25 ‫וְהָֽעֲמָלֵקִ֥י וְהַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֖י יוֹשֵׁ֣ב בָּעֵ֑מֶק מָחָ֗ר פְּנ֨וּ וּסְע֥וּ לָכֶ֛ם הַמִּדְבָּ֖ר דֶּ֥רֶךְ יַם־סֽוּף׃ פ‬ Yet the Amalekite and the Canaanite are living in the valley. Tomorrow turn and move on to the desert in the direction of the Red Sea.” move on ← move for yourselves.

direction ← way.

Red Sea ← Sedge Sea.
Nu 14:26 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and to Aaron and said,
Nu 14:27 ‫עַד־מָתַ֗י לָעֵדָ֤ה הָֽרָעָה֙ הַזֹּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֛ר הֵ֥מָּה מַלִּינִ֖ים עָלָ֑י אֶת־תְּלֻנּ֞וֹת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֨ר הֵ֧מָּה מַלִּינִ֛ים עָלַ֖י שָׁמָֽעְתִּי׃‬ “How long shall I suffer this wicked congregation, who murmur against me? I have heard the murmurings of the sons of Israel with which they murmur against me.
Nu 14:28 ‫אֱמֹ֣ר אֲלֵהֶ֗ם חַי־אָ֙נִי֙ נְאֻם־יְהוָ֔ה אִם־לֹ֕א כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבַּרְתֶּ֖ם בְּאָזְנָ֑י כֵּ֖ן אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה לָכֶֽם׃‬ Say to them, ‘As I live, says the Lord, I swear that as you have spoken in my hearing, so I will deal with you. I swear thatif not. An oath formula, in full in 2 Sam 3:35, standing for if I do not ... may God do this to me.
Nu 14:29 ‫בַּמִּדְבָּ֣ר הַ֠זֶּה יִפְּל֨וּ פִגְרֵיכֶ֜ם וְכָל־פְּקֻדֵיכֶם֙ לְכָל־מִסְפַּרְכֶ֔ם מִבֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וָמָ֑עְלָה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֲלִֽינֹתֶ֖ם עָלָֽי׃‬ Your corpses will fall in this desert with all of those counted according to all your numbers, from twenty years old and above, because you murmured against me.
Nu 14:30 ‫אִם־אַתֶּם֙ תָּבֹ֣אוּ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֤ר נָשָׂ֙אתִי֙ אֶת־יָדִ֔י לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶתְכֶ֖ם בָּ֑הּ כִּ֚י אִם־כָּלֵ֣ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּ֔ה וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ בִּן־נֽוּן׃‬ I swear that you will not go to the land which I swore to settle you in, except Caleb the son of Jephunneh and Joshua the son of Nun. I swear that you will not ← if. An oath formula, in full in 2 Sam 3:35, standing for if you ... may God do this to me.

I swore ← I lifted my hand.
Nu 14:31 ‫וְטַ֨פְּכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם לָבַ֣ז יִהְיֶ֑ה וְהֵבֵיאתִ֣י אֹתָ֔ם וְיָֽדְעוּ֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר מְאַסְתֶּ֖ם בָּֽהּ׃‬ Now as for your children, whom you said would be a spoil, I will bring them in, and they will know the land which you rejected.
Nu 14:32 ‫וּפִגְרֵיכֶ֖ם אַתֶּ֑ם יִפְּל֖וּ בַּמִּדְבָּ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃‬ But as for you, your corpses will fall in this desert.
Nu 14:33 ‫וּ֠בְנֵיכֶם יִהְי֨וּ רֹעִ֤ים בַּמִּדְבָּר֙ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְנָשְׂא֖וּ אֶת־זְנוּתֵיכֶ֑ם עַד־תֹּ֥ם פִּגְרֵיכֶ֖ם בַּמִּדְבָּֽר׃‬ And your children will be shepherds in the desert for forty years, and they will bear your immoral practices until your corpses have been consumed in the desert, will be shepherds: AV and some others have shall wander, not supported by [AnLx].
Nu 14:34 ‫בְּמִסְפַּ֨ר הַיָּמִ֜ים אֲשֶׁר־תַּרְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־הָאָרֶץ֮ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים יוֹם֒ י֣וֹם לַשָּׁנָ֞ה י֣וֹם לַשָּׁנָ֗ה תִּשְׂאוּ֙ אֶת־עֲוֺנֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה וִֽידַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־תְּנוּאָתִֽי׃‬ according with the number of days you spied out the land – for forty days. At a day to a year you will bear your iniquities, for forty years, and you will know how you hindered me.’ at a day to a year ← a day to a year, a day to a year.

how you hindered me ← my hindrance, an objective genitive.
Nu 14:35 ‫אֲנִ֣י יְהוָה֮ דִּבַּרְתִּי֒ אִם־לֹ֣א ׀ זֹ֣את אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֗ה לְכָל־הָעֵדָ֤ה הָֽרָעָה֙ הַזֹּ֔את הַנּוֹעָדִ֖ים עָלָ֑י בַּמִּדְבָּ֥ר הַזֶּ֛ה יִתַּ֖מּוּ וְשָׁ֥ם יָמֻֽתוּ׃‬ I the Lord have said, ‘I will certainly do this to all this wicked congregation which is gathered together against me. They will be consumed in the desert and there they will die, I will certainly do ← if not. An oath formula, in full in 2 Sam 3:35, standing for if I do not ... may God do this to me.
Nu 14:36 ‫וְהָ֣אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־שָׁלַ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָת֣וּר אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ וַיָּשֻׁ֗בוּ *וילונו **וַיַּלִּ֤ינוּ עָלָיו֙ אֶת־כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה לְהוֹצִ֥יא דִבָּ֖ה עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ as will the men whom Moses sent to spy out the land, who when they returned, {K: murmured against him with all the congregation} [Q: made all the congregation murmur against him] by propounding a slander about the land.’ ” by propounding: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 14:37 ‫וַיָּמֻ֙תוּ֙ הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֔ים מוֹצִאֵ֥י דִבַּת־הָאָ֖רֶץ רָעָ֑ה בַּמַּגֵּפָ֖ה לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ And the men who propounded the evil slander about the land died in a plague before the Lord.
Nu 14:38 ‫וִיהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ בִּן־נ֔וּן וְכָלֵ֖ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּ֑ה חָיוּ֙ מִן־הָאֲנָשִׁ֣ים הָהֵ֔ם הַֽהֹלְכִ֖ים לָת֥וּר אֶת־הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ But Joshua the son of Nun and Caleb the son of Jephunneh survived of those men who went to spy out the land.
Nu 14:39 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶת־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֶֽל־כָּל־בְּנֵ֖י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַיִּֽתְאַבְּל֥וּ הָעָ֖ם מְאֹֽד׃‬ And Moses told these things to all the sons of Israel, and the people mourned greatly.
Nu 14:40 ‫וַיַּשְׁכִּ֣מוּ בַבֹּ֔קֶר וַיַּֽעֲל֥וּ אֶל־רֹאשׁ־הָהָ֖ר לֵאמֹ֑ר הִנֶּ֗נּוּ וְעָלִ֛ינוּ אֶל־הַמָּק֛וֹם אֲשֶׁר־אָמַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה כִּ֥י חָטָֽאנוּ׃‬ And they rose early in the morning, and they were going up to the summit of the mountain and said, “Here we are and we have come up to the place which the Lord spoke of, for we have sinned.” Here we arebehold us.
Nu 14:41 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה לָ֥מָּה זֶּ֛ה אַתֶּ֥ם עֹבְרִ֖ים אֶת־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְהִ֖וא לֹ֥א תִצְלָֽח׃‬ Then Moses said, “Why ever are you transgressing the Lord's command? So this will not succeed. command ← mouth.
Nu 14:42 ‫אַֽל־תַּעֲל֔וּ כִּ֛י אֵ֥ין יְהוָ֖ה בְּקִרְבְּכֶ֑ם וְלֹא֙ תִּנָּ֣גְפ֔וּ לִפְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃‬ Do not go up, for the Lord is not in your midst, so that you do not get struck down before your enemies. so that: purposive use of the vav.
Nu 14:43 ‫כִּי֩ הָעֲמָלֵקִ֨י וְהַכְּנַעֲנִ֥י שָׁם֙ לִפְנֵיכֶ֔ם וּנְפַלְתֶּ֖ם בֶּחָ֑רֶב כִּֽי־עַל־כֵּ֤ן שַׁבְתֶּם֙ מֵאַחֲרֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וְלֹא־יִהְיֶ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה עִמָּכֶֽם׃‬ For the Amalekite and the Canaanite are there in front of you, and you will fall by the sword, because you have turned away from following the Lord, and the Lord will not be with you.” from following ← from after.
Nu 14:44 ‫וַיַּעְפִּ֕לוּ לַעֲל֖וֹת אֶל־רֹ֣אשׁ הָהָ֑ר וַאֲר֤וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָה֙ וּמֹשֶׁ֔ה לֹא־מָ֖שׁוּ מִקֶּ֥רֶב הַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃‬ But they were presumptuous in going up to the summit of the mountain when the ark of the covenant of the Lord and Moses had not moved from the midst of the camp. in going up: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 14:45 ‫וַיֵּ֤רֶד הָעֲמָלֵקִי֙ וְהַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֔י הַיֹּשֵׁ֖ב בָּהָ֣ר הַה֑וּא וַיַּכּ֥וּם וַֽיַּכְּת֖וּם עַד־הַֽחָרְמָֽה׃ פ‬ And the Amalekite came down, as did the Canaanite who lived on that mountain, and they struck them and routed them as far as Hormah. Hormah ← the Hormah.
Nu 15:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 15:2 ‫דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם כִּ֣י תָבֹ֗אוּ אֶל־אֶ֙רֶץ֙ מוֹשְׁבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶֽם׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘When you come to the land of your dwelling places which I am giving you,
Nu 15:3 ‫וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם אִשֶּׁ֤ה לַֽיהוָה֙ עֹלָ֣ה אוֹ־זֶ֔בַח לְפַלֵּא־נֶ֙דֶר֙ א֣וֹ בִנְדָבָ֔ה א֖וֹ בְּמֹעֲדֵיכֶ֑ם לַעֲשׂ֞וֹת רֵ֤יחַ נִיחֹ֙חַ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה מִן־הַבָּקָ֖ר א֥וֹ מִן־הַצֹּֽאן׃‬ you will perform a fire-offering to the Lord, a burnt offering, or a sacrifice, by committing yourself to a vow, or in a freewill-offering, or in your festivals by making a sweet fragrance to the Lord from the oxen or from the sheep. by committing ... by making: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 15:4 ‫וְהִקְרִ֛יב הַמַּקְרִ֥יב קָרְבָּנ֖וֹ לַֽיהוָ֑ה מִנְחָה֙ סֹ֣לֶת עִשָּׂר֔וֹן בָּל֕וּל בִּרְבִעִ֥ית הַהִ֖ין שָֽׁמֶן׃‬ And the offerer will offer his oblation to the Lord, a meal-offering of a tenth measure of fine flour mixed with a quarter of a hin of oil. hin: about 1.1 gallons or 4.5 litres.
Nu 15:5 ‫וְיַ֤יִן לַנֶּ֙סֶךְ֙ רְבִיעִ֣ית הַהִ֔ין תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה עַל־הָעֹלָ֖ה א֣וֹ לַזָּ֑בַח לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָֽד׃‬ And you will put wine on the burnt offering or the sacrifice as a libation – a quarter of a hin per lamb. hin: about 1.1 gallons or 4.5 litres.
Nu 15:6 ‫א֤וֹ לָאַ֙יִל֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה מִנְחָ֔ה סֹ֖לֶת שְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֑ים בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַהִֽין׃‬ Or for a ram you will make a meal-offering of two tenth measures of fine flour mixed with a third of a hin of oil, hin: about 1.1 gallons or 4.5 litres.
Nu 15:7 ‫וְיַ֥יִן לַנֶּ֖סֶךְ שְׁלִשִׁ֣ית הַהִ֑ין תַּקְרִ֥יב רֵֽיחַ־נִיחֹ֖חַ לַיהוָֽה׃‬ and wine for the libation – a third of a hin. You will offer a sweet fragrance to the Lord. hin: about 1.1 gallons or 4.5 litres.
Nu 15:8 ‫וְכִֽי־תַעֲשֶׂ֥ה בֶן־בָּקָ֖ר עֹלָ֣ה אוֹ־זָ֑בַח לְפַלֵּא־נֶ֥דֶר אֽוֹ־שְׁלָמִ֖ים לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ And when you perform the burnt offering of a bull-calf, or a sacrifice, by committing yourself to a vow, or perform peace-offerings to the Lord, by committing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 15:9 ‫וְהִקְרִ֤יב עַל־בֶּן־הַבָּקָר֙ מִנְחָ֔ה סֹ֖לֶת שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֑ים בָּל֥וּל בַּשֶּׁ֖מֶן חֲצִ֥י הַהִֽין׃‬ he will offer with the bull-calf a meal-offering of three tenth measures of fine flour mixed with half a hin of oil. he: the change of grammatical person (you to he) is not uncommon in Hebrew.

hin: about 1.1 gallons or 4.5 litres.
Nu 15:10 ‫וְיַ֛יִן תַּקְרִ֥יב לַנֶּ֖סֶךְ חֲצִ֣י הַהִ֑ין אִשֵּׁ֥ה רֵֽיחַ־נִיחֹ֖חַ לַיהוָֽה׃‬ And you will offer wine as a libation – half a hin, as a fire-offering as a sweet fragrance to the Lord. hin: about 1.1 gallons or 4.5 litres.
Nu 15:11 ‫כָּ֣כָה יֵעָשֶׂ֗ה לַשּׁוֹר֙ הָֽאֶחָ֔ד א֖וֹ לָאַ֣יִל הָאֶחָ֑ד אֽוֹ־לַשֶּׂ֥ה בַכְּבָשִׂ֖ים א֥וֹ בָעִזִּֽים׃‬ That is how it will be performed for one ox or for one ram or for a small cattle animal from the lambs or goats. that is howthus.

from ← among.
Nu 15:12 ‫כַּמִּסְפָּ֖ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר תַּעֲשׂ֑וּ כָּ֛כָה תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לָאֶחָ֖ד כְּמִסְפָּרָֽם׃‬ For whatever number you carry out, that is how you will perform the offering for each one – according to their number. for whatever number ← according to the number.

that is howthus.
Nu 15:13 ‫כָּל־הָאֶזְרָ֥ח יַעֲשֶׂה־כָּ֖כָה אֶת־אֵ֑לֶּה לְהַקְרִ֛יב אִשֵּׁ֥ה רֵֽיחַ־נִיחֹ֖חַ לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ Every native citizen will perform these things this way by offering a fire-offering as a sweet fragrance to the Lord. by offering: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 15:14 ‫וְכִֽי־יָגוּר֩ אִתְּכֶ֨ם גֵּ֜ר א֤וֹ אֲשֶֽׁר־בְּתֽוֹכְכֶם֙ לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וְעָשָׂ֛ה אִשֵּׁ֥ה רֵֽיחַ־נִיחֹ֖חַ לַיהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשׂ֖וּ כֵּ֥ן יַעֲשֶֽׂה׃‬ And if a foreigner is dwelling with you, or whoever is in your midst, throughout your generations, he will perform a fire-offering as a sweet fragrance to the Lord. As you do, so shall he do.
Nu 15:15 ‫הַקָּהָ֕ל חֻקָּ֥ה אַחַ֛ת לָכֶ֖ם וְלַגֵּ֣ר הַגָּ֑ר חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם כָּכֶ֛ם כַּגֵּ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ Convocation, there will be one statute for you and for the foreigner who is temporarily resident. It is an age-abiding statute for your generations. As it is for you, so for the foreigner shall it be before the Lord.
Nu 15:16 ‫תּוֹרָ֥ה אַחַ֛ת וּמִשְׁפָּ֥ט אֶחָ֖ד יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֑ם וְלַגֵּ֖ר הַגָּ֥ר אִתְּכֶֽם׃ פ‬ It will be one law and one regulation, for you and for the foreigner dwelling with you.’ ”
Nu 15:17 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 15:18 ‫דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם בְּבֹֽאֲכֶם֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֛י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְכֶ֖ם שָֽׁמָּה׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘When you come to the land to which I am bringing you,
Nu 15:19 ‫וְהָיָ֕ה בַּאֲכָלְכֶ֖ם מִלֶּ֣חֶם הָאָ֑רֶץ תָּרִ֥ימוּ תְרוּמָ֖ה לַיהוָֽה׃‬ it will come to pass that when you partake of the bread of the land, you will offer a heave-offering to the Lord. bread: standing for food in general.
Nu 15:20 ‫רֵאשִׁית֙ עֲרִסֹ֣תֵכֶ֔ם חַלָּ֖ה תָּרִ֣ימוּ תְרוּמָ֑ה כִּתְרוּמַ֣ת גֹּ֔רֶן כֵּ֖ן תָּרִ֥ימוּ אֹתָֽהּ׃‬ You will offer a heave-offering of cake of the first of your groats. As a heave-offering of the threshing floor, so you will offer it.
Nu 15:21 ‫מֵרֵאשִׁית֙ עֲרִסֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם תִּתְּנ֥וּ לַיהוָ֖ה תְּרוּמָ֑ה לְדֹרֹ֖תֵיכֶֽם׃ ס‬ You will give the Lord a heave-offering of the first of your groats throughout your generations.
Nu 15:22 ‫וְכִ֣י תִשְׁגּ֔וּ וְלֹ֣א תַעֲשׂ֔וּ אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַמִּצְוֺ֖ת הָאֵ֑לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ And if you go astray and do not carry out all these commandments which the Lord has spoken to Moses,
Nu 15:23 ‫אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֲלֵיכֶ֖ם בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֑ה מִן־הַיּ֞וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה וָהָ֖לְאָה לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם׃‬ everything that the Lord commanded you through the intermediacy of Moses from the day when the Lord gave commandment and since then for your generations, intermediacy ← hand.

since then ← onwards.
Nu 15:24 ‫וְהָיָ֗ה אִ֣ם מֵעֵינֵ֣י הָעֵדָה֮ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֣ה לִשְׁגָגָה֒ וְעָשׂ֣וּ כָל־הָעֵדָ֡ה פַּ֣ר בֶּן־בָּקָר֩ אֶחָ֨ד לְעֹלָ֜ה לְרֵ֤יחַ נִיחֹ֙חַ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה וּמִנְחָת֥וֹ וְנִסְכּ֖וֹ כַּמִּשְׁפָּ֑ט וּשְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד לְחַטָּֽת׃‬ then it will come to pass, if it was done hidden from the eyes of the congregation in a sin through ignorance, then the whole congregation will carry out a burnt offering of a bull-calf of the oxen as a sweet fragrance to the Lord, with its meal-offering and its libation according to the regulation and one kid of the goats as a sin-offering.
Nu 15:25 ‫וְכִפֶּ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֗ן עַֽל־כָּל־עֲדַ֛ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְנִסְלַ֣ח לָהֶ֑ם כִּֽי־שְׁגָגָ֣ה הִ֔וא וְהֵם֩ הֵבִ֨יאוּ אֶת־קָרְבָּנָ֜ם אִשֶּׁ֣ה לַֽיהוָ֗ה וְחַטָּאתָ֛ם לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה עַל־שִׁגְגָתָֽם׃‬ And the priest will make atonement for the whole congregation of the sons of Israel, and it will be forgiven them, for it was a sin through ignorance, and they will bring their oblation – a fire-offering to the Lord, and their sin-offering – before the Lord for their sin through ignorance.
Nu 15:26 ‫וְנִסְלַ֗ח לְכָל־עֲדַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְלַגֵּ֖ר הַגָּ֣ר בְּתוֹכָ֑ם כִּ֥י לְכָל־הָעָ֖ם בִּשְׁגָגָֽה׃ ס‬ And it will be forgiven the whole congregation of the sons of Israel and the foreigner who is temporarily resident in their midst, because all the people were in a sin of ignorance.
Nu 15:27 ‫וְאִם־נֶ֥פֶשׁ אַחַ֖ת תֶּחֱטָ֣א בִשְׁגָגָ֑ה וְהִקְרִ֛יבָה עֵ֥ז בַּת־שְׁנָתָ֖הּ לְחַטָּֽאת׃‬ And if one person sins by a sin of ignorance, then he will offer a one-year-old she-goat as a sin-offering. person ← soul.
Nu 15:28 ‫וְכִפֶּ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֗ן עַל־הַנֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַשֹּׁגֶ֛גֶת בְּחֶטְאָ֥ה בִשְׁגָגָ֖ה לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה לְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖יו וְנִסְלַ֥ח לֽוֹ׃‬ And the priest will atone for the person who has sinned through ignorance, in a sin, in a sin of ignorance before the Lord, by atoning for him, and it will be forgiven him. person ← soul.

by atoning: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 15:29 ‫הָֽאֶזְרָח֙ בִּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְלַגֵּ֖ר הַגָּ֣ר בְּתוֹכָ֑ם תּוֹרָ֤ה אַחַת֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֔ם לָעֹשֶׂ֖ה בִּשְׁגָגָֽה׃‬ There will be one law for you, both for the native of the sons of Israel and for the foreigner who is temporarily resident in their midst – for him who commits a sin of ignorance.
Nu 15:30 ‫וְהַנֶּ֜פֶשׁ אֲשֶֽׁר־תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה ׀ בְּיָ֣ד רָמָ֗ה מִן־הָֽאֶזְרָח֙ וּמִן־הַגֵּ֔ר אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה ה֣וּא מְגַדֵּ֑ף וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽהּ׃‬ But as for any person who acts presumptuously, whether from the native citizens or the foreigners, reviling the Lord, that person will be cut off from the midst of his people. person (2x)soul.

presumptuously ← in a high / haughty hand.
Nu 15:31 ‫כִּ֤י דְבַר־יְהוָה֙ בָּזָ֔ה וְאֶת־מִצְוָת֖וֹ הֵפַ֑ר הִכָּרֵ֧ת ׀ תִּכָּרֵ֛ת הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא עֲוֺנָ֥ה בָֽהּ׃ פ‬ For he has despised the word of the Lord, and he has broken his commandment. That person will certainly be cut off – his iniquity is on him.’ ” person ← soul.

will certainly be cut off: infinitive absolute.
Nu 15:32 ‫וַיִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר וַֽיִּמְצְא֗וּ אִ֛ישׁ מְקֹשֵׁ֥שׁ עֵצִ֖ים בְּי֥וֹם הַשַּׁבָּֽת׃‬ Now when the sons of Israel were in the desert, they found a man collecting wood on the Sabbath day.
Nu 15:33 ‫וַיַּקְרִ֣יבוּ אֹת֔וֹ הַמֹּצְאִ֥ים אֹת֖וֹ מְקֹשֵׁ֣שׁ עֵצִ֑ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן וְאֶ֖ל כָּל־הָעֵדָֽה׃‬ And those who found him gathering wood brought him to Moses and Aaron and to the whole congregation,
Nu 15:34 ‫וַיַּנִּ֥יחוּ אֹת֖וֹ בַּמִּשְׁמָ֑ר כִּ֚י לֹ֣א פֹרַ֔שׁ מַה־יֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה לֽוֹ׃ ס‬ and they put him in custody, for it had not been declared what should be done to him.
Nu 15:35 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה מ֥וֹת יוּמַ֖ת הָאִ֑ישׁ רָג֨וֹם אֹת֤וֹ בָֽאֲבָנִים֙ כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה מִח֖וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “The man will certainly be put to death. The whole congregation will stone him outside the camp.” certainly be put to death: infinitive absolute.

stone him ← “boulder” him with stones. Infinitive absolute in the role of a finite verb.
Nu 15:36 ‫וַיֹּצִ֨יאוּ אֹת֜וֹ כָּל־הָעֵדָ֗ה אֶל־מִחוּץ֙ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה וַיִּרְגְּמ֥וּ אֹת֛וֹ בָּאֲבָנִ֖ים וַיָּמֹ֑ת כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ פ‬ So the whole congregation brought him outside the camp and stoned him, and he died, according to what the Lord had commanded Moses. stoned: see Nu 15:35.
Nu 15:37 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 15:38 ‫דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵהֶ֔ם וְעָשׂ֨וּ לָהֶ֥ם צִיצִ֛ת עַל־כַּנְפֵ֥י בִגְדֵיהֶ֖ם לְדֹרֹתָ֑ם וְנָֽתְנ֛וּ עַל־צִיצִ֥ת הַכָּנָ֖ף פְּתִ֥יל תְּכֵֽלֶת׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them that they are to make fringes on the edges of their clothes throughout their generations, and they are to put on the fringes on the edge a ribbon of blue material. fringes: see Mt 23:5.
Nu 15:39 ‫וְהָיָ֣ה לָכֶם֮ לְצִיצִת֒ וּרְאִיתֶ֣ם אֹת֗וֹ וּזְכַרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־כָּל־מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם וְלֹֽא־תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְכֶם֙ וְאַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם׃‬ And it will be a fringe to you, and you will see it and remember all the Lord's commandments, and you will carry them out, and not go about after your own heart and after your own eyes, in which case you would be committing whoredom going off after them,
Nu 15:40 ‫לְמַ֣עַן תִּזְכְּר֔וּ וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֶת־כָּל־מִצְוֺתָ֑י וִהְיִיתֶ֥ם קְדֹשִׁ֖ים לֵֽאלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃‬ so that you remember to carry out all my commandments, and you will be holy to your God.
Nu 15:41 ‫אֲנִ֞י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצֵ֤אתִי אֶתְכֶם֙ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם לִהְי֥וֹת לָכֶ֖ם לֵאלֹהִ֑ים אֲנִ֖י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ פ‬ I am the Lord your God who brought you out from the land of Egypt to be God to you. I am the Lord your God.”
Nu 16:1 ‫וַיִּקַּ֣ח קֹ֔רַח בֶּן־יִצְהָ֥ר בֶּן־קְהָ֖ת בֶּן־לֵוִ֑י וְדָתָ֨ן וַאֲבִירָ֜ם בְּנֵ֧י אֱלִיאָ֛ב וְא֥וֹן בֶּן־פֶּ֖לֶת בְּנֵ֥י רְאוּבֵֽן׃‬ Then Korah the son of Izehar the son of Kohath the son of Levi, and Dathan and Abiram the sons of Eliab, and On the son of Peleth, sons of Reuben, took matters into their own hands Korah: mentioned in Jude 1:11.

Izehar: see Nu 3:19, but AV= Izhar here.

Kohath: see Gn 46:11.

The prefixed copula (וְ) to Dathan militates against [CB]'s suggestion Korah took Dathan and .... But one could read Korah took both Dathan and ....
Nu 16:2 ‫וַיָּקֻ֙מוּ֙ לִפְנֵ֣י מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַאֲנָשִׁ֥ים מִבְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים וּמָאתָ֑יִם נְשִׂיאֵ֥י עֵדָ֛ה קְרִאֵ֥י מוֹעֵ֖ד אַנְשֵׁי־שֵֽׁם׃‬ and rose up before Moses, with two hundred and fifty men from the sons of Israel, leaders of the congregation, respected men of the assembly, men of renown,
Nu 16:3 ‫וַיִּֽקָּהֲל֞וּ עַל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְעַֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ אֲלֵהֶם֮ רַב־לָכֶם֒ כִּ֤י כָל־הָֽעֵדָה֙ כֻּלָּ֣ם קְדֹשִׁ֔ים וּבְתוֹכָ֖ם יְהוָ֑ה וּמַדּ֥וּעַ תִּֽתְנַשְּׂא֖וּ עַל־קְהַ֥ל יְהוָֽה׃‬ and they were convened against Moses and against Aaron, and they said to them, “It is too much for you, seeing that the whole congregation is all holy, and the Lord is in their midst, so why do you elevate yourselves above the Lord's convocation?”
Nu 16:4 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֣ע מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַיִּפֹּ֖ל עַל־פָּנָֽיו׃‬ And when Moses heard it, he fell face down. face down ← on his face.
Nu 16:5 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֨ר אֶל־קֹ֜רַח וְאֶֽל־כָּל־עֲדָתוֹ֮ לֵאמֹר֒ בֹּ֠קֶר וְיֹדַ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה אֶת־אֲשֶׁר־ל֛וֹ וְאֶת־הַקָּד֖וֹשׁ וְהִקְרִ֣יב אֵלָ֑יו וְאֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַר־בּ֖וֹ יַקְרִ֥יב אֵלָֽיו׃‬ And he spoke to Korah and to the whole of his company and said, “In the morning, let the Lord make known who are his, and who is holy, and he will bring them near to him. So he will bring near to himself those whom he has chosen for himself. 2 Tim 2:19.

company ← congregation.
Nu 16:6 ‫זֹ֖את עֲשׂ֑וּ קְחוּ־לָכֶ֣ם מַחְתּ֔וֹת קֹ֖רַח וְכָל־עֲדָתֽוֹ׃‬ Do this: take your censers, Korah and all his company, company ← congregation.
Nu 16:7 ‫וּתְנ֣וּ בָהֵ֣ן ׀ אֵ֡שׁ וְשִׂימוּ֩ עֲלֵיהֶ֨ן קְטֹ֜רֶת לִפְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ מָחָ֔ר וְהָיָ֗ה הָאִ֛ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה ה֣וּא הַקָּד֑וֹשׁ רַב־לָכֶ֖ם בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִֽי׃‬ and put fire in them, and put incense in them before the Lord tomorrow, and it will come to pass that the man whom the Lord chooses will be the one who is holy. It is too much for you, you sons of Levi.” it is too much for you, you sons of Levi: perhaps Moses is telling Korah (who was a Levite) and the other Levites with him, who were not authorized to burn incense, that it is they who are taking too much on themselves – more than ↴
Nu 16:8 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֖ה אֶל־קֹ֑רַח שִׁמְעוּ־נָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י לֵוִֽי׃‬ Then Moses said to Korah, “Listen, please, you sons of Levi. ↳ the Lord authorizes. Or perhaps these are Korah's words, interrupting Moses' speech.
Nu 16:9 ‫הַמְעַ֣ט מִכֶּ֗ם כִּֽי־הִבְדִּיל֩ אֱלֹהֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל אֶתְכֶם֙ מֵעֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לְהַקְרִ֥יב אֶתְכֶ֖ם אֵלָ֑יו לַעֲבֹ֗ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַת֙ מִשְׁכַּ֣ן יְהוָ֔ה וְלַעֲמֹ֛ד לִפְנֵ֥י הָעֵדָ֖ה לְשָׁרְתָֽם׃‬ Is it a small matter to you that the God of Israel has separated you from the congregation of Israel to bring you near to him, to do the work of the Lord's tabernacle, and to stand before the congregation to serve them?
Nu 16:10 ‫וַיַּקְרֵב֙ אֹֽתְךָ֔ וְאֶת־כָּל־אַחֶ֥יךָ בְנֵי־לֵוִ֖י אִתָּ֑ךְ וּבִקַּשְׁתֶּ֖ם גַּם־כְּהֻנָּֽה׃‬ And he has brought you near, and all your brothers the sons of Levi with you, and yet you seek the priesthood too?
Nu 16:11 ‫לָכֵ֗ן אַתָּה֙ וְכָל־עֲדָ֣תְךָ֔ הַנֹּעָדִ֖ים עַל־יְהוָ֑ה וְאַהֲרֹ֣ן מַה־ה֔וּא כִּ֥י *תלונו **תַלִּ֖ינוּ עָלָֽיו׃‬ Therefore, you and all your company which is gathered against the Lordas regards Aaron, what is he that you should murmur against him?” you should murmur: the ketiv and qeré are different stem-formations of the same root verb with the same meaning.

as regards: wider use of the vav.

company ← congregation.
Nu 16:12 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֣ח מֹשֶׁ֔ה לִקְרֹ֛א לְדָתָ֥ן וְלַאֲבִירָ֖ם בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיאָ֑ב וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ לֹ֥א נַעֲלֶֽה׃‬ Then Moses sent for Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, but they said, “We will not come up. sent for ← sent to call.
Nu 16:13 ‫הַמְעַ֗ט כִּ֤י הֶֽעֱלִיתָ֙נוּ֙ מֵאֶ֨רֶץ זָבַ֤ת חָלָב֙ וּדְבַ֔שׁ לַהֲמִיתֵ֖נוּ בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר כִּֽי־תִשְׂתָּרֵ֥ר עָלֵ֖ינוּ גַּם־הִשְׂתָּרֵֽר׃‬ Is it a small matter that you have brought us up from a land flowing with milk and honey to kill us in the desert? For you have most definitely set yourself up as a ruler over us. you have most definitely set yourself up as a ruler: infinitive absolute, strengthened by the particle / adverb gam.
Nu 16:14 ‫אַ֡ף לֹ֣א אֶל־אֶרֶץ֩ זָבַ֨ת חָלָ֤ב וּדְבַשׁ֙ הֲבִ֣יאֹתָ֔נוּ וַתִּ֨תֶּן־לָ֔נוּ נַחֲלַ֖ת שָׂדֶ֣ה וָכָ֑רֶם הַעֵינֵ֞י הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים הָהֵ֛ם תְּנַקֵּ֖ר לֹ֥א נַעֲלֶֽה׃‬ But you have not brought us to a land flowing with milk and honey, nor given us an inheritance of a field or a vineyard. Will you poke out the eyes of these men? We will not come up.” or: disjunctive use of the vav.

poke out ← bore, pierce.
Nu 16:15 ‫וַיִּ֤חַר לְמֹשֶׁה֙ מְאֹ֔ד וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה אַל־תֵּ֖פֶן אֶל־מִנְחָתָ֑ם לֹ֠א חֲמ֨וֹר אֶחָ֤ד מֵהֶם֙ נָשָׂ֔אתִי וְלֹ֥א הֲרֵעֹ֖תִי אֶת־אַחַ֥ד מֵהֶֽם׃‬ Then Moses became very angry, and he said to the Lord, “Do not respect their meal-offering. I have not taken one donkey from them, nor have I harmed a single one of them.” respect ← turn to.
Nu 16:16 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־קֹ֔רַח אַתָּה֙ וְכָל־עֲדָ֣תְךָ֔ הֱי֖וּ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה אַתָּ֥ה וָהֵ֛ם וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן מָחָֽר׃‬ And Moses said to Korah, “You and all your company, be present before the Lord, you and they, and Aaron, tomorrow. company ← congregation.
Nu 16:17 ‫וּקְח֣וּ ׀ אִ֣ישׁ מַחְתָּת֗וֹ וּנְתַתֶּ֤ם עֲלֵיהֶם֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת וְהִקְרַבְתֶּ֞ם לִפְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אִ֣ישׁ מַחְתָּת֔וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּמָאתַ֖יִם מַחְתֹּ֑ת וְאַתָּ֥ה וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן אִ֥ישׁ מַחְתָּתֽוֹ׃‬ And let each man take his censer, and you will put incense in them, and let each man bring his censer before the Lord – two hundred and fifty censers – and you and Aaron, each man with his censer.”
Nu 16:18 ‫וַיִּקְח֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ מַחְתָּת֗וֹ וַיִּתְּנ֤וּ עֲלֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔שׁ וַיָּשִׂ֥ימוּ עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם קְטֹ֑רֶת וַֽיַּעַמְד֗וּ פֶּ֛תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵ֖ד וּמֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאַהֲרֹֽן׃‬ So each man took his censer, and put fire in them, and put incense in them, and stood at the entrance to the tent of contact, as did Moses and Aaron.
Nu 16:19 ‫וַיַּקְהֵ֨ל עֲלֵיהֶ֥ם קֹ֙רַח֙ אֶת־כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה אֶל־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד וַיֵּרָ֥א כְבוֹד־יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־כָּל־הָעֵדָֽה׃ פ‬ And Korah convened all the company against them, to the entrance to the tent of contact, and the glory of the Lord appeared to the whole congregation. company ← congregation.

congregation: perhaps more than Korah's company here.
Nu 16:20 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron and said,
Nu 16:21 ‫הִבָּ֣דְל֔וּ מִתּ֖וֹךְ הָעֵדָ֣ה הַזֹּ֑את וַאַכַלֶּ֥ה אֹתָ֖ם כְּרָֽגַע׃‬ “Be separated from the midst of this company, and I will destroy them in an instant.” company ← congregation.

destroy ← make an end of.
Nu 16:22 ‫וַיִּפְּל֤וּ עַל־פְּנֵיהֶם֙ וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ אֵ֕ל אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָרוּחֹ֖ת לְכָל־בָּשָׂ֑ר הָאִ֤ישׁ אֶחָד֙ יֶחֱטָ֔א וְעַ֥ל כָּל־הָעֵדָ֖ה תִּקְצֹֽף׃ פ‬ And they fell face down and said, “O God, the God of the spirits of all flesh, one man has sinned, and will you be angry with the whole congregation?” face down ← on their faces.
Nu 16:23 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 16:24 ‫דַּבֵּ֥ר אֶל־הָעֵדָ֖ה לֵאמֹ֑ר הֵֽעָלוּ֙ מִסָּבִ֔יב לְמִשְׁכַּן־קֹ֖רַח דָּתָ֥ן וַאֲבִירָֽם׃‬ “Speak to the congregation and say, ‘Get away from the vicinity of the tabernacle of Korah, Dathan and Abiram.’ ” get away ← get up.
Nu 16:25 ‫וַיָּ֣קָם מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ אֶל־דָּתָ֣ן וַאֲבִירָ֑ם וַיֵּלְכ֥וּ אַחֲרָ֖יו זִקְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ Then Moses got up and went to Dathan and Abiram, and the elders of Israel followed him.
Nu 16:26 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֨ר אֶל־הָעֵדָ֜ה לֵאמֹ֗ר ס֣וּרוּ נָ֡א מֵעַל֩ אָהֳלֵ֨י הָאֲנָשִׁ֤ים הָֽרְשָׁעִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה וְאַֽל־תִּגְּע֖וּ בְּכָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָהֶ֑ם פֶּן־תִּסָּפ֖וּ בְּכָל־חַטֹּאתָֽם׃‬ And he spoke to the congregation and said, “Please depart from the tents of these wicked men, and do not touch anything that is theirs, in case you are destroyed in all their sins.” anything ← everything.

[CB] considers 2 Tim 2:19 possibly to be an allusion to this verse.
Nu 16:27 ‫וַיֵּעָל֗וּ מֵעַ֧ל מִשְׁכַּן־קֹ֛רֶח דָּתָ֥ן וַאֲבִירָ֖ם מִסָּבִ֑יב וְדָתָ֨ן וַאֲבִירָ֜ם יָצְא֣וּ נִצָּבִ֗ים פֶּ֚תַח אָֽהֳלֵיהֶ֔ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֥ם וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם וְטַפָּֽם׃‬ So they went away from the vicinity of the tabernacle of Korah, Dathan and Abiram, while Dathan and Abiram went out and stood at the entrance of their tents with their wives and their sons and their little ones. went away ← went up.
Nu 16:28 ‫וַיֹּאמֶר֮ מֹשֶׁה֒ בְּזֹאת֙ תֵּֽדְע֔וּן כִּֽי־יְהוָ֣ה שְׁלָחַ֔נִי לַעֲשׂ֕וֹת אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַֽמַּעֲשִׂ֖ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה כִּי־לֹ֖א מִלִּבִּֽי׃‬ Then Moses said, “By this you will know whether the Lord has sent me to do all these works, for they are not from my heart:
Nu 16:29 ‫אִם־כְּמ֤וֹת כָּל־הָֽאָדָם֙ יְמֻת֣וּן אֵ֔לֶּה וּפְקֻדַּת֙ כָּל־הָ֣אָדָ֔ם יִפָּקֵ֖ד עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם לֹ֥א יְהוָ֖ה שְׁלָחָֽנִי׃‬ if these men die as all men ordinarily die, and death is visited on them as on all men, then the Lord did not send me. death is visited on them as on all men ← the visitation of all men is visited on them.
Nu 16:30 ‫וְאִם־בְּרִיאָ֞ה יִבְרָ֣א יְהוָ֗ה וּפָצְתָ֨ה הָאֲדָמָ֤ה אֶת־פִּ֙יהָ֙ וּבָלְעָ֤ה אֹתָם֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָהֶ֔ם וְיָרְד֥וּ חַיִּ֖ים שְׁאֹ֑לָה וִֽידַעְתֶּ֕ם כִּ֧י נִֽאֲצ֛וּ הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה אֶת־יְהוָֽה׃‬ But if the Lord produces something entirely new and the ground opens its mouth and swallows them up with everything that is theirs, and they go down alive to the grave, then you will know that these men despised the Lord.” produces ← creates.

everything: or, everyone.

despised: as in Nu 14:11.
Nu 16:31 ‫וַיְהִי֙ כְּכַלֹּת֔וֹ לְדַבֵּ֕ר אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַדְּבָרִ֖ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה וַתִּבָּקַ֥ע הָאֲדָמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּחְתֵּיהֶֽם׃‬ And it came to pass as he finished speaking all these words, that the ground under them split apart,
Nu 16:32 ‫וַתִּפְתַּ֤ח הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ אֶת־פִּ֔יהָ וַתִּבְלַ֥ע אֹתָ֖ם וְאֶת־בָּתֵּיהֶ֑ם וְאֵ֤ת כָּל־הָאָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לְקֹ֔רַח וְאֵ֖ת כָּל־הָרֲכֽוּשׁ׃‬ and the earth opened its mouth and swallowed them up, and their dwellings, and every man who was of Korah's company, and all their property.
Nu 16:33 ‫וַיֵּ֨רְד֜וּ הֵ֣ם וְכָל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָהֶ֛ם חַיִּ֖ים שְׁאֹ֑לָה וַתְּכַ֤ס עֲלֵיהֶם֙ הָאָ֔רֶץ וַיֹּאבְד֖וּ מִתּ֥וֹךְ הַקָּהָֽל׃‬ And they and all those who were of their company went down alive to the grave, and the earth covered them, and they were eliminated from the convocation. were eliminated from ← perished from among.
Nu 16:34 ‫וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֛ר סְבִיבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם נָ֣סוּ לְקֹלָ֑ם כִּ֣י אָֽמְר֔וּ פֶּן־תִּבְלָעֵ֖נוּ הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ And all of Israel that was round about them fled at their cry, for they said, “Flee so that the earth does not swallow us up.”
Nu 16:35 ‫וְאֵ֥שׁ יָצְאָ֖ה מֵאֵ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה וַתֹּ֗אכַל אֵ֣ת הַחֲמִשִּׁ֤ים וּמָאתַ֙יִם֙ אִ֔ישׁ מַקְרִיבֵ֖י הַקְּטֹֽרֶת׃ פ‬ And fire went out from the Lord, and consumed the two hundred and fifty men who offered incense.
Nu 17:1
Nu 16:36AV
‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 17:2
Nu 16:37AV
‫אֱמֹ֨ר אֶל־אֶלְעָזָ֜ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַכֹּהֵ֗ן וְיָרֵ֤ם אֶת־הַמַּחְתֹּת֙ מִבֵּ֣ין הַשְּׂרֵפָ֔ה וְאֶת־הָאֵ֖שׁ זְרֵה־הָ֑לְאָה כִּ֖י קָדֵֽשׁוּ׃‬ “Say to Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest that he should lift out the censers from the blaze, and scatter the fire further away, for they are holy. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 17:3
Nu 16:38AV
‫אֵ֡ת מַחְתּוֹת֩ הַֽחַטָּאִ֨ים הָאֵ֜לֶּה בְּנַפְשֹׁתָ֗ם וְעָשׂ֨וּ אֹתָ֜ם רִקֻּעֵ֤י פַחִים֙ צִפּ֣וּי לַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ כִּֽי־הִקְרִיבֻ֥ם לִפְנֵֽי־יְהוָ֖ה וַיִּקְדָּ֑שׁוּ וְיִֽהְי֥וּ לְא֖וֹת לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ As for the censers of these sinners against themselves, let them be made into beaten-out plates as an overlay for the altar, for they offered them before the Lord, so they have become holy, and they will serve as a sign to the sons of Israel.” themselves ← their souls.

let them be made ← let them make them, impersonal active for passive.

serve ← be.
Nu 17:4
Nu 16:39AV
‫וַיִּקַּ֞ח אֶלְעָזָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֗ן אֵ֚ת מַחְתּ֣וֹת הַנְּחֹ֔שֶׁת אֲשֶׁ֥ר הִקְרִ֖יבוּ הַשְּׂרֻפִ֑ים וַֽיְרַקְּע֖וּם צִפּ֥וּי לַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃‬ So Eleazar the priest took the copper censers with which those who were burnt up had offered, and they beat them into an overlay for the altar, Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 17:5
Nu 16:40AV
‫זִכָּר֞וֹן לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לְ֠מַעַן אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יִקְרַ֜ב אִ֣ישׁ זָ֗ר אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹ֣א מִזֶּ֤רַע אַהֲרֹן֙ ה֔וּא לְהַקְטִ֥יר קְטֹ֖רֶת לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֤ה כְקֹ֙רַח֙ וְכַ֣עֲדָת֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה לֽוֹ׃‬ and as a reminder to the sons of Israel that a foreigner who is not of the seed of Aaron must not approach to burn incense before the Lord, and must not be like Korah and his company, as the Lord had said to him through the intermediacy of Moses. company ← congregation.

intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 17:6
Nu 16:41AV
‫וַיִּלֹּ֜נוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ מִֽמָּחֳרָ֔ת עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְעַֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹ֑ר אַתֶּ֥ם הֲמִתֶּ֖ם אֶת־עַ֥ם יְהוָֽה׃‬ But the next day the whole congregation of the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron, and said, “You are killing the Lord's people.”
Nu 17:7
Nu 16:42AV
‫וַיְהִ֗י בְּהִקָּהֵ֤ל הָֽעֵדָה֙ עַל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְעַֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן וַיִּפְנוּ֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וְהִנֵּ֥ה כִסָּ֖הוּ הֶעָנָ֑ן וַיֵּרָ֖א כְּב֥וֹד יְהוָֽה׃‬ And it came to pass when the congregation was convened against Moses and against Aaron, that they looked at the tent of contact, and what they saw was that the cloud had covered it and the glory of the Lord had appeared. looked at ← turned to.

what they saw was that ← behold.
Nu 17:8
Nu 16:43AV
‫וַיָּבֹ֤א מֹשֶׁה֙ וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃ פ‬ Then Moses and Aaron went to the front of the tent of contact,
Nu 17:9
Nu 16:44AV
‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ and the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 17:10
Nu 16:45AV
‫הֵרֹ֗מּוּ מִתּוֹךְ֙ הָעֵדָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את וַאֲכַלֶּ֥ה אֹתָ֖ם כְּרָ֑גַע וַֽיִּפְּל֖וּ עַל־פְּנֵיהֶֽם׃‬ Get away from this congregation, and I will consume them in an instant.” And they fell face down. get away from ← be lifted from among.

face down ← on their faces.
Nu 17:11
Nu 16:46AV
‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן קַ֣ח אֶת־הַ֠מַּחְתָּה וְתֶן־עָלֶ֨יהָ אֵ֜שׁ מֵעַ֤ל הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ וְשִׂ֣ים קְטֹ֔רֶת וְהוֹלֵ֧ךְ מְהֵרָ֛ה אֶל־הָעֵדָ֖ה וְכַפֵּ֣ר עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם כִּֽי־יָצָ֥א הַקֶּ֛צֶף מִלִּפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה הֵחֵ֥ל הַנָּֽגֶף׃‬ And Moses said to Aaron, “Take the censer and put fire in it from the altar, and put incense in it and go quickly to the congregation and make atonement for them, for anger has gone out from the Lord. An onslaught has begun.”
Nu 17:12
Nu 16:47AV
‫וַיִּקַּ֨ח אַהֲרֹ֜ן כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ דִּבֶּ֣ר מֹשֶׁ֗ה וַיָּ֙רָץ֙ אֶל־תּ֣וֹך הַקָּהָ֔ל וְהִנֵּ֛ה הֵחֵ֥ל הַנֶּ֖גֶף בָּעָ֑ם וַיִּתֵּן֙ אֶֽת־הַקְּטֹ֔רֶת וַיְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־הָעָֽם׃‬ So Aaron took it as Moses had said, and he ran to the middle of the convocation, and he saw that the onslaught on the people had begun, and he took the incense, and atoned for the people. he saw that ← behold.
Nu 17:13
Nu 16:48AV
‫וַיַּעֲמֹ֥ד בֵּֽין־הַמֵּתִ֖ים וּבֵ֣ין הַֽחַיִּ֑ים וַתֵּעָצַ֖ר הַמַּגֵּפָֽה׃‬ And he stood between the dead and the living, and the onslaught stopped.
Nu 17:14
Nu 16:49AV
‫וַיִּהְי֗וּ הַמֵּתִים֙ בַּמַּגֵּפָ֔ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת מִלְּבַ֥ד הַמֵּתִ֖ים עַל־דְּבַר־קֹֽרַח׃‬ And those who died in the onslaught came to fourteen thousand seven hundred, excluding those who died in the incident with Korah. came to ← were.
Nu 17:15
Nu 16:50AV
‫וַיָּ֤שָׁב אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד וְהַמַּגֵּפָ֖ה נֶעֱצָֽרָה׃ פ‬ Then Aaron returned to Moses at the entrance of the tent of contact, and the onslaught stopped.
Nu 17:16
Nu 17:1AV
‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 17:17
Nu 17:2AV
‫דַּבֵּ֣ר ׀ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל וְקַ֣ח מֵֽאִתָּ֡ם מַטֶּ֣ה מַטֶּה֩ לְבֵ֨ית אָ֜ב מֵאֵ֤ת כָּל־נְשִֽׂיאֵהֶם֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֔ם שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר מַטּ֑וֹת אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־שְׁמ֔וֹ תִּכְתֹּ֖ב עַל־מַטֵּֽהוּ׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and take from each of them a rod according to the paternal house, from all their leaders, according to their paternal house – twelve rods – and you will write each one's name on his rod. rod: the same word as tribe.
Nu 17:18
Nu 17:3AV
‫וְאֵת֙ שֵׁ֣ם אַהֲרֹ֔ן תִּכְתֹּ֖ב עַל־מַטֵּ֣ה לֵוִ֑י כִּ֚י מַטֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד לְרֹ֖אשׁ בֵּ֥ית אֲבוֹתָֽם׃‬ And you will write the name of Aaron on Levi's rod, for there is one rod for the head of their paternal house.
Nu 17:19
Nu 17:4AV
‫וְהִנַּחְתָּ֖ם בְּאֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד לִפְנֵי֙ הָֽעֵד֔וּת אֲשֶׁ֛ר אִוָּעֵ֥ד לָכֶ֖ם שָֽׁמָּה׃‬ And you will deposit them in the tent of contact in front of the testimony, where I will meet with you. you: plural.
Nu 17:20
Nu 17:5AV
‫וְהָיָ֗ה הָאִ֛ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶבְחַר־בּ֖וֹ מַטֵּ֣הוּ יִפְרָ֑ח וַהֲשִׁכֹּתִ֣י מֵֽעָלַ֗י אֶת־תְּלֻנּוֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֛ר הֵ֥ם מַלִּינִ֖ם עֲלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And it will come to pass that the rod of the man whom I choose will sprout, and I will put a stop to the murmurings against me of the sons of Israel, which they murmur against you.” against me ← from against me.

you: plural.
Nu 17:21
Nu 17:6AV
‫וַיְדַבֵּ֨ר מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל וַיִּתְּנ֣וּ אֵלָ֣יו ׀ כָּֽל־נְשִֽׂיאֵיהֶ֡ם מַטֶּה֩ לְנָשִׂ֨יא אֶחָ֜ד מַטֶּ֨ה לְנָשִׂ֤יא אֶחָד֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֔ם שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר מַטּ֑וֹת וּמַטֵּ֥ה אַהֲרֹ֖ן בְּת֥וֹךְ מַטּוֹתָֽם׃‬ And Moses spoke to the sons of Israel, and each of their leaders gave him a rod – for each leader, a rod for that leader – according to their paternal house, twelve rods, and Aaron's rod was among their rods. each ← all.
Nu 17:22
Nu 17:7AV
‫וַיַּנַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־הַמַּטֹּ֖ת לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה בְּאֹ֖הֶל הָעֵדֻֽת׃‬ And Moses deposited the rods before the Lord at the tent of the testimony.
Nu 17:23
Nu 17:8AV
‫וַיְהִ֣י מִֽמָּחֳרָ֗ת וַיָּבֹ֤א מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל הָעֵד֔וּת וְהִנֵּ֛ה פָּרַ֥ח מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לְבֵ֣ית לֵוִ֑י וַיֹּ֤צֵֽא פֶ֙רַח֙ וַיָּ֣צֵֽץ צִ֔יץ וַיִּגְמֹ֖ל שְׁקֵדִֽים׃‬ And it came to pass on the next day that Moses went to the tent of the testimony, and what he saw was that Aaron's rod had sprouted, for the house of Levi, and it had produced a sprout and it had blossomed with a flower, and it had yielded almonds. what he saw was that ← behold.
Nu 17:24
Nu 17:9AV
‫וַיֹּצֵ֨א מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֶת־כָּל־הַמַּטֹּת֙ מִלִּפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֶֽל־כָּל־בְּנֵ֖י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַיִּרְא֥וּ וַיִּקְח֖וּ אִ֥ישׁ מַטֵּֽהוּ׃ ס‬ And Moses brought out all the rods from before the Lord to all the sons of Israel, and they each saw and took his own rod.
Nu 17:25
Nu 17:10AV
‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה הָשֵׁ֞ב אֶת־מַטֵּ֤ה אַהֲרֹן֙ לִפְנֵ֣י הָעֵד֔וּת לְמִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת לְא֖וֹת לִבְנֵי־מֶ֑רִי וּתְכַ֧ל תְּלוּנֹּתָ֛ם מֵעָלַ֖י וְלֹ֥א יָמֻֽתוּ׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “Bring Aaron's rod back before the testimony, as a retained item, as a sign about the rebels. And you will put an end to their murmurings against me, so that they do not die.” so that: purposive use of the vav.

rebels ← sons of rebellion.
Nu 17:26
Nu 17:11AV
‫וַיַּ֖עַשׂ מֹשֶׁ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֹת֖וֹ כֵּ֥ן עָשָֽׂה׃ ס‬ And Moses did it. As the Lord commanded him, so he acted.
Nu 17:27
Nu 17:12AV
‫וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֖ה לֵאמֹ֑ר הֵ֥ן גָּוַ֛עְנוּ אָבַ֖דְנוּ כֻּלָּ֥נוּ אָבָֽדְנוּ׃‬ And the sons of Israel spoke to Moses, and they said, “Look, we are expiring, we are perishing, we are all perishing.
Nu 17:28
Nu 17:13AV
‫כֹּ֣ל הַקָּרֵ֧ב ׀ הַקָּרֵ֛ב אֶל־מִשְׁכַּ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה יָמ֑וּת הַאִ֥ם תַּ֖מְנוּ לִגְוֺֽעַ׃ ס‬ Anyone who approaches – who approaches the tabernacle of the Lord – will die. Will we ever cease from expiring?” anyone ← everyone.

cease from: AV differs, (be consumed with), also possible.
Nu 18:1 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן אַתָּ֗ה וּבָנֶ֤יךָ וּבֵית־אָבִ֙יךָ֙ אִתָּ֔ךְ תִּשְׂא֖וּ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַמִּקְדָּ֑שׁ וְאַתָּה֙ וּבָנֶ֣יךָ אִתָּ֔ךְ תִּשְׂא֖וּ אֶת־עֲוֺ֥ן כְּהֻנַּתְכֶֽם׃‬ Then the Lord said to Aaron, “You and your sons and your paternal house with you will bear the iniquity of the sanctuary, and you and your sons with you will bear the iniquity of your priesthood.
Nu 18:2 ‫וְגַ֣ם אֶת־אַחֶיךָ֩ מַטֵּ֨ה לֵוִ֜י שֵׁ֤בֶט אָבִ֙יךָ֙ הַקְרֵ֣ב אִתָּ֔ךְ וְיִלָּו֥וּ עָלֶ֖יךָ וִֽישָׁרְת֑וּךָ וְאַתָּה֙ וּבָנֶ֣יךָ אִתָּ֔ךְ לִפְנֵ֖י אֹ֥הֶל הָעֵדֻֽת׃‬ And bring your brothers up also, the tribe of Levi, your father's stock, with you, and they will join with you and serve you, as you and your sons with you serve before the tent of the testimony. bring ... up ← bring near.
Nu 18:3 ‫וְשָֽׁמְרוּ֙ מִֽשְׁמַרְתְּךָ֔ וּמִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת כָּל־הָאֹ֑הֶל אַךְ֩ אֶל־כְּלֵ֨י הַקֹּ֤דֶשׁ וְאֶל־הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ לֹ֣א יִקְרָ֔בוּ וְלֹֽא־יָמֻ֥תוּ גַם־הֵ֖ם גַּם־אַתֶּֽם׃‬ And they will discharge the duties you give them, and the duties of the whole tent, but they will not approach the holy equipment or the altar, so that neither they nor you die. the duties you give them ← your charge.

holy equipment: or, equipment of the holy (place).

so that: purposive use of the vav.
Nu 18:4 ‫וְנִלְו֣וּ עָלֶ֔יךָ וְשָֽׁמְר֗וּ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֙רֶת֙ אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד לְכֹ֖ל עֲבֹדַ֣ת הָאֹ֑הֶל וְזָ֖ר לֹא־יִקְרַ֥ב אֲלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ So they will join with you and discharge the duties of the tent of contact, in respect of all the work of the tent, and no foreigner will approach you.
Nu 18:5 ‫וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֗ם אֵ֚ת מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ וְאֵ֖ת מִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חַ וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֥ה ע֛וֹד קֶ֖צֶף עַל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And you will discharge the duties of the holy place, and the duties of the altar, so that there will not be anger any more at the sons of Israel.
Nu 18:6 ‫וַאֲנִ֗י הִנֵּ֤ה לָקַ֙חְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מִתּ֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לָכֶ֞ם מַתָּנָ֤ה נְתֻנִים֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה לַעֲבֹ֕ד אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֖ת אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And as for me, look, I have taken your brothers the Levites from among the sons of Israel. They are for you a gift given to the Lord to do the work of the tent of contact. a gift given to the Lord: perhaps a gift given by the Lord, as the preposition le, can be the agent of the passive (Ezek 14:3, Ezek 20:3,).
Nu 18:7 ‫וְאַתָּ֣ה וּבָנֶ֣יךָ אִ֠תְּךָ תִּשְׁמְר֨וּ אֶת־כְּהֻנַּתְכֶ֜ם לְכָל־דְּבַ֧ר הַמִּזְבֵּ֛חַ וּלְמִבֵּ֥ית לַפָּרֹ֖כֶת וַעֲבַדְתֶּ֑ם עֲבֹדַ֣ת מַתָּנָ֗ה אֶתֵּן֙ אֶת־כְּהֻנַּתְכֶ֔ם וְהַזָּ֥ר הַקָּרֵ֖ב יוּמָֽת׃ ס‬ And you and your sons with you will keep your priesthood in every matter of the altar and of the inside of the veil, and you will perform it. I am giving you the work – your priesthood – as a gift. And any foreigner who approaches will be put to death.”
Nu 18:8 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָה֮ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒ וַאֲנִי֙ הִנֵּ֣ה נָתַ֣תִּֽי לְךָ֔ אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת תְּרוּמֹתָ֑י לְכָל־קָדְשֵׁ֣י בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל לְךָ֨ נְתַתִּ֧ים לְמָשְׁחָ֛ה וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ לְחָק־עוֹלָֽם׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Aaron and said, “And for my part look, I have given you the duties of my heave-offerings. Regarding all the holy matters of the sons of Israel, I have given them as an anointing to you and your sons as an age-abiding statute. for my part: an emphatic I.
Nu 18:9 ‫זֶֽה־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֛ מִקֹּ֥דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֖ים מִן־הָאֵ֑שׁ כָּל־קָ֠רְבָּנָם לְֽכָל־מִנְחָתָ֞ם וּלְכָל־חַטָּאתָ֗ם וּלְכָל־אֲשָׁמָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יָשִׁ֣יבוּ לִ֔י קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים לְךָ֛ ה֖וּא וּלְבָנֶֽיךָ׃‬ This is what will be yours from the holy of holies, from fire: every oblation of theirs with every meal-offering of theirs, with every sin-offering of theirs, and every guilt-offering of theirs which they render to me. It is a matter of the holy of holies to you and to your sons.
Nu 18:10 ‫בְּקֹ֥דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֖ים תֹּאכֲלֶ֑נּוּ כָּל־זָכָר֙ יֹאכַ֣ל אֹת֔וֹ קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִֽהְיֶה־לָּֽךְ׃‬ In the holy of holies you will eat it. Every male will eat it. It will be holy to you.
Nu 18:11 ‫וְזֶה־לְּךָ֞ תְּרוּמַ֣ת מַתָּנָ֗ם לְכָל־תְּנוּפֹת֮ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ לְךָ֣ נְתַתִּ֗ים וּלְבָנֶ֧יךָ וְלִבְנֹתֶ֛יךָ אִתְּךָ֖ לְחָק־עוֹלָ֑ם כָּל־טָה֥וֹר בְּבֵיתְךָ֖ יֹאכַ֥ל אֹתֽוֹ׃‬ And this is yours: the heave-offering of their gift with all the wave-offerings of the sons of Israel. I have given them to you and to your sons and your daughters with you as an age-abiding statute. Everyone who is clean in your house will eat it.
Nu 18:12 ‫כֹּ֚ל חֵ֣לֶב יִצְהָ֔ר וְכָל־חֵ֖לֶב תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְדָגָ֑ן רֵאשִׁיתָ֛ם אֲשֶׁר־יִתְּנ֥וּ לַֽיהוָ֖ה לְךָ֥ נְתַתִּֽים׃‬ All the best of the oil, and all the best of the new wine and corn – the firstfruits of them which they give to the Lord – I have given to you. the best (2x)the fat.
Nu 18:13 ‫בִּכּוּרֵ֞י כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֧ר בְּאַרְצָ֛ם אֲשֶׁר־יָבִ֥יאוּ לַיהוָ֖ה לְךָ֣ יִהְיֶ֑ה כָּל־טָה֥וֹר בְּבֵיתְךָ֖ יֹאכֲלֶֽנּוּ׃‬ The firstfruits of everything in their land which they bring to the Lord will be yours. Every clean person in your house will eat it. their land: AV differs, omitting their.

yours: singular.
Nu 18:14 ‫כָּל־חֵ֥רֶם בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְךָ֥ יִהְיֶֽה׃‬ And every dedicated thing in Israel will be yours.
Nu 18:15 ‫כָּל־פֶּ֣טֶר רֶ֠חֶם לְֽכָל־בָּשָׂ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־יַקְרִ֧יבוּ לַֽיהוָ֛ה בָּאָדָ֥ם וּבַבְּהֵמָ֖ה יִֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑ךְ אַ֣ךְ ׀ פָּדֹ֣ה תִפְדֶּ֗ה אֵ֚ת בְּכ֣וֹר הָֽאָדָ֔ם וְאֵ֛ת בְּכֽוֹר־הַבְּהֵמָ֥ה הַטְּמֵאָ֖ה תִּפְדֶּֽה׃‬ Everything that opens the womb of all flesh which they offer to the Lord, whether of men or cattle, will be yours, but you will most definitely redeem the firstborn of man, and you will redeem the firstborn of unclean cattle. most definitely redeem: infinitive absolute.
Nu 18:16 ‫וּפְדוּיָו֙ מִבֶּן־חֹ֣דֶשׁ תִּפְדֶּ֔ה בְּעֶ֨רְכְּךָ֔ כֶּ֛סֶף חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה הֽוּא׃‬ And you will redeem those from one month old who are to be redeemed to him according to your valuation – money to the value of five shekels according to the holy shekel: it is twenty gerahs. who are to be redeemed to him ← his redeemed. Gerundive (to be distinguished from gerundial) use of the passive participle, “needing to be ...”.
Nu 18:17 ‫אַ֣ךְ בְּֽכוֹר־שׁ֡וֹר אֽוֹ־בְכ֨וֹר כֶּ֜שֶׂב אֽוֹ־בְכ֥וֹר עֵ֛ז לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה קֹ֣דֶשׁ הֵ֑ם אֶת־דָּמָ֞ם תִּזְרֹ֤ק עַל־הַמִּזְבֵּ֙חַ֙ וְאֶת־חֶלְבָּ֣ם תַּקְטִ֔יר אִשֶּׁ֛ה לְרֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ But you will not redeem the firstborn ox or the firstborn lamb or the firstborn goat – they are holy. You will sprinkle their blood on the altar and you will burn their fat as a fire-offering as a sweet fragrance to the Lord. holy ← holiness.
Nu 18:18 ‫וּבְשָׂרָ֖ם יִהְיֶה־לָּ֑ךְ כַּחֲזֵ֧ה הַתְּנוּפָ֛ה וּכְשׁ֥וֹק הַיָּמִ֖ין לְךָ֥ יִהְיֶֽה׃‬ And their meat will be yours. Just as the breast of the wave-offering and the right hand leg will be yours. yours (2x): singular.
Nu 18:19 ‫כֹּ֣ל ׀ תְּרוּמֹ֣ת הַקֳּדָשִׁ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָרִ֥ימוּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ לַֽיהוָה֒ נָתַ֣תִּֽי לְךָ֗ וּלְבָנֶ֧יךָ וְלִבְנֹתֶ֛יךָ אִתְּךָ֖ לְחָק־עוֹלָ֑ם בְּרִית֩ מֶ֨לַח עוֹלָ֥ם הִוא֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְךָ֖ וּלְזַרְעֲךָ֥ אִתָּֽךְ׃‬ All heave-offerings of holy things which the sons of Israel heave to the Lord I have given you and your sons and your daughters with you as an age-abiding statute. It is an age-abiding covenant of salt before the Lord for you and your seed with you.”
Nu 18:20 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן בְּאַרְצָם֙ לֹ֣א תִנְחָ֔ל וְחֵ֕לֶק לֹא־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֖ בְּתוֹכָ֑ם אֲנִ֤י חֶלְקְךָ֙ וְנַחֲלָ֣תְךָ֔ בְּת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס‬ Then the Lord said to Aaron, “You will not have an inheritance in their land and you will have no portion in their midst – I am your portion and your inheritance among the sons of Israel.
Nu 18:21 ‫וְלִבְנֵ֣י לֵוִ֔י הִנֵּ֥ה נָתַ֛תִּי כָּל־מַֽעֲשֵׂ֥ר בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְנַחֲלָ֑ה חֵ֤לֶף עֲבֹֽדָתָם֙ אֲשֶׁר־הֵ֣ם עֹֽבְדִ֔ים אֶת־עֲבֹדַ֖ת אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And look, I have given every tithe in Israel to the sons of Levi as an inheritance, in exchange for their work which they do – the work of the tent of contact.
Nu 18:22 ‫וְלֹא־יִקְרְב֥וּ ע֛וֹד בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד לָשֵׂ֥את חֵ֖טְא לָמֽוּת׃‬ And the sons of Israel will no longer approach the tent of contact, which would mean that they would bear mortal sin. no longer: unlike the situation in Ex 33:7.

would bear mortal sin ← to bear sin to die.
Nu 18:23 ‫וְעָבַ֨ד הַלֵּוִ֜י ה֗וּא אֶת־עֲבֹדַת֙ אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וְהֵ֖ם יִשְׂא֣וּ עֲוֺנָ֑ם חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וּבְתוֹךְ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א יִנְחֲל֖וּ נַחֲלָֽה׃‬ And the Levites will do the work of the tent of contact, and they will bear their iniquity. It is an age-abiding statute for their generations, but they will not inherit any inheritance among the sons of Israel. Levites ← Levite, with a singular verb.
Nu 18:24 ‫כִּ֞י אֶת־מַעְשַׂ֣ר בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָרִ֤ימוּ לַֽיהוָה֙ תְּרוּמָ֔ה נָתַ֥תִּי לַלְוִיִּ֖ם לְנַחֲלָ֑ה עַל־כֵּן֙ אָמַ֣רְתִּי לָהֶ֔ם בְּתוֹךְ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א יִנְחֲל֖וּ נַחֲלָֽה׃ פ‬ For I have given the tithe of the sons of Israel which they heave to the Lord as a heave-offering to the Levites as an inheritance, which is why I have said to them, ‘They will not have an inheritance among the sons of Israel.’ ” have an inheritance ← inherit an inheritance.
Nu 18:25 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 18:26 ‫וְאֶל־הַלְוִיִּ֣ם תְּדַבֵּר֮ וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵהֶם֒ כִּֽי־תִ֠קְחוּ מֵאֵ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶת־הַֽמַּעֲשֵׂ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֧תִּי לָכֶ֛ם מֵאִתָּ֖ם בְּנַחֲלַתְכֶ֑ם וַהֲרֵמֹתֶ֤ם מִמֶּ֙נּוּ֙ תְּרוּמַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה מַעֲשֵׂ֖ר מִן־הַֽמַּעֲשֵֽׂר׃‬ “And you will speak to the Levites and say to them, ‘When you receive from the sons of Israel the tithe which I have given you from them as your inheritance, you will heave a heave-offering to the Lord from it, a tithe of a tithe.
Nu 18:27 ‫וְנֶחְשַׁ֥ב לָכֶ֖ם תְּרוּמַתְכֶ֑ם כַּדָּגָן֙ מִן־הַגֹּ֔רֶן וְכַֽמְלֵאָ֖ה מִן־הַיָּֽקֶב׃‬ And it will be counted for you as your heave-offering, as grain from the threshing floor and as the fulness of the wine vat.
Nu 18:28 ‫כֵּ֣ן תָּרִ֤ימוּ גַם־אַתֶּם֙ תְּרוּמַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה מִכֹּל֙ מַעְשְׂרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּקְח֔וּ מֵאֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וּנְתַתֶּ֤ם מִמֶּ֙נּוּ֙ אֶת־תְּרוּמַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה לְאַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵֽן׃‬ So you too will offer the Lord's heave-offering from all your tithes which you receive from the sons of Israel, and you will give from it the Lord's heave-offering to Aaron the priest.
Nu 18:29 ‫מִכֹּל֙ מַתְּנֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם תָּרִ֕ימוּ אֵ֖ת כָּל־תְּרוּמַ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה מִכָּל־חֶלְבּ֔וֹ אֶֽת־מִקְדְּשׁ֖וֹ מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃‬ You will offer all the Lord's heave-offering from all your gifts, from all the best of it – the sacred part of it. best ← fat.

the sacred part of it ← its sanctuary from it.
Nu 18:30 ‫וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם בַּהֲרִֽימְכֶ֤ם אֶת־חֶלְבּוֹ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ וְנֶחְשַׁב֙ לַלְוִיִּ֔ם כִּתְבוּאַ֥ת גֹּ֖רֶן וְכִתְבוּאַ֥ת יָֽקֶב׃‬ And you will say to them, «When you offer the best part of it, it will be counted for the Levites as the produce of the threshing floor and as the produce of the wine vat. the best part of it ← its fat from it.
Nu 18:31 ‫וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹתוֹ֙ בְּכָל־מָק֔וֹם אַתֶּ֖ם וּבֵֽיתְכֶ֑ם כִּֽי־שָׂכָ֥ר הוּא֙ לָכֶ֔ם חֵ֥לֶף עֲבֹֽדַתְכֶ֖ם בְּאֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And you will eat it in every place, you and your household, for it is your wages in exchange for your work in the tent of contact.
Nu 18:32 ‫וְלֹֽא־תִשְׂא֤וּ עָלָיו֙ חֵ֔טְא בַּהֲרִֽימְכֶ֥ם אֶת־חֶלְבּ֖וֹ מִמֶּ֑נּוּ וְאֶת־קָדְשֵׁ֧י בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל לֹ֥א תְחַלְּל֖וּ וְלֹ֥א תָמֽוּתוּ׃ פ‬ And you will bear no sin on account of it, when you heave up the best part of it, and you will not profane the holy things of the sons of Israel, so that you do not die.» ’ ” the best part of it ← its fat from it.
Nu 19:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron and said,
Nu 19:2 ‫זֹ֚את חֻקַּ֣ת הַתּוֹרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לֵאמֹ֑ר דַּבֵּ֣ר ׀ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל וְיִקְח֣וּ אֵלֶיךָ֩ פָרָ֨ה אֲדֻמָּ֜ה תְּמִימָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר אֵֽין־בָּהּ֙ מ֔וּם אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹא־עָלָ֥ה עָלֶ֖יהָ עֹֽל׃‬ “This is the statute of the law which the Lord has commanded, saying, ‘Tell the sons of Israel to bring to you a perfect red heifer, which has no blemish, on which no yoke has gone,
Nu 19:3 ‫וּנְתַתֶּ֣ם אֹתָ֔הּ אֶל־אֶלְעָזָ֖ר הַכֹּהֵ֑ן וְהוֹצִ֤יא אֹתָהּ֙ אֶל־מִח֣וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה וְשָׁחַ֥ט אֹתָ֖הּ לְפָנָֽיו׃‬ and you will give it to Eleazar the priest, and he will bring it outside the camp, and he will have it slaughtered in front of him. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

have it slaughtered ← slaughter it. For the causative sense, compare Ex 32:4, Ex 32:35.
Nu 19:4 ‫וְלָקַ֞ח אֶלְעָזָ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן מִדָּמָ֖הּ בְּאֶצְבָּע֑וֹ וְהִזָּ֞ה אֶל־נֹ֨כַח פְּנֵ֧י אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֛ד מִדָּמָ֖הּ שֶׁ֥בַע פְּעָמִֽים׃‬ And Eleazar the priest will take some of its blood on his finger, and he will sprinkle some of its blood straight in front of the tent of contact seven times. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 19:5 ‫וְשָׂרַ֥ף אֶת־הַפָּרָ֖ה לְעֵינָ֑יו אֶת־עֹרָ֤הּ וְאֶת־בְּשָׂרָהּ֙ וְאֶת־דָּמָ֔הּ עַל־פִּרְשָׁ֖הּ יִשְׂרֹֽף׃‬ And he will burn the heifer before his eyes – its skin and its flesh – and he will burn its blood with its dung.
Nu 19:6 ‫וְלָקַ֣ח הַכֹּהֵ֗ן עֵ֥ץ אֶ֛רֶז וְאֵז֖וֹב וּשְׁנִ֣י תוֹלָ֑עַת וְהִשְׁלִ֕יךְ אֶל־תּ֖וֹךְ שְׂרֵפַ֥ת הַפָּרָֽה׃‬ And the priest will take cedar wood and hyssop, and scarlet material, and he will throw them into the middle of the conflagration of the heifer.
Nu 19:7 ‫וְכִבֶּ֨ס בְּגָדָ֜יו הַכֹּהֵ֗ן וְרָחַ֤ץ בְּשָׂרוֹ֙ בַּמַּ֔יִם וְאַחַ֖ר יָב֣וֹא אֶל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה וְטָמֵ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן עַד־הָעָֽרֶב׃‬ Then the priest will wash his clothes, and he will wash his body with water, and after that he will go to the camp, and the priest will be unclean until the evening. body ← flesh.
Nu 19:8 ‫וְהַשֹּׂרֵ֣ף אֹתָ֔הּ יְכַבֵּ֤ס בְּגָדָיו֙ בַּמַּ֔יִם וְרָחַ֥ץ בְּשָׂר֖וֹ בַּמָּ֑יִם וְטָמֵ֖א עַד־הָעָֽרֶב׃‬ So he who burns it will wash his clothes in water and he will wash his body with water, and he will be unclean until the evening. body ← flesh.
Nu 19:9 ‫וְאָסַ֣ף ׀ אִ֣ישׁ טָה֗וֹר אֵ֚ת אֵ֣פֶר הַפָּרָ֔ה וְהִנִּ֛יחַ מִח֥וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֖ה בְּמָק֣וֹם טָה֑וֹר וְ֠הָיְתָה לַעֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל לְמִשְׁמֶ֛רֶת לְמֵ֥י נִדָּ֖ה חַטָּ֥את הִֽוא׃‬ And a man who is clean will collect the ashes of the heifer, and he will deposit them outside the camp in a clean place, and it will be a thing kept for the congregation of the sons of Israel, for water of impurity. It is a sin-offering. it: feminine (seen in the verb), discordant with ashes, so perhaps generalising, referring the rite as such.

impurity: the word is used of menstrual impurity.
Nu 19:10 ‫וְ֠כִבֶּס הָאֹסֵ֨ף אֶת־אֵ֤פֶר הַפָּרָה֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔יו וְטָמֵ֖א עַד־הָעָ֑רֶב וְֽהָיְתָ֞ה לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל וְלַגֵּ֛ר הַגָּ֥ר בְּתוֹכָ֖ם לְחֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָֽם׃‬ Then he who has collected the ashes of the heifer will wash his clothes, and he will be unclean until the evening, and it will be an age-abiding statute for the sons of Israel and for the foreigner who is temporarily resident in their midst.
Nu 19:11 ‫הַנֹּגֵ֥עַ בְּמֵ֖ת לְכָל־נֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֑ם וְטָמֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃‬ He who touches the dead body of any person will be unclean for seven days. any ← every.

person ← soul of a man.
Nu 19:12 ‫ה֣וּא יִתְחַטָּא־ב֞וֹ בַּיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֛י וּבַיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י יִטְהָ֑ר וְאִם־לֹ֨א יִתְחַטָּ֜א בַּיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֛י וּבַיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י לֹ֥א יִטְהָֽר׃‬ He will purify himself with it on the third day, and on the seventh day he will be clean, but if he does not purify himself on the third day, then on the seventh day he will not be clean.
Nu 19:13 ‫כָּֽל־הַנֹּגֵ֡עַ בְּמֵ֣ת בְּנֶפֶשׁ֩ הָאָדָ֨ם אֲשֶׁר־יָמ֜וּת וְלֹ֣א יִתְחַטָּ֗א אֶת־מִשְׁכַּ֤ן יְהוָה֙ טִמֵּ֔א וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כִּי֩ מֵ֨י נִדָּ֜ה לֹא־זֹרַ֤ק עָלָיו֙ טָמֵ֣א יִהְיֶ֔ה ע֖וֹד טֻמְאָת֥וֹ בֽוֹ׃‬ Everyone who touches the dead body of a man who has died and does not purify himself defiles the Lord's tabernacle, and that person will be cut off from Israel, for the water of impurity has not been sprinkled on him. He will be unclean – his uncleanness will still be on him. body ← soul.

person ← soul.

impurity: see Nu 19:9.
Nu 19:14 ‫זֹ֚את הַתּוֹרָ֔ה אָדָ֖ם כִּֽי־יָמ֣וּת בְּאֹ֑הֶל כָּל־הַבָּ֤א אֶל־הָאֹ֙הֶל֙ וְכָל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּאֹ֔הֶל יִטְמָ֖א שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃‬ This is the law: if a man dies in a tent, everyone who comes into the tent and everyone who is in the tent will be unclean for seven days.
Nu 19:15 ‫וְכֹל֙ כְּלִ֣י פָת֔וּחַ אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֵין־צָמִ֥יד פָּתִ֖יל עָלָ֑יו טָמֵ֖א הֽוּא׃‬ And every vessel that is open, which does not have a lid screwed on to it, is unclean. lid screwed ← lid of twisting.
Nu 19:16 ‫וְכֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁר־יִגַּ֜ע עַל־פְּנֵ֣י הַשָּׂדֶ֗ה בַּֽחֲלַל־חֶ֙רֶב֙ א֣וֹ בְמֵ֔ת אֽוֹ־בְעֶ֥צֶם אָדָ֖ם א֣וֹ בְקָ֑בֶר יִטְמָ֖א שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃‬ And anyone in an open field who touches anyone fallen by the sword or dead or a man's bone or a grave will be unclean for seven days. anyone ← everyone.

fallen ← wounded, killed or profaned.
Nu 19:17 ‫וְלָֽקְחוּ֙ לַטָּמֵ֔א מֵעֲפַ֖ר שְׂרֵפַ֣ת הַֽחַטָּ֑את וְנָתַ֥ן עָלָ֛יו מַ֥יִם חַיִּ֖ים אֶל־כֶּֽלִי׃‬ And they will take for him who is unclean some dust from the burnt sin-offering, and put running water on it in a vessel, burnt sin-offering ← burning of the sin-offering.

running ← living.
Nu 19:18 ‫וְלָקַ֨ח אֵז֜וֹב וְטָבַ֣ל בַּמַּיִם֮ אִ֣ישׁ טָהוֹר֒ וְהִזָּ֤ה עַל־הָאֹ֙הֶל֙ וְעַל־כָּל־הַכֵּלִ֔ים וְעַל־הַנְּפָשׁ֖וֹת אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָֽיוּ־שָׁ֑ם וְעַל־הַנֹּגֵ֗עַ בַּעֶ֙צֶם֙ א֣וֹ בֶֽחָלָ֔ל א֥וֹ בַמֵּ֖ת א֥וֹ בַקָּֽבֶר׃‬ and a clean man will take hyssop and dip it in the water and sprinkle it on the tent and on all the furnishings and on the people who were there, and on him who touched the bone or the fallen man or the dead or the grave. furnishings ← vessels, or equipment.

people ← souls.
Nu 19:19 ‫וְהִזָּ֤ה הַטָּהֹר֙ עַל־הַטָּמֵ֔א בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֖י וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֑י וְחִטְּאוֹ֙ בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י וְכִבֶּ֧ס בְּגָדָ֛יו וְרָחַ֥ץ בַּמַּ֖יִם וְטָהֵ֥ר בָּעָֽרֶב׃‬ And he who is clean will sprinkle it on him who is unclean, on the third day and on the seventh day, and he will purify him on the seventh day and he will wash his clothes and wash himself in water and he will be clean in the evening. him: AV's himself is unlikely, as the verb is piel, which is transitive rather than reflexive.
Nu 19:20 ‫וְאִ֤ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יִטְמָא֙ וְלֹ֣א יִתְחַטָּ֔א וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַקָּהָ֑ל כִּי֩ אֶת־מִקְדַּ֨שׁ יְהוָ֜ה טִמֵּ֗א מֵ֥י נִדָּ֛ה לֹא־זֹרַ֥ק עָלָ֖יו טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא׃‬ And as for any man who becomes unclean but does not expiate himself – that person will be cut off from the midst of the convocation, for he has defiled the Lord's sanctuary. The water of impurity was not sprinkled on him – he is unclean. person ← soul.

impurity: see Nu 19:9.
Nu 19:21 ‫וְהָיְתָ֥ה לָּהֶ֖ם לְחֻקַּ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם וּמַזֵּ֤ה מֵֽי־הַנִּדָּה֙ יְכַבֵּ֣ס בְּגָדָ֔יו וְהַנֹּגֵ֙עַ֙ בְּמֵ֣י הַנִּדָּ֔ה יִטְמָ֖א עַד־הָעָֽרֶב׃‬ And it will be an age-abiding statute to them, and he who sprinkles the water of impurity will wash his clothes, and he who touches the water of impurity will be unclean until the evening. impurity (2x): see Nu 19:9.
Nu 19:22 ‫וְכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יִגַּע־בּ֥וֹ הַטָּמֵ֖א יִטְמָ֑א וְהַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַנֹּגַ֖עַת תִּטְמָ֥א עַד־הָעָֽרֶב׃ פ‬ And anyone whom he who is unclean touches will become unclean, and any person who touches him will become unclean until the evening.’ ” anyone ← everyone.

person ← soul.
Nu 20:1 ‫וַיָּבֹ֣אוּ בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל כָּל־הָ֨עֵדָ֤ה מִדְבַּר־צִן֙ בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽרִאשׁ֔וֹן וַיֵּ֥שֶׁב הָעָ֖ם בְּקָדֵ֑שׁ וַתָּ֤מָת שָׁם֙ מִרְיָ֔ם וַתִּקָּבֵ֖ר שָֽׁם׃‬ And the sons of Israel – the whole congregation – came to the desert of Zin in the first month, and the people stayed in Kadesh, and Miriam died there and was buried there.
Nu 20:2 ‫וְלֹא־הָ֥יָה מַ֖יִם לָעֵדָ֑ה וַיִּקָּ֣הֲל֔וּ עַל־מֹשֶׁ֖ה וְעַֽל־אַהֲרֹֽן׃‬ And there was no water for the congregation, and they convened together against Moses and against Aaron.
Nu 20:3 ‫וַיָּ֥רֶב הָעָ֖ם עִם־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ לֵאמֹ֔ר וְל֥וּ גָוַ֛עְנוּ בִּגְוַ֥ע אַחֵ֖ינוּ לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ And the people contended with Moses and spoke and said, “If only we had expired when our brothers expired before the Lord.
Nu 20:4 ‫וְלָמָ֤ה הֲבֵאתֶם֙ אֶת־קְהַ֣ל יְהוָ֔ה אֶל־הַמִּדְבָּ֖ר הַזֶּ֑ה לָמ֣וּת שָׁ֔ם אֲנַ֖חְנוּ וּבְעִירֵֽנוּ׃‬ Now why have you brought the Lord's convocation to this desert to die here – us and our cattle? you: plural.

here ← there.
Nu 20:5 ‫וְלָמָ֤ה הֶֽעֱלִיתֻ֙נוּ֙ מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם לְהָבִ֣יא אֹתָ֔נוּ אֶל־הַמָּק֥וֹם הָרָ֖ע הַזֶּ֑ה לֹ֣א ׀ מְק֣וֹם זֶ֗רַע וּתְאֵנָ֤ה וְגֶ֙פֶן֙ וְרִמּ֔וֹן וּמַ֥יִם אַ֖יִן לִשְׁתּֽוֹת׃‬ And why have you brought us up from Egypt to bring us to this bad place? There is no place with seed or figs or vine or pomegranates, and there is no water to drink.” you: plural.
Nu 20:6 ‫וַיָּבֹא֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה וְאַהֲרֹ֜ן מִפְּנֵ֣י הַקָּהָ֗ל אֶל־פֶּ֙תַח֙ אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד וַֽיִּפְּל֖וּ עַל־פְּנֵיהֶ֑ם וַיֵּרָ֥א כְבוֹד־יְהוָ֖ה אֲלֵיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ Then Moses and Aaron went from the convocation to the entrance to the tent of contact, and they fell face down, and the glory of the Lord appeared to them. from ← from before.

face down ← on their faces.
Nu 20:7 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 20:8 ‫קַ֣ח אֶת־הַמַּטֶּ֗ה וְהַקְהֵ֤ל אֶת־הָעֵדָה֙ אַתָּה֙ וְאַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔יךָ וְדִבַּרְתֶּ֧ם אֶל־הַסֶּ֛לַע לְעֵינֵיהֶ֖ם וְנָתַ֣ן מֵימָ֑יו וְהוֹצֵאתָ֨ לָהֶ֥ם מַ֙יִם֙ מִן־הַסֶּ֔לַע וְהִשְׁקִיתָ֥ אֶת־הָעֵדָ֖ה וְאֶת־בְּעִירָֽם׃‬ “Take the rod and convene the congregation, you and Aaron your brother, and speak to the rock before your eyes and it will yield its water, and you will extract water from the rock for them, and you will give the congregation drink, and their cattle.”
Nu 20:9 ‫וַיִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־הַמַּטֶּ֖ה מִלִּפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּֽהוּ׃‬ So Moses took the rod from its place before the Lord as he had commanded him.
Nu 20:10 ‫וַיַּקְהִ֜לוּ מֹשֶׁ֧ה וְאַהֲרֹ֛ן אֶת־הַקָּהָ֖ל אֶל־פְּנֵ֣י הַסָּ֑לַע וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לָהֶ֗ם שִׁמְעוּ־נָא֙ הַמֹּרִ֔ים הֲמִן־הַסֶּ֣לַע הַזֶּ֔ה נוֹצִ֥יא לָכֶ֖ם מָֽיִם׃‬ And Moses and Aaron convened the convocation to in front of the rock, and he said to them, “Hear please, you rebels. Can we extract water from this rock for you?”
Nu 20:11 ‫וַיָּ֨רֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־יָד֗וֹ וַיַּ֧ךְ אֶת־הַסֶּ֛לַע בְּמַטֵּ֖הוּ פַּעֲמָ֑יִם וַיֵּצְאוּ֙ מַ֣יִם רַבִּ֔ים וַתֵּ֥שְׁתְּ הָעֵדָ֖ה וּבְעִירָֽם׃ ס‬ Then Moses lifted up his hand and struck the rock with the rod twice, whereupon much water came out, and the congregation and their cattle drank. whereupon: wider use of the vav.
Nu 20:12 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒ יַ֚עַן לֹא־הֶאֱמַנְתֶּ֣ם בִּ֔י לְהַ֨קְדִּישֵׁ֔נִי לְעֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לָכֵ֗ן לֹ֤א תָבִ֙יאוּ֙ אֶת־הַקָּהָ֣ל הַזֶּ֔ה אֶל־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תִּי לָהֶֽם׃‬ Then the Lord said to Moses and Aaron, “Because you did not believe me, by sanctifying me in the eyes of the sons of Israel, you will not bring this convocation into the land which I have given them.” by sanctifying: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 20:13 ‫הֵ֚מָּה מֵ֣י מְרִיבָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־רָב֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־יְהוָ֑ה וַיִּקָּדֵ֖שׁ בָּֽם׃ ס‬ This is the water of Meribah because the sons of Israel contended with the Lord, and he was sanctified by it. Meribah: contention.

by it: referring to the water. Alternatively translate through them, (the sons of Israel).
Nu 20:14 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֧ה מַלְאָכִ֛ים מִקָּדֵ֖שׁ אֶל־מֶ֣לֶךְ אֱד֑וֹם כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ אָחִ֣יךָ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַתָּ֣ה יָדַ֔עְתָּ אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַתְּלָאָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר מְצָאָֽתְנוּ׃‬ Then Moses sent messengers from Kadesh to the king of Edom, saying, “This is what your brother Israel says. You know all the trouble which has come our way, this is whatthus.

the trouble which has come our way ← the trouble which has found us, so the trouble which we have encountered. N.B. For trouble, [CB]= travel, (for AV's travail).
Nu 20:15 ‫וַיֵּרְד֤וּ אֲבֹתֵ֙ינוּ֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָה וַנֵּ֥שֶׁב בְּמִצְרַ֖יִם יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים וַיָּרֵ֥עוּ לָ֛נוּ מִצְרַ֖יִם וְלַאֲבֹתֵֽינוּ׃‬ how our fathers went down to Egypt and how we dwelt in Egypt for many days, and how Egypt afflicted us and our fathers, how (2x)and. Wider use of the vav, but the English idiom is not a relative conjunction of manner here.
Nu 20:16 ‫וַנִּצְעַ֤ק אֶל־יְהוָה֙ וַיִּשְׁמַ֣ע קֹלֵ֔נוּ וַיִּשְׁלַ֣ח מַלְאָ֔ךְ וַיֹּצִאֵ֖נוּ מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם וְהִנֵּה֙ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ בְקָדֵ֔שׁ עִ֖יר קְצֵ֥ה גְבוּלֶֽךָ׃‬ and how we cried out to the Lord and how he heeded us and sent an angel and led us out of Egypt, and so here we are in Kadesh, a town at the end of your territory. how (2x): see previous verse.

he heeded us ← he heard our voice.

here we arebehold us.

territory ← border.
Nu 20:17 ‫נַעְבְּרָה־נָּ֣א בְאַרְצֶ֗ךָ לֹ֤א נַעֲבֹר֙ בְּשָׂדֶ֣ה וּבְכֶ֔רֶם וְלֹ֥א נִשְׁתֶּ֖ה מֵ֣י בְאֵ֑ר דֶּ֧רֶךְ הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ נֵלֵ֗ךְ לֹ֤א נִטֶּה֙ יָמִ֣ין וּשְׂמֹ֔אול עַ֥ד אֲשֶֽׁר־נַעֲבֹ֖ר גְּבוּלֶֽךָ׃‬ Please let us cross your country. We will not cross by fields or by vineyards and we will not drink the water of the wells. We will take the royal route and we will not deviate to the right or to the left until we have crossed your country.” country ← border.
Nu 20:18 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָיו֙ אֱד֔וֹם לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר בִּ֑י פֶּן־בַּחֶ֖רֶב אֵצֵ֥א לִקְרָאתֶֽךָ׃‬ But Edom said to him, “You may not cross my country, otherwise I will come out against you with the sword.” cross my countrycross by / through me.
Nu 20:19 ‫וַיֹּאמְר֨וּ אֵלָ֥יו בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל בַּֽמְסִלָּ֣ה נַעֲלֶה֒ וְאִם־מֵימֶ֤יךָ נִשְׁתֶּה֙ אֲנִ֣י וּמִקְנַ֔י וְנָתַתִּ֖י מִכְרָ֑ם רַ֥ק אֵין־דָּבָ֖ר בְּרַגְלַ֥י אֶֽעֱבֹֽרָה׃‬ Then the sons of Israel said to him, “We will go up by the highway, and if we drink your water – I or my cattle – then I will pay the price of it, but there is no alternative: I will cross on foot.” there is no alternative ← just there (is) no thing / word (else). AV and [CB] have other possible translations.

on foot ← by my feet.
Nu 20:20 ‫וַיֹּ֖אמֶר לֹ֣א תַעֲבֹ֑ר וַיֵּצֵ֤א אֱדוֹם֙ לִקְרָאת֔וֹ בְּעַ֥ם כָּבֵ֖ד וּבְיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה׃‬ Then he said, “You may not cross.” And Edom came out against him with a considerable number of people and with a strong hand. considerable ← weighty.
Nu 20:21 ‫וַיְמָאֵ֣ן ׀ אֱד֗וֹם נְתֹן֙ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עֲבֹ֖ר בִּגְבֻל֑וֹ וַיֵּ֥ט יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵעָלָֽיו׃ פ‬ And Edom refused to give Israel passage through his territory, and Israel turned away from it. territory ← border.
Nu 20:22 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִקָּדֵ֑שׁ וַיָּבֹ֧אוּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל כָּל־הָעֵדָ֖ה הֹ֥ר הָהָֽר׃‬ So they moved on from Kadesh, and the sons of Israel – the whole congregation – came to Mount Hor.
Nu 20:23 ‫וַיֹּ֧אמֶר יְהוָ֛ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֖ן בְּהֹ֣ר הָהָ֑ר עַל־גְּב֥וּל אֶֽרֶץ־אֱד֖וֹם לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and Aaron at Mount Hor at the border of the land of Edom and said,
Nu 20:24 ‫יֵאָסֵ֤ף אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־עַמָּ֔יו כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יָבֹא֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֖תִּי לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל עַ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־מְרִיתֶ֥ם אֶת־פִּ֖י לְמֵ֥י מְרִיבָֽה׃‬ “Aaron will be gathered to his people, for he will not go into the land which I have given to the sons of Israel, because you rebelled against my word at the water of Meribah. you: plural.

word ← mouth.
Nu 20:25 ‫קַ֚ח אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹ֔ן וְאֶת־אֶלְעָזָ֖ר בְּנ֑וֹ וְהַ֥עַל אֹתָ֖ם הֹ֥ר הָהָֽר׃‬ Take Aaron and Eleazar his son and bring them up Mount Hor. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 20:26 ‫וְהַפְשֵׁ֤ט אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶת־בְּגָדָ֔יו וְהִלְבַּשְׁתָּ֖ם אֶת־אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בְּנ֑וֹ וְאַהֲרֹ֥ן יֵאָסֵ֖ף וּמֵ֥ת שָֽׁם׃‬ And strip Aaron of his clothes, and clothe Eleazar his son with them, and Aaron will be gathered up and die there.” Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 20:27 ‫וַיַּ֣עַשׂ מֹשֶׁ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּ֣ה יְהוָ֑ה וַֽיַּעֲלוּ֙ אֶל־הֹ֣ר הָהָ֔ר לְעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־הָעֵדָֽה׃‬ And Moses did as the Lord had commanded, and they went up into Mount Hor in the sight of the whole of the congregation. in the sight ← before the eyes.
Nu 20:28 ‫וַיַּפְשֵׁט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־בְּגָדָ֗יו וַיַּלְבֵּ֤שׁ אֹתָם֙ אֶת־אֶלְעָזָ֣ר בְּנ֔וֹ וַיָּ֧מָת אַהֲרֹ֛ן שָׁ֖ם בְּרֹ֣אשׁ הָהָ֑ר וַיֵּ֧רֶד מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֖ר מִן־הָהָֽר׃‬ And Moses stripped Aaron of his clothes, and he clothed Eleazar his son with them, and Aaron died there on the summit of the mountain. Then Moses and Eleazar came down from the mountain. Eleazar (2x): see Ex 6:23.
Nu 20:29 ‫וַיִּרְאוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה כִּ֥י גָוַ֖ע אַהֲרֹ֑ן וַיִּבְכּ֤וּ אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים י֔וֹם כֹּ֖ל בֵּ֥ית יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס‬ And all the congregation saw that Aaron had expired, and the whole house of Israel wept for Aaron for thirty days.
Nu 21:1 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֞ע הַכְּנַעֲנִ֤י מֶֽלֶךְ־עֲרָד֙ יֹשֵׁ֣ב הַנֶּ֔גֶב כִּ֚י בָּ֣א יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל דֶּ֖רֶךְ הָאֲתָרִ֑ים וַיִּלָּ֙חֶם֙ בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַיִּ֥שְׁבְּ ׀ מִמֶּ֖נּוּ שֶֽׁבִי׃‬ Now King Arad the Canaanite, who lived in the south, heard that Israel was coming by the route of Atharim, and he waged war against Israel, and took some of them prisoner. Atharim: a place name ([AnLx], [ST], [BDB], LXX). AV= spies (Syriac, Targum). As a Chaldee word, it means places, sites.
Nu 21:2 ‫וַיִּדַּ֨ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל נֶ֛דֶר לַֽיהוָ֖ה וַיֹּאמַ֑ר אִם־נָתֹ֨ן תִּתֵּ֜ן אֶת־הָעָ֤ם הַזֶּה֙ בְּיָדִ֔י וְהַֽחֲרַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־עָרֵיהֶֽם׃‬ Then Israel made a vow to the Lord and said, “If you decisively deliver this people into our hands, then we will destroy their cities.” decisively deliver: infinitive absolute.

our hands, then we ← my hand, then I. Collective usage of Israel.
Nu 21:3 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֨ע יְהוָ֜ה בְּק֣וֹל יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל וַיִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֔י וַיַּחֲרֵ֥ם אֶתְהֶ֖ם וְאֶת־עָרֵיהֶ֑ם וַיִּקְרָ֥א שֵׁם־הַמָּק֖וֹם חָרְמָֽה׃ פ‬ And the Lord heeded Israel and he delivered up the Canaanites, and they destroyed them and their cities, and they named the place Hormah. heeded Israel ← heard Israel's voice.

Canaanites ← Canaanite. Collective usage.

they (2x)he. Collective usage of Israel.
Nu 21:4 ‫וַיִּסְע֞וּ מֵהֹ֤ר הָהָר֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יַם־ס֔וּף לִסְבֹ֖ב אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ אֱד֑וֹם וַתִּקְצַ֥ר נֶֽפֶשׁ־הָעָ֖ם בַּדָּֽרֶךְ׃‬ Then they moved from Mount Hor by the route of the Red Sea, to go round the land of Edom, but the people became discouraged on the way. the people became discouraged ← the soul of the people became short.
Nu 21:5 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר הָעָ֗ם בֵּֽאלֹהִים֮ וּבְמֹשֶׁה֒ לָמָ֤ה הֶֽעֱלִיתֻ֙נוּ֙ מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם לָמ֖וּת בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין לֶ֙חֶם֙ וְאֵ֣ין מַ֔יִם וְנַפְשֵׁ֣נוּ קָ֔צָה בַּלֶּ֖חֶם הַקְּלֹקֵֽל׃‬ And the people spoke against God and Moses, saying, “Why have you brought us up from Egypt for us to die in the desert? For there is no bread and no water, and our being loathes this insubstantial bread.” being ← soul.
Nu 21:6 ‫וַיְשַׁלַּ֨ח יְהוָ֜ה בָּעָ֗ם אֵ֚ת הַנְּחָשִׁ֣ים הַשְּׂרָפִ֔ים וַֽיְנַשְּׁכ֖וּ אֶת־הָעָ֑ם וַיָּ֥מָת עַם־רָ֖ב מִיִּשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ At this the Lord sent fiery serpents on the people, and they bit the people, and many people of Israel died. at this: wider use of the vav.

fiery serpents ← the fiery serpents.
Nu 21:7 ‫וַיָּבֹא֩ הָעָ֨ם אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֜ה וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ חָטָ֗אנוּ כִּֽי־דִבַּ֤רְנוּ בַֽיהוָה֙ וָבָ֔ךְ הִתְפַּלֵּל֙ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְיָסֵ֥ר מֵעָלֵ֖ינוּ אֶת־הַנָּחָ֑שׁ וַיִּתְפַּלֵּ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה בְּעַ֥ד הָעָֽם׃‬ Then the people came to Moses and said, “We have sinned against the Lord and against you. Pray to the Lord that he removes the serpents from us.” And Moses prayed for the people. serpents ← serpent. Collective usage.
Nu 21:8 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה עֲשֵׂ֤ה לְךָ֙ שָׂרָ֔ף וְשִׂ֥ים אֹת֖וֹ עַל־נֵ֑ס וְהָיָה֙ כָּל־הַנָּשׁ֔וּךְ וְרָאָ֥ה אֹת֖וֹ וָחָֽי׃‬ Then the Lord said to Moses, “Make yourself a fiery serpent and put it on a standard, and it will come to pass that everyone who has been bitten but who looks at it, will live.”
Nu 21:9 ‫וַיַּ֤עַשׂ מֹשֶׁה֙ נְחַ֣שׁ נְחֹ֔שֶׁת וַיְשִׂמֵ֖הוּ עַל־הַנֵּ֑ס וְהָיָ֗ה אִם־נָשַׁ֤ךְ הַנָּחָשׁ֙ אֶת־אִ֔ישׁ וְהִבִּ֛יט אֶל־נְחַ֥שׁ הַנְּחֹ֖שֶׁת וָחָֽי׃‬ So Moses made a copper serpent and put it on the standard, and it came to pass that if a serpent had bitten a man, and he beheld the copper serpent, he lived. Jn 3:14.

copper serpent: the two words are from the same root, nun-heth-shin, or from two homonymic roots.
Nu 21:10 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּאֹבֹֽת׃‬ Then the sons of Israel moved on, and encamped at Oboth.
Nu 21:11 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵאֹבֹ֑ת וַֽיַּחֲנ֞וּ בְּעִיֵּ֣י הָֽעֲבָרִ֗ים בַּמִּדְבָּר֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־פְּנֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב מִמִּזְרַ֖ח הַשָּֽׁמֶשׁ׃‬ Then they moved on from Oboth and encamped at the ruins of Abarim in the desert which is alongside Moab, towards the sunrise. ruins of Abarim: AV= Ije-abarim.

the sunrise: i.e. the east.
Nu 21:12 ‫מִשָּׁ֖ם נָסָ֑עוּ וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּנַ֥חַל זָֽרֶד׃‬ From there they moved on and encamped at the Brook of Zered. Zered: AV here = Zared, the pausal form. See Gn 4:2. But AV in Dt 2:13, Dt 2:14 has Zered.
Nu 21:13 ‫מִשָּׁם֮ נָסָעוּ֒ וַֽיַּחֲנ֗וּ מֵעֵ֤בֶר אַרְנוֹן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר הַיֹּצֵ֖א מִגְּב֣וּל הָֽאֱמֹרִ֑י כִּ֤י אַרְנוֹן֙ גְּב֣וּל מוֹאָ֔ב בֵּ֥ין מוֹאָ֖ב וּבֵ֥ין הָאֱמֹרִֽי׃‬ From there they moved on and encamped at the other side of the Arnon, which is in the desert, which comes out of the territory of the Amorites, for the Arnon is the border of Moab, between Moab and the Amorites. territory ← border.

Amorites (2x): see Gn 10:16.
Nu 21:14 ‫עַל־כֵּן֙ יֵֽאָמַ֔ר בְּסֵ֖פֶר מִלְחֲמֹ֣ת יְהוָ֑ה אֶת־וָהֵ֣ב בְּסוּפָ֔ה וְאֶת־הַנְּחָלִ֖ים אַרְנֽוֹן׃‬ This is why it relates in the Book of the Wars of the Lord,

“Vaheb in the whirlwind

And the brooks of Arnon,

whirlwind: AV= Red Sea, which is suph, not suphah.
Nu 21:15 ‫וְאֶ֙שֶׁד֙ הַנְּחָלִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָטָ֖ה לְשֶׁ֣בֶת עָ֑ר וְנִשְׁעַ֖ן לִגְב֥וּל מוֹאָֽב׃‬

And the outpouring of the brooks,

Which turns to the dwelling of Ar

And adjoins the border of Moab.”

Nu 21:16 ‫וּמִשָּׁ֖ם בְּאֵ֑רָה הִ֣וא הַבְּאֵ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ לְמֹשֶׁ֔ה אֱסֹף֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם וְאֶתְּנָ֥ה לָהֶ֖ם מָֽיִם׃ ס‬ And from there they moved to Beer, which is the well where the Lord said to Moses, “Gather the people and I will give them water.”
Nu 21:17 ‫אָ֚ז יָשִׁ֣יר יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶת־הַשִּׁירָ֖ה הַזֹּ֑את עֲלִ֥י בְאֵ֖ר עֱנוּ־לָֽהּ׃‬ Then Israel sang this song,

“Spring up, O well,

Sing in response to it.

Nu 21:18 ‫בְּאֵ֞ר חֲפָר֣וּהָ שָׂרִ֗ים כָּר֙וּהָ֙ נְדִיבֵ֣י הָעָ֔ם בִּמְחֹקֵ֖ק בְּמִשְׁעֲנֹתָ֑ם וּמִמִּדְבָּ֖ר מַתָּנָֽה׃‬

As for the well, princes dug it,

The nobles of the people excavated it,

With lawgivers with their staffs,

And this in the desert at Mattanah.”

Nu 21:19 ‫וּמִמַּתָּנָ֖ה נַחֲלִיאֵ֑ל וּמִנַּחֲלִיאֵ֖ל בָּמֽוֹת׃‬ And they moved from Mattanah to Nahaliel, and from Nahaliel to Bamoth,
Nu 21:20 ‫וּמִבָּמ֗וֹת הַגַּיְא֙ אֲשֶׁר֙ בִּשְׂדֵ֣ה מוֹאָ֔ב רֹ֖אשׁ הַפִּסְגָּ֑ה וְנִשְׁקָ֖פָה עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הַיְשִׁימֹֽן׃ פ‬ and from the Valley of Bamoth which is in the open country of Moab to the summit of Pisgah, which overlooks the area of Jeshimon. area ← face, surface.
Nu 21:21 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ מַלְאָכִ֔ים אֶל־סִיחֹ֥ן מֶֽלֶךְ־הָאֱמֹרִ֖י לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then Israel sent messengers to Sihon the king of the Amorites, and said, Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 21:22 ‫אֶעְבְּרָ֣ה בְאַרְצֶ֗ךָ לֹ֤א נִטֶּה֙ בְּשָׂדֶ֣ה וּבְכֶ֔רֶם לֹ֥א נִשְׁתֶּ֖ה מֵ֣י בְאֵ֑ר בְּדֶ֤רֶךְ הַמֶּ֙לֶךְ֙ נֵלֵ֔ךְ עַ֥ד אֲשֶֽׁר־נַעֲבֹ֖ר גְּבֻלֶֽךָ׃‬ We would like to cross your country. We will not deviate through field or vineyard, and we will not drink well-water, but we will go by the royal road, until we have crossed your territory.” we ← I, Israel being used collectively.

territory ← border.
Nu 21:23 ‫וְלֹא־נָתַ֨ן סִיחֹ֣ן אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ עֲבֹ֣ר בִּגְבֻלוֹ֒ וַיֶּאֱסֹ֨ף סִיחֹ֜ן אֶת־כָּל־עַמּ֗וֹ וַיֵּצֵ֞א לִקְרַ֤את יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ הַמִּדְבָּ֔רָה וַיָּבֹ֖א יָ֑הְצָה וַיִּלָּ֖חֶם בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ But Sihon did not allow Israel to cross his territory, and Sihon gathered all his people and he went out against Israel into the desert. And he went to Jahaz and fought against Israel.
Nu 21:24 ‫וַיַּכֵּ֥הוּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְפִי־חָ֑רֶב וַיִּירַ֨שׁ אֶת־אַרְצ֜וֹ מֵֽאַרְנֹ֗ן עַד־יַבֹּק֙ עַד־בְּנֵ֣י עַמּ֔וֹן כִּ֣י עַ֔ז גְּב֖וּל בְּנֵ֥י עַמּֽוֹן׃‬ But Israel struck him by the blade of the sword, and came into possession of his land from the Arnon to the Jabbok, up to the sons of Ammon, for the territory of the sons of Ammon was strongly held. territory ← border.
Nu 21:25 ‫וַיִּקַּח֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֵ֥ת כָּל־הֶעָרִ֖ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה וַיֵּ֤שֶׁב יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּכָל־עָרֵ֣י הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י בְּחֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן וּבְכָל־בְּנֹתֶֽיהָ׃‬ So Israel took all these cities, and Israel lived in all the cities of the Amorites, in Heshbon and all its satellite towns. satellite towns ← daughters.

Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 21:26 ‫כִּ֣י חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן עִ֗יר סִיחֹ֛ן מֶ֥לֶךְ הָאֱמֹרִ֖י הִ֑וא וְה֣וּא נִלְחַ֗ם בְּמֶ֤לֶךְ מוֹאָב֙ הָֽרִאשׁ֔וֹן וַיִּקַּ֧ח אֶת־כָּל־אַרְצ֛וֹ מִיָּד֖וֹ עַד־אַרְנֹֽן׃‬ For Heshbon is the city of Sihon the king of the Amorites, and he had fought against the first king of Moab, and had taken all his land from his control as far as the Arnon. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.

control ← hand.
Nu 21:27 ‫עַל־כֵּ֛ן יֹאמְר֥וּ הַמֹּשְׁלִ֖ים בֹּ֣אוּ חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן תִּבָּנֶ֥ה וְתִכּוֹנֵ֖ן עִ֥יר סִיחֽוֹן׃‬ This is why those who speak in proverbs say,

“Come to Heshbon;

The city of Sihon

Will be built up and established.

Nu 21:28 ‫כִּי־אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽחֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִקִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן אָֽכְלָה֙ עָ֣ר מוֹאָ֔ב בַּעֲלֵ֖י בָּמ֥וֹת אַרְנֹֽן׃‬

For fire went out from Heshbon,

A flame from the town of Sihon.

It consumed Ar of Moab,

And the lords of the heights of Arnon.

|| Jer 48:45.
Nu 21:29 ‫אוֹי־לְךָ֣ מוֹאָ֔ב אָבַ֖דְתָּ עַם־כְּמ֑וֹשׁ נָתַ֨ן בָּנָ֤יו פְּלֵיטִם֙ וּבְנֹתָ֣יו בַּשְּׁבִ֔ית לְמֶ֥לֶךְ אֱמֹרִ֖י סִיחֽוֹן׃‬

Woe to you, Moab;

You have been ruined,

O people of Chemosh.

He has made its sons fugitives,

And taken its daughters into the captivity

Of Sihon the king of the Amorites.

|| Jer 48:46.

Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 21:30 ‫וַנִּירָ֛ם אָבַ֥ד חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן עַד־דִּיב֑וֹן וַנַּשִּׁ֣ים עַד־נֹ֔פַח אֲשֶׁ֖רׄ עַד־מֵֽידְבָֽא׃‬

But we have shot them down;

Heshbon has been ruined up to Dibon,

And we have laid them waste

As far as Nophah

Which extends to Medeba.”

which: with a supralinear dot over the resh. See [CB, appendix 31]. [CB] then reads the word as men.
Nu 21:31 ‫וַיֵּ֙שֶׁב֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּאֶ֖רֶץ הָאֱמֹרִֽי׃‬ Then Israel dwelt in the land of the Amorites. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 21:32 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח מֹשֶׁה֙ לְרַגֵּ֣ל אֶת־יַעְזֵ֔ר וַֽיִּלְכְּד֖וּ בְּנֹתֶ֑יהָ *ויירש **וַיּ֖וֹרֶשׁ אֶת־הָאֱמֹרִ֥י אֲשֶׁר־שָֽׁם׃‬ Then Moses sent spies to spy out Jaazer, and they captured its satellite towns, and he dispossessed the Amorites who were there. he dispossessed: the ketiv (qal stem-formation) and qeré (hiphil stem-formation) are similar words with the same meaning.

Jaazer ← Ja'zer, but we retain the AV / traditional English spelling. Jaazer represents the consonant ayin by an a. Sometimes the AV has Jazer.

satellite towns ← its daughters.

Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 21:33 ‫וַיִּפְנוּ֙ וַֽיַּעֲל֔וּ דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֑ן וַיֵּצֵ֣א עוֹג֩ מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָׁ֨ן לִקְרָאתָ֜ם ה֧וּא וְכָל־עַמּ֛וֹ לַמִּלְחָמָ֖ה אֶדְרֶֽעִי׃‬ Then they turned and went up the road to Bashan, and Og the king of Bashan came out against them – he and all his people – to the battle at Edrei. Bashan (2x)the Bashan.
Nu 21:34 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ אַל־תִּירָ֣א אֹת֔וֹ כִּ֣י בְיָדְךָ֞ נָתַ֧תִּי אֹת֛וֹ וְאֶת־כָּל־עַמּ֖וֹ וְאֶת־אַרְצ֑וֹ וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ לּ֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֗יתָ לְסִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּחֶשְׁבּֽוֹן׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “Do not be afraid of him, for I will deliver him and all his people into your hand, and his land, and you will deal with him as you dealt with Sihon king of the Amorites who was living in Heshbon.” Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 21:35 ‫וַיַּכּ֨וּ אֹת֤וֹ וְאֶת־בָּנָיו֙ וְאֶת־כָּל־עַמּ֔וֹ עַד־בִּלְתִּ֥י הִשְׁאִֽיר־ל֖וֹ שָׂרִ֑יד וַיִּֽירְשׁ֖וּ אֶת־אַרְצֽוֹ׃‬ And they struck him and his sons and all his people, so much so that he had no survivors left. And they took possession of his land.
Nu 22:1 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ בְּעַֽרְב֣וֹת מוֹאָ֔ב מֵעֵ֖בֶר לְיַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵחֽוֹ׃ ס‬ Then the sons of Israel moved and encamped in the arid tracts of Moab, across the Jordan at Jericho.
Nu 22:2 ‫וַיַּ֥רְא בָּלָ֖ק בֶּן־צִפּ֑וֹר אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לָֽאֱמֹרִֽי׃‬ And Balak the son of Zippor saw everything that Israel had done to the Amorites, Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 22:3 ‫וַיָּ֨גָר מוֹאָ֜ב מִפְּנֵ֥י הָעָ֛ם מְאֹ֖ד כִּ֣י רַב־ה֑וּא וַיָּ֣קָץ מוֹאָ֔ב מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ and Moab was very afraid of the people, for it was great. And Moab felt revulsion at the sons of Israel,
Nu 22:4 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר מוֹאָ֜ב אֶל־זִקְנֵ֣י מִדְיָ֗ן עַתָּ֞ה יְלַחֲכ֤וּ הַקָּהָל֙ אֶת־כָּל־סְבִ֣יבֹתֵ֔ינוּ כִּלְחֹ֣ךְ הַשּׁ֔וֹר אֵ֖ת יֶ֣רֶק הַשָּׂדֶ֑ה וּבָלָ֧ק בֶּן־צִפּ֛וֹר מֶ֥לֶךְ לְמוֹאָ֖ב בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִֽוא׃‬ and Moab said to the elders of Midian, “The convocation will now lick up all our surroundings as the ox licks up the greenery of the field.” Now Balak the son of Zippor was king of Moab at that time,
Nu 22:5 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח מַלְאָכִ֜ים אֶל־בִּלְעָ֣ם בֶּן־בְּע֗וֹר פְּ֠תוֹרָה אֲשֶׁ֧ר עַל־הַנָּהָ֛ר אֶ֥רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֖וֹ לִקְרֹא־ל֑וֹ לֵאמֹ֗ר הִ֠נֵּה עַ֣ם יָצָ֤א מִמִּצְרַ֙יִם֙ הִנֵּ֤ה כִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָאָ֔רֶץ וְה֥וּא יֹשֵׁ֖ב מִמֻּלִֽי׃‬ and he sent messengers to Balaam the son of Beor, to Pethor, which is on the river of the land of the sons of his people, to call for him, and they said, “Look, a people has come out of Egypt, and look, it has covered the surface of the land, and they are living opposite me. Balaam ← Bil'am, the first syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

surface ← eye.
Nu 22:6 ‫וְעַתָּה֩ לְכָה־נָּ֨א אָֽרָה־לִּ֜י אֶת־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֗ה כִּֽי־עָצ֥וּם הוּא֙ מִמֶּ֔נִּי אוּלַ֤י אוּכַל֙ נַכֶּה־בּ֔וֹ וַאֲגָרְשֶׁ֖נּוּ מִן־הָאָ֑רֶץ כִּ֣י יָדַ֗עְתִּי אֵ֤ת אֲשֶׁר־תְּבָרֵךְ֙ מְבֹרָ֔ךְ וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר תָּאֹ֖ר יוּאָֽר׃‬ So now, please come and curse this people for me, for it is stronger than me, and maybe I will prevail and we can strike them and I can drive them from the land, for I know that what you bless is blessed and what you curse is cursed.” than me: or, if the reader prefers, than I.
Nu 22:7 ‫וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ זִקְנֵ֤י מוֹאָב֙ וְזִקְנֵ֣י מִדְיָ֔ן וּקְסָמִ֖ים בְּיָדָ֑ם וַיָּבֹ֙אוּ֙ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֔ם וַיְדַבְּר֥וּ אֵלָ֖יו דִּבְרֵ֥י בָלָֽק׃‬ So the elders of Moab and the elders of Midian went with divining payment in their hand, and they came to Balaam and quoted Balak's words to him. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:8 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם לִ֤ינוּ פֹה֙ הַלַּ֔יְלָה וַהֲשִׁבֹתִ֤י אֶתְכֶם֙ דָּבָ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר יְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑י וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ שָׂרֵֽי־מוֹאָ֖ב עִם־בִּלְעָֽם׃‬ And he said to them, “Lodge here tonight, and I will report to you according to what the Lord says to me.” So Moab's dignitaries stayed with Balaam. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:9 ‫וַיָּבֹ֥א אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־בִּלְעָ֑ם וַיֹּ֕אמֶר מִ֛י הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה עִמָּֽךְ׃‬ And God came to Balaam, and asked, “Who are these men with you?” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

asked ← said.
Nu 22:10 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר בִּלְעָ֖ם אֶל־הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים בָּלָ֧ק בֶּן־צִפֹּ֛ר מֶ֥לֶךְ מוֹאָ֖ב שָׁלַ֥ח אֵלָֽי׃‬ And Balaam said to God, “Balak the son of Zippor, the king of Moab, sent them to me and they said, Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:11 ‫הִנֵּ֤ה הָעָם֙ הַיֹּצֵ֣א מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם וַיְכַ֖ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָאָ֑רֶץ עַתָּ֗ה לְכָ֤ה קָֽבָה־לִּי֙ אֹת֔וֹ אוּלַ֥י אוּכַ֛ל לְהִלָּ֥חֶם בּ֖וֹ וְגֵרַשְׁתִּֽיו׃‬ ‘Look, the people who came out of Egypt have covered the surface of the land. Now please come and curse them for me, then maybe I will be able to fight them and drive them out.’ ” the people: singular in Hebrew in this verse and the next, and in some other verses, but we often translate as plural. Collective usage.
Nu 22:12 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֔ם לֹ֥א תֵלֵ֖ךְ עִמָּהֶ֑ם לֹ֤א תָאֹר֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם כִּ֥י בָר֖וּךְ הֽוּא׃‬ And God said to Balaam, “You shall not go with them. You shall not curse the people, for they are blessed.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:13 ‫וַיָּ֤קָם בִּלְעָם֙ בַּבֹּ֔קֶר וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ אֶל־שָׂרֵ֣י בָלָ֔ק לְכ֖וּ אֶֽל־אַרְצְכֶ֑ם כִּ֚י מֵאֵ֣ן יְהוָ֔ה לְתִתִּ֖י לַהֲלֹ֥ךְ עִמָּכֶֽם׃‬ And Balaam arose in the morning and said to Balak's dignitaries, “Go to your own country, for the Lord refuses to allow me to go with you.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:14 ‫וַיָּק֙וּמוּ֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ אֶל־בָּלָ֑ק וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ מֵאֵ֥ן בִּלְעָ֖ם הֲלֹ֥ךְ עִמָּֽנוּ׃‬ So Moab's dignitaries arose and went to Balak and said, “Balaam refuses to go with us.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:15 ‫וַיֹּ֥סֶף ע֖וֹד בָּלָ֑ק שְׁלֹ֣חַ שָׂרִ֔ים רַבִּ֥ים וְנִכְבָּדִ֖ים מֵאֵֽלֶּה׃‬ Then Balak sent dignitaries again, more of them, and more honourable ones, than those. again ← addded ... again. Pleonastic rather than multiplying the occurrences.
Nu 22:16 ‫וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֑ם וַיֹּ֣אמְרוּ ל֗וֹ כֹּ֤ה אָמַר֙ בָּלָ֣ק בֶּן־צִפּ֔וֹר אַל־נָ֥א תִמָּנַ֖ע מֵהֲלֹ֥ךְ אֵלָֽי׃‬ And they came to Balaam, and they said to him, “This is what Balak the son of Zippor says, ‘Do not, please, refrain from coming to me. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

this is whatthus.
Nu 22:17 ‫כִּֽי־כַבֵּ֤ד אֲכַבֶּדְךָ֙ מְאֹ֔ד וְכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאמַ֥ר אֵלַ֖י אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה וּלְכָה־נָּא֙ קָֽבָה־לִּ֔י אֵ֖ת הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ For I will certainly honour you greatly, and I will carry out everything you say to me, so please come, and curse this people for me.’ ” I will certainly honour you: infinitive absolute.
Nu 22:18 ‫וַיַּ֣עַן בִּלְעָ֗ם וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ אֶל־עַבְדֵ֣י בָלָ֔ק אִם־יִתֶּן־לִ֥י בָלָ֛ק מְלֹ֥א בֵית֖וֹ כֶּ֣סֶף וְזָהָ֑ב לֹ֣א אוּכַ֗ל לַעֲבֹר֙ אֶת־פִּי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֔י לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת קְטַנָּ֖ה א֥וֹ גְדוֹלָֽה׃‬ Then Balaam answered and said to the Balak's servants, “Even if Balak gives me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot transgress the word of the Lord my God, by doing anything small or great. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

word ← mouth.

by doing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 22:19 ‫וְעַתָּ֗ה שְׁב֨וּ נָ֥א בָזֶ֛ה גַּם־אַתֶּ֖ם הַלָּ֑יְלָה וְאֵ֣דְעָ֔ה מַה־יֹּסֵ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה דַּבֵּ֥ר עִמִּֽי׃‬ And now, please remain here, you also, tonight, and I will find out what else the Lord says to me.”
Nu 22:20 ‫וַיָּבֹ֨א אֱלֹהִ֥ים ׀ אֶל־בִּלְעָם֮ לַיְלָה֒ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר ל֗וֹ אִם־לִקְרֹ֤א לְךָ֙ בָּ֣אוּ הָאֲנָשִׁ֔ים ק֖וּם לֵ֣ךְ אִתָּ֑ם וְאַ֗ךְ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֛ר אֲשֶׁר־אֲדַבֵּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖יךָ אֹת֥וֹ תַעֲשֶֽׂה׃‬ And God came to Balaam by night and said to him, “If the men come and call for you, arise and go with them, but you will surely carry out the words which I will speak to you.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

words ← word, speech, thing.
Nu 22:21 ‫וַיָּ֤קָם בִּלְעָם֙ בַּבֹּ֔קֶר וַֽיַּחֲבֹ֖שׁ אֶת־אֲתֹנ֑וֹ וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ עִם־שָׂרֵ֥י מוֹאָֽב׃‬ So Balaam arose in the morning, and saddled his she-ass, and he went with Moab's dignitaries. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

she-ass: Balaam's ass is specifically a jenny, but we translate ass further on.
Nu 22:22 ‫וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף אֱלֹהִים֮ כִּֽי־הוֹלֵ֣ךְ הוּא֒ וַיִּתְיַצֵּ֞ב מַלְאַ֧ךְ יְהוָ֛ה בַּדֶּ֖רֶךְ לְשָׂטָ֣ן ל֑וֹ וְהוּא֙ רֹכֵ֣ב עַל־אֲתֹנ֔וֹ וּשְׁנֵ֥י נְעָרָ֖יו עִמּֽוֹ׃‬ Then God's anger was kindled because he went, and the angel of the Lord stationed himself on the road, in opposition to him, while he was riding on his ass, and his two servants were with him.
Nu 22:23 ‫וַתֵּ֣רֶא הָאָתוֹן֩ אֶת־מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהוָ֜ה נִצָּ֣ב בַּדֶּ֗רֶךְ וְחַרְבּ֤וֹ שְׁלוּפָה֙ בְּיָד֔וֹ וַתֵּ֤ט הָֽאָתוֹן֙ מִן־הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וַתֵּ֖לֶךְ בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה וַיַּ֤ךְ בִּלְעָם֙ אֶת־הָ֣אָת֔וֹן לְהַטֹּתָ֖הּ הַדָּֽרֶךְ׃‬ And the ass saw the angel of the Lord standing in the way, with his sword drawn in his hand, and the ass turned aside from the way and went into the field. Then Balaam struck the ass to turn it to the road. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:24 ‫וַֽיַּעֲמֹד֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה בְּמִשְׁע֖וֹל הַכְּרָמִ֑ים גָּדֵ֥ר מִזֶּ֖ה וְגָדֵ֥ר מִזֶּֽה׃‬ But the angel of the Lord stood on the track of the vineyards, there being a fence on each side.
Nu 22:25 ‫וַתֵּ֨רֶא הָאָת֜וֹן אֶת־מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֗ה וַתִּלָּחֵץ֙ אֶל־הַקִּ֔יר וַתִּלְחַ֛ץ אֶת־רֶ֥גֶל בִּלְעָ֖ם אֶל־הַקִּ֑יר וַיֹּ֖סֶף לְהַכֹּתָֽהּ׃‬ And the ass saw the angel of the Lord, and it squeezed itself against the wall, and it squeezed Balaam's foot against the wall, and he struck it again. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:26 ‫וַיּ֥וֹסֶף מַלְאַךְ־יְהוָ֖ה עֲב֑וֹר וַֽיַּעֲמֹד֙ בְּמָק֣וֹם צָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֛ר אֵֽין־דֶּ֥רֶךְ לִנְט֖וֹת יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאול׃‬ Then the angel of the Lord came across again, and stood in a narrow spot where there was no room to turn to the right or to the left.
Nu 22:27 ‫וַתֵּ֤רֶא הָֽאָתוֹן֙ אֶת־מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה וַתִּרְבַּ֖ץ תַּ֣חַת בִּלְעָ֑ם וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף בִּלְעָ֔ם וַיַּ֥ךְ אֶת־הָאָת֖וֹן בַּמַּקֵּֽל׃‬ And the ass saw the angel of the Lord, and it lay down under Balaam, and Balaam's anger was kindled, and he struck the ass with his stick. Balaam (2x): see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:28 ‫וַיִּפְתַּ֥ח יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־פִּ֣י הָאָת֑וֹן וַתֹּ֤אמֶר לְבִלְעָם֙ מֶה־עָשִׂ֣יתִֽי לְךָ֔ כִּ֣י הִכִּיתַ֔נִי זֶ֖ה שָׁלֹ֥שׁ רְגָלִֽים׃‬ Then the Lord opened the ass's mouth, and it said to Balaam, “What have I done to you, that you should strike me these three times?” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:29 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר בִּלְעָם֙ לָֽאָת֔וֹן כִּ֥י הִתְעַלַּ֖לְתְּ בִּ֑י ל֤וּ יֶשׁ־חֶ֙רֶב֙ בְּיָדִ֔י כִּ֥י עַתָּ֖ה הֲרַגְתִּֽיךְ׃‬ And Balaam said to the ass, “Because you are fooling around with me. If only I had a sword in my hand, then I would kill you now.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:30 ‫וַתֹּ֨אמֶר הָאָת֜וֹן אֶל־בִּלְעָ֗ם הֲלוֹא֩ אָנֹכִ֨י אֲתֹֽנְךָ֜ אֲשֶׁר־רָכַ֣בְתָּ עָלַ֗י מֵעֽוֹדְךָ֙ עַד־הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה הַֽהַסְכֵּ֣ן הִסְכַּ֔נְתִּי לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לְךָ֖ כֹּ֑ה וַיֹּ֖אמֶר לֹֽא׃‬ Then the ass said to Balaam, “Am I not your ass upon which you have ridden for as long as you have existed up to this day? Am I in any way accustomed to behave this way to you?” And he said, “No.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

am I in any way accustomed: infinitive absolute.
Nu 22:31 ‫וַיְגַ֣ל יְהוָה֮ אֶת־עֵינֵ֣י בִלְעָם֒ וַיַּ֞רְא אֶת־מַלְאַ֤ךְ יְהוָה֙ נִצָּ֣ב בַּדֶּ֔רֶךְ וְחַרְבּ֥וֹ שְׁלֻפָ֖ה בְּיָד֑וֹ וַיִּקֹּ֥ד וַיִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לְאַפָּֽיו׃‬ Then the Lord unveiled Balaam's eyes, and he saw the angel of the Lord standing in the way with his sword drawn in his hand. And he bowed down and prostrated himself face down. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

face downto his face.
Nu 22:32 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָיו֙ מַלְאַ֣ךְ יְהוָ֔ה עַל־מָ֗ה הִכִּ֙יתָ֙ אֶת־אֲתֹ֣נְךָ֔ זֶ֖ה שָׁל֣וֹשׁ רְגָלִ֑ים הִנֵּ֤ה אָנֹכִי֙ יָצָ֣אתִי לְשָׂטָ֔ן כִּֽי־יָרַ֥ט הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ לְנֶגְדִּֽי׃‬ Then the angel of the Lord said to him, “Why did you strike your ass those three times? Look, I have come out in opposition, because your way is perverse before me.
Nu 22:33 ‫וַתִּרְאַ֙נִי֙ הָֽאָת֔וֹן וַתֵּ֣ט לְפָנַ֔י זֶ֖ה שָׁלֹ֣שׁ רְגָלִ֑ים אוּלַי֙ נָטְתָ֣ה מִפָּנַ֔י כִּ֥י עַתָּ֛ה גַּם־אֹתְכָ֥ה הָרַ֖גְתִּי וְאוֹתָ֥הּ הֶחֱיֵֽיתִי׃‬ And the ass saw me and turned aside before me those three times. Unless it had turned aside from me, it's you I would have killed by now, but I would have preserved it alive.” from me ← from before me.
Nu 22:34 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר בִּלְעָ֜ם אֶל־מַלְאַ֤ךְ יְהוָה֙ חָטָ֔אתִי כִּ֚י לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתִּי כִּ֥י אַתָּ֛ה נִצָּ֥ב לִקְרָאתִ֖י בַּדָּ֑רֶךְ וְעַתָּ֛ה אִם־רַ֥ע בְּעֵינֶ֖יךָ אָשׁ֥וּבָה לִּֽי׃‬ Then Balaam said to the angel of the Lord, “I have sinned, for I did not know that you were standing facing me on the road. So now, if this matter is wrong in your sight, I had better go back.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

I had better go back ← I will go back for myself. Idiomatic usage. Perhaps an ethic dative (attracting the attention of the person addressed, emphasizing involvement).
Nu 22:35 ‫וַיֹּאמֶר֩ מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־בִּלְעָ֗ם לֵ֚ךְ עִם־הָ֣אֲנָשִׁ֔ים וְאֶ֗פֶס אֶת־הַדָּבָ֛ר אֲשֶׁר־אֲדַבֵּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖יךָ אֹת֣וֹ תְדַבֵּ֑ר וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ בִּלְעָ֖ם עִם־שָׂרֵ֥י בָלָֽק׃‬ Then the angel of the Lord said to Balaam, “Go with the men; however, the word which I will speak to you is what you will speak.” So Balaam went with Balak's dignitaries. Balaam (2x): see Nu 22:5.

word: see Nu 22:20.
Nu 22:36 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֥ע בָּלָ֖ק כִּ֣י בָ֣א בִלְעָ֑ם וַיֵּצֵ֨א לִקְרָאת֜וֹ אֶל־עִ֣יר מוֹאָ֗ב אֲשֶׁר֙ עַל־גְּב֣וּל אַרְנֹ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּקְצֵ֥ה הַגְּבֽוּל׃‬ Then when Balak heard that Balaam was coming, he went out to meet him at the city of Moab which is on the border at the Arnon, which is at the end of his territory. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

territory ← border.
Nu 22:37 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר בָּלָ֜ק אֶל־בִּלְעָ֗ם הֲלֹא֩ שָׁלֹ֨חַ שָׁלַ֤חְתִּי אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ לִקְרֹא־לָ֔ךְ לָ֥מָּה לֹא־הָלַ֖כְתָּ אֵלָ֑י הַֽאֻמְנָ֔ם לֹ֥א אוּכַ֖ל כַּבְּדֶֽךָ׃‬ Then Balak said to Balaam, “Did I not specifically send men to you to call for you? Why did you not come to me? Is it credible that I should be unable to honour you?” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

specifically send: infinitive absolute.

credible ← in truth.
Nu 22:38 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר בִּלְעָ֜ם אֶל־בָּלָ֗ק הִֽנֵּה־בָ֙אתִי֙ אֵלֶ֔יךָ עַתָּ֕ה הֲיָכ֥וֹל אוּכַ֖ל דַּבֵּ֣ר מְא֑וּמָה הַדָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָשִׂ֧ים אֱלֹהִ֛ים בְּפִ֖י אֹת֥וֹ אֲדַבֵּֽר׃‬ Then Balaam said to Balak, “Look, I have come to you now. Am I at all able to say anything of my own? The word which God puts in my mouth, that I will say.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

am I at all able: infinitive absolute.

word: see Nu 22:20.
Nu 22:39 ‫וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ בִּלְעָ֖ם עִם־בָּלָ֑ק וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ קִרְיַ֥ת חֻצֽוֹת׃‬ Then Balaam went with Balak, and they came to Kirjath-huzoth. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:40 ‫וַיִּזְבַּ֥ח בָּלָ֖ק בָּקָ֣ר וָצֹ֑אן וַיְשַׁלַּ֣ח לְבִלְעָ֔ם וְלַשָּׂרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִתּֽוֹ׃‬ And Balak sacrificed oxen and sheep, and he sent for Balaam and for the dignitaries who were with him. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 22:41 ‫וַיְהִ֣י בַבֹּ֔קֶר וַיִּקַּ֤ח בָּלָק֙ אֶת־בִּלְעָ֔ם וַֽיַּעֲלֵ֖הוּ בָּמ֣וֹת בָּ֑עַל וַיַּ֥רְא מִשָּׁ֖ם קְצֵ֥ה הָעָֽם׃‬ And it came to pass in the morning that Balak took Balaam and brought him up to the heights of Baal, and from there he showed him the extent of the people. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

extent ← end.

he showed him: or, he saw.
Nu 23:1 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר בִּלְעָם֙ אֶל־בָּלָ֔ק בְּנֵה־לִ֥י בָזֶ֖ה שִׁבְעָ֣ה מִזְבְּחֹ֑ת וְהָכֵ֥ן לִי֙ בָּזֶ֔ה שִׁבְעָ֥ה פָרִ֖ים וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה אֵילִֽים׃‬ Then Balaam said to Balak, “Build me here seven altars, and prepare for me here seven bulls and seven rams.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 23:2 ‫וַיַּ֣עַשׂ בָּלָ֔ק כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֣ר בִּלְעָ֑ם וַיַּ֨עַל בָּלָ֧ק וּבִלְעָ֛ם פָּ֥ר וָאַ֖יִל בַּמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃‬ And Balak did what Balaam said, and Balak and Balaam offered up a bull and a ram on each altar. Balaam (2x): see Nu 22:5.
Nu 23:3 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר בִּלְעָ֜ם לְבָלָ֗ק הִתְיַצֵּב֮ עַל־עֹלָתֶךָ֒ וְאֵֽלְכָ֗ה אוּלַ֞י יִקָּרֵ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִקְרָאתִ֔י וּדְבַ֥ר מַה־יַּרְאֵ֖נִי וְהִגַּ֣דְתִּי לָ֑ךְ וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ שֶֽׁפִי׃‬ Then Balaam said to Balak, “Stand at your burnt offering and I will go. It may happen that the Lord will meet up with me and I will tell you whatever he shows me.” And he went to a high place. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

whatever ← a thing of which.
Nu 23:4 ‫וַיִּקָּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־בִּלְעָ֑ם וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֵלָ֗יו אֶת־שִׁבְעַ֤ת הַֽמִּזְבְּחֹת֙ עָרַ֔כְתִּי וָאַ֛עַל פָּ֥ר וָאַ֖יִל בַּמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃‬ And God came across to Balaam, and Balaam said to him, “I arranged seven altars, and I have made a burnt offering of a bull and a ram on each altar.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

Balaamhe. On the liberal use of the third person pronouns (he, him, his), see the note to Gn 41:13.
Nu 23:5 ‫וַיָּ֧שֶׂם יְהוָ֛ה דָּבָ֖ר בְּפִ֣י בִלְעָ֑ם וַיֹּ֛אמֶר שׁ֥וּב אֶל־בָּלָ֖ק וְכֹ֥ה תְדַבֵּֽר׃‬ Then the Lord put a word in Balaam's mouth and said, “Return to Balak and you will speak accordingly.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

accordingly ← thus.
Nu 23:6 ‫וַיָּ֣שָׁב אֵלָ֔יו וְהִנֵּ֥ה נִצָּ֖ב עַל־עֹלָת֑וֹ ה֖וּא וְכָל־שָׂרֵ֥י מוֹאָֽב׃‬ So he returned to him, and what he saw was that he was standing at his burnt offering – he and all the dignitaries of Moab. and what he saw was that ← and behold.
Nu 23:7 ‫וַיִּשָּׂ֥א מְשָׁל֖וֹ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר מִן־אֲ֠רָם יַנְחֵ֨נִי בָלָ֤ק מֶֽלֶךְ־מוֹאָב֙ מֵֽהַרְרֵי־קֶ֔דֶם לְכָה֙ אָֽרָה־לִּ֣י יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּלְכָ֖ה זֹעֲמָ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And he delivered his discourse and said,

“Balak the king of Moab

Led me from Aram,

From the mountains of the east,

Saying, ‘Come, please, and curse Jacob’,

And, ‘Come and be insolent to Israel.’

Nu 23:8 ‫מָ֣ה אֶקֹּ֔ב לֹ֥א קַבֹּ֖ה אֵ֑ל וּמָ֣ה אֶזְעֹ֔ם לֹ֥א זָעַ֖ם יְהוָֽה׃‬

How can I curse him

Whom God has not cursed?

And how can I be insolent

To him to whom the Lord

Has not been insolent?

Nu 23:9 ‫כִּֽי־מֵרֹ֤אשׁ צֻרִים֙ אֶרְאֶ֔נּוּ וּמִגְּבָע֖וֹת אֲשׁוּרֶ֑נּוּ הֶן־עָם֙ לְבָדָ֣ד יִשְׁכֹּ֔ן וּבַגּוֹיִ֖ם לֹ֥א יִתְחַשָּֽׁב׃‬

For from the summit of the rocks I saw him,

And from the hills I beheld him,

Behold, a people will dwell on its own,

And it will not be reckoned among the nations.

Nu 23:10 ‫מִ֤י מָנָה֙ עֲפַ֣ר יַעֲקֹ֔ב וּמִסְפָּ֖ר אֶת־רֹ֣בַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל תָּמֹ֤ת נַפְשִׁי֙ מ֣וֹת יְשָׁרִ֔ים וּתְהִ֥י אַחֲרִיתִ֖י כָּמֹֽהוּ׃‬

Who has counted the dust of Jacob,

Or the number of a quarter of Israel?

May my soul die the death of the upright,

And may my end be like him.”

soul: i.e. my being, my self.
Nu 23:11 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר בָּלָק֙ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֔ם מֶ֥ה עָשִׂ֖יתָ לִ֑י לָקֹ֤ב אֹיְבַי֙ לְקַחְתִּ֔יךָ וְהִנֵּ֖ה בֵּרַ֥כְתָּ בָרֵֽךְ׃‬ Then Balak said to Balaam, “What are you doing to me? I took you to curse my enemies, and what you have done is you have thoroughly blessed them.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

and what you have done isand behold.

you have thoroughly blessed: infinitive absolute.
Nu 23:12 ‫וַיַּ֖עַן וַיֹּאמַ֑ר הֲלֹ֗א אֵת֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָשִׂ֤ים יְהוָה֙ בְּפִ֔י אֹת֥וֹ אֶשְׁמֹ֖ר לְדַבֵּֽר׃‬ Then he answered and said, “Am I not compelled to say what the Lord puts in my mouth?” am I not compelled ← shall I not keep / have charge.
Nu 23:13 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר אֵלָ֜יו בָּלָ֗ק *לך־**לְכָה־נָּ֨א אִתִּ֜י אֶל־מָק֤וֹם אַחֵר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּרְאֶ֣נּוּ מִשָּׁ֔ם אֶ֚פֶס קָצֵ֣הוּ תִרְאֶ֔ה וְכֻלּ֖וֹ לֹ֣א תִרְאֶ֑ה וְקָבְנוֹ־לִ֖י מִשָּֽׁם׃‬ Then Balak said to him, “Please come with me to another place from where you will see them. You will see the extreme end of them, but you will not see all of them, and curse them for me from there.” come: the ketiv is a plain imperative; the qeré is jussive, a less direct form of the imperative.
Nu 23:14 ‫וַיִּקָּחֵ֙הוּ֙ שְׂדֵ֣ה צֹפִ֔ים אֶל־רֹ֖אשׁ הַפִּסְגָּ֑ה וַיִּ֙בֶן֙ שִׁבְעָ֣ה מִזְבְּחֹ֔ת וַיַּ֛עַל פָּ֥ר וָאַ֖יִל בַּמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃‬ And he took him to the area of the look-out men, at the summit of Pisgah, and he built seven altars, and he offered a bull and a ram on each altar. the look-out men: AV takes as a name, (Zophim).
Nu 23:15 ‫וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ אֶל־בָּלָ֔ק הִתְיַצֵּ֥ב כֹּ֖ה עַל־עֹלָתֶ֑ךָ וְאָנֹכִ֖י אִקָּ֥רֶה כֹּֽה׃‬ Then he said to Balak, “Stand here at your burnt offering while I will be met with over there.”
Nu 23:16 ‫וַיִּקָּ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֔ם וַיָּ֥שֶׂם דָּבָ֖ר בְּפִ֑יו וַיֹּ֛אמֶר שׁ֥וּב אֶל־בָּלָ֖ק וְכֹ֥ה תְדַבֵּֽר׃‬ And the Lord met with Balaam, and he put a word in his mouth, and he said, “Go back to Balak, and you will speak accordingly.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 23:17 ‫וַיָּבֹ֣א אֵלָ֗יו וְהִנּ֤וֹ נִצָּב֙ עַל־עֹ֣לָת֔וֹ וְשָׂרֵ֥י מוֹאָ֖ב אִתּ֑וֹ וַיֹּ֤אמֶר לוֹ֙ בָּלָ֔ק מַה־דִּבֶּ֖ר יְהוָֽה׃‬ So he went back to him, and there he was, standing at his burnt offering, and the dignitaries of Moab were with him. And Balak said to him, “What did the Lord say?” there he wasbehold him.
Nu 23:18 ‫וַיִּשָּׂ֥א מְשָׁל֖וֹ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר ק֤וּם בָּלָק֙ וּֽשֲׁמָ֔ע הַאֲזִ֥ינָה עָדַ֖י בְּנ֥וֹ צִפֹּֽר׃‬ And he delivered his discourse and said,

“Arise, Balak, and listen

Give ear to me, O son of Zippor.

Nu 23:19 ‫לֹ֣א אִ֥ישׁ אֵל֙ וִֽיכַזֵּ֔ב וּבֶן־אָדָ֖ם וְיִתְנֶחָ֑ם הַה֤וּא אָמַר֙ וְלֹ֣א יַעֲשֶׂ֔ה וְדִבֶּ֖ר וְלֹ֥א יְקִימֶֽנָּה׃‬

God is not a man who might lie,

Nor a son of Adam who might change his mind.

Does he speak, and then not do it?

Or does he declare something,

And not fulfil it?

fulfil ← establish, bring to existence.
Nu 23:20 ‫הִנֵּ֥ה בָרֵ֖ךְ לָקָ֑חְתִּי וּבֵרֵ֖ךְ וְלֹ֥א אֲשִׁיבֶֽנָּה׃‬

Behold, I have received

A constraint to bless.

And he has blessed

And I cannot reverse it.

Nu 23:21 ‫לֹֽא־הִבִּ֥יט אָ֙וֶן֙ בְּיַעֲקֹ֔ב וְלֹא־רָאָ֥ה עָמָ֖ל בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהָיו֙ עִמּ֔וֹ וּתְרוּעַ֥ת מֶ֖לֶךְ בּֽוֹ׃‬

He does not observe wickedness in Jacob,

And he does not see wrong in Israel.

The Lord his God is with him,

And the shout of the king is among them.

Nu 23:22 ‫אֵ֖ל מוֹצִיאָ֣ם מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם כְּתוֹעֲפֹ֥ת רְאֵ֖ם לֽוֹ׃‬

The God who brought them out of Egypt

Has strength like that of a buffalo.

strength: with [BDB], [ST], AV, or, swiftness, with [AnLx].
Nu 23:23 ‫כִּ֤י לֹא־נַ֙חַשׁ֙ בְּיַעֲקֹ֔ב וְלֹא־קֶ֖סֶם בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כָּעֵ֗ת יֵאָמֵ֤ר לְיַעֲקֹב֙ וּלְיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מַה־פָּ֖עַל אֵֽל׃‬

For there is no enchantment against Jacob,

And no divination against Israel.

Now it will be told to Jacob,

And to Israel, what God has done.

Nu 23:24 ‫הֶן־עָם֙ כְּלָבִ֣יא יָק֔וּם וְכַאֲרִ֖י יִתְנַשָּׂ֑א לֹ֤א יִשְׁכַּב֙ עַד־יֹ֣אכַל טֶ֔רֶף וְדַם־חֲלָלִ֖ים יִשְׁתֶּֽה׃‬

Behold, a people like a great lion is arising,

And like a young lion it is lifting itself up.

It does not lie down until it has eaten prey,

And has drunk the blood of the slain.”

Nu 23:25 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר בָּלָק֙ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֔ם גַּם־קֹ֖ב לֹ֣א תִקֳּבֶ֑נּוּ גַּם־בָּרֵ֖ךְ לֹ֥א תְבָרֲכֶֽנּוּ׃‬ Then Balak said to Balaam, “Neither curse them at all nor bless them at all.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

curse them at all ... bless them at all: both infinitive absolute.
Nu 23:26 ‫וַיַּ֣עַן בִּלְעָ֔ם וַיֹּ֖אמֶר אֶל־בָּלָ֑ק הֲלֹ֗א דִּבַּ֤רְתִּי אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֹת֥וֹ אֶֽעֱשֶֽׂה׃‬ Then Balaam answered and said to Balak, “Did I not tell you and say, ‘Everything that the Lord says to me, that I will do?’ ” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 23:27 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר בָּלָק֙ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֔ם לְכָה־נָּא֙ אֶקָּ֣חֲךָ֔ אֶל־מָק֖וֹם אַחֵ֑ר אוּלַ֤י יִישַׁר֙ בְּעֵינֵ֣י הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים וְקַבֹּ֥תוֹ לִ֖י מִשָּֽׁם׃‬ Then Balak said to Balaam, “Come, please, and let me take you to another place. Maybe it will be right in God's eyes for you to curse them for me from there.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 23:28 ‫וַיִּקַּ֥ח בָּלָ֖ק אֶת־בִּלְעָ֑ם רֹ֣אשׁ הַפְּע֔וֹר הַנִּשְׁקָ֖ף עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הַיְשִׁימֹֽן׃‬ So Balak took Balaam to the summit of Peor, which overlooks the landscape of Jeshimon. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 23:29 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר בִּלְעָם֙ אֶל־בָּלָ֔ק בְּנֵה־לִ֥י בָזֶ֖ה שִׁבְעָ֣ה מִזְבְּחֹ֑ת וְהָכֵ֥ן לִי֙ בָּזֶ֔ה שִׁבְעָ֥ה פָרִ֖ים וְשִׁבְעָ֥ה אֵילִֽים׃‬ And Balaam said to Balak, “Build me seven altars here, and prepare for me seven bulls and seven rams here.” Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 23:30 ‫וַיַּ֣עַשׂ בָּלָ֔ק כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר אָמַ֣ר בִּלְעָ֑ם וַיַּ֛עַל פָּ֥ר וָאַ֖יִל בַּמִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃‬ And Balak did as Balaam had said, and he offered up a bull and a ram on each altar. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 24:1 ‫וַיַּ֣רְא בִּלְעָ֗ם כִּ֣י ט֞וֹב בְּעֵינֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ לְבָרֵ֣ךְ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְלֹא־הָלַ֥ךְ כְּפַֽעַם־בְּפַ֖עַם לִקְרַ֣את נְחָשִׁ֑ים וַיָּ֥שֶׁת אֶל־הַמִּדְבָּ֖ר פָּנָֽיו׃‬ And Balaam saw that it was good in the eyes of the Lord to bless Israel, and he did not go as at other times to engage in enchantments, but he directed his face towards the desert. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

engage in ← go to meet.

enchantments: the same word as for serpents.
Nu 24:2 ‫וַיִּשָּׂ֨א בִלְעָ֜ם אֶת־עֵינָ֗יו וַיַּרְא֙ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שֹׁכֵ֖ן לִשְׁבָטָ֑יו וַתְּהִ֥י עָלָ֖יו ר֥וּחַ אֱלֹהִֽים׃‬ And Balaam raised his eyes and saw Israel dwelling according to their tribes, and the spirit of God came upon him. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

their tribes ← his tribes. Collective usage of Israel.

came ← became.
Nu 24:3 ‫וַיִּשָּׂ֥א מְשָׁל֖וֹ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר נְאֻ֤ם בִּלְעָם֙ בְּנ֣וֹ בְעֹ֔ר וּנְאֻ֥ם הַגֶּ֖בֶר שְׁתֻ֥ם הָעָֽיִן׃‬ And he delivered his discourse and said,

Balaam the son of Beor speaks,

And the man who has an open eye declares,

Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

declares: same word as speaks above. Otiose, but see Gn 12:5.
Nu 24:4 ‫נְאֻ֕ם שֹׁמֵ֖עַ אִמְרֵי־אֵ֑ל אֲשֶׁ֨ר מַחֲזֵ֤ה שַׁדַּי֙ יֶֽחֱזֶ֔ה נֹפֵ֖ל וּגְל֥וּי עֵינָֽיִם׃‬

And he who heard the sayings of God,

Who saw a vision from the Almighty,

Who fell down and became of unveiled eyes,

Pronounces,

pronounces: as declares in the previous verse.
Nu 24:5 ‫מַה־טֹּ֥בוּ אֹהָלֶ֖יךָ יַעֲקֹ֑ב מִשְׁכְּנֹתֶ֖יךָ יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬

‘How fair are your tents, Jacob!

Your dwellings, Israel!

dwellings ← tabernacles.
Nu 24:6 ‫כִּנְחָלִ֣ים נִטָּ֔יוּ כְּגַנֹּ֖ת עֲלֵ֣י נָהָ֑ר כַּאֲהָלִים֙ נָטַ֣ע יְהוָ֔ה כַּאֲרָזִ֖ים עֲלֵי־מָֽיִם׃‬

They are spread out like brooks,

Like gardens at the river,

Like aloes which the Lord planted,

Like cypresses at water.

Nu 24:7 ‫יִֽזַּל־מַ֙יִם֙ מִדָּ֣לְיָ֔ו וְזַרְע֖וֹ בְּמַ֣יִם רַבִּ֑ים וְיָרֹ֤ם מֵֽאֲגַג֙ מַלְכּ֔וֹ וְתִנַּשֵּׂ֖א מַלְכֻתֽוֹ׃‬

He will distil water from his buckets,

And his seed will be among much water.

And his king will be exalted above Agag,

And his kingdom will be set high up.

buckets: pointed as a dual form.
Nu 24:8 ‫אֵ֚ל מוֹצִיא֣וֹ מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם כְּתוֹעֲפֹ֥ת רְאֵ֖ם ל֑וֹ יֹאכַ֞ל גּוֹיִ֣ם צָרָ֗יו וְעַצְמֹתֵיהֶ֛ם יְגָרֵ֖ם וְחִצָּ֥יו יִמְחָֽץ׃‬

The God who brought him out of Egypt,

Who has strength like that of a buffalo,

Will consume the nations which are his adversaries.

He will gnaw their bones,

And with his arrows he will pierce them.

strength: See Nu 23:22.
Nu 24:9 ‫כָּרַ֨ע שָׁכַ֧ב כַּאֲרִ֛י וּכְלָבִ֖יא מִ֣י יְקִימֶ֑נּוּ מְבָרֲכֶ֣יךָ בָר֔וּךְ וְאֹרְרֶ֖יךָ אָרֽוּר׃‬

He crouches and lies down

Like a young lion,

And like a great lion,

Who would arouse him?

Those who bless you are blessed,

But those who curse you are cursed.’ ”

he crouches (etc.): compare Gn 49:9.

those who bless you (etc.): compare Gn 27:29.
Nu 24:10 ‫וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֤ף בָּלָק֙ אֶל־בִּלְעָ֔ם וַיִּסְפֹּ֖ק אֶת־כַּפָּ֑יו וַיֹּ֨אמֶר בָּלָ֜ק אֶל־בִּלְעָ֗ם לָקֹ֤ב אֹֽיְבַי֙ קְרָאתִ֔יךָ וְהִנֵּה֙ בֵּרַ֣כְתָּ בָרֵ֔ךְ זֶ֖ה שָׁלֹ֥שׁ פְּעָמִֽים׃‬ At this Balak's anger was kindled against Balaam, and he struck his hands together, and Balak said to Balaam, “I called for you to curse my enemies, and what you have done is you have thoroughly blessed them these three times. at this: wider use of the vav.

Balaam (2x): see Nu 22:5.

and what you have done isand behold.

you have thoroughly blessed: infinitive absolute.
Nu 24:11 ‫וְעַתָּ֖ה בְּרַח־לְךָ֣ אֶל־מְקוֹמֶ֑ךָ אָמַ֙רְתִּי֙ כַּבֵּ֣ד אֲכַבֶּדְךָ֔ וְהִנֵּ֛ה מְנָעֲךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה מִכָּבֽוֹד׃‬ So now, get away to your place. I said I would honour you greatly, and look, the Lord has held honour back from you.” honour you greatly: infinitive absolute.

held honour back from you ← held you back from honour.
Nu 24:12 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר בִּלְעָ֖ם אֶל־בָּלָ֑ק הֲלֹ֗א גַּ֧ם אֶל־מַלְאָכֶ֛יךָ אֲשֶׁר־שָׁלַ֥חְתָּ אֵלַ֖י דִּבַּ֥רְתִּי לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then Balaam said to Balak, “Did I not expressly speak to your messengers that you sent to me, and say, Balaam: see Nu 22:5.

expressly ← also, but the semantic scope is wider.
Nu 24:13 ‫אִם־יִתֶּן־לִ֨י בָלָ֜ק מְלֹ֣א בֵיתוֹ֮ כֶּ֣סֶף וְזָהָב֒ לֹ֣א אוּכַ֗ל לַעֲבֹר֙ אֶת־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת טוֹבָ֛ה א֥וֹ רָעָ֖ה מִלִּבִּ֑י אֲשֶׁר־יְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֹת֥וֹ אֲדַבֵּֽר׃‬ Even if Balak gives me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot transgress the word of the Lordby doing good or bad from my heart – but that which the Lord says, I will say.’ word ← mouth.

by doing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Nu 24:14 ‫וְעַתָּ֕ה הִנְנִ֥י הוֹלֵ֖ךְ לְעַמִּ֑י לְכָה֙ אִיעָ֣צְךָ֔ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַעֲשֶׂ֜ה הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּ֛ה לְעַמְּךָ֖ בְּאַחֲרִ֥ית הַיָּמִֽים׃‬ And now, here I am, I am going to my people. Come, and I will inform you what this people will do to your people in the latter days.” here I ambehold me.
Nu 24:15 ‫וַיִּשָּׂ֥א מְשָׁל֖וֹ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר נְאֻ֤ם בִּלְעָם֙ בְּנ֣וֹ בְעֹ֔ר וּנְאֻ֥ם הַגֶּ֖בֶר שְׁתֻ֥ם הָעָֽיִן׃‬ And he delivered his discourse and said,

Balaam the son of Peor speaks,

And the man who has an open eye declares,

Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 24:16 ‫נְאֻ֗ם שֹׁמֵ֙עַ֙ אִמְרֵי־אֵ֔ל וְיֹדֵ֖עַ דַּ֣עַת עֶלְי֑וֹן מַחֲזֵ֤ה שַׁדַּי֙ יֶֽחֱזֶ֔ה נֹפֵ֖ל וּגְל֥וּי עֵינָֽיִם׃‬

And he who heard the sayings of God,

And who is party to the knowledge of the Most High,

Who saw a vision of the Almighty,

Who fell down and became of unveiled eyes,

Pronounces,

Nu 24:17 ‫אֶרְאֶ֙נּוּ֙ וְלֹ֣א עַתָּ֔ה אֲשׁוּרֶ֖נּוּ וְלֹ֣א קָר֑וֹב דָּרַ֨ךְ כּוֹכָ֜ב מִֽיַּעֲקֹ֗ב וְקָ֥ם שֵׁ֙בֶט֙ מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וּמָחַץ֙ פַּאֲתֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב וְקַרְקַ֖ר כָּל־בְּנֵי־שֵֽׁת׃‬

‘I will see him, but not now;

I will look upon him, but not shortly.

A star from Jacob will set foot here,

And a sceptre will arise from Israel,

Which will dash the quarters of Moab,

And overturn all the sons of Seth.

Seth: see Gn 4:25. But here, AV= Sheth.
Nu 24:18 ‫וְהָיָ֨ה אֱד֜וֹם יְרֵשָׁ֗ה וְהָיָ֧ה יְרֵשָׁ֛ה שֵׂעִ֖יר אֹיְבָ֑יו וְיִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עֹ֥שֶׂה חָֽיִל׃‬

And Edom will become an inheritance,

And an inheritance for its enemies

Is what Seir will become,

But Israel will do valiantly.

Nu 24:19 ‫וְיֵ֖רְדְּ מִֽיַּעֲקֹ֑ב וְהֶֽאֱבִ֥יד שָׂרִ֖יד מֵעִֽיר׃‬

And he who is from Jacob will have dominion,

And will destroy anyone who escapes from the city.’ ”

Nu 24:20 ‫וַיַּרְא֙ אֶת־עֲמָלֵ֔ק וַיִּשָּׂ֥א מְשָׁל֖וֹ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר רֵאשִׁ֤ית גּוֹיִם֙ עֲמָלֵ֔ק וְאַחֲרִית֖וֹ עֲדֵ֥י אֹבֵֽד׃‬ And when he saw Amalek, he delivered his discourse and said,

“Amalek is the foremost of the nations,

But his final state is to perish.”

to perish ← up to perishing.
Nu 24:21 ‫וַיַּרְא֙ אֶת־הַקֵּינִ֔י וַיִּשָּׂ֥א מְשָׁל֖וֹ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר אֵיתָן֙ מֽוֹשָׁבֶ֔ךָ וְשִׂ֥ים בַּסֶּ֖לַע קִנֶּֽךָ׃‬ And when he saw the Kenite, he delivered his discourse, and said,

“Your habitation is firm,

And you have situated your nest on the rock.

Nu 24:22 ‫כִּ֥י אִם־יִהְיֶ֖ה לְבָ֣עֵֽר קָ֑יִן עַד־מָ֖ה אַשּׁ֥וּר תִּשְׁבֶּֽךָּ׃‬

Yet the Kenite is destined to be burnt up

Until Assyria takes you captive.”

Kenite ← Cain.

to be burnt up ← to burn up.
Nu 24:23 ‫וַיִּשָּׂ֥א מְשָׁל֖וֹ וַיֹּאמַ֑ר א֕וֹי מִ֥י יִחְיֶ֖ה מִשֻּׂמ֥וֹ אֵֽל׃‬ And he delivered his discourse and said,

“Woe to him who is living

When God brings it about.

Nu 24:24 ‫וְצִים֙ מִיַּ֣ד כִּתִּ֔ים וְעִנּ֥וּ אַשּׁ֖וּר וְעִנּוּ־עֵ֑בֶר וְגַם־ה֖וּא עֲדֵ֥י אֹבֵֽד׃‬

And ships will come from the Chittim,

And they will afflict Assyria,

And they will afflict Eber,

But he too is destined to perish.”

from ← from the hand / side of.

Eber: i.e. the Hebrews.

to perish ← up to perishing.
Nu 24:25 ‫וַיָּ֣קָם בִּלְעָ֔ם וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ וַיָּ֣שָׁב לִמְקֹמ֑וֹ וְגַם־בָּלָ֖ק הָלַ֥ךְ לְדַרְכּֽוֹ׃ פ‬ Then Balaam got up and departed and he returned to his place, and Balak too went his way. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 25:1 ‫וַיֵּ֥שֶׁב יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּשִּׁטִּ֑ים וַיָּ֣חֶל הָעָ֔ם לִזְנ֖וֹת אֶל־בְּנ֥וֹת מוֹאָֽב׃‬ And Israel stayed in Shittim, but the people began to commit whoredom with the daughters of Moab,
Nu 25:2 ‫וַתִּקְרֶ֣אןָ לָעָ֔ם לְזִבְחֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֑ן וַיֹּ֣אכַל הָעָ֔ם וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּ֖וּ לֵֽאלֹהֵיהֶֽן׃‬ and these women called the people to the sacrifices to their gods, and the people ate them, and worshipped their gods. these womenthey (feminine verbal form).

to their gods ← of their gods. Wider use of the construct state.
Nu 25:3 ‫וַיִּצָּ֥מֶד יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְבַ֣עַל פְּע֑וֹר וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ Then Israel adhered to Baal-peor, and the Lord's anger was kindled against Israel.
Nu 25:4 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה קַ֚ח אֶת־כָּל־רָאשֵׁ֣י הָעָ֔ם וְהוֹקַ֥ע אוֹתָ֛ם לַיהוָ֖ה נֶ֣גֶד הַשָּׁ֑מֶשׁ וְיָשֹׁ֛ב חֲר֥וֹן אַף־יְהוָ֖ה מִיִּשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “Take all the leaders of the people and hang them up before the Lord in the sun, so that the fury of Lord's anger may recede from Israel.” leaders ← heads. We take the sense as leaders here, avoiding the ambiguity of the word head in the present context.
Nu 25:5 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־שֹׁפְטֵ֖י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל הִרְגוּ֙ אִ֣ישׁ אֲנָשָׁ֔יו הַנִּצְמָדִ֖ים לְבַ֥עַל פְּעֽוֹר׃‬ Then Moses said to the judges of Israel, “Let each one execute the men under his jurisdiction who adhered to Baal-peor.” the men under his jurisdictionhis men.
Nu 25:6 ‫וְהִנֵּ֡ה אִישׁ֩ מִבְּנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל בָּ֗א וַיַּקְרֵ֤ב אֶל־אֶחָיו֙ אֶת־הַמִּדְיָנִ֔ית לְעֵינֵ֣י מֹשֶׁ֔ה וּלְעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־עֲדַ֣ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְהֵ֣מָּה בֹכִ֔ים פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃‬ And there was a man of the sons of Israel who came and brought a Midianite woman to his brothers, in the sight of Moses and in the sight of the whole congregation of the sons of Israel, who were weeping at the entrance to the tent of contact. there wasbehold.
Nu 25:7 ‫וַיַּ֗רְא פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵ֑ן וַיָּ֙קָם֙ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הָֽעֵדָ֔ה וַיִּקַּ֥ח רֹ֖מַח בְּיָדֽוֹ׃‬ And when Phinehas the son of Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest saw it, he arose from the midst of the congregation, taking his spear in his hand, Phinehas: see Ex 6:25.

Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 25:8 ‫וַ֠יָּבֹא אַחַ֨ר אִֽישׁ־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל אֶל־הַקֻּבָּ֗ה וַיִּדְקֹר֙ אֶת־שְׁנֵיהֶ֔ם אֵ֚ת אִ֣ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאֶת־הָאִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־קֳבָתָ֑הּ וַתֵּֽעָצַר֙ הַמַּגֵּפָ֔ה מֵעַ֖ל בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ and he went after the man of Israel into the vaulted tent and thrust both of them through – the man of Israel, and the woman, in her belly – and the plague on the sons of Israel ceased. on the sons of Israel ceased ← was stopped from on the sons of Israel.
Nu 25:9 ‫וַיִּהְי֕וּ הַמֵּתִ֖ים בַּמַּגֵּפָ֑ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה וְעֶשְׂרִ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃ פ‬ Now those who died in the plague came to twenty-four thousand. came to ← were.
Nu 25:10 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 25:11 ‫פִּֽינְחָ֨ס בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֜ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַכֹּהֵ֗ן הֵשִׁ֤יב אֶת־חֲמָתִי֙ מֵעַ֣ל בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּקַנְא֥וֹ אֶת־קִנְאָתִ֖י בְּתוֹכָ֑ם וְלֹא־כִלִּ֥יתִי אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּקִנְאָתִֽי׃‬ Phinehas the son of Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest turned my fury back from the sons of Israel, when he was zealous with my zeal in their midst, so that I did not make an end of the sons of Israel in my zeal. Phinehas: see Ex 6:25.

Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

so that: purposive use of the vav.
Nu 25:12 ‫לָכֵ֖ן אֱמֹ֑ר הִנְנִ֨י נֹתֵ֥ן ל֛וֹ אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֖י שָׁלֽוֹם׃‬ Therefore say, ‘Behold, I am giving him my covenant of peace.
Nu 25:13 ‫וְהָ֤יְתָה לּוֹ֙ וּלְזַרְע֣וֹ אַחֲרָ֔יו בְּרִ֖ית כְּהֻנַּ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם תַּ֗חַת אֲשֶׁ֤ר קִנֵּא֙ לֵֽאלֹהָ֔יו וַיְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And he and his seed after him will have the covenant of an age-abiding priesthood, because he was zealous for his God, and he made atonement for the sons of Israel.’ ” atonement for ← atonement on.
Nu 25:14 ‫וְשֵׁם֩ אִ֨ישׁ יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל הַמֻּכֶּ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֻכָּה֙ אֶת־הַמִּדְיָנִ֔ית זִמְרִ֖י בֶּן־סָל֑וּא נְשִׂ֥יא בֵֽית־אָ֖ב לַשִּׁמְעֹנִֽי׃‬ And the name of the man of Israel who was struck down – who was struck down with the Midianite woman – was Zimri the son of Salu, a leader of the Simeonite paternal house.
Nu 25:15 ‫וְשֵׁ֨ם הָֽאִשָּׁ֧ה הַמֻּכָּ֛ה הַמִּדְיָנִ֖ית כָּזְבִּ֣י בַת־צ֑וּר רֹ֣אשׁ אֻמּ֥וֹת בֵּֽית־אָ֛ב בְּמִדְיָ֖ן הֽוּא׃ פ‬ And the name of the Midianite woman who was struck down was Cozbi the daughter of Zur, who was head of the nations of his paternal house in Midian.
Nu 25:16 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 25:17 ‫צָר֖וֹר אֶת־הַמִּדְיָנִ֑ים וְהִכִּיתֶ֖ם אוֹתָֽם׃‬ “Be hostile to the Midianites and strike them down,
Nu 25:18 ‫כִּ֣י צֹרְרִ֥ים הֵם֙ לָכֶ֔ם בְּנִכְלֵיהֶ֛ם אֲשֶׁר־נִכְּל֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם עַל־דְּבַר־פְּע֑וֹר וְעַל־דְּבַ֞ר כָּזְבִּ֨י בַת־נְשִׂ֤יא מִדְיָן֙ אֲחֹתָ֔ם הַמֻּכָּ֥ה בְיוֹם־הַמַּגֵּפָ֖ה עַל־דְּבַר־פְּעֽוֹר׃‬ for they are hostile to you, in their deceit with which they were deceitful to you in the matter of Peor and in the matter of Cozbi the daughter of the leader of Midian, their sister who was struck down on the day of the plague in the matter of Peor.”
Nu 25:19 ‫וַיְהִ֖י אַחֲרֵ֣י הַמַּגֵּפָ֑ה פ‬ And it came to pass after the plague, This clause is incorporated in Nu 26:1 in some editions of the Hebrew and in the AV.
Nu 26:1 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה וְאֶ֧ל אֶלְעָזָ֛ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן הַכֹּהֵ֖ן לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ that the Lord spoke to Moses and to Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest, and he said, Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 26:2 ‫שְׂא֞וּ אֶת־רֹ֣אשׁ ׀ כָּל־עֲדַ֣ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה וָמַ֖עְלָה לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם כָּל־יֹצֵ֥א צָבָ֖א בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ Hold a census of the whole congregation of the sons of Israel from twenty years old and above, according to their paternal house – everyone who could serve in the army in Israel.” hold a census ← take the sum.

who could serve in the army: see Nu 1:3.
Nu 26:3 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֨ר מֹשֶׁ֜ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֹתָ֖ם בְּעַֽרְבֹ֣ת מוֹאָ֑ב עַל־יַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵח֖וֹ לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ So Moses and Eleazar the priest addressed them in the arid tracts of Moab, by the Jordan, at Jericho, and said, Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 26:4 ‫מִבֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה וָמָ֑עְלָה כַּאֲשֶׁר֩ צִוָּ֨ה יְהוָ֤ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁה֙ וּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם׃‬ “From twenty years old and above, as the Lord commanded Moses and the sons of Israel who came out of the land of Egypt.”
Nu 26:5 ‫רְאוּבֵ֖ן בְּכ֣וֹר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל בְּנֵ֣י רְאוּבֵ֗ן חֲנוֹךְ֙ מִשְׁפַּ֣חַת הַחֲנֹכִ֔י לְפַלּ֕וּא מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַפַּלֻּאִֽי׃‬ For Reuben the firstborn of Israel: the sons of Reuben were Hanoch with the family of the Hanochites, and belonging to Pallu, the family of the Palluites, Hanoch ... Hanochites ← Hanochite. Collective usage, and so throughout the chapter. On the name itself, see Gn 25:4.
Nu 26:6 ‫לְחֶצְרֹ֕ן מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽחֶצְרוֹנִ֑י לְכַרְמִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַכַּרְמִֽי׃‬ and belonging to Hezron, the family of the Hezronites, and belonging to Carmi, the family of the Carmites.
Nu 26:7 ‫אֵ֖לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הָרֻֽאוּבֵנִ֑י וַיִּהְי֣וּ פְקֻדֵיהֶ֗ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים׃‬ These were the families of the Reubenites, and those of them counted came to forty-three thousand, seven hundred and thirty. came to ← were.
Nu 26:8 ‫וּבְנֵ֥י פַלּ֖וּא אֱלִיאָֽב׃‬ And the sons of Pallu were: just Eliab.
Nu 26:9 ‫וּבְנֵ֣י אֱלִיאָ֔ב נְמוּאֵ֖ל וְדָתָ֣ן וַאֲבִירָ֑ם הֽוּא־דָתָ֨ן וַאֲבִירָ֜ם *קרואי **קְרִיאֵ֣י הָעֵדָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִצּ֜וּ עַל־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְעַֽל־אַהֲרֹן֙ בַּעֲדַת־קֹ֔רַח בְּהַצֹּתָ֖ם עַל־יְהוָֽה׃‬ And the sons of Eliab were Nemuel and Dathan and Abiram. These were Dathan and Abiram who were recruited to the company which contended with Moses and Aaron, in the company of Korah, when they contended with the Lord, recruited ← called. The ketiv and qeré are similar words with the same meaning.

company (2x)congregation.
Nu 26:10 ‫וַתִּפְתַּ֨ח הָאָ֜רֶץ אֶת־פִּ֗יהָ וַתִּבְלַ֥ע אֹתָ֛ם וְאֶת־קֹ֖רַח בְּמ֣וֹת הָעֵדָ֑ה בַּאֲכֹ֣ל הָאֵ֗שׁ אֵ֣ת חֲמִשִּׁ֤ים וּמָאתַ֙יִם֙ אִ֔ישׁ וַיִּהְי֖וּ לְנֵֽס׃‬ and the earth opened its mouth and swallowed them up, with Korah in the death of the company, when the fire consumed the two hundred and fifty men, and they became a warning sign. company ← congregation.
Nu 26:11 ‫וּבְנֵי־קֹ֖רַח לֹא־מֵֽתוּ׃ ס‬ But the sons of Korah did not die.
Nu 26:12 ‫בְּנֵ֣י שִׁמְעוֹן֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לִנְמוּאֵ֗ל מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַנְּמ֣וּאֵלִ֔י לְיָמִ֕ין מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַיָּמִינִ֑י לְיָכִ֕ין מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַיָּכִינִֽי׃‬ The sons of Simeon according to their families were: belonging to Nemuel was the family of the Nemuelites, belonging to Jamin was the family of the Jaminites, belonging to Jachin was the family of the Jachinites,
Nu 26:13 ‫לְזֶ֕רַח מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַזַּרְחִ֑י לְשָׁא֕וּל מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁאוּלִֽי׃‬ belonging to Zerah was the family of the Zarhites, and belonging to Shaul was the family of the Shaulites.
Nu 26:14 ‫אֵ֖לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַשִּׁמְעֹנִ֑י שְׁנַ֧יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם׃ ס‬ These were the families of the Simeonites – they came to twenty-two thousand two hundred.
Nu 26:15 ‫בְּנֵ֣י גָד֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לִצְפ֗וֹן מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַצְּפוֹנִ֔י לְחַגִּ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽחַגִּ֑י לְשׁוּנִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשּׁוּנִֽי׃‬ The sons of Gad according to their families were: belonging to Zephon was the family of the Zephonites, belonging to Haggi was the family of the Haggites, belonging to Shuni was the family of the Shunites,
Nu 26:16 ‫לְאָזְנִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָאָזְנִ֑י לְעֵרִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָעֵרִֽי׃‬ belonging to Ozni was the family of the Oznites, belonging to Eri was the family of the Erites,
Nu 26:17 ‫לַאֲר֕וֹד מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָאֲרוֹדִ֑י לְאַ֨רְאֵלִ֔י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָאַרְאֵלִֽי׃‬ belonging to Arod was the family of the Arodites, and belonging to Areli was the family of the Arelites.
Nu 26:18 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־גָ֖ד לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ These were the families of the sons of Gad according to those counted – they came to forty thousand five hundred.
Nu 26:19 ‫בְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה עֵ֣ר וְאוֹנָ֑ן וַיָּ֥מָת עֵ֛ר וְאוֹנָ֖ן בְּאֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן׃‬ The sons of Judah were Er and Onan, but Er and Onan died in the land of Canaan.
Nu 26:20 ‫וַיִּהְי֣וּ בְנֵי־יְהוּדָה֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לְשֵׁלָ֗ה מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַשֵּׁ֣לָנִ֔י לְפֶ֕רֶץ מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַפַּרְצִ֑י לְזֶ֕רַח מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַזַּרְחִֽי׃‬ And the sons of Judah according to their families were: belonging to Shelah was the family of the Shelanites, belonging to Pharez was the family of the Parzites, and belonging to Zerah was the family of the Zarhites. Pharez: see Gn 38:29.

Parzites: a similar issue to that of Pharez above.
Nu 26:21 ‫וַיִּהְי֣וּ בְנֵי־פֶ֔רֶץ לְחֶצְרֹ֕ן מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽחֶצְרֹנִ֑י לְחָמ֕וּל מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הֶחָמוּלִֽי׃‬ And the sons of Pharez were: belonging to Hezron was the family of the Hezronites, and belonging to Hamul was the family of the Hamulites. Pharez: see Gn 38:29.
Nu 26:22 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת יְהוּדָ֖ה לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ These were the families of Judah according to those of them counted; they came to seventy-six thousand five hundred.
Nu 26:23 ‫בְּנֵ֤י יִשָּׂשכָר֙ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם תּוֹלָ֕ע מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַתּוֹלָעִ֑י לְפֻוָ֕ה מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַפּוּנִֽי׃‬ The sons of Issachar according to their families were: belonging to Tola was the family of the Tolaites, belonging to Puvah was the family of the Punites, Puvah: AV= Pua, which does not recognize the consonantal nature of the vav, or the final . In Gn 46:13, AV= Phuvah.
Nu 26:24 ‫לְיָשׁ֕וּב מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַיָּשׁוּבִ֑י לְשִׁמְרֹ֕ן מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשִּׁמְרֹנִֽי׃‬ belonging to Jashub was the family of the Jashubites, and belonging to Shimron was the family of the Shimronites.
Nu 26:25 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת יִשָּׂשכָ֖ר לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ These were the families of Issachar according to those of them counted; they came to sixty-four thousand three hundred.
Nu 26:26 ‫בְּנֵ֣י זְבוּלֻן֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לְסֶ֗רֶד מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַסַּרְדִּ֔י לְאֵל֕וֹן מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָאֵלֹנִ֑י לְיַ֨חְלְאֵ֔ל מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַיַּחְלְאֵלִֽי׃‬ The sons of Zebulun according to their families were: belonging to Sered was the family of the Sardites, belonging to Elon was the family of the Elonites, and belonging to Jahleel was the family of the Jahleelites.
Nu 26:27 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הַזְּבוּלֹנִ֖י לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ These were the families of the Zebulunites according to those of them counted; they came to sixty thousand five hundred.
Nu 26:28 ‫בְּנֵ֥י יוֹסֵ֖ף לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה וְאֶפְרָֽיִם׃‬ The sons of Joseph according to their families were Manasseh and Ephraim.
Nu 26:29 ‫בְּנֵ֣י מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה לְמָכִיר֙ מִשְׁפַּ֣חַת הַמָּכִירִ֔י וּמָכִ֖יר הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־גִּלְעָ֑ד לְגִלְעָ֕ד מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַגִּלְעָדִֽי׃‬ The sons of Manasseh were: belonging to Machir was the family of the Machirites, and Machir begot Gilead, and belonging to Gilead was the family of the Gileadites. || 1 Chr 2:23.

Gileadites: see Gn 31:21.
Nu 26:30 ‫אֵ֚לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י גִלְעָ֔ד אִיעֶ֕זֶר מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָאִֽיעֶזְרִ֑י לְחֵ֕לֶק מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽחֶלְקִֽי׃‬ These were the sons of Gilead: belonging to Jeezer was the family of the Jeezerites, belonging to Helek was the family of the Helekites, Gilead: see Gn 31:21.

Jeezer ... Jeezerites ← Jiezer ... Jiezerites, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Jeezer does not recognize the hireq.
Nu 26:31 ‫וְאַ֨שְׂרִיאֵ֔ל מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָֽאַשְׂרִֽאֵלִ֑י וְשֶׁ֕כֶם מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשִּׁכְמִֽי׃‬ belonging to Asriel was the family of the Asrielites, belonging to Shechem was the family of the Shechemites,
Nu 26:32 ‫וּשְׁמִידָ֕ע מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשְּׁמִידָעִ֑י וְחֵ֕פֶר מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽחֶפְרִֽי׃‬ belonging to Shemida was the family of the Shemidaites, and belonging to Hepher was the family of the Hepherites.
Nu 26:33 ‫וּצְלָפְחָ֣ד בֶּן־חֵ֗פֶר לֹא־הָ֥יוּ ל֛וֹ בָּנִ֖ים כִּ֣י אִם־בָּנ֑וֹת וְשֵׁם֙ בְּנ֣וֹת צְלָפְחָ֔ד מַחְלָ֣ה וְנֹעָ֔ה חָגְלָ֥ה מִלְכָּ֖ה וְתִרְצָֽה׃‬ Now Zelophehad the son of Hepher did not have any sons – only daughters – and the names of the daughters of Zelophehad were Mahlah and Noah, Hoglah, Milcah and Tirzah. || 1 Chr 7:15.
Nu 26:34 ‫אֵ֖לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה וּפְקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם שְׁנַ֧יִם וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ These were the families of Manasseh, and those of them counted came to fifty-two thousand seven hundred.
Nu 26:35 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה בְנֵי־אֶפְרַיִם֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לְשׁוּתֶ֗לַח מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַשֻּׁ֣תַלְחִ֔י לְבֶ֕כֶר מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַבַּכְרִ֑י לְתַ֕חַן מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽתַּחֲנִֽי׃‬ The sons of Ephraim according to their families were: belonging to Shuthelah was the family of the Shuthalites, belonging to Becher was the family of the Bachrites, and belonging to Tahan was the family of the Tahanites. || 1 Chr 7:20.
Nu 26:36 ‫וְאֵ֖לֶּה בְּנֵ֣י שׁוּתָ֑לַח לְעֵרָ֕ן מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָעֵרָנִֽי׃‬ These were the sons of Shuthelah: belonging to Eran was the family of the Eranites.
Nu 26:37 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֤ת בְּנֵי־אֶפְרַ֙יִם֙ לִפְקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵי־יוֹסֵ֖ף לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃ ס‬ These were the families of the sons of Ephraim, and those of them counted came to thirty-two thousand five hundred. These were the sons of Joseph according to their families.
Nu 26:38 ‫בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִן֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לְבֶ֗לַע מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַבַּלְעִ֔י לְאַשְׁבֵּ֕ל מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָֽאַשְׁבֵּלִ֑י לַאֲחִירָ֕ם מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הָאֲחִירָמִֽי׃‬ The sons of Benjamin according to their families were: belonging to Bela was the family of the Belaites, belonging to Ashbel was the family of the Ashbelites, belonging to Ahiram was the family of the Ahiramites, || 1 Chr 8:1.
Nu 26:39 ‫לִשְׁפוּפָ֕ם מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשּׁוּפָמִ֑י לְחוּפָ֕ם מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַחוּפָמִֽי׃‬ belonging to Shephupham was the family of the Shuphamites, and belonging to Hupham was the family of the Huphamites. Shephupham: AV= Shupham, with LXX, Vulgate, Syriac, Targum, but not MT.
Nu 26:40 ‫וַיִּהְי֥וּ בְנֵי־בֶ֖לַע אַ֣רְדְּ וְנַעֲמָ֑ן מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הָֽאַרְדִּ֔י לְנַֽעֲמָ֔ן מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽנַּעֲמִֽי׃‬ And the sons of Bela were Ard and Naaman. Belonging to Ard was the family of the Ardites, and belonging to Naaman was the family of the Naamanites.
Nu 26:41 ‫אֵ֥לֶּה בְנֵי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם וּפְקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ These were the sons of Benjamin according to their families, and those of them counted came to forty-five thousand six hundred.
Nu 26:42 ‫אֵ֤לֶּה בְנֵי־דָן֙ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם לְשׁוּחָ֕ם מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשּׁוּחָמִ֑י אֵ֛לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת דָּ֖ן לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָֽם׃‬ These were the sons of Dan according to their families: belonging to Shuham was the family of the Shuhamites. These were the families of Dan according to their families.
Nu 26:43 ‫כָּל־מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת הַשּׁוּחָמִ֖י לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם אַרְבָּעָ֧ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ All the families of the Shuhamites according to those of them counted came to sixty-four thousand four hundred.
Nu 26:44 ‫בְּנֵ֣י אָשֵׁר֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לְיִמְנָ֗ה מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַיִּמְנָ֔ה לְיִשְׁוִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַיִּשְׁוִ֑י לִבְרִיעָ֕ה מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַבְּרִיעִֽי׃‬ The sons of Asher according to their families were: belonging to Jimnah was the family of the Jimnites, belonging to Jishvi was the family of the Jishvites, and belonging to Beriah was the family of the Beriites. || Gn 46:17, 1 Chr 7:30.

Jimnah: AV= Jimna, but Jimnah in Gn 46:17. Jimna ignores the final .

Jishvi ... Jishvites: AV= Jesui ... Jesuites, but in Gn 46:17 Ishvi. Jesui has a vowel error, a sin for a shin, and does not recognize the consonantal vav.
Nu 26:45 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י בְרִיעָ֔ה לְחֶ֕בֶר מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַֽחֶבְרִ֑י לְמַ֨לְכִּיאֵ֔ל מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַמַּלְכִּיאֵלִֽי׃‬ Of the sons of Beriah were: belonging to Heber was the family of the Heberites, and belonging to Malchiel was the family of the Malchielites. || Gn 46:17, 1 Chr 7:31.
Nu 26:46 ‫וְשֵׁ֥ם בַּת־אָשֵׁ֖ר שָֽׂרַח׃‬ And the name of Asher's daughter was Sarah.
Nu 26:47 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־אָשֵׁ֖ר לִפְקֻדֵיהֶ֑ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃ ס‬ These were the families of the sons of Asher according to those of them counted, and they came to fifty-three thousand four hundred.
Nu 26:48 ‫בְּנֵ֤י נַפְתָּלִי֙ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֔ם לְיַ֨חְצְאֵ֔ל מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַיַּחְצְאֵלִ֑י לְגוּנִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַגּוּנִֽי׃‬ The sons of Naphtali according to their families were: belonging to Jahzeel was the family of the Jahzeelites, belonging to Guni was the family of the Gunites, || 1 Chr 7:13.
Nu 26:49 ‫לְיֵ֕צֶר מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַיִּצְרִ֑י לְשִׁלֵּ֕ם מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַשִּׁלֵּמִֽי׃‬ belonging to Jezer was the family of the Jezerites, and belonging to Shillem was the family of the Shillemites.
Nu 26:50 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה מִשְׁפְּחֹ֥ת נַפְתָּלִ֖י לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָ֑ם וּפְקֻ֣דֵיהֶ֔ם חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ These were the families of Naphtali according to their families, and those of them counted came to forty-five thousand four hundred.
Nu 26:51 ‫אֵ֗לֶּה פְּקוּדֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֖לֶף וָאָ֑לֶף שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים׃ פ‬ These are those who were counted of the sons of Israel and they came to six hundred and one thousand seven hundred and thirty.
Nu 26:52 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 26:53 ‫לָאֵ֗לֶּה תֵּחָלֵ֥ק הָאָ֛רֶץ בְּנַחֲלָ֖ה בְּמִסְפַּ֥ר שֵׁמֽוֹת׃‬ “To these the land will be divided, with an inheritance according to the number of names.
Nu 26:54 ‫לָרַ֗ב תַּרְבֶּה֙ נַחֲלָת֔וֹ וְלַמְעַ֕ט תַּמְעִ֖יט נַחֲלָת֑וֹ אִ֚ישׁ לְפִ֣י פְקֻדָ֔יו יֻתַּ֖ן נַחֲלָתֽוֹ׃‬ To a large number you will give them a large inheritance; to a small number you will give them a small inheritance. Each tribe will be given its inheritance according to those of it counted. give them a large inheritance ← increase his inheritance.

give them a small inheritance ← reduce his inheritance.
Nu 26:55 ‫אַךְ־בְּגוֹרָ֕ל יֵחָלֵ֖ק אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ לִשְׁמ֥וֹת מַטּוֹת־אֲבֹתָ֖ם יִנְחָֽלוּ׃‬ But by lot the land will be divided; they will inherit according to the names of the tribes of their fathers.
Nu 26:56 ‫עַל־פִּי֙ הַגּוֹרָ֔ל תֵּחָלֵ֖ק נַחֲלָת֑וֹ בֵּ֥ין רַ֖ב לִמְעָֽט׃ ס‬ According to lot their inheritance will be apportioned, between the many and the few.” apportioned ← divided.
Nu 26:57 ‫וְאֵ֨לֶּה פְקוּדֵ֣י הַלֵּוִי֮ לְמִשְׁפְּחֹתָם֒ לְגֵרְשׁ֗וֹן מִשְׁפַּ֙חַת֙ הַגֵּ֣רְשֻׁנִּ֔י לִקְהָ֕ת מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַקְּהָתִ֑י לִמְרָרִ֕י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַמְּרָרִֽי׃‬ And these are those counted of the Levites according to their families: belonging to Gershon was the family of the Gershonites, belonging to Kohath was the family of the Kohathites, and belonging to Merari was the family of the Merarites. Kohath ... Kohathites: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 26:58 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה ׀ מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת לֵוִ֗י מִשְׁפַּ֨חַת הַלִּבְנִ֜י מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַֽחֶבְרֹנִי֙ מִשְׁפַּ֤חַת הַמַּחְלִי֙ מִשְׁפַּ֣חַת הַמּוּשִׁ֔י מִשְׁפַּ֖חַת הַקָּרְחִ֑י וּקְהָ֖ת הוֹלִ֥ד אֶת־עַמְרָֽם׃‬ These are the families of Levi: the family of Libnites, the family of Hebronites, the family of Mahlites, the family of Mushites, and the family of Korhites. And Kohath begot Amram. Korhites: AV= Korathites, with an intrusive a and t, but in Ex 6:24 Korhites.

Kohath: see Gn 46:11.
Nu 26:59 ‫וְשֵׁ֣ם ׀ אֵ֣שֶׁת עַמְרָ֗ם יוֹכֶ֙בֶד֙ בַּת־לֵוִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָלְדָ֥ה אֹתָ֛הּ לְלֵוִ֖י בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וַתֵּ֣לֶד לְעַמְרָ֗ם אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְאֶת־מֹשֶׁ֔ה וְאֵ֖ת מִרְיָ֥ם אֲחֹתָֽם׃‬ And the name of the wife of Amram was Jochebed, the daughter of Levi, whom her mother bore to Levi in Egypt. And she bore to Amram Aaron and Moses and Miriam their sister. || 1 Chr 5:29 (1 Chr 6:3AV).
Nu 26:60 ‫וַיִּוָּלֵ֣ד לְאַהֲרֹ֔ן אֶת־נָדָ֖ב וְאֶת־אֲבִיה֑וּא אֶת־אֶלְעָזָ֖ר וְאֶת־אִיתָמָֽר׃‬ And there were born to Aaron Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar, Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 26:61 ‫וַיָּ֥מָת נָדָ֖ב וַאֲבִיה֑וּא בְּהַקְרִיבָ֥ם אֵשׁ־זָרָ֖ה לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ but Nadab and Abihu died when they offered strange fire before the Lord.
Nu 26:62 ‫וַיִּהְי֣וּ פְקֻדֵיהֶ֗ם שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה וְעֶשְׂרִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף כָּל־זָכָ֖ר מִבֶּן־חֹ֣דֶשׁ וָמָ֑עְלָה כִּ֣י ׀ לֹ֣א הָתְפָּקְד֗וּ בְּתוֹךְ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֠י לֹא־נִתַּ֤ן לָהֶם֙ נַחֲלָ֔ה בְּת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And those of them counted came to twenty-three thousand – all the males from one month old and above – for they are not counted among the sons of Israel, for no inheritance was given to them among the sons of Israel. came to ← were.
Nu 26:63 ‫אֵ֚לֶּה פְּקוּדֵ֣י מֹשֶׁ֔ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֖ר הַכֹּהֵ֑ן אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּֽקְד֜וּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּעַֽרְבֹ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב עַ֖ל יַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵחֽוֹ׃‬ These are those counted by Moses and Eleazar the priest, who counted the sons of Israel in the arid tracts of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 26:64 ‫וּבְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ לֹא־הָ֣יָה אִ֔ישׁ מִפְּקוּדֵ֣י מֹשֶׁ֔ה וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵ֑ן אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּקְד֛וּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינָֽי׃‬ And among these there was no man of those counted by Moses and Aaron the priest, when they counted the sons of Israel in the Sinai desert.
Nu 26:65 ‫כִּֽי־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ לָהֶ֔ם מ֥וֹת יָמֻ֖תוּ בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר וְלֹא־נוֹתַ֤ר מֵהֶם֙ אִ֔ישׁ כִּ֚י אִם־כָּלֵ֣ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּ֔ה וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ בִּן־נֽוּן׃ ס‬ For the Lord had said of them, “They will certainly die in the desert, and there did not remain a single man of them, except Caleb the son of Jephunneh and Joshua the son of Nun.” they will certainly die: infinitive absolute.
Nu 27:1 ‫וַתִּקְרַ֜בְנָה בְּנ֣וֹת צְלָפְחָ֗ד בֶּן־חֵ֤פֶר בֶּן־גִּלְעָד֙ בֶּן־מָכִ֣יר בֶּן־מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה לְמִשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת מְנַשֶּׁ֣ה בֶן־יוֹסֵ֑ף וְאֵ֙לֶּה֙ שְׁמ֣וֹת בְּנֹתָ֔יו מַחְלָ֣ה נֹעָ֔ה וְחָגְלָ֥ה וּמִלְכָּ֖ה וְתִרְצָֽה׃‬ Then the daughters of Zelophehad the son of Hepher the son of Gilead the son of Machir the son of Manasseh – so of the families of Manasseh the son of Joseph – approached, and these are the names of his daughters: Mahlah, Noah and Hoglah and Milcah and Tirzah. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Nu 27:2 ‫וַֽתַּעֲמֹ֜דְנָה לִפְנֵ֣י מֹשֶׁ֗ה וְלִפְנֵי֙ אֶלְעָזָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וְלִפְנֵ֥י הַנְּשִׂיאִ֖ם וְכָל־הָעֵדָ֑ה פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And they stood before Moses and Eleazar the priest, and before the officials and the whole congregation at the entrance to the tent of contact, and said, Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 27:3 ‫אָבִינוּ֮ מֵ֣ת בַּמִּדְבָּר֒ וְה֨וּא לֹא־הָיָ֜ה בְּת֣וֹךְ הָעֵדָ֗ה הַנּוֹעָדִ֛ים עַל־יְהוָ֖ה בַּעֲדַת־קֹ֑רַח כִּֽי־בְחֶטְא֣וֹ מֵ֔ת וּבָנִ֖ים לֹא־הָ֥יוּ לֽוֹ׃‬ “Our father died in the desert, but he was not among the company which gathered against the Lord in Korah's company, for he died in his own sin, and he had no sons. company (2x): or, congregation.
Nu 27:4 ‫לָ֣מָּה יִגָּרַ֤ע שֵׁם־אָבִ֙ינוּ֙ מִתּ֣וֹךְ מִשְׁפַּחְתּ֔וֹ כִּ֛י אֵ֥ין ל֖וֹ בֵּ֑ן תְּנָה־לָּ֣נוּ אֲחֻזָּ֔ה בְּת֖וֹךְ אֲחֵ֥י אָבִֽינוּ׃‬ Why should the name of our father be suppressed among his family because he had no son? Give us an inheritance among our father's brothers.”
Nu 27:5 ‫וַיַּקְרֵ֥ב מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־מִשְׁפָּטָ֖ן לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ ס‬ Then Moses brought their case before the Lord.
Nu 27:6 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 27:7 ‫כֵּ֗ן בְּנ֣וֹת צְלָפְחָד֮ דֹּבְרֹת֒ נָתֹ֨ן תִּתֵּ֤ן לָהֶם֙ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת נַחֲלָ֔ה בְּת֖וֹךְ אֲחֵ֣י אֲבִיהֶ֑ם וְהַֽעֲבַרְתָּ֛ אֶת־נַחֲלַ֥ת אֲבִיהֶ֖ן לָהֶֽן׃‬ “Zelophehad's daughters speak rightly. You must certainly give them a possession as an inheritance among their father's brothers, and you will transfer their father's inheritance to them. you must certainly give them: infinitive absolute.

possession as ← possession of. Wider use of the construct state.
Nu 27:8 ‫וְאֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל תְּדַבֵּ֣ר לֵאמֹ֑ר אִ֣ישׁ כִּֽי־יָמ֗וּת וּבֵן֙ אֵ֣ין ל֔וֹ וְהַֽעֲבַרְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַחֲלָת֖וֹ לְבִתּֽוֹ׃‬ And you will speak to the sons of Israel and say, ‘If a man dies and has no son, you will transfer his inheritance to his daughter.
Nu 27:9 ‫וְאִם־אֵ֥ין ל֖וֹ בַּ֑ת וּנְתַתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַחֲלָת֖וֹ לְאֶחָיו׃‬ And if he has no daughter, then you will give his inheritance to his brothers.
Nu 27:10 ‫וְאִם־אֵ֥ין ל֖וֹ אַחִ֑ים וּנְתַתֶּ֥ם אֶת־נַחֲלָת֖וֹ לַאֲחֵ֥י אָבִֽיו׃‬ And if he has no brothers, you will give his inheritance to his father's brothers.
Nu 27:11 ‫וְאִם־אֵ֣ין אַחִים֮ לְאָבִיו֒ וּנְתַתֶּ֣ם אֶת־נַחֲלָת֗וֹ לִשְׁאֵר֞וֹ הַקָּרֹ֥ב אֵלָ֛יו מִמִּשְׁפַּחְתּ֖וֹ וְיָרַ֣שׁ אֹתָ֑הּ וְֽהָ֨יְתָ֜ה לִבְנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לְחֻקַּ֣ת מִשְׁפָּ֔ט כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ ס‬ And if his father has no brothers, you will give his inheritance to the nearest kinsman to him, in his family, and he will inherit it, and it will be a statute of the justice system for the sons of Israel, as the Lord commanded Moses.’ ”
Nu 27:12 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה עֲלֵ֛ה אֶל־הַ֥ר הָעֲבָרִ֖ים הַזֶּ֑ה וּרְאֵה֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֖תִּי לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “Go up into this Mount Abarim and look at the land which I have given to the sons of Israel,
Nu 27:13 ‫וְרָאִ֣יתָה אֹתָ֔הּ וְנֶאֱסַפְתָּ֥ אֶל־עַמֶּ֖יךָ גַּם־אָ֑תָּה כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נֶאֱסַ֖ף אַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִֽיךָ׃‬ and you will see it, and then you will be gathered to your people – you too – as Aaron your brother was gathered,
Nu 27:14 ‫כַּאֲשֶׁר֩ מְרִיתֶ֨ם פִּ֜י בְּמִדְבַּר־צִ֗ן בִּמְרִיבַת֙ הָֽעֵדָ֔ה לְהַקְדִּישֵׁ֥נִי בַמַּ֖יִם לְעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם הֵ֛ם מֵֽי־מְרִיבַ֥ת קָדֵ֖שׁ מִדְבַּר־צִֽן׃ פ‬ because you rebelled against my word in the desert of Zin, in the rebellion of the congregation, my word being to sanctify me at the water before their eyes – that is the water of Meribah in Kadesh in the desert of Zin.” word ← mouth.

to sanctify me: rather than by sanctifying me, whence the preceding ellipsis supplied. Compare Dt 32:51.
Nu 27:15 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֣ר מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then Moses spoke to the Lord and said,
Nu 27:16 ‫יִפְקֹ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָרוּחֹ֖ת לְכָל־בָּשָׂ֑ר אִ֖ישׁ עַל־הָעֵדָֽה׃‬ “Let the Lord God of the spirits of all flesh appoint a man over the congregation,
Nu 27:17 ‫אֲשֶׁר־יֵצֵ֣א לִפְנֵיהֶ֗ם וַאֲשֶׁ֤ר יָבֹא֙ לִפְנֵיהֶ֔ם וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹצִיאֵ֖ם וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר יְבִיאֵ֑ם וְלֹ֤א תִהְיֶה֙ עֲדַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה כַּצֹּ֕אן אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵין־לָהֶ֖ם רֹעֶֽה׃‬ who will go out before them, and who will come in before them, and who will lead them out, and who will lead them in, so that the congregation of the Lord will not be like sheep who have no shepherd.” so that: purposive use of the vav.
Nu 27:18 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֗ה קַח־לְךָ֙ אֶת־יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ בִּן־נ֔וּן אִ֖ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־ר֣וּחַ בּ֑וֹ וְסָמַכְתָּ֥ אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ עָלָֽיו׃‬ And the Lord said to Moses, “Then take Joshua the son of Nun, a man with spirit in him, and lay your hand on him, then take ← take for yourself. Perhaps an ethic dative; see Nu 22:34.
Nu 27:19 ‫וְהַֽעֲמַדְתָּ֣ אֹת֗וֹ לִפְנֵי֙ אֶלְעָזָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וְלִפְנֵ֖י כָּל־הָעֵדָ֑ה וְצִוִּיתָ֥ה אֹת֖וֹ לְעֵינֵיהֶֽם׃‬ and set him before Eleazar the priest, and before the whole congregation, and command him in their sight. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 27:20 ‫וְנָתַתָּ֥ה מֵהֽוֹדְךָ֖ עָלָ֑יו לְמַ֣עַן יִשְׁמְע֔וּ כָּל־עֲדַ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And confer on him a share of your honour so that the whole congregation of the sons of Israel will obey him. obey ← heed.
Nu 27:21 ‫וְלִפְנֵ֨י אֶלְעָזָ֤ר הַכֹּהֵן֙ יַעֲמֹ֔ד וְשָׁ֥אַל ל֛וֹ בְּמִשְׁפַּ֥ט הָאוּרִ֖ים לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה עַל־פִּ֨יו יֵצְא֜וּ וְעַל־פִּ֣יו יָבֹ֗אוּ ה֛וּא וְכָל־בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֥ל אִתּ֖וֹ וְכָל־הָעֵדָֽה׃‬ And he will stand before Eleazar the priest, who will inquire for him oracularly by the decision of the Urim before the Lord. At his word they will go out, and at his word they will come in, he and all the sons of Israel with him, and the whole congregation.” Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

decision ← judgment.

Urim: lights. See Ex 28:30.

word (2x)mouth.
Nu 27:22 ‫וַיַּ֣עַשׂ מֹשֶׁ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֹת֑וֹ וַיִּקַּ֣ח אֶת־יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ וַיַּֽעֲמִדֵ֙הוּ֙ לִפְנֵי֙ אֶלְעָזָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וְלִפְנֵ֖י כָּל־הָעֵדָֽה׃‬ So Moses did as the Lord commanded him, and he took Joshua, and he set him before Eleazar the priest and before the whole congregation. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 27:23 ‫וַיִּסְמֹ֧ךְ אֶת־יָדָ֛יו עָלָ֖יו וַיְצַוֵּ֑הוּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ פ‬ And he laid his hand on him, and he commanded him according to what the Lord had said, through the intermediacy of Moses. intermediacy ← hand.
Nu 28:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 28:2 ‫צַ֚ו אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם אֶת־קָרְבָּנִ֨י לַחְמִ֜י לְאִשַּׁ֗י רֵ֚יחַ נִֽיחֹחִ֔י תִּשְׁמְר֕וּ לְהַקְרִ֥יב לִ֖י בְּמוֹעֲדֽוֹ׃‬ “Command the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘You must ensure to offer my oblation to me in its season – my bread for my fire-offerings as a sweet fragrance.’ my oblation: an example of a dative-objective genitive (they offer to me).
Nu 28:3 ‫וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ לָהֶ֔ם זֶ֚ה הָֽאִשֶּׁ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ לַיהוָ֑ה כְּבָשִׂ֨ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֧ה תְמִימִ֛ם שְׁנַ֥יִם לַיּ֖וֹם עֹלָ֥ה תָמִֽיד׃‬ And you will say to them, ‘This is the fire-offering which you will offer to the Lord: two one-year-old lambs without blemish per day as a perpetual burnt offering. without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 28:4 ‫אֶת־הַכֶּ֥בֶשׂ אֶחָ֖ד תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה בַבֹּ֑קֶר וְאֵת֙ הַכֶּ֣בֶשׂ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה בֵּ֥ין הָֽעַרְבָּֽיִם׃‬ You will offer one lamb in the morning and the second lamb in the evening, offer ← do, make.

in the evening ← between the two evenings. See Ex 12:6.
Nu 28:5 ‫וַעֲשִׂירִ֧ית הָאֵיפָ֛ה סֹ֖לֶת לְמִנְחָ֑ה בְּלוּלָ֛ה בְּשֶׁ֥מֶן כָּתִ֖ית רְבִיעִ֥ת הַהִֽין׃‬ with a tenth of an ephah of fine flour as a meal-offering, mixed with a quarter of a hin of beaten oil. ephah: about 6.4 gallons or 27 litres.

hin: about 1.1 gallons or 4.5 litres.
Nu 28:6 ‫עֹלַ֖ת תָּמִ֑יד הָעֲשֻׂיָה֙ בְּהַ֣ר סִינַ֔י לְרֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ You will make a perpetual burnt offering as ordained at Mount Sinai as a sweet fragrance of a fire-offering to the Lord, ordained ← made.
Nu 28:7 ‫וְנִסְכּוֹ֙ רְבִיעִ֣ת הַהִ֔ין לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָ֑ד בַּקֹּ֗דֶשׁ הַסֵּ֛ךְ נֶ֥סֶךְ שֵׁכָ֖ר לַיהוָֽה׃‬ with its libation, a quarter of a hin per lamb. Pour out the libation of strong wine to the Lord in the holy place.
Nu 28:8 ‫וְאֵת֙ הַכֶּ֣בֶשׂ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה בֵּ֣ין הָֽעַרְבָּ֑יִם כְּמִנְחַ֨ת הַבֹּ֤קֶר וּכְנִסְכּוֹ֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַיהוָֽה׃ פ‬ And you will offer the second lamb in the evening. You will offer it like the meal-offering of the morning and like its libation. It is a fire-offering of a sweet fragrance to the Lord. in the evening ← between the two evenings. See Ex 12:6.
Nu 28:9 ‫וּבְיוֹם֙ הַשַּׁבָּ֔ת שְׁנֵֽי־כְבָשִׂ֥ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֖ה תְּמִימִ֑ם וּשְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֧לֶת מִנְחָ֛ה בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַשֶּׁ֖מֶן וְנִסְכּֽוֹ׃‬ And on the Sabbath day offer two one-year-old lambs without blemish and two tenth measures of fine flour as a meal-offering, mixed with oil, and its libation – without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 28:10 ‫עֹלַ֥ת שַׁבַּ֖ת בְּשַׁבַּתּ֑וֹ עַל־עֹלַ֥ת הַתָּמִ֖יד וְנִסְכָּֽהּ׃ ס‬ a burnt offering on every Sabbath, besides the perpetual burnt offering and its libation. on every Sabbath ← a Sabbath on its Sabbath.
Nu 28:11 ‫וּבְרָאשֵׁי֙ חָדְשֵׁיכֶ֔ם תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ עֹלָ֖ה לַיהוָ֑ה פָּרִ֨ים בְּנֵֽי־בָקָ֤ר שְׁנַ֙יִם֙ וְאַ֣יִל אֶחָ֔ד כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And at the start of your months, you will offer a burnt offering to the Lord: two bull-calves of the oxen, and one ram, and seven one-year-old lambs without blemish, start ← starts, heads.

without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 28:12 ‫וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשֶּׁ֔מֶן לַפָּ֖ר הָאֶחָ֑ד וּשְׁנֵ֣י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשֶּׁ֔מֶן לָאַ֖יִל הָֽאֶחָֽד׃‬ and three tenth measures of fine flour, as a meal-offering, mixed with oil, per bull, and two tenth measures of fine flour for the meal-offering, mixed with oil, per ram, per bull ... per ram ← for the one bull ... for the one ram.
Nu 28:13 ‫וְעִשָּׂרֹ֣ן עִשָּׂר֗וֹן סֹ֤לֶת מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשֶּׁ֔מֶן לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָ֑ד עֹלָה֙ רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַיהוָֽה׃‬ and a tenth measure of fine flour each time for the meal-offering, mixed with oil, per lamb. It is a burnt offering of a sweet fragrance – a fire-offering to the Lord. a tenth measure ... each time ← a tenth measure, a tenth measure.

per lamb ← for the one lamb.
Nu 28:14 ‫וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֗ם חֲצִ֣י הַהִין֩ יִהְיֶ֨ה לַפָּ֜ר וּשְׁלִישִׁ֧ת הַהִ֣ין לָאַ֗יִל וּרְבִיעִ֥ת הַהִ֛ין לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ יָ֑יִן זֹ֣את עֹלַ֥ת חֹ֙דֶשׁ֙ בְּחָדְשׁ֔וֹ לְחָדְשֵׁ֖י הַשָּׁנָֽה׃‬ And their libation will be half a hin of wine per bull, and a third of a hin per ram and a quarter of a hin per lamb. This is the burnt offering of each month throughout the months of the year. hin (3x): about an imperial gallon (1.2 US gallons) or 4.5 litres.
Nu 28:15 ‫וּשְׂעִ֨יר עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֛ד לְחַטָּ֖את לַיהוָ֑ה עַל־עֹלַ֧ת הַתָּמִ֛יד יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה וְנִסְכּֽוֹ׃ ס‬ And one buck of the goats will be offered as a sin-offering to the Lord besides the perpetual burnt offering and its libation.
Nu 28:16 ‫וּבַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן בְּאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר י֖וֹם לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ פֶּ֖סַח לַיהוָֽה׃‬ And in the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month, it is the Lord's Passover.
Nu 28:17 ‫וּבַחֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר י֛וֹם לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֖ה חָ֑ג שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים מַצּ֖וֹת יֵאָכֵֽל׃‬ And on the fifteenth day of this month it is a festival. For seven days unleavened bread will be eaten.
Nu 28:18 ‫בַּיּ֥וֹם הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן מִקְרָא־קֹ֑דֶשׁ כָּל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה לֹ֥א תַעֲשֽׂוּ׃‬ On the first day it is a holy convocation. You will not engage in any kind of work. any ← every.

kind ← craft.
Nu 28:19 ‫וְהִקְרַבְתֶּ֨ם אִשֶּׁ֤ה עֹלָה֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה פָּרִ֧ים בְּנֵי־בָקָ֛ר שְׁנַ֖יִם וְאַ֣יִל אֶחָ֑ד וְשִׁבְעָ֤ה כְבָשִׂים֙ בְּנֵ֣י שָׁנָ֔ה תְּמִימִ֖ם יִהְי֥וּ לָכֶֽם׃‬ And you will offer a fire-offering – a burnt offering to the Lord. You will use two bull-calves of the oxen, and one ram, and seven one-year-old lambs, without blemish. you will use ← there will be to you.

without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 28:20 ‫וּמִ֨נְחָתָ֔ם סֹ֖לֶת בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשָּׁ֑מֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים לַפָּ֗ר וּשְׁנֵ֧י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֛ים לָאַ֖יִל תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃‬ And their meal-offering will be fine flour mixed with oil. You will offer three tenth measures per bull and two tenth measures per ram.
Nu 28:21 ‫עִשָּׂר֤וֹן עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָ֑ד לְשִׁבְעַ֖ת הַכְּבָשִֽׂים׃‬ You will offer a tenth measure each time per lamb, for the seven lambs, each time: see Nu 28:13.
Nu 28:22 ‫וּשְׂעִ֥יר חַטָּ֖את אֶחָ֑ד לְכַפֵּ֖ר עֲלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ and one goat as a sin-offering, to atone for you. as: wider use of the construct state.
Nu 28:23 ‫מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַבֹּ֔קֶר אֲשֶׁ֖ר לְעֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֑יד תַּעֲשׂ֖וּ אֶת־אֵֽלֶּה׃‬ You will carry these out apart from the burnt offering in the morning which is a perpetual burnt offering.
Nu 28:24 ‫כָּאֵ֜לֶּה תַּעֲשׂ֤וּ לַיּוֹם֙ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים לֶ֛חֶם אִשֵּׁ֥ה רֵֽיחַ־נִיחֹ֖חַ לַיהוָ֑ה עַל־עוֹלַ֧ת הַתָּמִ֛יד יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה וְנִסְכּֽוֹ׃‬ You will act according to these instructions each day for seven days, as bread of a fire-offering, as a sweet fragrance to the Lord. It will be done in addition to the perpetual burnt offering and its libation.
Nu 28:25 ‫וּבַיּוֹם֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֑ם כָּל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה לֹ֥א תַעֲשֽׂוּ׃ ס‬ And on the seventh day you will hold a holy convocation, and you will not engage in any kind of work. any ← every.

kind ← craft.
Nu 28:26 ‫וּבְי֣וֹם הַבִּכּוּרִ֗ים בְּהַקְרִ֨יבְכֶ֜ם מִנְחָ֤ה חֲדָשָׁה֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה בְּשָׁבֻעֹ֖תֵיכֶ֑ם מִֽקְרָא־קֹ֙דֶשׁ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֔ם כָּל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה לֹ֥א תַעֲשֽׂוּ׃‬ And on the day of the firstfruits, when you offer a new meal-offering to the Lord, on your Festival of Weeks, you will hold a holy convocation, and you will not engage in any kind of work. any ← every.

kind ← craft.
Nu 28:27 ‫וְהִקְרַבְתֶּ֨ם עוֹלָ֜ה לְרֵ֤יחַ נִיחֹ֙חַ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה פָּרִ֧ים בְּנֵי־בָקָ֛ר שְׁנַ֖יִם אַ֣יִל אֶחָ֑ד שִׁבְעָ֥ה כְבָשִׂ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י שָׁנָֽה׃‬ And you will offer a burnt offering as a sweet fragrance to the Lord: two bull-calves of the oxen, one ram, and seven one-year-old lambs,
Nu 28:28 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֔ם סֹ֖לֶת בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשָּׁ֑מֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ לַפָּ֣ר הָֽאֶחָ֔ד שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים לָאַ֖יִל הָאֶחָֽד׃‬ with their meal-offering of fine flour mixed with oil: three tenth measures per bull, two tenth measures per ram,
Nu 28:29 ‫עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָ֑ד לְשִׁבְעַ֖ת הַכְּבָשִֽׂים׃‬ and one tenth measure each time per lamb for each of the seven lambs, each time: see Nu 28:13.
Nu 28:30 ‫שְׂעִ֥יר עִזִּ֖ים אֶחָ֑ד לְכַפֵּ֖ר עֲלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ and one buck of the goats to atone for you.
Nu 28:31 ‫מִלְּבַ֞ד עֹלַ֧ת הַתָּמִ֛יד וּמִנְחָת֖וֹ תַּעֲשׂ֑וּ תְּמִימִ֥ם יִהְיוּ־לָכֶ֖ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ You will do this apart from the perpetual burnt offering and its meal-offering. You will use animals without blemish with their libations. you will use ← there will be to you.

without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:1 ‫וּבַחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֜י בְּאֶחָ֣ד לַחֹ֗דֶשׁ מִֽקְרָא־קֹ֙דֶשׁ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֔ם כָּל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה לֹ֣א תַעֲשׂ֑וּ י֥וֹם תְּרוּעָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה לָכֶֽם׃‬ And in the seventh month, on the first day of the month, you will hold a holy convocation. You will not engage in any kind of work; it will be a day of blowing of ramshorns to you. any ← every.

kind ← craft.
Nu 29:2 ‫וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם עֹלָ֜ה לְרֵ֤יחַ נִיחֹ֙חַ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה פַּ֧ר בֶּן־בָּקָ֛ר אֶחָ֖ד אַ֣יִל אֶחָ֑ד כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And you will perform a burnt offering as a sweet fragrance to the Lord: one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, and seven one-year-old lambs, without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:3 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֔ם סֹ֖לֶת בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשָּׁ֑מֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ לַפָּ֔ר שְׁנֵ֥י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֖ים לָאָֽיִל׃‬ with their meal-offering of fine flour mixed with oil: three tenth measures per bull, two tenth measures per ram,
Nu 29:4 ‫וְעִשָּׂר֣וֹן אֶחָ֔ד לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָ֑ד לְשִׁבְעַ֖ת הַכְּבָשִֽׂים׃‬ and one tenth measure per lamb for each of the seven lambs,
Nu 29:5 ‫וּשְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד חַטָּ֑את לְכַפֵּ֖ר עֲלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ and one buck of the goats as a sin-offering to atone for you,
Nu 29:6 ‫מִלְּבַד֩ עֹלַ֨ת הַחֹ֜דֶשׁ וּמִנְחָתָ֗הּ וְעֹלַ֤ת הַתָּמִיד֙ וּמִנְחָתָ֔הּ וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֖ם כְּמִשְׁפָּטָ֑ם לְרֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַיהוָֽה׃ ס‬ apart from the burnt offering of the month and its meal-offering and the perpetual burnt offering and its meal-offering and their libations according to their regulation, as a sweet fragrance – a fire-offering to the Lord.
Nu 29:7 ‫וּבֶעָשׂוֹר֩ לַחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֜י הַזֶּ֗ה מִֽקְרָא־קֹ֙דֶשׁ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֔ם וְעִנִּיתֶ֖ם אֶת־נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶ֑ם כָּל־מְלָאכָ֖ה לֹ֥א תַעֲשֽׂוּ׃‬ And on the tenth day of this seventh month you will hold a holy convocation, and you will afflict yourselves, and you will not do any work. yourselves ← your souls.

any ← every.
Nu 29:8 ‫וְהִקְרַבְתֶּ֨ם עֹלָ֤ה לַֽיהוָה֙ רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֔חַ פַּ֧ר בֶּן־בָּקָ֛ר אֶחָ֖ד אַ֣יִל אֶחָ֑ד כְּבָשִׂ֤ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָה֙ שִׁבְעָ֔ה תְּמִימִ֖ם יִהְי֥וּ לָכֶֽם׃‬ And you will offer a burnt offering to the Lord, a sweet fragrance: one bull-calf of the oxen, one ram, and seven one-year-old rams. You will use animals without blemish. you will use ← there will be to you.

without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:9 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֔ם סֹ֖לֶת בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשָּׁ֑מֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ לַפָּ֔ר שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים לָאַ֖יִל הָאֶחָֽד׃‬ And their meal-offering will be fine flour mixed with oil: three tenth measures per bull, two tenth measures per ram,
Nu 29:10 ‫עִשָּׂרוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָ֑ד לְשִׁבְעַ֖ת הַכְּבָשִֽׂים׃‬ and one tenth measure for each lamb for each of the seven lambs, each lamb ← one lamb, the distributive sense being reinforced in Hebrew by the repetition of “tenth measure”.
Nu 29:11 ‫שְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד חַטָּ֑את מִלְּבַ֞ד חַטַּ֤את הַכִּפֻּרִים֙ וְעֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד וּמִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכֵּיהֶֽם׃ פ‬ and one buck of the goats as a sin-offering, apart from the sin-offering of the atonement, and the perpetual burnt offering and its meal-offering and their libations.
Nu 29:12 ‫וּבַחֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י מִֽקְרָא־קֹ֙דֶשׁ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֔ם כָּל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה לֹ֣א תַעֲשׂ֑וּ וְחַגֹּתֶ֥ם חַ֛ג לַיהוָ֖ה שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃‬ And on the fifteenth day of the seventh month you will hold a holy convocation; you will not engage in any kind of work, and you will celebrate the festival to the Lord for seven days. any ← every.

kind ← craft.
Nu 29:13 ‫וְהִקְרַבְתֶּ֨ם עֹלָ֜ה אִשֵּׁ֨ה רֵ֤יחַ נִיחֹ֙חַ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה פָּרִ֧ים בְּנֵי־בָקָ֛ר שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר אֵילִ֣ם שְׁנָ֑יִם כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר תְּמִימִ֥ם יִהְיֽוּ׃‬ And you will offer a burnt offering, a fire-offering of a sweet fragrance to the Lord: thirteen bull-calves of the oxen, two rams and fourteen one-year-old lambs. They will be without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:14 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֔ם סֹ֖לֶת בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַשָּׁ֑מֶן שְׁלֹשָׁ֨ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים לַפָּ֣ר הָֽאֶחָ֗ד לִשְׁלֹשָׁ֤ה עָשָׂר֙ פָּרִ֔ים שְׁנֵ֤י עֶשְׂרֹנִים֙ לָאַ֣יִל הָֽאֶחָ֔ד לִשְׁנֵ֖י הָאֵילִֽם׃‬ and their meal-offering: fine flour mixed with oil, three tenth measures per bull for the thirteen bulls, two tenth measures per ram for each of the two rams,
Nu 29:15 ‫וְעִשָּׂרׄוֹן֙ עִשָּׂר֔וֹן לַכֶּ֖בֶשׂ הָאֶחָ֑ד לְאַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר כְּבָשִֽׂים׃‬ and a tenth measure for each lamb, for the fourteen lambs, a tenth measure: with supralinear dots. See [CB, appendix 31]. [CB] says it means omit the words.

each: see Nu 29:10.
Nu 29:16 ‫וּשְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד חַטָּ֑את מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד מִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכָּֽהּ׃ ס‬ and one buck of the goats as a sin-offering, apart from the perpetual burnt offering, and its meal-offering and its libation.
Nu 29:17 ‫וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשֵּׁנִ֗י פָּרִ֧ים בְּנֵי־בָקָ֛ר שְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר אֵילִ֣ם שְׁנָ֑יִם כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And on the second day, you will offer twelve bull-calves of the oxen, two rams, and fourteen one-year-old lambs without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:18 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֣ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֡ם לַ֠פָּרִים לָאֵילִ֧ם וְלַכְּבָשִׂ֛ים בְּמִסְפָּרָ֖ם כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ and their meal-offering and their libations, to go with the bulls, with the rams, and with the lambs by their number, according to the regulation,
Nu 29:19 ‫וּשְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד חַטָּ֑את מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד וּמִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכֵּיהֶֽם׃ ס‬ and one buck of the goats as a sin-offering, apart from the perpetual burnt offering and its meal-offering and their libations.
Nu 29:20 ‫וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֛י פָּרִ֥ים עַשְׁתֵּי־עָשָׂ֖ר אֵילִ֣ם שְׁנָ֑יִם כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And on the third day, you will offer eleven bulls, two rams, and fourteen one-year-old lambs without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:21 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֣ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֡ם לַ֠פָּרִים לָאֵילִ֧ם וְלַכְּבָשִׂ֛ים בְּמִסְפָּרָ֖ם כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ and their meal-offering and their libations, to go with the bulls, with the rams, and with the lambs by their number, according to the regulation,
Nu 29:22 ‫וּשְׂעִ֥יר חַטָּ֖את אֶחָ֑ד מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד וּמִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכָּֽהּ׃ ס‬ and one goat as a sin-offering, apart from the perpetual burnt offering, and its meal-offering and its libation.
Nu 29:23 ‫וּבַיּ֧וֹם הָרְבִיעִ֛י פָּרִ֥ים עֲשָׂרָ֖ה אֵילִ֣ם שְׁנָ֑יִם כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And on the fourth day, you will offer ten bulls, two rams, and fourteen one-year-old lambs without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:24 ‫מִנְחָתָ֣ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֡ם לַ֠פָּרִים לָאֵילִ֧ם וְלַכְּבָשִׂ֛ים בְּמִסְפָּרָ֖ם כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ and their meal-offering and their libations, to go with the bulls, with the rams, and with the lambs by their number, according to the regulation,
Nu 29:25 ‫וּשְׂעִיר־עִזִּ֥ים אֶחָ֖ד חַטָּ֑את מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד מִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכָּֽהּ׃ ס‬ and one buck of the goats as a sin-offering, apart from the perpetual burnt offering, and its meal-offering and its libation.
Nu 29:26 ‫וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַחֲמִישִׁ֛י פָּרִ֥ים תִּשְׁעָ֖ה אֵילִ֣ם שְׁנָ֑יִם כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And on the fifth day, you will offer nine bulls, two rams, and fourteen one-year-old lambs without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:27 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֣ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֡ם לַ֠פָּרִים לָאֵילִ֧ם וְלַכְּבָשִׂ֛ים בְּמִסְפָּרָ֖ם כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ and their meal-offering and their libations, to go with the bulls, with the rams, and with the lambs by their number, according to the regulation,
Nu 29:28 ‫וּשְׂעִ֥יר חַטָּ֖את אֶחָ֑ד מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד וּמִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכָּֽהּ׃ ס‬ and one goat as a sin-offering, apart from the perpetual burnt offering, and its meal-offering and its libation.
Nu 29:29 ‫וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֛י פָּרִ֥ים שְׁמֹנָ֖ה אֵילִ֣ם שְׁנָ֑יִם כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And on the sixth day, you will offer eight bulls, two rams, and fourteen one-year-old lambs without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:30 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֣ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֡ם לַ֠פָּרִים לָאֵילִ֧ם וְלַכְּבָשִׂ֛ים בְּמִסְפָּרָ֖ם כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ and their meal-offering and their libations, to go with the bulls, with the rams, and with the lambs by their number, according to the regulation,
Nu 29:31 ‫וּשְׂעִ֥יר חַטָּ֖את אֶחָ֑ד מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד מִנְחָתָ֖הּ וּנְסָכֶֽיהָ׃ פ‬ and one goat as a sin-offering, apart from the perpetual burnt offering, and its meal-offering and its libation.
Nu 29:32 ‫וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֛י פָּרִ֥ים שִׁבְעָ֖ה אֵילִ֣ם שְׁנָ֑יִם כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And on the seventh day, you will offer seven bulls, two rams, and fourteen one-year-old lambs without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:33 ‫וּמִנְחָתָ֣ם וְנִסְכֵּהֶ֡ם לַ֠פָּרִים לָאֵילִ֧ם וְלַכְּבָשִׂ֛ים בְּמִסְפָּרָ֖ם כְּמִשְׁפָּטָֽם׃‬ and their meal-offering and their libations, to go with the bulls, with the rams, and with the lambs by their number, according to the regulation,
Nu 29:34 ‫וּשְׂעִ֥יר חַטָּ֖את אֶחָ֑ד מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד מִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכָּֽהּ׃ פ‬ and one goat as a sin-offering, apart from the perpetual burnt offering, and its meal-offering and its libation.
Nu 29:35 ‫בַּיּוֹם֙ הַשְּׁמִינִ֔י עֲצֶ֖רֶת תִּהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֑ם כָּל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה לֹ֥א תַעֲשֽׂוּ׃‬ And on the eighth day you will hold a solemn assembly. You will not engage in any kind of work. any ← every.

kind ← craft.
Nu 29:36 ‫וְהִקְרַבְתֶּ֨ם עֹלָ֜ה אִשֵּׁ֨ה רֵ֤יחַ נִיחֹ֙חַ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה פַּ֥ר אֶחָ֖ד אַ֣יִל אֶחָ֑ד כְּבָשִׂ֧ים בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה שִׁבְעָ֖ה תְּמִימִֽם׃‬ And you will offer a burnt offering, a fire-offering of a sweet fragrance to the Lord: one bull, one ram, and seven one-year-old lambs without blemish, without blemish ← perfect.
Nu 29:37 ‫מִנְחָתָ֣ם וְנִסְכֵּיהֶ֗ם לַפָּ֨ר לָאַ֧יִל וְלַכְּבָשִׂ֛ים בְּמִסְפָּרָ֖ם כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ and their meal-offering and their libations to go with the bull, with the ram and with the lambs by their number according to the regulation,
Nu 29:38 ‫וּשְׂעִ֥יר חַטָּ֖את אֶחָ֑ד מִלְּבַד֙ עֹלַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֔יד וּמִנְחָתָ֖הּ וְנִסְכָּֽהּ׃‬ and one goat as a sin-offering, apart from the ongoing burnt offering, and its meal-offering and its libation.
Nu 29:39 ‫אֵ֛לֶּה תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ לַיהוָ֖ה בְּמוֹעֲדֵיכֶ֑ם לְבַ֨ד מִנִּדְרֵיכֶ֜ם וְנִדְבֹתֵיכֶ֗ם לְעֹלֹֽתֵיכֶם֙ וּלְמִנְחֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וּלְנִסְכֵּיכֶ֖ם וּלְשַׁלְמֵיכֶֽם׃‬ You will do these things for the Lord at your appointed times, apart from your vows and your freewill-offerings, your burnt offerings and your meal-offerings, and your libations and your peace-offerings.’ ”
Nu 30:1
Nu 29:40AV
‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֖ה אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל כְּכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ פ‬ And Moses told the sons of Israel everything that the Lord had commanded Moses. everything ← according to everything.

Moses (second occurrence in verse): the repetition of ↴
Nu 30:2
Nu 30:1AV
‫וַיְדַבֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־רָאשֵׁ֣י הַמַּטּ֔וֹת לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר זֶ֣ה הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָֽה׃‬ And Moses spoke to the heads of the tribes of the sons of Israel and said, “This is the matter which the Lord has commanded. ↳ the name (rather than using a pronoun) is otiose, but it is not necessarily inelegant in Hebrew. Compare Gn 12:5.
Nu 30:3
Nu 30:2AV
‫אִישׁ֩ כִּֽי־יִדֹּ֨ר נֶ֜דֶר לַֽיהוָ֗ה אֽוֹ־הִשָּׁ֤בַע שְׁבֻעָה֙ לֶאְסֹ֤ר אִסָּר֙ עַל־נַפְשׁ֔וֹ לֹ֥א יַחֵ֖ל דְּבָר֑וֹ כְּכָל־הַיֹּצֵ֥א מִפִּ֖יו יַעֲשֶֽׂה׃‬ If a man makes a vow to the Lord or swears an oath, so imposing an obligation on himself, he shall not break his word – he shall act according to everything that comes out of his mouth. Mt 5:33.

makes a vow ← vows a vow.

himself ← his soul.
Nu 30:4
Nu 30:3AV
‫וְאִשָּׁ֕ה כִּֽי־תִדֹּ֥ר נֶ֖דֶר לַיהוָ֑ה וְאָסְרָ֥ה אִסָּ֛ר בְּבֵ֥ית אָבִ֖יהָ בִּנְעֻרֶֽיהָ׃‬ And if a woman makes a vow to the Lord, and she imposes an obligation on herself in her father's house in her youth,
Nu 30:5
Nu 30:4AV
‫וְשָׁמַ֨ע אָבִ֜יהָ אֶת־נִדְרָ֗הּ וֶֽאֱסָרָהּ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽסְרָ֣ה עַל־נַפְשָׁ֔הּ וְהֶחֱרִ֥ישׁ לָ֖הּ אָבִ֑יהָ וְקָ֙מוּ֙ כָּל־נְדָרֶ֔יהָ וְכָל־אִסָּ֛ר אֲשֶׁר־אָסְרָ֥ה עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖הּ יָקֽוּם׃‬ and her father hears her vow and her obligation which she imposed on herself, and her father remains silent with her, then all her vows will stand, and the whole of her obligation which she imposed on herself will stand. herself (2x)her soul.
Nu 30:6
Nu 30:5AV
‫וְאִם־הֵנִ֨יא אָבִ֣יהָ אֹתָהּ֮ בְּי֣וֹם שָׁמְעוֹ֒ כָּל־נְדָרֶ֗יהָ וֶֽאֱסָרֶ֛יהָ אֲשֶׁר־אָסְרָ֥ה עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖הּ לֹ֣א יָק֑וּם וַֽיהוָה֙ יִֽסְלַח־לָ֔הּ כִּי־הֵנִ֥יא אָבִ֖יהָ אֹתָֽהּ׃‬ But if her father disallows her on the day when he hears it, none of her vows and obligations which she imposed on herself will stand, and the Lord will pardon her, for her father has disallowed her. none ← not every.

herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:7
Nu 30:6AV
‫וְאִם־הָי֤וֹ תִֽהְיֶה֙ לְאִ֔ישׁ וּנְדָרֶ֖יהָ עָלֶ֑יהָ א֚וֹ מִבְטָ֣א שְׂפָתֶ֔יהָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָסְרָ֖ה עַל־נַפְשָֽׁהּ׃‬ And if it is the case that she has a husband, and she has vows imposed on her, or an utterance of her lips which she has imposed on herself, it is the case that she has: infinitive absolute of the verb to be.

herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:8
Nu 30:7AV
‫וְשָׁמַ֥ע אִישָׁ֛הּ בְּי֥וֹם שָׁמְע֖וֹ וְהֶחֱרִ֣ישׁ לָ֑הּ וְקָ֣מוּ נְדָרֶ֗יהָ וֶֽאֱסָרֶ֛הָ אֲשֶׁר־אָסְרָ֥ה עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖הּ יָקֻֽמוּ׃‬ and her husband hears it, and on the day he hears it he remains silent with her, then her vows will stand, and her obligations which she imposed on herself will stand. herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:9
Nu 30:8AV
‫וְ֠אִם בְּי֨וֹם שְׁמֹ֣עַ אִישָׁהּ֮ יָנִ֣יא אוֹתָהּ֒ וְהֵפֵ֗ר אֶת־נִדְרָהּ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלֶ֔יהָ וְאֵת֙ מִבְטָ֣א שְׂפָתֶ֔יהָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָסְרָ֖ה עַל־נַפְשָׁ֑הּ וַיהוָ֖ה יִֽסְלַֽח־לָֽהּ׃‬ But if on the day when her husband hears it, he disallows her, then he will abrogate the vow which is on her, and the utterance of her lips with which she bound herself, and the Lord will pardon her. herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:10
Nu 30:9AV
‫וְנֵ֥דֶר אַלְמָנָ֖ה וּגְרוּשָׁ֑ה כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־אָסְרָ֥ה עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖הּ יָק֥וּם עָלֶֽיהָ׃‬ And as for the vow of a widow or a divorcee, everything that she has imposed on herself will stand imposed on her. herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:11
Nu 30:10AV
‫וְאִם־בֵּ֥ית אִישָׁ֖הּ נָדָ֑רָה אֽוֹ־אָסְרָ֥ה אִסָּ֛ר עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖הּ בִּשְׁבֻעָֽה׃‬ And if in the house of her husband she vows or imposes an obligation on herself by an oath, herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:12
Nu 30:11AV
‫וְשָׁמַ֤ע אִישָׁהּ֙ וְהֶחֱרִ֣שׁ לָ֔הּ לֹ֥א הֵנִ֖יא אֹתָ֑הּ וְקָ֙מוּ֙ כָּל־נְדָרֶ֔יהָ וְכָל־אִסָּ֛ר אֲשֶׁר־אָסְרָ֥ה עַל־נַפְשָׁ֖הּ יָקֽוּם׃‬ and her husband hears it and remains silent with her and does not disallow her, then all her vows and all the obligation which she imposed on herself will stand. herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:13
Nu 30:12AV
‫וְאִם־הָפֵר֩ יָפֵ֨ר אֹתָ֥ם ׀ אִישָׁהּ֮ בְּי֣וֹם שָׁמְעוֹ֒ כָּל־מוֹצָ֨א שְׂפָתֶ֧יהָ לִנְדָרֶ֛יהָ וּלְאִסַּ֥ר נַפְשָׁ֖הּ לֹ֣א יָק֑וּם אִישָׁ֣הּ הֲפֵרָ֔ם וַיהוָ֖ה יִֽסְלַֽח־לָֽהּ׃‬ But if it is the case that her husband abrogates them on the day he hears it – all the utterance of her lips in respect of her vows and the obligation on herselfthen it will not stand: her husband abrogated them and the Lord will pardon her. it is the case that ... abrogates: infinitive absolute.

herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:14
Nu 30:13AV
‫כָּל־נֵ֛דֶר וְכָל־שְׁבֻעַ֥ת אִסָּ֖ר לְעַנֹּ֣ת נָ֑פֶשׁ אִישָׁ֥הּ יְקִימֶ֖נּוּ וְאִישָׁ֥הּ יְפֵרֶֽנּוּ׃‬ As regards every vow and every oath of an obligation to afflict oneself, her husband may let it stand or her husband may abrogate it. oneself ← a soul.
Nu 30:15
Nu 30:14AV
‫וְאִם־הַחֲרֵשׁ֩ יַחֲרִ֨ישׁ לָ֥הּ אִישָׁהּ֮ מִיּ֣וֹם אֶל־יוֹם֒ וְהֵקִים֙ אֶת־כָּל־נְדָרֶ֔יהָ א֥וֹ אֶת־כָּל־אֱסָרֶ֖יהָ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלֶ֑יהָ הֵקִ֣ים אֹתָ֔ם כִּי־הֶחֱרִ֥שׁ לָ֖הּ בְּי֥וֹם שָׁמְעֽוֹ׃‬ But if it is the case that her husband remains silent with her from day to day, then he has let all her vows stand, or has let all her obligations on herself stand, for he remained silent with her on the day he heard them. it is the case that ... remains silent: infinitive absolute.

herself ← her soul.
Nu 30:16
Nu 30:15AV
‫וְאִם־הָפֵ֥ר יָפֵ֛ר אֹתָ֖ם אַחֲרֵ֣י שָׁמְע֑וֹ וְנָשָׂ֖א אֶת־עֲוֺנָֽהּ׃‬ But if on the contrary he abrogates them a while after he heard them, then he will bear her iniquity.” on the contrary he abrogates them: infinitive absolute.
Nu 30:17
Nu 30:16AV
‫אֵ֣לֶּה הַֽחֻקִּ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֔ה בֵּ֥ין אִ֖ישׁ לְאִשְׁתּ֑וֹ בֵּֽין־אָ֣ב לְבִתּ֔וֹ בִּנְעֻרֶ֖יהָ בֵּ֥ית אָבִֽיהָ׃ פ‬ These are the statutes which the Lord commanded Moses, between a man and his wife, between a father and his daughter in her youth, in the house of her father.
Nu 31:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 31:2 ‫נְקֹ֗ם נִקְמַת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מֵאֵ֖ת הַמִּדְיָנִ֑ים אַחַ֖ר תֵּאָסֵ֥ף אֶל־עַמֶּֽיךָ׃‬ Take vengeance for the sons of Israel on the Midianites, and afterwards you will be gathered to your people.” take vengeance ← avenge vengeance.

for ← of. Wider use of the construct state. Similarly in the next verse.
Nu 31:3 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־הָעָ֣ם לֵאמֹ֔ר הֵחָלְצ֧וּ מֵאִתְּכֶ֛ם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים לַצָּבָ֑א וְיִהְיוּ֙ עַל־מִדְיָ֔ן לָתֵ֥ת נִקְמַת־יְהוָ֖ה בְּמִדְיָֽן׃‬ So Moses spoke to the people and said, “Let a group of your men be armed for war, and confront Midian, to take the Lord's vengeance on Midian. confront ← be at / against.

a group of your men ← men from with you.
Nu 31:4 ‫אֶ֚לֶף לַמַּטֶּ֔ה אֶ֖לֶף לַמַּטֶּ֑ה לְכֹל֙ מַטּ֣וֹת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל תִּשְׁלְח֖וּ לַצָּבָֽא׃‬ You will send a thousand men for each and every tribe – for all the tribes of Israel – to war.” for each and every tribe ← for the tribe ... for the tribe.
Nu 31:5 ‫וַיִּמָּֽסְרוּ֙ מֵאַלְפֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶ֖לֶף לַמַּטֶּ֑ה שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֥ר אֶ֖לֶף חֲלוּצֵ֥י צָבָֽא׃‬ So one thousand men per tribe, from the thousands of Israel, were handed over – twelve thousand men armed for war.
Nu 31:6 ‫וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח אֹתָ֥ם מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶ֥לֶף לַמַּטֶּ֖ה לַצָּבָ֑א אֹ֠תָם וְאֶת־פִּ֨ינְחָ֜ס בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֤ר הַכֹּהֵן֙ לַצָּבָ֔א וּכְלֵ֥י הַקֹּ֛דֶשׁ וַחֲצֹצְר֥וֹת הַתְּרוּעָ֖ה בְּיָדֽוֹ׃‬ And Moses sent them – a thousand per tribe, with Phinehas the son of Eleazar the priest – to war. And he had the holy instruments and the trumpets for sounding in his hand. Phinehas: see Ex 6:25.

Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

for ← of. Wider use of the construct state.
Nu 31:7 ‫וַֽיִּצְבְּאוּ֙ עַל־מִדְיָ֔ן כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַיַּֽהַרְג֖וּ כָּל־זָכָֽר׃‬ And they went to war against Midian, as the Lord had commanded Moses, and they killed all males.
Nu 31:8 ‫וְאֶת־מַלְכֵ֨י מִדְיָ֜ן הָרְג֣וּ עַל־חַלְלֵיהֶ֗ם אֶת־אֱוִ֤י וְאֶת־רֶ֙קֶם֙ וְאֶת־צ֤וּר וְאֶת־חוּר֙ וְאֶת־רֶ֔בַע חֲמֵ֖שֶׁת מַלְכֵ֣י מִדְיָ֑ן וְאֵת֙ בִּלְעָ֣ם בֶּן־בְּע֔וֹר הָרְג֖וּ בֶּחָֽרֶב׃‬ And they killed the kings of Midian among those defeated by them, Evi and Rekem and Zur and Hur and Reba – the five kings of Midian – and they killed Balaam the son of Beor with the sword. Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 31:9 ‫וַיִּשְׁבּ֧וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֶת־נְשֵׁ֥י מִדְיָ֖ן וְאֶת־טַפָּ֑ם וְאֵ֨ת כָּל־בְּהֶמְתָּ֧ם וְאֶת־כָּל־מִקְנֵהֶ֛ם וְאֶת־כָּל־חֵילָ֖ם בָּזָֽזוּ׃‬ And the sons of Israel took the women of Midian captive, and their children, and they plundered all their cattle and all their property and all their wealth.
Nu 31:10 ‫וְאֵ֤ת כָּל־עָרֵיהֶם֙ בְּמ֣וֹשְׁבֹתָ֔ם וְאֵ֖ת כָּל־טִֽירֹתָ֑ם שָׂרְפ֖וּ בָּאֵֽשׁ׃‬ And they burned with fire all their cities in their inhabited areas, and all their palaces.
Nu 31:11 ‫וַיִּקְחוּ֙ אֶת־כָּל־הַשָּׁלָ֔ל וְאֵ֖ת כָּל־הַמַּלְק֑וֹחַ בָּאָדָ֖ם וּבַבְּהֵמָֽה׃‬ And they took all the spoil and all the booty by way of people and cattle.
Nu 31:12 ‫וַיָּבִ֡אוּ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֩ וְאֶל־אֶלְעָזָ֨ר הַכֹּהֵ֜ן וְאֶל־עֲדַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֶת־הַשְּׁבִ֧י וְאֶת־הַמַּלְק֛וֹחַ וְאֶת־הַשָּׁלָ֖ל אֶל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה אֶל־עַֽרְבֹ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־יַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵחֽוֹ׃ ס‬ And they brought the captives and the booty and the spoil to Moses and Eleazar the priest and to the congregation of the sons of Israel at the camp in the arid tracts of Moab, which were by the Jordan at Jericho. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.

in the arid tracts ← to the arid tracts.
Nu 31:13 ‫וַיֵּ֨צְא֜וּ מֹשֶׁ֨ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן וְכָל־נְשִׂיאֵ֥י הָעֵדָ֖ה לִקְרָאתָ֑ם אֶל־מִח֖וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃‬ And Moses and Eleazar the priest and all the leaders of the congregation went out to meet them, outside the camp. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 31:14 ‫וַיִּקְצֹ֣ף מֹשֶׁ֔ה עַ֖ל פְּקוּדֵ֣י הֶחָ֑יִל שָׂרֵ֤י הָאֲלָפִים֙ וְשָׂרֵ֣י הַמֵּא֔וֹת הַבָּאִ֖ים מִצְּבָ֥א הַמִּלְחָמָֽה׃‬ But Moses was angry with the officers in the army – the commanders of a thousand and the commanders of a hundred – who came from the army which fought the war.
Nu 31:15 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר אֲלֵיהֶ֖ם מֹשֶׁ֑ה הַֽחִיִּיתֶ֖ם כָּל־נְקֵבָֽה׃‬ And Moses said to them, “Have you kept all the females alive?
Nu 31:16 ‫הֵ֣ן הֵ֜נָּה הָי֨וּ לִבְנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בִּדְבַ֣ר בִּלְעָ֔ם לִמְסָר־מַ֥עַל בַּיהוָ֖ה עַל־דְּבַר־פְּע֑וֹר וַתְּהִ֥י הַמַּגֵּפָ֖ה בַּעֲדַ֥ת יְהוָֽה׃‬ Look, they came to the sons of Israel in the incident with Balaam, to stir up treachery against the Lord in the affair of Peor, and there was a plague in the Lord's congregation. came ← were, became.

Balaam: see Nu 22:5.
Nu 31:17 ‫וְעַתָּ֕ה הִרְג֥וּ כָל־זָכָ֖ר בַּטָּ֑ף וְכָל־אִשָּׁ֗ה יֹדַ֥עַת אִ֛ישׁ לְמִשְׁכַּ֥ב זָכָ֖ר הֲרֹֽגוּ׃‬ So now, kill all the males among the children, and kill every woman who has known a man in lying with a male.
Nu 31:18 ‫וְכֹל֙ הַטַּ֣ף בַּנָּשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יָדְע֖וּ מִשְׁכַּ֣ב זָכָ֑ר הַחֲי֖וּ לָכֶֽם׃‬ But keep all the female children who have not known lying with a male, alive, for yourselves. female children ← children among the women.
Nu 31:19 ‫וְאַתֶּ֗ם חֲנ֛וּ מִח֥וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֖ה שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים כֹּל֩ הֹרֵ֨ג נֶ֜פֶשׁ וְכֹ֣ל ׀ נֹגֵ֣עַ בֶּֽחָלָ֗ל תִּֽתְחַטְּא֞וּ בַּיּ֤וֹם הַשְּׁלִישִׁי֙ וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י אַתֶּ֖ם וּשְׁבִיכֶֽם׃‬ And encamp outside the camp for seven days, everyone who kills a person and everyone who touches those killed. Purify yourselves, you and your captives, on the third day and on the seventh day. person ← soul.
Nu 31:20 ‫וְכָל־בֶּ֧גֶד וְכָל־כְּלִי־ע֛וֹר וְכָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה עִזִּ֖ים וְכָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֑ץ תִּתְחַטָּֽאוּ׃ ס‬ And purify every item of clothing and every hide, and every product of goats and every wooden article.”
Nu 31:21 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר אֶלְעָזָ֤ר הַכֹּהֵן֙ אֶל־אַנְשֵׁ֣י הַצָּבָ֔א הַבָּאִ֖ים לַמִּלְחָמָ֑ה זֹ֚את חֻקַּ֣ת הַתּוֹרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ Then Eleazar the priest said to the men of the army who went to war, “This is the statute of the law which the Lord commanded Moses. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 31:22 ‫אַ֥ךְ אֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב וְאֶת־הַכָּ֑סֶף אֶֽת־הַנְּחֹ֙שֶׁת֙ אֶת־הַבַּרְזֶ֔ל אֶֽת־הַבְּדִ֖יל וְאֶת־הָעֹפָֽרֶת׃‬ But as for the gold and the silver, the copper, the iron, the tin and the lead –
Nu 31:23 ‫כָּל־דָּבָ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־יָבֹ֣א בָאֵ֗שׁ תַּעֲבִ֤ירוּ בָאֵשׁ֙ וְטָהֵ֔ר אַ֕ךְ בְּמֵ֥י נִדָּ֖ה יִתְחַטָּ֑א וְכֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹֽא־יָבֹ֛א בָּאֵ֖שׁ תַּעֲבִ֥ירוּ בַמָּֽיִם׃‬ every item that can go through fire – pass it through fire and it will be clean, but it will be purified by water of impurity, and pass everything that cannot go through fire through the water. impurity: see Nu 19:9.
Nu 31:24 ‫וְכִבַּסְתֶּ֧ם בִּגְדֵיכֶ֛ם בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י וּטְהַרְתֶּ֑ם וְאַחַ֖ר תָּבֹ֥אוּ אֶל־הַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃ פ‬ And you will wash your clothes on the seventh day, and you will be clean, and afterwards you can come to the camp.”
Nu 31:25 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 31:26 ‫שָׂ֗א אֵ֣ת רֹ֤אשׁ מַלְק֙וֹחַ֙ הַשְּׁבִ֔י בָּאָדָ֖ם וּבַבְּהֵמָ֑ה אַתָּה֙ וְאֶלְעָזָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וְרָאשֵׁ֖י אֲב֥וֹת הָעֵדָֽה׃‬ Hold a census of the captives taken – of the people and the cattle – you and Eleazar the priest, and the paternal heads of the congregation, hold a census ← take the sum.

captives taken ← taking of captivity.

Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 31:27 ‫וְחָצִ֙יתָ֙ אֶת־הַמַּלְק֔וֹחַ בֵּ֚ין תֹּפְשֵׂ֣י הַמִּלְחָמָ֔ה הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים לַצָּבָ֑א וּבֵ֖ין כָּל־הָעֵדָֽה׃‬ and divide what was taken into two, between those who undertook the war, who went out in the army, and the whole congregation.
Nu 31:28 ‫וַהֲרֵמֹתָ֨ מֶ֜כֶס לַֽיהוָ֗ה מֵאֵ֞ת אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּלְחָמָה֙ הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים לַצָּבָ֔א אֶחָ֣ד נֶ֔פֶשׁ מֵחֲמֵ֖שׁ הַמֵּא֑וֹת מִן־הָאָדָם֙ וּמִן־הַבָּקָ֔ר וּמִן־הַחֲמֹרִ֖ים וּמִן־הַצֹּֽאן׃‬ And you will raise a levy for the Lord from the men of war who went out to battle: one individual in five hundred, from men and from the oxen, and from the donkeys and from the sheep. individual ← soul.
Nu 31:29 ‫מִמַּֽחֲצִיתָ֖ם תִּקָּ֑חוּ וְנָתַתָּ֛ה לְאֶלְעָזָ֥ר הַכֹּהֵ֖ן תְּרוּמַ֥ת יְהוָֽה׃‬ You will take it from their half and give it to Eleazar the priest, as a heave-offering to the Lord. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 31:30 ‫וּמִמַּחֲצִ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל תִּקַּ֣ח ׀ אֶחָ֣ד ׀ אָחֻ֣ז מִן־הַחֲמִשִּׁ֗ים מִן־הָאָדָ֧ם מִן־הַבָּקָ֛ר מִן־הַחֲמֹרִ֥ים וּמִן־הַצֹּ֖אן מִכָּל־הַבְּהֵמָ֑ה וְנָתַתָּ֤ה אֹתָם֙ לַלְוִיִּ֔ם שֹׁמְרֵ֕י מִשְׁמֶ֖רֶת מִשְׁכַּ֥ן יְהוָֽה׃‬ And of the half for the sons of Israel you will take one part in fifty from men, from oxen, from donkeys and from sheep – from all cattle – and give them to the Levites who reliably carry out the operations of the Lord's tabernacle.” reliably carry out the operations of: see Nu 1:53.
Nu 31:31 ‫וַיַּ֣עַשׂ מֹשֶׁ֔ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֖ר הַכֹּהֵ֑ן כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ And Moses and Eleazar the priest acted according to what the Lord had commanded Moses. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 31:32 ‫וַיְהִי֙ הַמַּלְק֔וֹחַ יֶ֣תֶר הַבָּ֔ז אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּזְז֖וּ עַ֣ם הַצָּבָ֑א צֹ֗אן שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֛לֶף וְשִׁבְעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵֽשֶׁת־אֲלָפִֽים׃‬ And what was taken – the remainder of the plunder which the people of the army plundered – amounted to six hundred and seventy-five thousand sheep, amounted to ← was.

675,000 is the basis of a division in subsequent verses.
Nu 31:33 ‫וּבָקָ֕ר שְׁנַ֥יִם וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃‬ and seventy-two thousand oxen, 72,000 is the basis of a division in subsequent verses.
Nu 31:34 ‫וַחֲמֹרִ֕ים אֶחָ֥ד וְשִׁשִּׁ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃‬ and sixty-one thousand donkeys, 61,000 is the basis of a division in subsequent verses.
Nu 31:35 ‫וְנֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֔ם מִן־הַ֨נָּשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־יָדְע֖וּ מִשְׁכַּ֣ב זָכָ֑ר כָּל־נֶ֕פֶשׁ שְׁנַ֥יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃‬ and people, from the women who had not known lying with a male: thirty-two thousand people in all. people ... people ← soul of man ... soul.

32,000 is the basis of a division in subsequent verses.
Nu 31:36 ‫וַתְּהִי֙ הַֽמֶּחֱצָ֔ה חֵ֕לֶק הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים בַּצָּבָ֑א מִסְפַּ֣ר הַצֹּ֗אן שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֙לֶף֙ וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים אֶ֔לֶף וְשִׁבְעַ֥ת אֲלָפִ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ And for the half, the part which went out to battle, the number of sheep amounted to three hundred and thirty-seven thousand, five hundred. 337,500 = 675,000 ÷ 2.

amounted to ← was.
Nu 31:37 ‫וַיְהִ֛י הַמֶּ֥כֶס לַֽיהוָ֖ה מִן־הַצֹּ֑אן שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חָמֵ֥שׁ וְשִׁבְעִֽים׃‬ And the levy to the Lord from the sheep was six hundred and seventy-five. 675 = 337,500 ÷ 500.
Nu 31:38 ‫וְהַ֨בָּקָ֔ר שִׁשָּׁ֥ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים אָ֑לֶף וּמִכְסָ֥ם לַיהוָ֖ה שְׁנַ֥יִם וְשִׁבְעִֽים׃‬ And the oxen amounted to thirty-six thousand, and their levy to the Lord was seventy-two. 36,000 = 72,000 ÷ 2.

72 = 36,000 ÷ 500.
Nu 31:39 ‫וַחֲמֹרִ֕ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת וּמִכְסָ֥ם לַֽיהוָ֖ה אֶחָ֥ד וְשִׁשִּֽׁים׃‬ And the donkeys amounted to thirty thousand five hundred, and their levy to the Lord was sixty-one. 30,500 = 61,000 ÷ 2.

61 = 30,500 ÷ 500.
Nu 31:40 ‫וְנֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֔ם שִׁשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר אָ֑לֶף וּמִכְסָם֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה שְׁנַ֥יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים נָֽפֶשׁ׃‬ And the people amounted to sixteen thousand, and the levy to the Lord was thirty-two people. people ... people ← soul of man ... soul.

16,000 = 32,000 ÷ 2.

32 = 16,000 ÷ 500.
Nu 31:41 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֗ה אֶת־מֶ֙כֶס֙ תְּרוּמַ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה לְאֶלְעָזָ֖ר הַכֹּהֵ֑ן כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ And Moses gave the levy as a heave-offering for the Lord to Eleazar the priest, as the Lord had commanded Moses. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 31:42 ‫וּמִֽמַּחֲצִ֖ית בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אֲשֶׁר֙ חָצָ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֔ה מִן־הָאֲנָשִׁ֖ים הַצֹּבְאִֽים׃‬ And of the half of the sons of Israel whom Moses divided from the men who fought, divided ← halved.
Nu 31:43 ‫וַתְּהִ֛י מֶחֱצַ֥ת הָעֵדָ֖ה מִן־הַצֹּ֑אן שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֙לֶף֙ וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים אֶ֔לֶף שִׁבְעַ֥ת אֲלָפִ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ half of the congregation: from the sheep the number amounted to three hundred and thirty-seven thousand, five hundred, amounted to ← was.

337,500 as in v.36.
Nu 31:44 ‫וּבָקָ֕ר שִׁשָּׁ֥ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים אָֽלֶף׃‬ and the oxen amounted to thirty-six thousand, 36,000 as in v.38.
Nu 31:45 ‫וַחֲמֹרִ֕ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת׃‬ and the donkeys amounted to thirty thousand five hundred, 30,500 as in v.39.
Nu 31:46 ‫וְנֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֔ם שִׁשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר אָֽלֶף׃‬ and the persons amounted to sixteen thousand. persons ← soul.

16,000 as in v.40.
Nu 31:47 ‫וַיִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֜ה מִמַּחֲצִ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֶת־הָֽאָחֻז֙ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הַחֲמִשִּׁ֔ים מִן־הָאָדָ֖ם וּמִן־הַבְּהֵמָ֑ה וַיִּתֵּ֨ן אֹתָ֜ם לַלְוִיִּ֗ם שֹֽׁמְרֵי֙ מִשְׁמֶ֙רֶת֙ מִשְׁכַּ֣ן יְהוָ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶֽׁה׃‬ And Moses took from the half of the sons of Israel one part in fifty from the persons and from the cattle, and gave them to the Levites who kept the observance of the Lord's tabernacle as the Lord had commanded Moses.
Nu 31:48 ‫וַֽיִּקְרְבוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה הַפְּקֻדִ֕ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר לְאַלְפֵ֣י הַצָּבָ֑א שָׂרֵ֥י הָאֲלָפִ֖ים וְשָׂרֵ֥י הַמֵּאֽוֹת׃‬ Then the officers who were over the thousands of the army – the commanders of a thousand and the commanders of a hundred – approached Moses
Nu 31:49 ‫וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ נָֽשְׂא֗וּ אֶת־רֹ֛אשׁ אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַמִּלְחָמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּיָדֵ֑נוּ וְלֹא־נִפְקַ֥ד מִמֶּ֖נּוּ אִֽישׁ׃‬ and said to Moses, “Your servants have held a census of the men of war who were under our authority, and not a man of us is missing. held a census ← taken the sum.

authority ← hand.
Nu 31:50 ‫וַנַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־קָרְבַּ֣ן יְהוָ֗ה אִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר מָצָ֤א כְלִֽי־זָהָב֙ אֶצְעָדָ֣ה וְצָמִ֔יד טַבַּ֖עַת עָגִ֣יל וְכוּמָ֑ז לְכַפֵּ֥ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵ֖ינוּ לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ And we have performed the Lord's oblation, each one who found an item of gold – a chain or a bracelet, a ring or an earring or a brooch – to atone for ourselves before the Lord.” ourselves ← our souls.
Nu 31:51 ‫וַיִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֜ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֧ר הַכֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַזָּהָ֖ב מֵֽאִתָּ֑ם כֹּ֖ל כְּלִ֥י מַעֲשֶֽׂה׃‬ And Moses and Eleazar the priest received the gold from them – all the items of craftsmanship. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 31:52 ‫וַיְהִ֣י ׀ כָּל־זְהַ֣ב הַתְּרוּמָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר הֵרִ֙ימוּ֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה שִׁשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר אֶ֛לֶף שְׁבַע־מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שָׁ֑קֶל מֵאֵת֙ שָׂרֵ֣י הָֽאֲלָפִ֔ים וּמֵאֵ֖ת שָׂרֵ֥י הַמֵּאֽוֹת׃‬ And all the gold of the heave-offering which they heaved to the Lord amounted to sixteen thousand seven hundred and fifty shekels, from the commanders of a thousand from the commanders of a hundred. amounted to ← was.
Nu 31:53 ‫אַנְשֵׁי֙ הַצָּבָ֔א בָּזְז֖וּ אִ֥ישׁ לֽוֹ׃‬ The men of the army took spoil – each for himself.
Nu 31:54 ‫וַיִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֜ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֤ר הַכֹּהֵן֙ אֶת־הַזָּהָ֔ב מֵאֵ֛ת שָׂרֵ֥י הָאֲלָפִ֖ים וְהַמֵּא֑וֹת וַיָּבִ֤אוּ אֹתוֹ֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד זִכָּר֥וֹן לִבְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ פ‬ And Moses and Eleazar the priest took the gold from the commanders of a thousand and the commanders of a hundred and brought it to the tent of contact, as a memorial to the sons of Israel before the Lord. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 32:1 ‫וּמִקְנֶ֣ה ׀ רַ֗ב הָיָ֞ה לִבְנֵ֧י רְאוּבֵ֛ן וְלִבְנֵי־גָ֖ד עָצ֣וּם מְאֹ֑ד וַיִּרְא֞וּ אֶת־אֶ֤רֶץ יַעְזֵר֙ וְאֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ גִּלְעָ֔ד וְהִנֵּ֥ה הַמָּק֖וֹם מְק֥וֹם מִקְנֶֽה׃‬ Now the sons of Reuben and the sons of Gad had a lot of cattle – a very great quantity – and when they saw the land of Jaazer and the land of Gilead, they saw that the place was a place for cattle. Jaazer: see Nu 21:32.

Gilead: see Gn 31:21.

they saw that ← behold.
Nu 32:2 ‫וַיָּבֹ֥אוּ בְנֵֽי־גָ֖ד וּבְנֵ֣י רְאוּבֵ֑ן וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֙ וְאֶל־אֶלְעָזָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וְאֶל־נְשִׂיאֵ֥י הָעֵדָ֖ה לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the sons of Gad and the sons of Reuben came and spoke to Moses and to Eleazar the priest, and to the leaders of the congregation, and said, Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 32:3 ‫עֲטָר֤וֹת וְדִיבֹן֙ וְיַעְזֵ֣ר וְנִמְרָ֔ה וְחֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן וְאֶלְעָלֵ֑ה וּשְׂבָ֥ם וּנְב֖וֹ וּבְעֹֽן׃‬ “Ataroth and Dibon and Jaazer and Nimrah and Heshbon and Elealeh and Shebam and Nebo and Beon – Jaazer: see Nu 21:32.

Elealeh ← El'aleh, the first syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.

Shebam ← Sebam, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Nu 32:4 ‫הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִכָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִפְנֵי֙ עֲדַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֶ֥רֶץ מִקְנֶ֖ה הִ֑וא וְלַֽעֲבָדֶ֖יךָ מִקְנֶֽה׃ ס‬ the land which the Lord struck before the congregation of Israel – is a land of cattle, and your servants have cattle.”
Nu 32:5 ‫וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ אִם־מָצָ֤אנוּ חֵן֙ בְּעֵינֶ֔יךָ יֻתַּ֞ן אֶת־הָאָ֧רֶץ הַזֹּ֛את לַעֲבָדֶ֖יךָ לַאֲחֻזָּ֑ה אַל־תַּעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃‬ And they said, “If we have found grace in your eyes, let this land be given to your servants as a possession, and do not have us cross the Jordan.”
Nu 32:6 ‫וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה לִבְנֵי־גָ֖ד וְלִבְנֵ֣י רְאוּבֵ֑ן הַאַֽחֵיכֶ֗ם יָבֹ֙אוּ֙ לַמִּלְחָמָ֔ה וְאַתֶּ֖ם תֵּ֥שְׁבוּ פֹֽה׃‬ Then Moses said to the sons of Gad and the sons of Reuben, “Should your brothers go to war, while you stay here? while: wider use of the vav, here contrastive.
Nu 32:7 ‫וְלָ֣מָּה *תנואון **תְנִיא֔וּן אֶת־לֵ֖ב בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל מֵֽעֲבֹר֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן לָהֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה׃‬ Now why should you discourage the sons of Israel from crossing to the land which the Lord has given them? discourage ← restrain the heart. The ketiv (hiphil stem-formation) is a variant of the qeré (qal stem-formation).
Nu 32:8 ‫כֹּ֥ה עָשׂ֖וּ אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֑ם בְּשָׁלְחִ֥י אֹתָ֛ם מִקָּדֵ֥שׁ בַּרְנֵ֖עַ לִרְא֥וֹת אֶת־הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ Your fathers behaved the same way when I sent them from Kadesh-barnea to see the land, behaved the same way ← acted thus.
Nu 32:9 ‫וַֽיַּעֲל֞וּ עַד־נַ֣חַל אֶשְׁכּ֗וֹל וַיִּרְאוּ֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ וַיָּנִ֕יאוּ אֶת־לֵ֖ב בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לְבִלְתִּי־בֹא֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן לָהֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה׃‬ when they went up to the Brook of Eshcol and saw the land, but they discouraged the sons of Israel so that they wouldn't go to the land which the Lord has given them, discouraged: see Nu 32:7. The stem-formation here is hiphil.
Nu 32:10 ‫וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא וַיִּשָּׁבַ֖ע לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ so that the Lord's wrath was kindled on that day, and he swore and said, so that: consecutive (result) use of the vav.
Nu 32:11 ‫אִם־יִרְא֨וּ הָאֲנָשִׁ֜ים הָעֹלִ֣ים מִמִּצְרַ֗יִם מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה אֵ֚ת הָאֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֛עְתִּי לְאַבְרָהָ֥ם לְיִצְחָ֖ק וּֽלְיַעֲקֹ֑ב כִּ֥י לֹא־מִלְא֖וּ אַחֲרָֽי׃‬ ‘The men who came up from Egypt, from twenty years old and above, will certainly not see the land which I swore to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob, for they have not fully followed me, will certainly not see ← if they see. An oath formula, in full in 2 Sam 3:35, standing for if they ... may God do this to me.

land ← ground.
Nu 32:12 ‫בִּלְתִּ֞י כָּלֵ֤ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּה֙ הַקְּנִזִּ֔י וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ בִּן־נ֑וּן כִּ֥י מִלְא֖וּ אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ except Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenezite and Joshua the son of Nun, for they have fully followed the Lord.’ Kenezite ← Kenizzite, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Compare Josh 14:6.
Nu 32:13 ‫וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֤ף יְהוָה֙ בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַיְנִעֵם֙ בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר אַרְבָּעִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה עַד־תֹּם֙ כָּל־הַדּ֔וֹר הָעֹשֶׂ֥ה הָרַ֖ע בְּעֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ And the Lord's wrath was kindled against Israel, and he caused them to wander in the desert for forty years, until the whole generation which had done wrong in the eyes of the Lord had come to an end.
Nu 32:14 ‫וְהִנֵּ֣ה קַמְתֶּ֗ם תַּ֚חַת אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם תַּרְבּ֖וּת אֲנָשִׁ֣ים חַטָּאִ֑ים לִסְפּ֣וֹת ע֗וֹד עַ֛ל חֲר֥וֹן אַף־יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And look, you have risen up in place of your fathers – the progeny of sinful men – to add more to the angry fury of the Lord towards Israel. angry fury ← fury of anger, a Hebraic genitive.
Nu 32:15 ‫כִּ֤י תְשׁוּבֻן֙ מֵֽאַחֲרָ֔יו וְיָסַ֣ף ע֔וֹד לְהַנִּיח֖וֹ בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר וְשִֽׁחַתֶּ֖ם לְכָל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה׃ ס‬ If you turn away from following him, then he will leave them again in the desert, and you will bring the whole of this people to ruin.” following him ← after him.

them ← him, a collective reference to Israel.

again ← add ... again. Pleonastic rather than multiplying the occurrences. Compare Nu 22:15.
Nu 32:16 ‫וַיִּגְּשׁ֤וּ אֵלָיו֙ וַ֣יֹּאמְר֔וּ גִּדְרֹ֥ת צֹ֛אן נִבְנֶ֥ה לְמִקְנֵ֖נוּ פֹּ֑ה וְעָרִ֖ים לְטַפֵּֽנוּ׃‬ But they approached him and said, “We will build sheepfolds for our livestock here, and cities for our little ones.
Nu 32:17 ‫וַאֲנַ֜חְנוּ נֵחָלֵ֣ץ חֻשִׁ֗ים לִפְנֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁ֥ר אִם־הֲבִֽיאֹנֻ֖ם אֶל־מְקוֹמָ֑ם וְיָשַׁ֤ב טַפֵּ֙נוּ֙ בְּעָרֵ֣י הַמִּבְצָ֔ר מִפְּנֵ֖י יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ And we will arm ourselves swiftly before the sons of Israel, until we have brought them to their place, while our little ones remain in fortified cities, because of the inhabitants of the land.
Nu 32:18 ‫לֹ֥א נָשׁ֖וּב אֶל־בָּתֵּ֑ינוּ עַ֗ד הִתְנַחֵל֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אִ֖ישׁ נַחֲלָתֽוֹ׃‬ We will not return to our houses until the sons of Israel have received their inheritance – each man his inheritance.
Nu 32:19 ‫כִּ֣י לֹ֤א נִנְחַל֙ אִתָּ֔ם מֵעֵ֥בֶר לַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן וָהָ֑לְאָה כִּ֣י בָ֤אָה נַחֲלָתֵ֙נוּ֙ אֵלֵ֔ינוּ מֵעֵ֥בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן מִזְרָֽחָה׃ פ‬ For we will not inherit with them on the far side of the Jordan, for our inheritance has come to us on the eastern side of the Jordan.” on the far side of the Jordan ← across the Jordan and beyond.

on the eastern side of the Jordan ← across the Jordan eastwards.
Nu 32:20 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר אֲלֵיהֶם֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה אִֽם־תַּעֲשׂ֖וּן אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֑ה אִם־תֵּחָֽלְצ֛וּ לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לַמִּלְחָמָֽה׃‬ Then Moses said to them, “If you do this thing, if you arm yourselves before the Lord for war,
Nu 32:21 ‫וְעָבַ֨ר לָכֶ֧ם כָּל־חָל֛וּץ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה עַ֧ד הוֹרִישׁ֛וֹ אֶת־אֹיְבָ֖יו מִפָּנָֽיו׃‬ and every armed man of yours crosses the Jordan before the Lord until he has dispossessed his enemies from before him,
Nu 32:22 ‫וְנִכְבְּשָׁ֨ה הָאָ֜רֶץ לִפְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ וְאַחַ֣ר תָּשֻׁ֔בוּ וִהְיִיתֶ֧ם נְקִיִּ֛ים מֵיְהוָ֖ה וּמִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְ֠הָיְתָה הָאָ֨רֶץ הַזֹּ֥את לָכֶ֛ם לַאֲחֻזָּ֖ה לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ and the land is subdued before the Lord, and afterwards you return, then you will be guiltless with the Lord and with Israel, and this land will be yours as a possession before the Lord. then: this is the apodosis to the condtion started in Nu 32:20. AV differs as to the start of the apodosis.
Nu 32:23 ‫וְאִם־לֹ֤א תַעֲשׂוּן֙ כֵּ֔ן הִנֵּ֥ה חֲטָאתֶ֖ם לַיהוָ֑ה וּדְעוּ֙ חַטַּאתְכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּמְצָ֖א אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ But if you were not to act this way, then in that case you would be sinning against the Lord. And be aware that as for your sin, it would find you out. then in that case ← behold.
Nu 32:24 ‫בְּנֽוּ־לָכֶ֤ם עָרִים֙ לְטַפְּכֶ֔ם וּגְדֵרֹ֖ת לְצֹנַאֲכֶ֑ם וְהַיֹּצֵ֥א מִפִּיכֶ֖ם תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃‬ Build yourselves cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep, and do what you have pronounced.” what you have pronounced ← what proceeds from your mouth.
Nu 32:25 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר בְּנֵי־גָד֙ וּבְנֵ֣י רְאוּבֵ֔ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֖ה לֵאמֹ֑ר עֲבָדֶ֣יךָ יַעֲשׂ֔וּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲדֹנִ֖י מְצַוֶּֽה׃‬ Then the sons of Gad and the sons of Reuben spoke to Moses and said, “Your servants will do as my lord commands.
Nu 32:26 ‫טַפֵּ֣נוּ נָשֵׁ֔ינוּ מִקְנֵ֖נוּ וְכָל־בְּהֶמְתֵּ֑נוּ יִֽהְיוּ־שָׁ֖ם בְּעָרֵ֥י הַגִּלְעָֽד׃‬ Our little ones, our wives, our cattle and all our livestock will be there in the cities of Gilead, Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Nu 32:27 ‫וַעֲבָדֶ֨יךָ יַֽעַבְר֜וּ כָּל־חֲל֥וּץ צָבָ֛א לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לַמִּלְחָמָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲדֹנִ֖י דֹּבֵֽר׃‬ and your servants will cross, every one in the army, armed for battle before the Lord, as my lord says.”
Nu 32:28 ‫וַיְצַ֤ו לָהֶם֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֵ֚ת אֶלְעָזָ֣ר הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וְאֵ֖ת יְהוֹשֻׁ֣עַ בִּן־נ֑וּן וְאֶת־רָאשֵׁ֛י אֲב֥וֹת הַמַּטּ֖וֹת לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And concerning them Moses commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the paternal heads of the tribes of the sons of Israel, Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 32:29 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֲלֵהֶ֗ם אִם־יַעַבְר֣וּ בְנֵי־גָ֣ד וּבְנֵי־רְאוּבֵ֣ן ׀ אִ֠תְּכֶם אֶֽת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֞ן כָּל־חָל֤וּץ לַמִּלְחָמָה֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וְנִכְבְּשָׁ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ לִפְנֵיכֶ֑ם וּנְתַתֶּ֥ם לָהֶ֛ם אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ הַגִּלְעָ֖ד לַאֲחֻזָּֽה׃‬ and Moses said to them, “If the sons of Gad and the sons of Reuben cross the Jordan with you – every one armed for war before the Lord – and the land is subdued before you, then you will give them the land of Gilead as a possession. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Nu 32:30 ‫וְאִם־לֹ֧א יַֽעַבְר֛וּ חֲלוּצִ֖ים אִתְּכֶ֑ם וְנֹֽאחֲז֥וּ בְתֹכְכֶ֖ם בְּאֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן׃‬ But if they do not cross armed with you, then they will have a possession among you in the land of Canaan.” have a possession: so [AnLx]. The usual meaning is be caught / held.
Nu 32:31 ‫וַיַּֽעֲנ֧וּ בְנֵי־גָ֛ד וּבְנֵ֥י רְאוּבֵ֖ן לֵאמֹ֑ר אֵת֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶל־עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ כֵּ֥ן נַעֲשֶֽׂה׃‬ And the sons of Gad and the sons of Reuben answered and said, “What the Lord said to your servants, we will do. we will do ← so we will do.
Nu 32:32 ‫נַ֣חְנוּ נַעֲבֹ֧ר חֲלוּצִ֛ים לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן וְאִתָּ֙נוּ֙ אֲחֻזַּ֣ת נַחֲלָתֵ֔נוּ מֵעֵ֖בֶר לַיַּרְדֵּֽן׃‬ We will cross armed before the Lord into the land of Canaan, and we will have the possession of our inheritance on the other side of the Jordan from there.”
Nu 32:33 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֣ן לָהֶ֣ם ׀ מֹשֶׁ֡ה לִבְנֵי־גָד֩ וְלִבְנֵ֨י רְאוּבֵ֜ן וְלַחֲצִ֣י ׀ שֵׁ֣בֶט ׀ מְנַשֶּׁ֣ה בֶן־יוֹסֵ֗ף אֶת־מַמְלֶ֙כֶת֙ סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י וְאֶת־מַמְלֶ֔כֶת ע֖וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֑ן הָאָ֗רֶץ לְעָרֶ֙יהָ֙ בִּגְבֻלֹ֔ת עָרֵ֥י הָאָ֖רֶץ סָבִֽיב׃‬ And Moses gave them – the sons of Gad and the sons of Reuben and the half-tribe of Manasseh the son of Joseph – the kingdom of Sihon the king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land with its cities, in the territories of the cities of the land round about. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.

Bashan ← the Bashan.

territories ← borders.
Nu 32:34 ‫וַיִּבְנ֣וּ בְנֵי־גָ֔ד אֶת־דִּיבֹ֖ן וְאֶת־עֲטָרֹ֑ת וְאֵ֖ת עֲרֹעֵֽר׃‬ And the sons of Gad built Dibon and Ataroth and Aroer, Ataroth ... Atroth-shophan (next verse): AV= Ataroth ... Atroth, Shophan (3 cities). Atroth-shophan is pointed as a construct state and nomen rectum in ↴
Nu 32:35 ‫וְאֶת־עַטְרֹ֥ת שׁוֹפָ֛ן וְאֶת־יַעְזֵ֖ר וְיָגְבֳּהָֽה׃‬ and Atroth-shophan and Jaazer and Jogbehah, ↳ close conjunction (a mereka). Compare the English Sutton and Sutton Coldfield.

Jaazer: see Nu 21:32.
Nu 32:36 ‫וְאֶת־בֵּ֥ית נִמְרָ֖ה וְאֶת־בֵּ֣ית הָרָ֑ן עָרֵ֥י מִבְצָ֖ר וְגִדְרֹ֥ת צֹֽאן׃‬ and Beth-nimrah, and Beth-haran – fortified cities – and sheepfolds.
Nu 32:37 ‫וּבְנֵ֤י רְאוּבֵן֙ בָּנ֔וּ אֶת־חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן וְאֶת־אֶלְעָלֵ֑א וְאֵ֖ת קִרְיָתָֽיִם׃‬ And the sons of Reuben built Heshbon and Elealeh and Kirjathaim, Elealeh ← El'aleh, the first syllable being closed, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Nu 32:38 ‫וְאֶת־נְב֞וֹ וְאֶת־בַּ֧עַל מְע֛וֹן מֽוּסַבֹּ֥ת שֵׁ֖ם וְאֶת־שִׂבְמָ֑ה וַיִּקְרְא֣וּ בְשֵׁמֹ֔ת אֶת־שְׁמ֥וֹת הֶעָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּנֽוּ׃‬ and Nebo and Baal-meon (the names being changed) and Sibmah, and they called the cities which they had built by changed names. the names being changed ← they being changed (in respect of) name.

Sibmah: AV= Shibmah, not recognizing the sin. But in Josh 13:19, AV= Sibmah.
Nu 32:39 ‫וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ בְּנֵ֨י מָכִ֧יר בֶּן־מְנַשֶּׁ֛ה גִּלְעָ֖דָה וַֽיִּלְכְּדֻ֑הָ וַיּ֖וֹרֶשׁ אֶת־הָאֱמֹרִ֥י אֲשֶׁר־בָּֽהּ׃‬ And the sons of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead and captured it and dispossessed the Amorite who was in it. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.

Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Nu 32:40 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֤ן מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶת־הַגִּלְעָ֔ד לְמָכִ֖יר בֶּן־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה וַיֵּ֖שֶׁב בָּֽהּ׃‬ And Moses gave Gilead to Machir the son of Manasseh, and he lived in it. || Dt 3:15, 1 Chr 2:21.

Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Nu 32:41 ‫וְיָאִ֤יר בֶּן־מְנַשֶּׁה֙ הָלַ֔ךְ וַיִּלְכֹּ֖ד אֶת־חַוֺּתֵיהֶ֑ם וַיִּקְרָ֥א אֶתְהֶ֖ן חַוֺּ֥ת יָאִֽיר׃‬ Then Jair the son of Manasseh went out and captured their villages and called them the villages of Jair. villages of Jair: AV= Havoth-jair.
Nu 32:42 ‫וְנֹ֣בַח הָלַ֔ךְ וַיִּלְכֹּ֥ד אֶת־קְנָ֖ת וְאֶת־בְּנֹתֶ֑יהָ וַיִּקְרָ֧א לָ֦ה נֹ֖בַח בִּשְׁמֽוֹ׃ פ‬ And Nobah went out and captured Kenath and its satellite villages, and he called it Nobah after his own name. satellite villages ← daughters.
Nu 33:1 ‫אֵ֜לֶּה מַסְעֵ֣י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָצְא֛וּ מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה וְאַהֲרֹֽן׃‬ These are the moves of the sons of Israel who came out of the land of Egypt according to their armies through the agency of Moses and Aaron. agency ← hand.
Nu 33:2 ‫וַיִּכְתֹּ֨ב מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־מוֹצָאֵיהֶ֛ם לְמַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְאֵ֥לֶּה מַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם לְמוֹצָאֵיהֶֽם׃‬ For Moses recorded their departures per move of theirs according to the instruction of the Lord. And these are their moves by their departures. for: causal use of the vav.

recorded ← wrote.

instruction ← mouth.
Nu 33:3 ‫וַיִּסְע֤וּ מֵֽרַעְמְסֵס֙ בַּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽרִאשׁ֔וֹן בַּחֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר י֖וֹם לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן מִֽמָּחֳרַ֣ת הַפֶּ֗סַח יָצְא֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּיָ֣ד רָמָ֔ה לְעֵינֵ֖י כָּל־מִצְרָֽיִם׃‬ Now they moved from Rameses in the first month on the fifteenth day of the first month. On the first day after the Passover, the sons of Israel departed with a high hand in the eyes of all Egypt.
Nu 33:4 ‫וּמִצְרַ֣יִם מְקַבְּרִ֗ים אֵת֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִכָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בָּהֶ֖ם כָּל־בְּכ֑וֹר וּבֵאלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם עָשָׂ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה שְׁפָטִֽים׃‬ And Egypt buried those among their own whom the Lord struck down – all the firstborn – and the Lord executed judgments on their gods.
Nu 33:5 ‫וַיִּסְע֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵרַעְמְסֵ֑ס וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּסֻכֹּֽת׃‬ And the sons of Israel moved from Rameses and encamped at Succoth.
Nu 33:6 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִסֻּכֹּ֑ת וַיַּחֲנ֣וּ בְאֵתָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֖ר בִּקְצֵ֥ה הַמִּדְבָּֽר׃‬ Then they moved from Succoth and encamped at Etham which is at the edge of the desert.
Nu 33:7 ‫וַיִּסְעוּ֙ מֵֽאֵתָ֔ם וַיָּ֙שָׁב֙ עַל־פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר עַל־פְּנֵ֖י בַּ֣עַל צְפ֑וֹן וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ לִפְנֵ֥י מִגְדֹּֽל׃‬ Then they moved from Etham and they returned to Pi-hahiroth which is near Baal-zephon, and they encamped in front of Migdol. they returned ← he returned.
Nu 33:8 ‫וַיִּסְעוּ֙ מִפְּנֵ֣י הַֽחִירֹ֔ת וַיַּֽעַבְר֥וּ בְתוֹךְ־הַיָּ֖ם הַמִּדְבָּ֑רָה וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ דֶּ֣רֶךְ שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת יָמִים֙ בְּמִדְבַּ֣ר אֵתָ֔ם וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּמָרָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from the proximity of Hahiroth, and crossed through the middle of the sea into the desert, and they went three days' journey in the desert of Etham, and they encamped at Marah. the proximity of Hahiroth: AV= Pi-hahiroth, taken from the previous verse, but the Hebrew reads pne not pi.
Nu 33:9 ‫וַיִּסְעוּ֙ מִמָּרָ֔ה וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ אֵילִ֑מָה וּ֠בְאֵילִם שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֞ה עֵינֹ֥ת מַ֛יִם וְשִׁבְעִ֥ים תְּמָרִ֖ים וַיַּחֲנוּ־שָֽׁם׃‬ Then they moved from Marah and came to Elim, and in Elim were twelve sources of water and seventy palm trees, and they encamped there.
Nu 33:10 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵאֵילִ֑ם וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף׃‬ Then they moved from Elim and encamped at the Red Sea.
Nu 33:11 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִיַּם־ס֑וּף וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּמִדְבַּר־סִֽין׃‬ Then they moved from the Red Sea and encamped at the desert of Sin.
Nu 33:12 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִמִּדְבַּר־סִ֑ין וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּדָפְקָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from the desert of Sin and encamped at Dophkah.
Nu 33:13 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִדָּפְקָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּאָלֽוּשׁ׃‬ Then they moved from Dophkah and encamped at Alush.
Nu 33:14 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵאָל֑וּשׁ וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ בִּרְפִידִ֔ם וְלֹא־הָ֨יָה שָׁ֥ם מַ֛יִם לָעָ֖ם לִשְׁתּֽוֹת׃‬ Then they moved from Alush and encamped at Rephidim, but there was no water there for the people to drink.
Nu 33:15 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵרְפִידִ֑ם וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר סִינָֽי׃‬ Then they moved from Rephidim and encamped in the Sinai Desert.
Nu 33:16 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִמִּדְבַּ֣ר סִינָ֑י וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּקִבְרֹ֥ת הַֽתַּאֲוָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from the Sinai Desert and encamped at Kibroth-hattaavah. Kibroth-hattaavah: the AV correctly identifies the dagesh forte in the taw, but compare Nu 33:32.
Nu 33:17 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִקִּבְרֹ֣ת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בַּחֲצֵרֹֽת׃‬ Then they moved from Kibroth-hattaavah and encamped at Hazeroth.
Nu 33:18 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵחֲצֵרֹ֑ת וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּרִתְמָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Hazeroth and encamped at Rithmah.
Nu 33:19 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵרִתְמָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּרִמֹּ֥ן פָּֽרֶץ׃‬ Then they moved from Rithmah and encamped at Rimmon-parez. Rimmon-parez ← Rimmon-perez, but we retain the AV / traditional name. See Gn 4:2.
Nu 33:20 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵרִמֹּ֣ן פָּ֑רֶץ וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּלִבְנָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Rimmon-parez and encamped at Libnah. Rimmon-parez ← Rimmon-perez, but we retain the AV / traditional name. See Gn 4:2.
Nu 33:21 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִלִּבְנָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּרִסָּֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Libnah and encamped at Rissah.
Nu 33:22 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵרִסָּ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בִּקְהֵלָֽתָה׃‬ Then they moved from Rissah and encamped at Kehelathah.
Nu 33:23 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִקְּהֵלָ֑תָה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּהַר־שָֽׁפֶר׃‬ Then they moved from Kehelathah and encamped at Mount Shapher. Shapher ← Shepher, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Shapher is the pausal form. See Gn 4:2.
Nu 33:24 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵֽהַר־שָׁ֑פֶר וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בַּחֲרָדָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Mount Shapher and encamped at Haradah. Shapher: see Nu 33:23.
Nu 33:25 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵחֲרָדָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּמַקְהֵלֹֽת׃‬ Then they moved from Haradah and encamped at Makheloth.
Nu 33:26 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִמַּקְהֵלֹ֑ת וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּתָֽחַת׃‬ Then they moved from Makheloth and encamped at Tahath.
Nu 33:27 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִתָּ֑חַת וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּתָֽרַח׃‬ Then they moved from Tahath and encamped at Tarah. Tarah ← Terah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Tarah is the pausal form. See Gn 4:2.
Nu 33:28 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִתָּ֑רַח וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּמִתְקָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Tarah and encamped at Mithcah. Tarah: see Nu 33:27.
Nu 33:29 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִמִּתְקָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּחַשְׁמֹנָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Mithcah and encamped at Hashmonah.
Nu 33:30 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵֽחַשְׁמֹנָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּמֹסֵרֽוֹת׃‬ Then they moved from Hashmonah and encamped at Moseroth.
Nu 33:31 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִמֹּסֵר֑וֹת וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בִּבְנֵ֥י יַעֲקָֽן׃‬ Then they moved from Moseroth and encamped at Bene-jaakan.
Nu 33:32 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִבְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקָ֑ן וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּחֹ֥ר הַגִּדְגָּֽד׃‬ Then they moved from Bene-jaakan and encamped at Hor-hagidgad. Hor-hagidgad ← Hor-haggidgad, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Hor-hagidgad ignores the dagesh forte in the gimel.
Nu 33:33 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵחֹ֣ר הַגִּדְגָּ֑ד וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּיָטְבָֽתָה׃‬ Then they moved from Hor-hagidgad and encamped at Jotbathah. Hor-hagidgad: see Nu 33:32.
Nu 33:34 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִיָּטְבָ֑תָה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּעַבְרֹנָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Jotbathah and encamped at Ebronah.
Nu 33:35 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵֽעַבְרֹנָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּעֶצְי֥וֹן גָּֽבֶר׃‬ Then they moved from Ebronah and encamped at Ezion-gaber. Ezion-gaber ← Ezion-geber, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Ezion-gaber is the pausal form. See Gn 4:2.
Nu 33:36 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵעֶצְי֣וֹן גָּ֑בֶר וַיַּחֲנ֥וּ בְמִדְבַּר־צִ֖ן הִ֥וא קָדֵֽשׁ׃‬ Then they moved from Ezion-gaber and encamped in the desert of Zin, which is Kadesh. Ezion-gaber: see Nu 33:35.
Nu 33:37 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִקָּדֵ֑שׁ וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ בְּהֹ֣ר הָהָ֔ר בִּקְצֵ֖ה אֶ֥רֶץ אֱדֽוֹם׃‬ Then they moved from Kadesh and encamped at Mount Hor, at the edge of the land of Edom.
Nu 33:38 ‫וַיַּעַל֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַכֹּהֵ֜ן אֶל־הֹ֥ר הָהָ֛ר עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה וַיָּ֣מָת שָׁ֑ם בִּשְׁנַ֣ת הָֽאַרְבָּעִ֗ים לְצֵ֤את בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַחֲמִישִׁ֖י בְּאֶחָ֥ד לַחֹֽדֶשׁ׃‬ And Aaron the priest went up Mount Hor according to the instruction of the Lord, and he died there, in the fortieth year after the exodus of the sons of Israel from the land of Egypt, in the fifth month, on the first day of the month. instruction ← mouth.
Nu 33:39 ‫וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וְעֶשְׂרִ֛ים וּמְאַ֖ת שָׁנָ֑ה בְּמֹת֖וֹ בְּהֹ֥ר הָהָֽר׃ ס‬ And Aaron was one hundred and twenty-three years old when he died at Mount Hor.
Nu 33:40 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֗ע הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ עֲרָ֔ד וְהֽוּא־יֹשֵׁ֥ב בַּנֶּ֖גֶב בְּאֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן בְּבֹ֖א בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And the Canaanite heard it – King Arad – when he was living in the south, in the land of Canaan, when the sons of Israel came.
Nu 33:41 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵהֹ֣ר הָהָ֑ר וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּצַלְמֹנָֽה׃‬ Then they moved from Mount Hor and encamped at Zalmonah.
Nu 33:42 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִצַּלְמֹנָ֑ה וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּפוּנֹֽן׃‬ Then they moved from Zalmonah and encamped at Punon.
Nu 33:43 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִפּוּנֹ֑ן וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּאֹבֹֽת׃‬ Then they moved from Punon and encamped at Oboth.
Nu 33:44 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵאֹבֹ֑ת וַֽיַּחֲנ֛וּ בְּעִיֵּ֥י הָעֲבָרִ֖ים בִּגְב֥וּל מוֹאָֽב׃‬ Then they moved from Oboth and encamped at the ruins of Abarim in the territory of Moab. ruins of Abarim: AV= Ije-abarim.

territory ← border.
Nu 33:45 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵעִיִּ֑ים וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּדִיבֹ֥ן גָּֽד׃‬ Then they moved from “The Ruins” and encamped at Dibon-gad.
Nu 33:46 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מִדִּיבֹ֣ן גָּ֑ד וַֽיַּחֲנ֖וּ בְּעַלְמֹ֥ן דִּבְלָתָֽיְמָה׃‬ Then they moved from Dibon-gad and encamped at Almon-diblathaim.
Nu 33:47 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵעַלְמֹ֣ן דִּבְלָתָ֑יְמָה וַֽיַּחֲנ֛וּ בְּהָרֵ֥י הָעֲבָרִ֖ים לִפְנֵ֥י נְבֽוֹ׃‬ Then they moved from Almon-diblathaim and encamped in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo.
Nu 33:48 ‫וַיִּסְע֖וּ מֵהָרֵ֣י הָעֲבָרִ֑ים וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ בְּעַֽרְבֹ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב עַ֖ל יַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵחֽוֹ׃‬ Then they moved from the mountains of Abarim and encamped in the arid tracts of Moab, by the Jordan at Jericho.
Nu 33:49 ‫וַיַּחֲנ֤וּ עַל־הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ מִבֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמֹ֔ת עַ֖ד אָבֵ֣ל הַשִּׁטִּ֑ים בְּעַֽרְבֹ֖ת מוֹאָֽב׃ ס‬ Then they encamped at the Jordan, from Beth-jeshimoth to Abel-shittim, in the arid tracts of Moab.
Nu 33:50 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֖ה בְּעַֽרְבֹ֣ת מוֹאָ֑ב עַל־יַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵח֖וֹ לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses in the arid tracts of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho, and said,
Nu 33:51 ‫דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם כִּ֥י אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן אֶל־אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘When you have crossed the Jordan into the land of Canaan,
Nu 33:52 ‫וְה֨וֹרַשְׁתֶּ֜ם אֶת־כָּל־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם וְאִ֨בַּדְתֶּ֔ם אֵ֖ת כָּל־מַשְׂכִּיֹּתָ֑ם וְאֵ֨ת כָּל־צַלְמֵ֤י מַסֵּֽכֹתָם֙ תְּאַבֵּ֔דוּ וְאֵ֥ת כָּל־בָּמֹתָ֖ם תַּשְׁמִֽידוּ׃‬ you will dispossess all the inhabitants of the land in front of you, and you will destroy all their effigies and you will destroy all their cast images, and you will demolish all their idolatrous raised sites.
Nu 33:53 ‫וְהוֹרַשְׁתֶּ֥ם אֶת־הָאָ֖רֶץ וִֽישַׁבְתֶּם־בָּ֑הּ כִּ֥י לָכֶ֛ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־הָאָ֖רֶץ לָרֶ֥שֶׁת אֹתָֽהּ׃‬ And you will dispossess the land, and you will dwell in it, for I have given you the land, to inherit it.
Nu 33:54 ‫וְהִתְנַחַלְתֶּם֩ אֶת־הָאָ֨רֶץ בְּגוֹרָ֜ל לְמִשְׁפְּחֹֽתֵיכֶ֗ם לָרַ֞ב תַּרְבּ֤וּ אֶת־נַחֲלָתוֹ֙ וְלַמְעַט֙ תַּמְעִ֣יט אֶת־נַחֲלָת֔וֹ אֶל֩ אֲשֶׁר־יֵ֨צֵא ל֥וֹ שָׁ֛מָּה הַגּוֹרָ֖ל ל֣וֹ יִהְיֶ֑ה לְמַטּ֥וֹת אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם תִּתְנֶחָֽלוּ׃‬ And you will inherit the land by lot, according to your families. To a large one you will give a large inheritance, and to a small one you will give a small inheritance. Wherever his lot falls, he will have it. You will inherit according to your paternal tribes. give a large inheritance ← increase its inheritance.

give a small inheritance ← reduce its inheritance.
Nu 33:55 ‫וְאִם־לֹ֨א תוֹרִ֜ישׁוּ אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֣י הָאָרֶץ֮ מִפְּנֵיכֶם֒ וְהָיָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תּוֹתִ֣ירוּ מֵהֶ֔ם לְשִׂכִּים֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיכֶ֔ם וְלִצְנִינִ֖ם בְּצִדֵּיכֶ֑ם וְצָרֲר֣וּ אֶתְכֶ֔ם עַל־הָאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֖ם יֹשְׁבִ֥ים בָּֽהּ׃‬ But if you do not dispossess the inhabitant of the land before you, then it will come to pass that those of them that you let remain will be thorns in your eyes and spikes in your sides, and they will be hostile to you in the land in which you live.
Nu 33:56 ‫וְהָיָ֗ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּמִּ֛יתִי לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לָהֶ֖ם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה לָכֶֽם׃ פ‬ And it will come to pass, that as I thought to do to them, I will do to you.’ ”
Nu 34:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ Then the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 34:2 ‫צַ֞ו אֶת־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵהֶ֔ם כִּֽי־אַתֶּ֥ם בָּאִ֖ים אֶל־הָאָ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן זֹ֣את הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּפֹּ֤ל לָכֶם֙ בְּֽנַחֲלָ֔ה אֶ֥רֶץ כְּנַ֖עַן לִגְבֻלֹתֶֽיהָ׃‬ “Command the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘When you come into the land of Canaan – this is the land which falls to you as an inheritance – the land of Canaan according to its borders,
Nu 34:3 ‫וְהָיָ֨ה לָכֶ֧ם פְּאַת־נֶ֛גֶב מִמִּדְבַּר־צִ֖ן עַל־יְדֵ֣י אֱד֑וֹם וְהָיָ֤ה לָכֶם֙ גְּב֣וּל נֶ֔גֶב מִקְצֵ֥ה יָם־הַמֶּ֖לַח קֵֽדְמָה׃‬ you will have the southern quarter of the desert of Zin alongside Edom, and your southern border will be from the edge of the Dead Sea eastward. Dead Sea ← Salt Sea.
Nu 34:4 ‫וְנָסַ֣ב לָכֶם֩ הַגְּב֨וּל מִנֶּ֜גֶב לְמַעֲלֵ֤ה עַקְרַבִּים֙ וְעָ֣בַר צִ֔נָה *והיה **וְהָיוּ֙ תּֽוֹצְאֹתָ֔יו מִנֶּ֖גֶב לְקָדֵ֣שׁ בַּרְנֵ֑עַ וְיָצָ֥א חֲצַר־אַדָּ֖ר וְעָבַ֥ר עַצְמֹֽנָה׃‬ And your border will turn from the south, to the ascent of Akrabbim, and will cross to Zin, and its extremities at the south will be Kadesh-barnea, and it will excurse to Hazar-addar and cross to Azmon. will be: the ketiv is as qeré but the verb is discordant in number.

Akrabbim = scorpions.
Nu 34:5 ‫וְנָסַ֧ב הַגְּב֛וּל מֵעַצְמ֖וֹן נַ֣חְלָה מִצְרָ֑יִם וְהָי֥וּ תוֹצְאֹתָ֖יו הַיָּֽמָּה׃‬ And the border will turn from Azmon to the River of Egypt, and its extremities will be to the sea.
Nu 34:6 ‫וּגְב֣וּל יָ֔ם וְהָיָ֥ה לָכֶ֛ם הַיָּ֥ם הַגָּד֖וֹל וּגְב֑וּל זֶֽה־יִהְיֶ֥ה לָכֶ֖ם גְּב֥וּל יָֽם׃‬ And as for your western border, your border will be the Great Sea, and this will be your western border. western: or, sea.

Great Sea: i.e. the Mediterranean.
Nu 34:7 ‫וְזֶֽה־יִהְיֶ֥ה לָכֶ֖ם גְּב֣וּל צָפ֑וֹן מִן־הַיָּם֙ הַגָּדֹ֔ל תְּתָא֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם הֹ֥ר הָהָֽר׃‬ And this will be your northern border: from the Great Sea you will mark out a line for yourselves to Mount Hor.
Nu 34:8 ‫מֵהֹ֣ר הָהָ֔ר תְּתָא֖וּ לְבֹ֣א חֲמָ֑ת וְהָי֛וּ תּוֹצְאֹ֥ת הַגְּבֻ֖ל צְדָֽדָה׃‬ From Mount Hor you will mark out the route to Hamath, and the extremities of the border will be to Zedad. route ← coming.
Nu 34:9 ‫וְיָצָ֤א הַגְּבֻל֙ זִפְרֹ֔נָה וְהָי֥וּ תוֹצְאֹתָ֖יו חֲצַ֣ר עֵינָ֑ן זֶֽה־יִהְיֶ֥ה לָכֶ֖ם גְּב֥וּל צָפֽוֹן׃‬ And the border will excurse to Ziphron and its extremities will be at Hazar-enan. This will be your northern border.
Nu 34:10 ‫וְהִתְאַוִּיתֶ֥ם לָכֶ֖ם לִגְב֣וּל קֵ֑דְמָה מֵחֲצַ֥ר עֵינָ֖ן שְׁפָֽמָה׃‬ And you will mark out for yourselves the border eastwards from Hazar-enan to Shepham.
Nu 34:11 ‫וְיָרַ֨ד הַגְּבֻ֧ל מִשְּׁפָ֛ם הָרִבְלָ֖ה מִקֶּ֣דֶם לָעָ֑יִן וְיָרַ֣ד הַגְּב֔וּל וּמָחָ֛ה עַל־כֶּ֥תֶף יָם־כִּנֶּ֖רֶת קֵֽדְמָה׃‬ And the border will go down from Shepham to Riblah to the east of Ain, and the border will go down and encompass Lake Chinnereth to the east. Riblah ← the Riblah.

Ain: or, the (water) source.

Lake Chinnereth: i.e. Lake Galilee.

encompass ← reach the shoulder of.
Nu 34:12 ‫וְיָרַ֤ד הַגְּבוּל֙ הַיַּרְדֵּ֔נָה וְהָי֥וּ תוֹצְאֹתָ֖יו יָ֣ם הַמֶּ֑לַח זֹאת֩ תִּהְיֶ֨ה לָכֶ֥ם הָאָ֛רֶץ לִגְבֻלֹתֶ֖יהָ סָבִֽיב׃‬ And the border will go down the Jordan, and its extremities will be the Dead Sea. This will be your land according to its borders around it.’ ”
Nu 34:13 ‫וַיְצַ֣ו מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר זֹ֣את הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּתְנַחֲל֤וּ אֹתָהּ֙ בְּגוֹרָ֔ל אֲשֶׁר֙ צִוָּ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה לָתֵ֛ת לְתִשְׁעַ֥ת הַמַּטּ֖וֹת וַחֲצִ֥י הַמַּטֶּֽה׃‬ And Moses commanded the sons of Israel and said, “This is the land which you will inherit by lot which the Lord has commanded, to be given to the nine and a half tribes. to be given ← to give.
Nu 34:14 ‫כִּ֣י לָקְח֞וּ מַטֵּ֨ה בְנֵ֤י הָראוּבֵנִי֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֔ם וּמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־הַגָּדִ֖י לְבֵ֣ית אֲבֹתָ֑ם וַחֲצִי֙ מַטֵּ֣ה מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה לָקְח֖וּ נַחֲלָתָֽם׃‬ For the tribe of the sons of the Reubenites, according to their paternal house, and the tribe of the sons of the Gadites, according to their paternal house, received their inheritance, and half of the tribe of Manasseh received their inheritance. half of the tribe of Manasseh: rather than the half-tribe of Manasseh. Josh 22:7 shows when this sense is intended.
Nu 34:15 ‫שְׁנֵ֥י הַמַּטּ֖וֹת וַחֲצִ֣י הַמַּטֶּ֑ה לָקְח֣וּ נַחֲלָתָ֗ם מֵעֵ֛בֶר לְיַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵח֖וֹ קֵ֥דְמָה מִזְרָֽחָה׃ פ‬ Two and a half tribes received their inheritance on the other side of the Jordan from the rest, from Jericho eastwards, to the sunrise.”
Nu 34:16 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 34:17 ‫אֵ֚לֶּה שְׁמ֣וֹת הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־יִנְחֲל֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ אֶלְעָזָר֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ בִּן־נֽוּן׃‬ “These are the names of the men who will allot the land to you as an inheritance: Eleazar the priest and Joshua the son of Nun. Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Nu 34:18 ‫וְנָשִׂ֥יא אֶחָ֛ד נָשִׂ֥יא אֶחָ֖ד מִמַּטֶּ֑ה תִּקְח֖וּ לִנְחֹ֥ל אֶת־הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ And you will take one leader per tribe to inherit the land. inherit: the consonantal text could be piel, to distribute as a possession, which may be AV's reading.
Nu 34:19 ‫וְאֵ֖לֶּה שְׁמ֣וֹת הָאֲנָשִׁ֑ים לְמַטֵּ֣ה יְהוּדָ֔ה כָּלֵ֖ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּֽה׃‬ And these are the names of the men: for the tribe of Judah, Caleb the son of Jephunneh.
Nu 34:20 ‫וּלְמַטֵּה֙ בְּנֵ֣י שִׁמְע֔וֹן שְׁמוּאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עַמִּיהֽוּד׃‬ And for the tribe of Simeon, Shemuel the son of Ammihud.
Nu 34:21 ‫לְמַטֵּ֣ה בִנְיָמִ֔ן אֱלִידָ֖ד בֶּן־כִּסְלֽוֹן׃‬ And for the tribe of Benjamin, Elidad the son of Chislon.
Nu 34:22 ‫וּלְמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־דָ֖ן נָשִׂ֑יא בֻּקִּ֖י בֶּן־יָגְלִֽי׃‬ And for the tribe of the sons of Dan, the leader is Bukki the son of Jogli.
Nu 34:23 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֔ף לְמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֖ה נָשִׂ֑יא חַנִּיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־אֵפֹֽד׃‬ For the sons of Joseph, for the tribe of Manasseh, the leader is Hanniel the son of Ephod.
Nu 34:24 ‫וּלְמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־אֶפְרַ֖יִם נָשִׂ֑יא קְמוּאֵ֖ל בֶּן־שִׁפְטָֽן׃‬ And for the tribe of the sons of Ephraim, the leader is Kemuel the son Shiphtan.
Nu 34:25 ‫וּלְמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־זְבוּלֻ֖ן נָשִׂ֑יא אֱלִיצָפָ֖ן בֶּן־פַּרְנָֽךְ׃‬ And for the tribe of the sons of Zebulun, the leader is Elizaphan the son of Parnach.
Nu 34:26 ‫וּלְמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשָׂשכָ֖ר נָשִׂ֑יא פַּלְטִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עַזָּֽן׃‬ And for the tribe of the sons of Issachar, the leader is Paltiel the son of Azzan.
Nu 34:27 ‫וּלְמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵי־אָשֵׁ֖ר נָשִׂ֑יא אֲחִיה֖וּד בֶּן־שְׁלֹמִֽי׃‬ And for the tribe of the sons of Asher, the leader is Ahihud the son of Shelomi.
Nu 34:28 ‫וּלְמַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־נַפְתָּלִ֖י נָשִׂ֑יא פְּדַהְאֵ֖ל בֶּן־עַמִּיהֽוּד׃‬ And for the tribe of the sons of Naphtali, the leader is Pedahel the son of Ammihud.”
Nu 34:29 ‫אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוָּ֣ה יְהוָ֑ה לְנַחֵ֥ל אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּאֶ֥רֶץ כְּנָֽעַן׃ פ‬ These are those whom the Lord commanded to allot the inheritance to the sons of Israel in the land of Canaan.
Nu 35:1 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֖ה בְּעַֽרְבֹ֣ת מוֹאָ֑ב עַל־יַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵח֖וֹ לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses in the arid tracts of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho, and said,
Nu 35:2 ‫צַו֮ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְנָתְנ֣וּ לַלְוִיִּ֗ם מִֽנַּחֲלַ֛ת אֲחֻזָּתָ֖ם עָרִ֣ים לָשָׁ֑בֶת וּמִגְרָ֗שׁ לֶֽעָרִים֙ סְבִיבֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם תִּתְּנ֖וּ לַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ “Command the sons of Israel that they must give to the Levites a contribution from the inheritance which comes into their possession, cities to dwell in, and you must give pasture for the cities around them to the Levites. which comes intoof.
Nu 35:3 ‫וְהָי֧וּ הֶֽעָרִ֛ים לָהֶ֖ם לָשָׁ֑בֶת וּמִגְרְשֵׁיהֶ֗ם יִהְי֤וּ לִבְהֶמְתָּם֙ וְלִרְכֻשָׁ֔ם וּלְכֹ֖ל חַיָּתָֽם׃‬ And the cities will be for them to dwell in, and the pasture lands will be for their cattle and for their property and for all their livestock.
Nu 35:4 ‫וּמִגְרְשֵׁי֙ הֶֽעָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּתְּנ֖וּ לַלְוִיִּ֑ם מִקִּ֤יר הָעִיר֙ וָח֔וּצָה אֶ֥לֶף אַמָּ֖ה סָבִֽיב׃‬ And the pastures of the cities which you will give to the Levites will measure one thousand cubits from the wall of the city outwards round about it. cubit: about 18 inches or 45 cm.
Nu 35:5 ‫וּמַדֹּתֶ֞ם מִח֣וּץ לָעִ֗יר אֶת־פְּאַת־קֵ֣דְמָה אַלְפַּ֪יִם בָּֽאַמָּ֟ה וְאֶת־פְּאַת־נֶגֶב֩ אַלְפַּ֨יִם בָּאַמָּ֜ה וְאֶת־פְּאַת־יָ֣ם ׀ אַלְפַּ֣יִם בָּֽאַמָּ֗ה וְאֵ֨ת פְּאַ֥ת צָפ֛וֹן אַלְפַּ֥יִם בָּאַמָּ֖ה וְהָעִ֣יר בַּתָּ֑וֶךְ זֶ֚ה יִהְיֶ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם מִגְרְשֵׁ֖י הֶעָרִֽים׃‬ And you will measure from outside the city on the eastern side two thousand cubits, and on the southern side two thousand cubits, and on the western side two thousand cubits, and on the northern side two thousand cubits, with the city in the centre. This will be for their city pastures.
Nu 35:6 ‫וְאֵ֣ת הֶֽעָרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּתְּנוּ֙ לַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֵ֚ת שֵׁשׁ־עָרֵ֣י הַמִּקְלָ֔ט אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתְּנ֔וּ לָנֻ֥ס שָׁ֖מָּה הָרֹצֵ֑חַ וַעֲלֵיהֶ֣ם תִּתְּנ֔וּ אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁתַּ֖יִם עִֽיר׃‬ And as for the cities which you will give to the Levites, there are six cities of refuge which you will give for the manslayer to flee to, and in addition to them you will give forty-two cities.
Nu 35:7 ‫כָּל־הֶעָרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּתְּנוּ֙ לַלְוִיִּ֔ם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנֶ֖ה עִ֑יר אֶתְהֶ֖ן וְאֶת־מִגְרְשֵׁיהֶֽן׃‬ All the cities which you will give to the Levites amount to forty-eight cities – them with their pasture lands.
Nu 35:8 ‫וְהֶֽעָרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּתְּנוּ֙ מֵאֲחֻזַּ֣ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מֵאֵ֤ת הָרַב֙ תַּרְבּ֔וּ וּמֵאֵ֥ת הַמְעַ֖ט תַּמְעִ֑יטוּ אִ֗ישׁ כְּפִ֤י נַחֲלָתוֹ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִנְחָ֔לוּ יִתֵּ֥ן מֵעָרָ֖יו לַלְוִיִּֽם׃ פ‬ And as for the cities which you will give from the possessions of the sons of Israel, you will give more from him who has many, and give less from him who has few. Each will give from his cities to the Levites according to his inheritance which they inherit.” give more ← increase.

give less ← decrease.
Nu 35:9 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה לֵּאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to Moses and said,
Nu 35:10 ‫דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם כִּ֥י אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן אַ֥רְצָה כְּנָֽעַן׃‬ “Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘When you cross the Jordan to the land of Canaan,
Nu 35:11 ‫וְהִקְרִיתֶ֤ם לָכֶם֙ עָרִ֔ים עָרֵ֥י מִקְלָ֖ט תִּהְיֶ֣ינָה לָכֶ֑ם וְנָ֥ס שָׁ֙מָּה֙ רֹצֵ֔חַ מַכֵּה־נֶ֖פֶשׁ בִּשְׁגָגָֽה׃‬ you will select suitable cities for yourselves. They will be your cities of refuge, and a manslayer – one who strikes a person by accident – will flee there. select suitable cities ← select-as-suitable cities.

person ← soul.
Nu 35:12 ‫וְהָי֨וּ לָכֶ֧ם הֶעָרִ֛ים לְמִקְלָ֖ט מִגֹּאֵ֑ל וְלֹ֤א יָמוּת֙ הָרֹצֵ֔חַ עַד־עָמְד֛וֹ לִפְנֵ֥י הָעֵדָ֖ה לַמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ And they will be your cities of refuge from the avenger, so that the manslayer does not die before he stands before the congregation for judgment. so that: purposive use of the vav.
Nu 35:13 ‫וְהֶעָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתֵּ֑נוּ שֵׁשׁ־עָרֵ֥י מִקְלָ֖ט תִּהְיֶ֥ינָה לָכֶֽם׃‬ And the cities which you give will be your six cities of refuge.
Nu 35:14 ‫אֵ֣ת ׀ שְׁלֹ֣שׁ הֶעָרִ֗ים תִּתְּנוּ֙ מֵעֵ֣בֶר לַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן וְאֵת֙ שְׁלֹ֣שׁ הֶֽעָרִ֔ים תִּתְּנ֖וּ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ כְּנָ֑עַן עָרֵ֥י מִקְלָ֖ט תִּהְיֶֽינָה׃‬ You will give three cities on the far side of the Jordan and you will give three cities in the land of Canaan. They will be cities of refuge.
Nu 35:15 ‫לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל וְלַגֵּ֤ר וְלַתּוֹשָׁב֙ בְּתוֹכָ֔ם תִּהְיֶ֛ינָה שֵׁשׁ־הֶעָרִ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה לְמִקְלָ֑ט לָנ֣וּס שָׁ֔מָּה כָּל־מַכֵּה־נֶ֖פֶשׁ בִּשְׁגָגָֽה׃‬ These six cities will be for refuge – for the sons of Israel and for the foreigner and the temporary resident among them – for everyone who strikes a person by accident, to flee there. person ← soul.
Nu 35:16 ‫וְאִם־בִּכְלִ֨י בַרְזֶ֧ל ׀ הִכָּ֛הוּ וַיָּמֹ֖ת רֹצֵ֣חַֽ ה֑וּא מ֥וֹת יוּמַ֖ת הָרֹצֵֽחַ׃‬ But if he strikes him with an iron implement and he dies, he is a manslayer. The manslayer will certainly be put to death. will certainly be put to death: infinitive absolute.
Nu 35:17 ‫וְאִ֡ם בְּאֶ֣בֶן יָד֩ אֲשֶׁר־יָמ֨וּת בָּ֥הּ הִכָּ֛הוּ וַיָּמֹ֖ת רֹצֵ֣חַֽ ה֑וּא מ֥וֹת יוּמַ֖ת הָרֹצֵֽחַ׃‬ And if it is the throwing of a stone by which he is killed – he strikes him and he dies – he is a manslayer. The manslayer will certainly be put to death. the throwing of a stone ← stone of hand.

is killed ← dies.

will certainly be put to death: infinitive absolute.
Nu 35:18 ‫א֡וֹ בִּכְלִ֣י עֵֽץ־יָד֩ אֲשֶׁר־יָמ֨וּת בּ֥וֹ הִכָּ֛הוּ וַיָּמֹ֖ת רֹצֵ֣חַֽ ה֑וּא מ֥וֹת יוּמַ֖ת הָרֹצֵֽחַ׃‬ Or if it is a wooden hand-instrument by which he is killed – he strikes him and he dies – then he is a manslayer. The manslayer will certainly be put to death. will certainly be put to death: infinitive absolute.
Nu 35:19 ‫גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם ה֥וּא יָמִ֖ית אֶת־הָרֹצֵ֑חַ בְּפִגְעוֹ־ב֖וֹ ה֥וּא יְמִיתֶֽנּוּ׃‬ The avenger of blood is the one who will kill the manslayer. When he meets with him, he will kill him.
Nu 35:20 ‫וְאִם־בְּשִׂנְאָ֖ה יֶהְדָּפֶ֑נּוּ אֽוֹ־הִשְׁלִ֥יךְ עָלָ֛יו בִּצְדִיָּ֖ה וַיָּמֹֽת׃‬ And if he thrusts him through out of hatred, or casts something at him on purpose and he dies, on purpose: AV differs, (by laying of wait).
Nu 35:21 ‫א֣וֹ בְאֵיבָ֞ה הִכָּ֤הוּ בְיָדוֹ֙ וַיָּמֹ֔ת מֽוֹת־יוּמַ֥ת הַמַּכֶּ֖ה רֹצֵ֣חַֽ ה֑וּא גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֗ם יָמִ֛ית אֶת־הָרֹצֵ֖חַ בְּפִגְעוֹ־בֽוֹ׃‬ or he strikes him with his hand out of enmity and he dies, then the striker will certainly be put to death – he is a manslayer. The avenger of blood will kill the manslayer when he meets him. certainly be put to death: infinitive absolute.
Nu 35:22 ‫וְאִם־בְּפֶ֥תַע בְּלֹא־אֵיבָ֖ה הֲדָפ֑וֹ אוֹ־הִשְׁלִ֥יךְ עָלָ֛יו כָּל־כְּלִ֖י בְּלֹ֥א צְדִיָּֽה׃‬ But if he accidentally without enmity thrusts him through or casts any item at him not on purpose, accidentally: as [AnLx], or, suddenly.

any ← every.

on purpose: as Nu 35:20.
Nu 35:23 ‫א֣וֹ בְכָל־אֶ֜בֶן אֲשֶׁר־יָמ֥וּת בָּהּ֙ בְּלֹ֣א רְא֔וֹת וַיַּפֵּ֥ל עָלָ֖יו וַיָּמֹ֑ת וְהוּא֙ לֹא־אוֹיֵ֣ב ל֔וֹ וְלֹ֥א מְבַקֵּ֖שׁ רָעָתֽוֹ׃‬ of if it is by any stone that he is killed, not seeing him when he throws it on him, and he dies, and he is not at enmity with him, and did not mean him harm, any ← every.

is killed ← dies.

mean him harm ← seek his harm.
Nu 35:24 ‫וְשָֽׁפְטוּ֙ הָֽעֵדָ֔ה בֵּ֚ין הַמַּכֶּ֔ה וּבֵ֖ין גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֑ם עַ֥ל הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֖ים הָאֵֽלֶּה׃‬ then the congregation will judge between the striker and the avenger of blood according to these principles. principles ← judgments.
Nu 35:25 ‫וְהִצִּ֨ילוּ הָעֵדָ֜ה אֶת־הָרֹצֵ֗חַ מִיַּד֮ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּם֒ וְהֵשִׁ֤יבוּ אֹתוֹ֙ הָֽעֵדָ֔ה אֶל־עִ֥יר מִקְלָט֖וֹ אֲשֶׁר־נָ֣ס שָׁ֑מָּה וְיָ֣שַׁב בָּ֗הּ עַד־מוֹת֙ הַכֹּהֵ֣ן הַגָּדֹ֔ל אֲשֶׁר־מָשַׁ֥ח אֹת֖וֹ בְּשֶׁ֥מֶן הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ׃‬ And the congregation may save the manslayer from the hand of the avenger of blood, and the congregation may refer him to his city of refuge where he fled to, and he will live in it until the death of the high priest who was anointed with holy oil. who was anointed ← whom he / one anointed. Avoidance of the passive.
Nu 35:26 ‫וְאִם־יָצֹ֥א יֵצֵ֖א הָרֹצֵ֑חַ אֶת־גְּבוּל֙ עִ֣יר מִקְלָט֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָנ֖וּס שָֽׁמָּה׃‬ But if the manslayer goes out at all from the boundary of his city of refuge to where he fled, goes out at all: infinitive absolute.
Nu 35:27 ‫וּמָצָ֤א אֹתוֹ֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם מִח֕וּץ לִגְב֖וּל עִ֣יר מִקְלָט֑וֹ וְרָצַ֞ח גֹּאֵ֤ל הַדָּם֙ אֶת־הָ֣רֹצֵ֔חַ אֵ֥ין ל֖וֹ דָּֽם׃‬ and the avenger of blood finds him, outside the boundary of his city of refuge, and the avenger of blood kills the manslayer, then he will not be guilty of blood.
Nu 35:28 ‫כִּ֣י בְעִ֤יר מִקְלָטוֹ֙ יֵשֵׁ֔ב עַד־מ֖וֹת הַכֹּהֵ֣ן הַגָּדֹ֑ל וְאַחֲרֵ֥י מוֹת֙ הַכֹּהֵ֣ן הַגָּדֹ֔ל יָשׁוּב֙ הָרֹצֵ֔חַ אֶל־אֶ֖רֶץ אֲחֻזָּתֽוֹ׃‬ For he must stay in his city of refuge until the death of the high priest, and after the death of the high priest, the manslayer may return to the land of his possession.
Nu 35:29 ‫וְהָי֨וּ אֵ֧לֶּה לָכֶ֛ם לְחֻקַּ֥ת מִשְׁפָּ֖ט לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶ֑ם בְּכֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And these things will be a statute of justice to you for your generations in all your dwelling places.
Nu 35:30 ‫כָּל־מַ֨כֵּה־נֶ֔פֶשׁ לְפִ֣י עֵדִ֔ים יִרְצַ֖ח אֶת־הָרֹצֵ֑חַ וְעֵ֣ד אֶחָ֔ד לֹא־יַעֲנֶ֥ה בְנֶ֖פֶשׁ לָמֽוּת׃‬ As for anyone who strikes a person: on the testimony of witnesses one will execute the manslayer, but just one witness will not provide testimony against a person for conviction to be put to death. anyone ← everyone.

testimony (first occurrence in verse)mouth.

provide testimony ← answer.

person ← soul.

to be put to death ← to die.
Nu 35:31 ‫וְלֹֽא־תִקְח֥וּ כֹ֙פֶר֙ לְנֶ֣פֶשׁ רֹצֵ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר־ה֥וּא רָשָׁ֖ע לָמ֑וּת כִּי־מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת׃‬ And you will not take a ransom for the life of the manslayer, who is punishable by death, for he will certainly be put to death. life ← soul.

punishable by death ← wicked to die.

will certainly be put to death: infinitive absolute.
Nu 35:32 ‫וְלֹא־תִקְח֣וּ כֹ֔פֶר לָנ֖וּס אֶל־עִ֣יר מִקְלָט֑וֹ לָשׁוּב֙ לָשֶׁ֣בֶת בָּאָ֔רֶץ עַד־מ֖וֹת הַכֹּהֵֽן׃‬ And you will not take a ransom from anyone in exchange for fleeing to his city of refuge, so as to live in the land again, before the death of the priest. before ← up to.
Nu 35:33 ‫וְלֹֽא־תַחֲנִ֣יפוּ אֶת־הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתֶּם֙ בָּ֔הּ כִּ֣י הַדָּ֔ם ה֥וּא יַחֲנִ֖יף אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ וְלָאָ֣רֶץ לֹֽא־יְכֻפַּ֗ר לַדָּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר שֻׁפַּךְ־בָּ֔הּ כִּי־אִ֖ם בְּדַ֥ם שֹׁפְכֽוֹ׃‬ And you will not desecrate the land which you are in, for it is the blood that desecrates the land, and there is no expiation for the land of the blood which was shed on it, except by the blood of him who shed it.
Nu 35:34 ‫וְלֹ֧א תְטַמֵּ֣א אֶת־הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתֶּם֙ יֹשְׁבִ֣ים בָּ֔הּ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י שֹׁכֵ֣ן בְּתוֹכָ֑הּ כִּ֚י אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה שֹׁכֵ֕ן בְּת֖וֹךְ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ פ‬ And you will not make the land which you are living in unclean, in the midst of which I dwell. For I, the Lord dwell in the midst of the sons of Israel.’ ”
Nu 36:1 ‫וַֽיִּקְרְב֞וּ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת לְמִשְׁפַּ֤חַת בְּנֵֽי־גִלְעָד֙ בֶּן־מָכִ֣יר בֶּן־מְנַשֶּׁ֔ה מִֽמִּשְׁפְּחֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יוֹסֵ֑ף וַֽיְדַבְּר֞וּ לִפְנֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ וְלִפְנֵ֣י הַנְּשִׂאִ֔ים רָאשֵׁ֥י אָב֖וֹת לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ Then the heads of the fathers of the family of the sons of Gilead the son of Machir, the son of Manasseh, of the families of the sons of Joseph, approached and spoke before Moses and before the leaders – the paternal heads of the sons of Israel. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Nu 36:2 ‫וַיֹּאמְר֗וּ אֶת־אֲדֹנִי֙ צִוָּ֣ה יְהוָ֔ה לָתֵ֨ת אֶת־הָאָ֧רֶץ בְּנַחֲלָ֛ה בְּגוֹרָ֖ל לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וַֽאדֹנִי֙ צֻוָּ֣ה בַֽיהוָ֔ה לָתֵ֗ת אֶֽת־נַחֲלַ֛ת צְלָפְחָ֥ד אָחִ֖ינוּ לִבְנֹתָֽיו׃‬ And they said, “The Lord commanded my lord to give the land in inheritance by lot to the sons of Israel, and my lord was commanded by the Lord to give the inheritance of Zelophehad our brother to his daughters.
Nu 36:3 ‫וְ֠הָיוּ לְאֶחָ֞ד מִבְּנֵ֨י שִׁבְטֵ֥י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֮ לְנָשִׁים֒ וְנִגְרְעָ֤ה נַחֲלָתָן֙ מִנַּחֲלַ֣ת אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ וְנוֹסַ֕ף עַ֚ל נַחֲלַ֣ת הַמַּטֶּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּהְיֶ֖ינָה לָהֶ֑ם וּמִגֹּרַ֥ל נַחֲלָתֵ֖נוּ יִגָּרֵֽעַ׃‬ And if they become wives to any of the sons of the tribes of the sons of Israel, then their inheritance is by reduction of the inheritance of our fathers, and it is added to the inheritance of the tribe of which they became part, and there is a reduction in the allotment of our inheritance. any ← one.
Nu 36:4 ‫וְאִם־יִהְיֶ֣ה הַיֹּבֵל֮ לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְנֽוֹסְפָה֙ נַחֲלָתָ֔ן עַ֚ל נַחֲלַ֣ת הַמַּטֶּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּהְיֶ֖ינָה לָהֶ֑ם וּמִֽנַּחֲלַת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ יִגָּרַ֖ע נַחֲלָתָֽן׃‬ And if it is the Jubilee of the sons of Israel, then their inheritance is added to the tribe of which they became part, and their inheritance is by reduction of the inheritance of the tribe of our fathers.”
Nu 36:5 ‫וַיְצַ֤ו מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַל־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לֵאמֹ֑ר כֵּ֛ן מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יוֹסֵ֖ף דֹּבְרִֽים׃‬ Then Moses commanded the sons of Israel according to the instruction of the Lord, and he said, “The tribe of the sons of Joseph speaks well. instruction ← mouth.
Nu 36:6 ‫זֶ֣ה הַדָּבָ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה יְהוָ֗ה לִבְנ֤וֹת צְלָפְחָד֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר לַטּ֥וֹב בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֖ם תִּהְיֶ֣ינָה לְנָשִׁ֑ים אַ֗ךְ לְמִשְׁפַּ֛חַת מַטֵּ֥ה אֲבִיהֶ֖ם תִּהְיֶ֥ינָה לְנָשִֽׁים׃‬ This is the word which the Lord commands the daughters of Zelophehad, and he says, ‘Let them be wives to whomever they like, but let them be wives to the family of the tribe of their father. to whomever they like ← to the good in their eyes.
Nu 36:7 ‫וְלֹֽא־תִסֹּ֤ב נַחֲלָה֙ לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מִמַּטֶּ֖ה אֶל־מַטֶּ֑ה כִּ֣י אִ֗ישׁ בְּנַחֲלַת֙ מַטֵּ֣ה אֲבֹתָ֔יו יִדְבְּק֖וּ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And the inheritance of the sons of Israel will not go round from tribe to tribe. For everyone of the sons of Israel will stick to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers.
Nu 36:8 ‫וְכָל־בַּ֞ת יֹרֶ֣שֶׁת נַחֲלָ֗ה מִמַּטּוֹת֮ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ לְאֶחָ֗ד מִמִּשְׁפַּ֛חַת מַטֵּ֥ה אָבִ֖יהָ תִּהְיֶ֣ה לְאִשָּׁ֑ה לְמַ֗עַן יִֽירְשׁוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אִ֖ישׁ נַחֲלַ֥ת אֲבֹתָֽיו׃‬ And every daughter who inherits an inheritance from the tribes of the sons of Israel will be a wife to someone from a family of the tribe of her father, so that the sons of Israel all inherit the inheritance of their fathers. their fathers ← his fathers.
Nu 36:9 ‫וְלֹֽא־תִסֹּ֧ב נַחֲלָ֛ה מִמַּטֶּ֖ה לְמַטֶּ֣ה אַחֵ֑ר כִּי־אִישׁ֙ בְּנַ֣חֲלָת֔וֹ יִדְבְּק֕וּ מַטּ֖וֹת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And the inheritance will not go round from one tribe to another tribe, for each member of the tribes of the sons of Israel will stick to his inheritance.’ ”
Nu 36:10 ‫כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה כֵּ֥ן עָשׂ֖וּ בְּנ֥וֹת צְלָפְחָֽד׃‬ As the Lord commanded Moses, so the daughters of Zelophehad did.
Nu 36:11 ‫וַתִּהְיֶ֜ינָה מַחְלָ֣ה תִרְצָ֗ה וְחָגְלָ֧ה וּמִלְכָּ֛ה וְנֹעָ֖ה בְּנ֣וֹת צְלָפְחָ֑ד לִבְנֵ֥י דֹדֵיהֶ֖ן לְנָשִֽׁים׃‬ And Mahlah, Tirzah and Hoglah and Milcah and Noah, the daughters of Zelophehad, became wives of the sons of their uncles.
Nu 36:12 ‫מִֽמִּשְׁפְּחֹ֛ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֥ה בֶן־יוֹסֵ֖ף הָי֣וּ לְנָשִׁ֑ים וַתְּהִי֙ נַחֲלָתָ֔ן עַל־מַטֵּ֖ה מִשְׁפַּ֥חַת אֲבִיהֶֽן׃‬ And they became wives to husbands from the families of the sons of Manasseh the son of Joseph, and their inheritance was in the tribe of the family of their father.
Nu 36:13 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה הַמִּצְוֺ֞ת וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֖ה אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל בְּעַֽרְבֹ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב עַ֖ל יַרְדֵּ֥ן יְרֵחֽוֹ׃‬ These were the commandments and the injunctions which the Lord commanded the sons of Israel through the intermediacy of Moses in the arid tracts of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho. intermediacy ← hand.
Dt 1:1 ‫אֵ֣לֶּה הַדְּבָרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּעֵ֖בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן בַּמִּדְבָּ֡ר בָּֽעֲרָבָה֩ מ֨וֹל ס֜וּף בֵּֽין־פָּארָ֧ן וּבֵֽין־תֹּ֛פֶל וְלָבָ֥ן וַחֲצֵרֹ֖ת וְדִ֥י זָהָֽב׃‬ These are the words which Moses spoke to the whole of Israel across the Jordan in the desert, in the arid tract opposite the Red Sea, between Paran and Tophel, and Laban and Hazeroth and Di-zahab, across the Jordan: i.e. on the eastern side.
Dt 1:2 ‫אַחַ֨ד עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ מֵֽחֹרֵ֔ב דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַר־שֵׂעִ֑יר עַ֖ד קָדֵ֥שׁ בַּרְנֵֽעַ׃‬ eleven days' journey from Horeb, by the route of Mount Seir to Kadesh-barnea.
Dt 1:3 ‫וַיְהִי֙ בְּאַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה בְּעַשְׁתֵּֽי־עָשָׂ֥ר חֹ֖דֶשׁ בְּאֶחָ֣ד לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ דִּבֶּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֹת֖וֹ אֲלֵהֶֽם׃‬ Now it came to pass in the fortieth year, in the eleventh month, on the first day of the month, that Moses spoke to the sons of Israel, according to everything that the Lord had commanded him to pass on to them,
Dt 1:4 ‫אַחֲרֵ֣י הַכֹּת֗וֹ אֵ֚ת סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן וְאֵ֗ת ע֚וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֔ן אֲשֶׁר־יוֹשֵׁ֥ב בְּעַשְׁתָּרֹ֖ת בְּאֶדְרֶֽעִי׃‬ after he had defeated Sihon king of the Amorites who lived in Heshbon, and Og the king of Bashan who lived in Ashtaroth in Edrei. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.

Bashan ← the Bashan.
Dt 1:5 ‫בְּעֵ֥בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֖ן בְּאֶ֣רֶץ מוֹאָ֑ב הוֹאִ֣יל מֹשֶׁ֔ה בֵּאֵ֛ר אֶת־הַתּוֹרָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Across the Jordan in the land of Moab, Moses started to expound this law, and he said,
Dt 1:6 ‫יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵ֛ינוּ דִּבֶּ֥ר אֵלֵ֖ינוּ בְּחֹרֵ֣ב לֵאמֹ֑ר רַב־לָכֶ֥ם שֶׁ֖בֶת בָּהָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃‬ “The Lord our God spoke to us at Horeb and said, ‘You have dwelt long enough at this mountain. Moses' speech ends at Dt 4:40.

long enough ← enough / much for you.
Dt 1:7 ‫פְּנ֣וּ ׀ וּסְע֣וּ לָכֶ֗ם וּבֹ֨אוּ הַ֥ר הָֽאֱמֹרִי֮ וְאֶל־כָּל־שְׁכֵנָיו֒ בָּעֲרָבָ֥ה בָהָ֛ר וּבַשְּׁפֵלָ֥ה וּבַנֶּ֖גֶב וּבְח֣וֹף הַיָּ֑ם אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְהַלְּבָנ֔וֹן עַד־הַנָּהָ֥ר הַגָּדֹ֖ל נְהַר־פְּרָֽת׃‬ Wend your way and get yourselves moving and go to the mount of the Amorites and all its neighbouring areas in the arid tract, on the mountain, and in the lowland, and in the south and at the coast of the sea – the land of the Canaanite, and Lebanon – as far the great river, the River Euphrates. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.

Lebanon ← the Lebanon; also fequently elsewhere.
Dt 1:8 ‫רְאֵ֛ה נָתַ֥תִּי לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ בֹּ֚אוּ וּרְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁבַּ֣ע יְ֠הוָה לַאֲבֹ֨תֵיכֶ֜ם לְאַבְרָהָ֨ם לְיִצְחָ֤ק וּֽלְיַעֲקֹב֙ לָתֵ֣ת לָהֶ֔ם וּלְזַרְעָ֖ם אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם׃‬ Look, I have put the land in front of you. Come and take possession of the land which the Lord swore to your fathers – to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob – that he would give it to them and to their seed after them.’
Dt 1:9 ‫וָאֹמַ֣ר אֲלֵכֶ֔ם בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִ֖וא לֵאמֹ֑ר לֹא־אוּכַ֥ל לְבַדִּ֖י שְׂאֵ֥ת אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ And I spoke to you at that time and said, ‘I cannot bear you on my own.
Dt 1:10 ‫יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם הִרְבָּ֣ה אֶתְכֶ֑ם וְהִנְּכֶ֣ם הַיּ֔וֹם כְּכוֹכְבֵ֥י הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לָרֹֽב׃‬ The Lord your God has increased you and here you are today like the stars of the sky in abundance.’ here you arebehold you.
Dt 1:11 ‫יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֽוֹתֵכֶ֗ם יֹסֵ֧ף עֲלֵיכֶ֛ם כָּכֶ֖ם אֶ֣לֶף פְּעָמִ֑ים וִיבָרֵ֣ךְ אֶתְכֶ֔ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר לָכֶֽם׃‬ (May the Lord, the God of your fathers, increase you to be a thousand times what you are, and may he bless you, as he has said to you.)
Dt 1:12 ‫אֵיכָ֥ה אֶשָּׂ֖א לְבַדִּ֑י טָרְחֲכֶ֥ם וּמַֽשַּׂאֲכֶ֖ם וְרִֽיבְכֶֽם׃‬ ‘How can I bear your vexatiousness and your burdensomeness and your strife on my own?
Dt 1:13 ‫הָב֣וּ לָ֠כֶם אֲנָשִׁ֨ים חֲכָמִ֧ים וּנְבֹנִ֛ים וִידֻעִ֖ים לְשִׁבְטֵיכֶ֑ם וַאֲשִׂימֵ֖ם בְּרָאשֵׁיכֶֽם׃‬ Appoint for yourselves wise, intelligent and knowledgeable men according to your tribes, and I will set them up as your heads.’
Dt 1:14 ‫וַֽתַּעֲנ֖וּ אֹתִ֑י וַתֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ טֽוֹב־הַדָּבָ֥ר אֲשֶׁר־דִּבַּ֖רְתָּ לַעֲשֽׂוֹת׃‬ And you answered me and said, ‘The matter which you have spoken is right to do.’
Dt 1:15 ‫וָאֶקַּ֞ח אֶת־רָאשֵׁ֣י שִׁבְטֵיכֶ֗ם אֲנָשִׁ֤ים חֲכָמִים֙ וִֽידֻעִ֔ים וָאֶתֵּ֥ן אֹתָ֛ם רָאשִׁ֖ים עֲלֵיכֶ֑ם שָׂרֵ֨י אֲלָפִ֜ים וְשָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֗וֹת וְשָׂרֵ֤י חֲמִשִּׁים֙ וְשָׂרֵ֣י עֲשָׂרֹ֔ת וְשֹׁטְרִ֖ים לְשִׁבְטֵיכֶֽם׃‬ So I took the heads of your tribes, wise and knowledgeable men, and I appointed them as heads over you, commanders of a thousand and commanders of a hundred and commanders of fifty and commanders of ten, and officers, according to your tribes.
Dt 1:16 ‫וָאֲצַוֶּה֙ אֶת־שֹׁ֣פְטֵיכֶ֔ם בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִ֖וא לֵאמֹ֑ר שָׁמֹ֤עַ בֵּין־אֲחֵיכֶם֙ וּשְׁפַטְתֶּ֣ם צֶ֔דֶק בֵּֽין־אִ֥ישׁ וּבֵין־אָחִ֖יו וּבֵ֥ין גֵּרֽוֹ׃‬ And I instructed your judges at that time, and I said, ‘Hear the case between your brothers and judge justly between a man and his brother and the foreigner with him.
Dt 1:17 ‫לֹֽא־תַכִּ֨ירוּ פָנִ֜ים בַּמִּשְׁפָּ֗ט כַּקָּטֹ֤ן כַּגָּדֹל֙ תִּשְׁמָע֔וּן לֹ֤א תָג֙וּרוּ֙ מִפְּנֵי־אִ֔ישׁ כִּ֥י הַמִּשְׁפָּ֖ט לֵאלֹהִ֣ים ה֑וּא וְהַדָּבָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִקְשֶׁ֣ה מִכֶּ֔ם תַּקְרִב֥וּן אֵלַ֖י וּשְׁמַעְתִּֽיו׃‬ You shall not show partiality in judgment: you shall hear the small in the same way as the great; you shall not be afraid of any man, for judgment is of concern to God, and if a case is too hard for you, bring it to me and I will hear it.’ show partiality ← recognize faces.
Dt 1:18 ‫וָאֲצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֑וא אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַדְּבָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֽׂוּן׃‬ Then I commanded you at that time as to all the things that you should do.
Dt 1:19 ‫וַנִּסַּ֣ע מֵחֹרֵ֗ב וַנֵּ֡לֶךְ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַמִּדְבָּ֣ר הַגָּדוֹל֩ וְהַנּוֹרָ֨א הַה֜וּא אֲשֶׁ֣ר רְאִיתֶ֗ם דֶּ֚רֶךְ הַ֣ר הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֛ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ אֹתָ֑נוּ וַנָּבֹ֕א עַ֖ד קָדֵ֥שׁ בַּרְנֵֽעַ׃‬ Then we moved from Horeb and we went through all that great and fearful desert which you have seen – the way of the mount of the Amorites – as the Lord our God commanded us, and we came to Kadesh-barnea. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 1:20 ‫וָאֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵכֶ֑ם בָּאתֶם֙ עַד־הַ֣ר הָאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽנוּ׃‬ And I said to you, ‘You have come to the mount of the Amorites which the Lord our God is giving us. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 1:21 ‫רְ֠אֵה נָתַ֨ן יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ לְפָנֶ֖יךָ אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ עֲלֵ֣ה רֵ֗שׁ כַּאֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹתֶ֙יךָ֙ לָ֔ךְ אַל־תִּירָ֖א וְאַל־תֵּחָֽת׃‬ See, the Lord your God has put the land in front of you. Go up and take possession of it as the Lord God of your fathers has said to you. Do not fear and do not be afraid.’ you (2x): singular. The verbal forms are also singular.
Dt 1:22 ‫וַתִּקְרְב֣וּן אֵלַי֮ כֻּלְּכֶם֒ וַתֹּאמְר֗וּ נִשְׁלְחָ֤ה אֲנָשִׁים֙ לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ וְיַחְפְּרוּ־לָ֖נוּ אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ וְיָשִׁ֤בוּ אֹתָ֙נוּ֙ דָּבָ֔ר אֶת־הַדֶּ֙רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲלֶה־בָּ֔הּ וְאֵת֙ הֶֽעָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָבֹ֖א אֲלֵיהֶֽן׃‬ And you all approached me and said, ‘We will send men on ahead of us and they will investigate the land for us and report back to us on the way by which we should go up, and on the cities to which we should go.’ you: plural.
Dt 1:23 ‫וַיִּיטַ֥ב בְּעֵינַ֖י הַדָּבָ֑ר וָאֶקַּ֤ח מִכֶּם֙ שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֣ר אֲנָשִׁ֔ים אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד לַשָּֽׁבֶט׃‬ And I approved of the matter, and I took twelve of your men, one man per tribe. I approved of ← it was good in my eyes.
Dt 1:24 ‫וַיִּפְנוּ֙ וַיַּעֲל֣וּ הָהָ֔רָה וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ עַד־נַ֣חַל אֶשְׁכֹּ֑ל וַֽיְרַגְּל֖וּ אֹתָֽהּ׃‬ And they wended their way, and they went up to the mountain, and they came to the Brook of Eshcol, and they spied it out.
Dt 1:25 ‫וַיִּקְח֤וּ בְיָדָם֙ מִפְּרִ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ וַיּוֹרִ֖דוּ אֵלֵ֑ינוּ וַיָּשִׁ֨בוּ אֹתָ֤נוּ דָבָר֙ וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ טוֹבָ֣ה הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽנוּ׃‬ And they took some of the fruit of the land in their hand, and they brought it down to us, and they reported back to us, and they said, ‘The land which the Lord our God is giving us is good.’
Dt 1:26 ‫וְלֹ֥א אֲבִיתֶ֖ם לַעֲלֹ֑ת וַתַּמְר֕וּ אֶת־פִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃‬ But you were not willing to go up, and you resisted the instruction of the Lord your God. instruction ← mouth.
Dt 1:27 ‫וַתֵּרָגְנ֤וּ בְאָהֳלֵיכֶם֙ וַתֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ בְּשִׂנְאַ֤ת יְהוָה֙ אֹתָ֔נוּ הוֹצִיאָ֖נוּ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרָ֑יִם לָתֵ֥ת אֹתָ֛נוּ בְּיַ֥ד הָאֱמֹרִ֖י לְהַשְׁמִידֵֽנוּ׃‬ And you rebelled in your tents, and you said, ‘In his hatred of us the Lord has brought us out of the land of Egypt to deliver us into the hand of the Amorite to destroy us. Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 1:28 ‫אָנָ֣ה ׀ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹלִ֗ים אַחֵינוּ֩ הֵמַ֨סּוּ אֶת־לְבָבֵ֜נוּ לֵאמֹ֗ר עַ֣ם גָּד֤וֹל וָרָם֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עָרִ֛ים גְּדֹלֹ֥ת וּבְצוּרֹ֖ת בַּשָּׁמָ֑יִם וְגַם־בְּנֵ֥י עֲנָקִ֖ים רָאִ֥ינוּ שָֽׁם׃‬ To where can we go up? Our brothers have made us faint-hearted and they said, «The people are greater and more powerful than we are, the cities are large and fortified to the sky, and we have also seen the sons of the Anakites there.» ’ made us faint-hearted ← melted our hearts, (so not in the English idiomatic sense of making one feel tender-hearted).

Anakites: AV= Anakims.
Dt 1:29 ‫וָאֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵכֶ֑ם לֹא־תַֽעַרְצ֥וּן וְֽלֹא־תִֽירְא֖וּן מֵהֶֽם׃‬ But I said to you, ‘Do not be terrified and do not fear them.
Dt 1:30 ‫יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙ הַהֹלֵ֣ךְ לִפְנֵיכֶ֔ם ה֖וּא יִלָּחֵ֣ם לָכֶ֑ם כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֧ה אִתְּכֶ֛ם בְּמִצְרַ֖יִם לְעֵינֵיכֶֽם׃‬ The Lord your God who goes before you – he will fight for you, just as everything that he did with you in Egypt before your eyes,
Dt 1:31 ‫וּבַמִּדְבָּר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר רָאִ֔יתָ אֲשֶׁ֤ר נְשָׂאֲךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשָׂא־אִ֖ישׁ אֶת־בְּנ֑וֹ בְּכָל־הַדֶּ֙רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֲלַכְתֶּ֔ם עַד־בֹּאֲכֶ֖ם עַד־הַמָּק֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ and in the desert, where you have seen that the Lord your God put up with you as a man puts up with his own son, in all the way you went, as far as you arriving at this place.’
Dt 1:32 ‫וּבַדָּבָ֖ר הַזֶּ֑ה אֵֽינְכֶם֙ מַאֲמִינִ֔ם בַּיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃‬ Yet in this matter you do not believe the Lord your God,
Dt 1:33 ‫הַהֹלֵ֨ךְ לִפְנֵיכֶ֜ם בַּדֶּ֗רֶךְ לָת֥וּר לָכֶ֛ם מָק֖וֹם לַֽחֲנֹֽתְכֶ֑ם בָּאֵ֣שׁ ׀ לַ֗יְלָה לַרְאֹֽתְכֶם֙ בַּדֶּ֙רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֵּֽלְכוּ־בָ֔הּ וּבֶעָנָ֖ן יוֹמָֽם׃‬ who goes before you on the way, to search out a place for you, for you to encamp, in fire at night to show you the way you must go, and in a cloud by day.
Dt 1:34 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ק֣וֹל דִּבְרֵיכֶ֑ם וַיִּקְצֹ֖ף וַיִּשָּׁבַ֥ע לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ Now when the Lord heard the sound of your words, he became angry, and he swore and said,
Dt 1:35 ‫אִם־יִרְאֶ֥ה אִישׁ֙ בָּאֲנָשִׁ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה הַדּ֥וֹר הָרָ֖ע הַזֶּ֑ה אֵ֚ת הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁבַּ֔עְתִּי לָתֵ֖ת לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם׃‬ Assuredly not a man among these men – this evil generation – will see the good land which I swore to give your fathers, assuredly not a man ... will see ← if a man will see. An oath formula, in full in 2 Sam 3:35, standing for if a man ... may God do this to me.
Dt 1:36 ‫זֽוּלָתִ֞י כָּלֵ֤ב בֶּן־יְפֻנֶּה֙ ה֣וּא יִרְאֶ֔נָּה וְלֽוֹ־אֶתֵּ֧ן אֶת־הָאָ֛רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דָּֽרַךְ־בָּ֖הּ וּלְבָנָ֑יו יַ֕עַן אֲשֶׁ֥ר מִלֵּ֖א אַחֲרֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ except Caleb the son of Jephunneh. He will see it, and I will give him the land which he has trodden on, and his sons, because he has been fully committed to the Lord.’ he has been fully committed ← he has fulfilled after.
Dt 1:37 ‫גַּם־בִּי֙ הִתְאַנַּ֣ף יְהוָ֔ה בִּגְלַלְכֶ֖ם לֵאמֹ֑ר גַּם־אַתָּ֖ה לֹא־תָבֹ֥א שָֽׁם׃‬ The Lord also became angry with me, because of you, and he said, ‘Neither will you go there.
Dt 1:38 ‫יְהוֹשֻׁ֤עַ בִּן נוּן֙ הָעֹמֵ֣ד לְפָנֶ֔יךָ ה֖וּא יָ֣בֹא שָׁ֑מָּה אֹת֣וֹ חַזֵּ֔ק כִּי־ה֖וּא יַנְחִלֶ֥נָּה אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ Joshua the son of Nun, who is standing before you – he will go there. Strengthen him, because he will enable Israel to inherit it.
Dt 1:39 ‫וְטַפְּכֶם֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲמַרְתֶּ֜ם לָבַ֣ז יִהְיֶ֗ה וּ֠בְנֵיכֶם אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־יָדְע֤וּ הַיּוֹם֙ ט֣וֹב וָרָ֔ע הֵ֖מָּה יָבֹ֣אוּ שָׁ֑מָּה וְלָהֶ֣ם אֶתְּנֶ֔נָּה וְהֵ֖ם יִירָשֽׁוּהָּ׃‬ But your little ones, whom you said would be spoil, and your sons who do not currently know good and evil – they will go in there, and I will give it to them, and they will take possession of it. currently ← todaythe day.

would be spoil: see Nu 14:13.
Dt 1:40 ‫וְאַתֶּ֖ם פְּנ֣וּ לָכֶ֑ם וּסְע֥וּ הַמִּדְבָּ֖רָה דֶּ֥רֶךְ יַם־סֽוּף׃‬ But as for you, wend your way and move to the desert by the way of the Red Sea.’
Dt 1:41 ‫וַֽתַּעֲנ֣וּ ׀ וַתֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלַ֗י חָטָאנוּ֮ לַֽיהוָה֒ אֲנַ֤חְנוּ נַעֲלֶה֙ וְנִלְחַ֔מְנוּ כְּכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֖נוּ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ וַֽתַּחְגְּר֗וּ אִ֚ישׁ אֶת־כְּלֵ֣י מִלְחַמְתּ֔וֹ וַתָּהִ֖ינוּ לַעֲלֹ֥ת הָהָֽרָה׃‬ Then you answered and said to me, ‘We have sinned against the Lord; we will go up and fight according to everything that the Lord our God commands us.’ And each of you girded on his weapons of war, and you presumed to go up the mountain.
Dt 1:42 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י אֱמֹ֤ר לָהֶם֙ לֹ֤א תַֽעֲלוּ֙ וְלֹא־תִלָּ֣חֲמ֔וּ כִּ֥י אֵינֶ֖נִּי בְּקִרְבְּכֶ֑ם וְלֹא֙ תִּנָּֽגְפ֔וּ לִפְנֵ֖י אֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And the Lord said to me, ‘Say to them, «You shall not go up, and you shall not fight, for I am not in your midst, so that you do not get struck down by your enemies.» ’ so that: purposive use of the vav.
Dt 1:43 ‫וָאֲדַבֵּ֥ר אֲלֵיכֶ֖ם וְלֹ֣א שְׁמַעְתֶּ֑ם וַתַּמְרוּ֙ אֶת־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וַתָּזִ֖דוּ וַתַּעֲל֥וּ הָהָֽרָה׃‬ So I spoke to you, but you would not listen, and you rebelled against the instruction of the Lord, and you acted insolently and went up the mountain. instruction ← mouth.
Dt 1:44 ‫וַיֵּצֵ֨א הָאֱמֹרִ֜י הַיֹּשֵׁ֨ב בָּהָ֤ר הַהוּא֙ לִקְרַאתְכֶ֔ם וַיִּרְדְּפ֣וּ אֶתְכֶ֔ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ינָה הַדְּבֹרִ֑ים וַֽיַּכְּת֥וּ אֶתְכֶ֛ם בְּשֵׂעִ֖יר עַד־חָרְמָֽה׃‬ And the Amorite who lives on that mountain came out against you and pursued you as bees do, and routed you in Seir and as far as Hormah. Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 1:45 ‫וַתָּשֻׁ֥בוּ וַתִּבְכּ֖וּ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה וְלֹֽא־שָׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ בְּקֹ֣לְכֶ֔ם וְלֹ֥א הֶאֱזִ֖ין אֲלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ Then you came back and wept before the Lord, but the Lord did not heed you and did not hearken to you. heed you ← listen to your voice.
Dt 1:46 ‫וַתֵּשְׁב֥וּ בְקָדֵ֖שׁ יָמִ֣ים רַבִּ֑ים כַּיָּמִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְשַׁבְתֶּֽם׃‬ And you dwelt in Kadesh for many days; such were the days you dwelt there.
Dt 2:1 ‫וַנֵּ֜פֶן וַנִּסַּ֤ע הַמִּדְבָּ֙רָה֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יַם־ס֔וּף כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑י וַנָּ֥סָב אֶת־הַר־שֵׂעִ֖יר יָמִ֥ים רַבִּֽים׃ ס‬ Then we turned and moved to the desert by the way of the Red Sea, as the Lord had said to me, and we went round Mount Seir for many days.
Dt 2:2 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֵלַ֥י לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And the Lord spoke to me and said,
Dt 2:3 ‫רַב־לָכֶ֕ם סֹ֖ב אֶת־הָהָ֣ר הַזֶּ֑ה פְּנ֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם צָפֹֽנָה׃‬ You have gone round this mountain long enough. Take a turn northwards. long enough ← much / enough for you.

take a turn ← turn for yourselves.
Dt 2:4 ‫וְאֶת־הָעָם֮ צַ֣ו לֵאמֹר֒ אַתֶּ֣ם עֹֽבְרִ֗ים בִּגְבוּל֙ אֲחֵיכֶ֣ם בְּנֵי־עֵשָׂ֔ו הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בְּשֵׂעִ֑יר וְיִֽירְא֣וּ מִכֶּ֔ם וְנִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם מְאֹֽד׃‬ And command the people and say, «You will be crossing the territory of your brothers – the sons of Esau who live in Seir – and they will be afraid of you, so you will be very much on your guard. territory ← border, but also what is inside it, the territory.
Dt 2:5 ‫אַל־תִּתְגָּר֣וּ בָ֔ם כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֤ן לָכֶם֙ מֵֽאַרְצָ֔ם עַ֖ד מִדְרַ֣ךְ כַּף־רָ֑גֶל כִּֽי־יְרֻשָּׁ֣ה לְעֵשָׂ֔ו נָתַ֖תִּי אֶת־הַ֥ר שֵׂעִֽיר׃‬ Do not engage them, for I will not give you any of their land, not even the print of a footstep, for I have given Mount Seir as a possession to Esau.
Dt 2:6 ‫אֹ֣כֶל תִּשְׁבְּר֧וּ מֵֽאִתָּ֛ם בַּכֶּ֖סֶף וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֑ם וְגַם־מַ֜יִם תִּכְר֧וּ מֵאִתָּ֛ם בַּכֶּ֖סֶף וּשְׁתִיתֶֽם׃‬ You may buy food for money from them and eat it, and you may also purchase water for money from them and drink it.
Dt 2:7 ‫כִּי֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ בֵּֽרַכְךָ֗ בְּכֹל֙ מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה יָדֶ֔ךָ יָדַ֣ע לֶכְתְּךָ֔ אֶת־הַמִּדְבָּ֥ר הַגָּדֹ֖ל הַזֶּ֑ה זֶ֣ה ׀ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים שָׁנָ֗ה יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ עִמָּ֔ךְ לֹ֥א חָסַ֖רְתָּ דָּבָֽר׃‬ For the Lord your God has blessed you in every work of your hand. He knows your walk in this great desert. For forty years now the Lord your God has been with you; you have lacked nothing.» ’
Dt 2:8 ‫וַֽנַּעֲבֹ֞ר מֵאֵ֧ת אַחֵ֣ינוּ בְנֵי־עֵשָׂ֗ו הַיֹּֽשְׁבִים֙ בְּשֵׂעִ֔יר מִדֶּ֙רֶךְ֙ הָֽעֲרָבָ֔ה מֵאֵילַ֖ת וּמֵעֶצְיֹ֣ן גָּ֑בֶר ס וַנֵּ֙פֶן֙ וַֽנַּעֲבֹ֔ר דֶּ֖רֶךְ מִדְבַּ֥ר מוֹאָֽב׃‬ And we crossed through the territory of our brothers – the sons of Esau – who live in Seir, by the way of the arid tract from Elath and Ezion-gaber, and we turned and crossed by the way of the desert of Moab. Ezion-gaber: see Nu 33:35.
Dt 2:9 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י אֶל־תָּ֙צַר֙ אֶת־מוֹאָ֔ב וְאַל־תִּתְגָּ֥ר בָּ֖ם מִלְחָמָ֑ה כִּ֠י לֹֽא־אֶתֵּ֨ן לְךָ֤ מֵֽאַרְצוֹ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֣י לִבְנֵי־ל֔וֹט נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־עָ֖ר יְרֻשָּֽׁה׃‬ Then the Lord said to me, ‘Do not cause distress to Moab and do not engage them in war, for I will not give you any of his land as a possession, for I have given Ar to the sons of Lot as a possession. do not: we read אַל not [WLC]'s אֶל, which is classified as “unexpected”.
Dt 2:10 ‫הָאֵמִ֥ים לְפָנִ֖ים יָ֣שְׁבוּ בָ֑הּ עַ֣ם גָּד֥וֹל וְרַ֛ב וָרָ֖ם כָּעֲנָקִֽים׃‬ The Emites inhabited it in times past. They were as great and numerous and powerful as the Anakites. Emites: AV= Emims.

powerful: or, tall.

Anakites: AV= Anakims.
Dt 2:11 ‫רְפָאִ֛ים יֵחָשְׁב֥וּ אַף־הֵ֖ם כָּעֲנָקִ֑ים וְהַמֹּ֣אָבִ֔ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם אֵמִֽים׃‬ They too are considered Rephaim, like the Anakites, and the Moabites call them Emites. Rephaim: see [CB, App. 25].

Anakites: AV= Anakims.

Emites: AV= Emims.
Dt 2:12 ‫וּבְשֵׂעִ֞יר יָשְׁב֣וּ הַחֹרִים֮ לְפָנִים֒ וּבְנֵ֧י עֵשָׂ֣ו יִֽירָשׁ֗וּם וַיַּשְׁמִידוּם֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיֵּשְׁב֖וּ תַּחְתָּ֑ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֧ר עָשָׂ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל לְאֶ֙רֶץ֙ יְרֻשָּׁת֔וֹ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה לָהֶֽם׃‬ And the Horites dwelt in Seir in times past, but the sons of Esau dispossessed them and destroyed them in their advance, and they dwelt there instead of them, just as Israel did to the land of its possession which the Lord gave them. Horites: AV= Horims. But in Gn 14:6 and elsewhere in Genesis, AV= Horites.

in their advance ← from before them.
Dt 2:13 ‫עַתָּ֗ה קֻ֛מוּ וְעִבְר֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־נַ֣חַל זָ֑רֶד וַֽנַּעֲבֹ֖ר אֶת־נַ֥חַל זָֽרֶד׃‬ Now get up and get crossing the Zered Brook.’ And we duly crossed the Zered brook. get crossing ← cross for yourselves. Idiomatic.
Dt 2:14 ‫וְהַיָּמִ֞ים אֲשֶׁר־הָלַ֣כְנוּ ׀ מִקָּדֵ֣שׁ בַּרְנֵ֗עַ עַ֤ד אֲשֶׁר־עָבַ֙רְנוּ֙ אֶת־נַ֣חַל זֶ֔רֶד שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנֶ֖ה שָׁנָ֑ה עַד־תֹּ֨ם כָּל־הַדּ֜וֹר אַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּלְחָמָה֙ מִקֶּ֣רֶב הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר נִשְׁבַּ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה לָהֶֽם׃‬ And the time in which we went from Kadesh-barnea until we had crossed the Zered brook was thirty-eight years – until the whole generation of the men of war had come to an end and was not in the camp, as the Lord had sworn to them. time ← days.

and was not in ← from the midst of.
Dt 2:15 ‫וְגַ֤ם יַד־יְהוָה֙ הָ֣יְתָה בָּ֔ם לְהֻמָּ֖ם מִקֶּ֣רֶב הַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה עַ֖ד תֻּמָּֽם׃‬ Moreover the hand of the Lord was against them, to drive them out of the midst of the camp until they had come to an end. moreover ← and also.
Dt 2:16 ‫וַיְהִ֨י כַאֲשֶׁר־תַּ֜מּוּ כָּל־אַנְשֵׁ֧י הַמִּלְחָמָ֛ה לָמ֖וּת מִקֶּ֥רֶב הָעָֽם׃ ס‬ And it came to pass when all the men of war had come to an end, by dying in the midst of the people, by dying: gerundial use of the infinitive.

in ← from.
Dt 2:17 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֵלַ֥י לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ that the Lord spoke to me, and said,
Dt 2:18 ‫אַתָּ֨ה עֹבֵ֥ר הַיּ֛וֹם אֶת־גְּב֥וּל מוֹאָ֖ב אֶת־עָֽר׃‬ ‘You are crossing the territory of Moab today, that is, Ar, territory: see Dt 2:4.
Dt 2:19 ‫וְקָרַבְתָּ֗ מ֚וּל בְּנֵ֣י עַמּ֔וֹן אַל־תְּצֻרֵ֖ם וְאַל־תִּתְגָּ֣ר בָּ֑ם כִּ֣י לֹֽא־אֶ֠תֵּן מֵאֶ֨רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֤וֹן לְךָ֙ יְרֻשָּׁ֔ה כִּ֥י לִבְנֵי־ל֖וֹט נְתַתִּ֥יהָ יְרֻשָּֽׁה׃‬ and you will go near, but opposite, the sons of Ammon. Do not cause them distress and do not engage them, for I will not give you any of the land of the sons of Ammon as a possession, because I have given it to the sons of Lot as a possession.’
Dt 2:20 ‫אֶֽרֶץ־רְפָאִ֥ים תֵּחָשֵׁ֖ב אַף־הִ֑וא רְפָאִ֤ים יָֽשְׁבוּ־בָהּ֙ לְפָנִ֔ים וְהָֽעַמֹּנִ֔ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם זַמְזֻמִּֽים׃‬ This is also considered the land of the Rephaim. The Rephaim lived there in times past, and the Ammonites call them Zamzummites Rephaim: see [CB, App. 25].

Zamzummites: AV= Zamzummims.
Dt 2:21 ‫עַ֣ם גָּד֥וֹל וְרַ֛ב וָרָ֖ם כָּעֲנָקִ֑ים וַיַּשְׁמִידֵ֤ם יְהוָה֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיִּירָשֻׁ֖ם וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ תַחְתָּֽם׃‬ – a people as great and numerous as the Anakites – but the Lord destroyed them at their advance, and they dispossessed them and they dwelt there instead of them, Anakites: AV= Anakims.

at their advance ← from before them.
Dt 2:22 ‫כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לִבְנֵ֣י עֵשָׂ֔ו הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בְּשֵׂעִ֑יר אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִשְׁמִ֤יד אֶת־הַחֹרִי֙ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם וַיִּֽירָשֻׁם֙ וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ תַחְתָּ֔ם עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ just as he did for the sons of Esau who dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed the Horites at their advance and dispossessed them, and they have been living there instead of them up to this day. at their advance ← from before them.

Horites: AV= Horims. But in Gn 14:6 and elsewhere in Genesis, AV= Horites.
Dt 2:23 ‫וְהָֽעַוִּ֛ים הַיֹּשְׁבִ֥ים בַּחֲצֵרִ֖ים עַד־עַזָּ֑ה כַּפְתֹּרִים֙ הַיֹּצְאִ֣ים מִכַּפְתּ֔וֹר הִשְׁמִידֻ֖ם וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ תַחְתָּֽם׃‬ And as for the Avites who dwelt in Hazerim and as far as Gaza, the Caphtorites who came from Caphtor destroyed them and dwelt there instead of them. Avites: AV= Avims. But in Josh 13:3, AV= Avites.

Gaza ← Azzah. AV= Azzah here, but Gaza elsewhere, except 1 Ki 5:4 (1 Ki 4:24AV), Jer 25:20.

Caphtorites: AV= Caphtorims.
Dt 2:24 ‫ק֣וּמוּ סְּע֗וּ וְעִבְרוּ֮ אֶת־נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹן֒ רְאֵ֣ה נָתַ֣תִּי בְ֠יָדְךָ אֶת־סִיחֹ֨ן מֶֽלֶךְ־חֶשְׁבּ֧וֹן הָֽאֱמֹרִ֛י וְאֶת־אַרְצ֖וֹ הָחֵ֣ל רָ֑שׁ וְהִתְגָּ֥ר בּ֖וֹ מִלְחָמָֽה׃‬ ‘Get up and move on and cross the River Arnon. Look, I have put Sihon king of Heshbon, the Amorite, in your power, so begin to possess his land and engage him in battle. Amorite: see Gn 10:16.

power ← hand.
Dt 2:25 ‫הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֗ה אָחֵל֙ תֵּ֤ת פַּחְדְּךָ֙ וְיִרְאָ֣תְךָ֔ עַל־פְּנֵי֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים תַּ֖חַת כָּל־הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁמְעוּן֙ שִׁמְעֲךָ֔ וְרָגְז֥וּ וְחָל֖וּ מִפָּנֶֽיךָ׃‬ This day I will begin to put dread of you and fear of you among the nations under the whole of heaven, when they hear your reputation and they tremble and reel in front of you.’
Dt 2:26 ‫וָאֶשְׁלַ֤ח מַלְאָכִים֙ מִמִּדְבַּ֣ר קְדֵמ֔וֹת אֶל־סִיח֖וֹן מֶ֣לֶךְ חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן דִּבְרֵ֥י שָׁל֖וֹם לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And I sent messengers from the desert of Kedemoth to Sihon king of Heshbon with peaceful words, saying,
Dt 2:27 ‫אֶעְבְּרָ֣ה בְאַרְצֶ֔ךָ בַּדֶּ֥רֶךְ בַּדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֵלֵ֑ךְ לֹ֥א אָס֖וּר יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאול׃‬ ‘Let me cross your land. I will only go by the main roads; I will not deviate to the right or to the left. only go by the main roads ← by the road, by the road.
Dt 2:28 ‫אֹ֣כֶל בַּכֶּ֤סֶף תַּשְׁבִּרֵ֙נִי֙ וְאָכַ֔לְתִּי וּמַ֛יִם בַּכֶּ֥סֶף תִּתֶּן־לִ֖י וְשָׁתִ֑יתִי רַ֖ק אֶעְבְּרָ֥ה בְרַגְלָֽי׃‬ You will sell me food for money so that I can eat, and you will give me water for money so that I can drink, but let me cross on foot, on foot ← by my foot.
Dt 2:29 ‫כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָֽשׂוּ־לִ֜י בְּנֵ֣י עֵשָׂ֗ו הַיֹּֽשְׁבִים֙ בְּשֵׂעִ֔יר וְהַמּ֣וֹאָבִ֔ים הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בְּעָ֑ר עַ֤ד אֲשֶֽׁר־אֶֽעֱבֹר֙ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן אֶל־הָאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽנוּ׃‬ as the sons of Esau did for me, who live in Seir, and the Moabites who live in Ar, until I have crossed the Jordan into the land which the Lord our God is giving us.’
Dt 2:30 ‫וְלֹ֣א אָבָ֗ה סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן הַעֲבִרֵ֖נוּ בּ֑וֹ כִּֽי־הִקְשָׁה֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ אֶת־רוּח֗וֹ וְאִמֵּץ֙ אֶת־לְבָב֔וֹ לְמַ֛עַן תִּתּ֥וֹ בְיָדְךָ֖ כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃ ס‬ But Sihon the king of Heshbon was not willing to let us pass through his land, for the Lord your God had hardened his spirit, and had made his heart obstinate, so that he could put him in your power, as it is to this day. through his landthrough him.
Dt 2:31 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֵלַ֔י רְאֵ֗ה הַֽחִלֹּ֙תִי֙ תֵּ֣ת לְפָנֶ֔יךָ אֶת־סִיחֹ֖ן וְאֶת־אַרְצ֑וֹ הָחֵ֣ל רָ֔שׁ לָרֶ֖שֶׁת אֶת־אַרְצֽוֹ׃‬ And the Lord said to me, ‘Look, I have started to put Sihon and his land in front of you. Make a start and possess it – to possess his land.’
Dt 2:32 ‫וַיֵּצֵא֩ סִיחֹ֨ן לִקְרָאתֵ֜נוּ ה֧וּא וְכָל־עַמּ֛וֹ לַמִּלְחָמָ֖ה יָֽהְצָה׃‬ Then Sihon came out to confront us – he and all his people – to battle at Jahaz. at Jahaz ← to Jahaz.
Dt 2:33 ‫וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֛הוּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ לְפָנֵ֑ינוּ וַנַּ֥ךְ אֹת֛וֹ וְאֶת־*בנו **בָּנָ֖יו וְאֶת־כָּל־עַמּֽוֹ׃‬ And the Lord our God put him in front of us, and we defeated him and {K: his son} [Q: his sons] and all his people.
Dt 2:34 ‫וַנִּלְכֹּ֤ד אֶת־כָּל־עָרָיו֙ בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔וא וַֽנַּחֲרֵם֙ אֶת־כָּל־עִ֣יר מְתִ֔ם וְהַנָּשִׁ֖ים וְהַטָּ֑ף לֹ֥א הִשְׁאַ֖רְנוּ שָׂרִֽיד׃‬ And we captured all his cities at that time, and we utterly destroyed the men and the women and the children in every city. We did not leave a single survivor,
Dt 2:35 ‫רַ֥ק הַבְּהֵמָ֖ה בָּזַ֣זְנוּ לָ֑נוּ וּשְׁלַ֥ל הֶעָרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לָכָֽדְנוּ׃‬ except that we took cattle as spoil for ourselves, and the booty of the cities which we had captured,
Dt 2:36 ‫מֵֽעֲרֹעֵ֡ר אֲשֶׁר֩ עַל־שְׂפַת־נַ֨חַל אַרְנֹ֜ן וְהָעִ֨יר אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּנַּ֙חַל֙ וְעַד־הַגִּלְעָ֔ד לֹ֤א הָֽיְתָה֙ קִרְיָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׂגְבָ֖ה מִמֶּ֑נּוּ אֶת־הַכֹּ֕ל נָתַ֛ן יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ לְפָנֵֽינוּ׃‬ from Aroer which is on the bank of the River Arnon, and the city which is at the river, and as far as Gilead. There was no town that was too strong for us – the Lord our God placed everything in front of us, Gilead: see Gn 31:21. Often, as here, ← the Gilead.
Dt 2:37 ‫רַ֛ק אֶל־אֶ֥רֶץ בְּנֵי־עַמּ֖וֹן לֹ֣א קָרָ֑בְתָּ כָּל־יַ֞ד נַ֤חַל יַבֹּק֙ וְעָרֵ֣י הָהָ֔ר וְכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֖ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ׃‬ except that you did not approach the sons of Ammon, not any place on the River Jabbok, nor the cities of the mountain range, nor anything that the Lord our God forbad us. any ← every.

place ← hand.

anything ← everything.

forbad ← commanded, but also commanded not to. Compare Lv 4:2, Lv 4:13.
Dt 3:1 ‫וַנֵּ֣פֶן וַנַּ֔עַל דֶּ֖רֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֑ן וַיֵּצֵ֣א עוֹג֩ מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָׁ֨ן לִקְרָאתֵ֜נוּ ה֧וּא וְכָל־עַמּ֛וֹ לַמִּלְחָמָ֖ה אֶדְרֶֽעִי׃‬ Then we turned and went up by the way of Bashan, and Og the king of Bashan came out to confront us – he and all his people – to battle at Edrei. Bashan (2x)the Bashan. Also elsewhere.
Dt 3:2 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלַי֙ אַל־תִּירָ֣א אֹת֔וֹ כִּ֣י בְיָדְךָ֞ נָתַ֧תִּי אֹת֛וֹ וְאֶת־כָּל־עַמּ֖וֹ וְאֶת־אַרְצ֑וֹ וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ לּ֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֗יתָ לְסִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּחֶשְׁבּֽוֹן׃‬ And the Lord said to me, ‘Do not fear him, for I have handed him over to you, and all his people, and his land. And you will do to him what you did to Sihon the king of the Amorites who lived in Heshbon.’ Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 3:3 ‫וַיִּתֵּן֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֵ֜ינוּ בְּיָדֵ֗נוּ גַּ֛ם אֶת־ע֥וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָׁ֖ן וְאֶת־כָּל־עַמּ֑וֹ וַנַּכֵּ֕הוּ עַד־בִּלְתִּ֥י הִשְׁאִֽיר־ל֖וֹ שָׂרִֽיד׃‬ And the Lord our God also handed Og the king of Bashan over to us, and all his people, and we defeated him to the extent that no survivor remained to him. Bashan ← the Bashan.
Dt 3:4 ‫וַנִּלְכֹּ֤ד אֶת־כָּל־עָרָיו֙ בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔וא לֹ֤א הָֽיְתָה֙ קִרְיָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־לָקַ֖חְנוּ מֵֽאִתָּ֑ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים עִיר֙ כָּל־חֶ֣בֶל אַרְגֹּ֔ב מַמְלֶ֥כֶת ע֖וֹג בַּבָּשָֽׁן׃‬ And we captured all his cities at that time – there was no town that we did not capture from them – sixty cities, the whole region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan. Bashan ← the Bashan, and in the rest the chapter (and elsewhere).
Dt 3:5 ‫כָּל־אֵ֜לֶּה עָרִ֧ים בְּצֻר֛וֹת חוֹמָ֥ה גְבֹהָ֖ה דְּלָתַ֣יִם וּבְרִ֑יחַ לְבַ֛ד מֵעָרֵ֥י הַפְּרָזִ֖י הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד׃‬ All of these were cities fortified with a high wall, gates and bolts, apart from the very many open rural towns, bolts ← a bolt. Collective usage, “bolting”.
Dt 3:6 ‫וַנַּחֲרֵ֣ם אוֹתָ֔ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֔ינוּ לְסִיחֹ֖ן מֶ֣לֶךְ חֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן הַחֲרֵם֙ כָּל־עִ֣יר מְתִ֔ם הַנָּשִׁ֖ים וְהַטָּֽף׃‬ and we utterly destroyed them, as we did to Sihon the king of Heshbon, in utterly destroying in every city the men, the women, and the little ones. in utterly destroying: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 3:7 ‫וְכָל־הַבְּהֵמָ֛ה וּשְׁלַ֥ל הֶעָרִ֖ים בַּזּ֥וֹנוּ לָֽנוּ׃‬ And we took all the cattle and booty of the towns as spoil for ourselves.
Dt 3:8 ‫וַנִּקַּ֞ח בָּעֵ֤ת הַהִוא֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ מִיַּ֗ד שְׁנֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן מִנַּ֥חַל אַרְנֹ֖ן עַד־הַ֥ר חֶרְמֽוֹן׃‬ And at that time we took the land from the two Amorite kings who were across the Jordan, from the River Arnon to Mount Hermon. from ← from the hand of.

Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 3:9 ‫צִידֹנִ֛ים יִקְרְא֥וּ לְחֶרְמ֖וֹן שִׂרְיֹ֑ן וְהָ֣אֱמֹרִ֔י יִקְרְאוּ־ל֖וֹ שְׂנִֽיר׃‬ (The Sidonians call Hermon Sirion, and the Amorites call it Shenir.) Sidonians: see Gn 10:15.

Amorites: see Gn 10:16.

Shenir ← Senir, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Dt 3:10 ‫כֹּ֣ל ׀ עָרֵ֣י הַמִּישֹׁ֗ר וְכָל־הַגִּלְעָד֙ וְכָל־הַבָּשָׁ֔ן עַד־סַלְכָ֖ה וְאֶדְרֶ֑עִי עָרֵ֛י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת ע֖וֹג בַּבָּשָֽׁן׃‬ We took all the cities of the plain and all Gilead and all Bashan as far as Salchah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan. Gilead: see Gn 31:21. Often, as here, the Gilead.
Dt 3:11 ‫כִּ֣י רַק־ע֞וֹג מֶ֣לֶךְ הַבָּשָׁ֗ן נִשְׁאַר֮ מִיֶּ֣תֶר הָרְפָאִים֒ הִנֵּ֤ה עַרְשׂוֹ֙ עֶ֣רֶשׂ בַּרְזֶ֔ל הֲלֹ֣ה הִ֔וא בְּרַבַּ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י עַמּ֑וֹן תֵּ֧שַׁע אַמּ֣וֹת אָרְכָּ֗הּ וְאַרְבַּ֥ע אַמּ֛וֹת רָחְבָּ֖הּ בְּאַמַּת־אִֽישׁ׃‬ For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of the Rephaim. Note how his bed was a bed of iron – is it not in Rabbath of the sons of Ammon? Its length is nine cubits and its width is four cubits, according to the common cubit. Rephaim: see [CB, App. 25].

note how ← behold.

cubit (2x): about 18 inches or 45 cm.

common cubit ← cubit of man.
Dt 3:12 ‫וְאֶת־הָאָ֧רֶץ הַזֹּ֛את יָרַ֖שְׁנוּ בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֑וא מֵעֲרֹעֵ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־עַל־נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֗ן וַחֲצִ֤י הַֽר־הַגִּלְעָד֙ וְעָרָ֔יו נָתַ֕תִּי לָרֻֽאוּבֵנִ֖י וְלַגָּדִֽי׃‬ And we took possession of this land at that time, from Aroer which is on the River Arnon, and half of Mount Gilead and its cities, and I gave them to the Reubenites and the Gadites. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Dt 3:13 ‫וְיֶ֨תֶר הַגִּלְעָ֤ד וְכָל־הַבָּשָׁן֙ מַמְלֶ֣כֶת ע֔וֹג נָתַ֕תִּי לַחֲצִ֖י שֵׁ֣בֶט הַֽמְנַשֶּׁ֑ה כֹּ֣ל חֶ֤בֶל הָֽאַרְגֹּב֙ לְכָל־הַבָּשָׁ֔ן הַה֥וּא יִקָּרֵ֖א אֶ֥רֶץ רְפָאִֽים׃‬ And I gave the remainder of Gilead and all of Bashan, the kingdom of Og, to half of the tribe of Manasseh – all the region of Argob with all of Bashan. That is called the land of the Rephaim. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.

half of the tribe of Manasseh: rather than the half-tribe of Manasseh. Josh 22:7 shows when this sense is intended.

Argob ← the Argob.

Rephaim: see [CB, App. 25].
Dt 3:14 ‫יָאִ֣יר בֶּן־מְנַשֶּׁ֗ה לָקַח֙ אֶת־כָּל־חֶ֣בֶל אַרְגֹּ֔ב עַד־גְּב֥וּל הַגְּשׁוּרִ֖י וְהַמַּֽעֲכָתִ֑י וַיִּקְרָא֩ אֹתָ֨ם עַל־שְׁמ֤וֹ אֶת־הַבָּשָׁן֙ חַוֺּ֣ת יָאִ֔יר עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ Jair the son of Manasseh captured the whole of the region of Argob as far as the border with the Geshurites and Maachathites, and he called them after his own name: Bashan-havoth-jair, as it is up to this day.
Dt 3:15 ‫וּלְמָכִ֖יר נָתַ֥תִּי אֶת־הַגִּלְעָֽד׃‬ And I gave Gilead to Machir. || Nu 32:40, 1 Chr 2:21.

Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Dt 3:16 ‫וְלָרֻאוּבֵנִ֨י וְלַגָּדִ֜י נָתַ֤תִּי מִן־הַגִּלְעָד֙ וְעַד־נַ֣חַל אַרְנֹ֔ן תּ֥וֹךְ הַנַּ֖חַל וּגְבֻ֑ל וְעַד֙ יַבֹּ֣ק הַנַּ֔חַל גְּב֖וּל בְּנֵ֥י עַמּֽוֹן׃‬ And I gave the region from Gilead to the River Arnon to the Reubenites and the Gadites, the mid-line of the river as a border up to the River Jabbok, the border of the sons of Ammon. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.
Dt 3:17 ‫וְהָֽעֲרָבָ֖ה וְהַיַּרְדֵּ֣ן וּגְבֻ֑ל מִכִּנֶּ֗רֶת וְעַ֨ד יָ֤ם הָֽעֲרָבָה֙ יָ֣ם הַמֶּ֔לַח תַּ֛חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת הַפִּסְגָּ֖ה מִזְרָֽחָה׃‬ And the arid tract and the Jordan, whose border is from Chinnereth to the sea of the arid tract, the Salt Sea, under Ashdoth-pisgah to the east. sea of the arid tract, the Salt Sea: i.e. the Dead Sea.
Dt 3:18 ‫וָאֲצַ֣ו אֶתְכֶ֔ם בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִ֖וא לֵאמֹ֑ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֗ם נָתַ֨ן לָכֶ֜ם אֶת־הָאָ֤רֶץ הַזֹּאת֙ לְרִשְׁתָּ֔הּ חֲלוּצִ֣ים תַּֽעַבְר֗וּ לִפְנֵ֛י אֲחֵיכֶ֥ם בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל כָּל־בְּנֵי־חָֽיִל׃‬ And I commanded you at that time, and said, ‘The Lord your God has given you this land to possess. You will cross it armed before your brothers the sons of Israel – all those who are soldiers. soldiers ← sons of force.
Dt 3:19 ‫רַ֠ק נְשֵׁיכֶ֣ם וְטַפְּכֶם֮ וּמִקְנֵכֶם֒ יָדַ֕עְתִּי כִּֽי־מִקְנֶ֥ה רַ֖ב לָכֶ֑ם יֵֽשְׁבוּ֙ בְּעָ֣רֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֖תִּי לָכֶֽם׃‬ But your wives and your children and your cattle – I know that you have a lot of cattle – will stay in your cities which I have given you,
Dt 3:20 ‫עַ֠ד אֲשֶׁר־יָנִ֨יחַ יְהוָ֥ה ׀ לַֽאֲחֵיכֶם֮ כָּכֶם֒ וְיָרְשׁ֣וּ גַם־הֵ֔ם אֶת־הָאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָהֶ֖ם בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְשַׁבְתֶּ֗ם אִ֚ישׁ לִֽירֻשָּׁת֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֖תִּי לָכֶֽם׃‬ until the Lord settles your brothers like you, and they too have taken possession of the land which the Lord your God is giving them across the Jordan, and each man will return to his possession which I will have given you.’
Dt 3:21 ‫וְאֶת־יְהוֹשׁ֣וּעַ צִוֵּ֔יתִי בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִ֖וא לֵאמֹ֑ר עֵינֶ֣יךָ הָרֹאֹ֗ת אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֜ה יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם֙ לִשְׁנֵי֙ הַמְּלָכִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה כֵּֽן־יַעֲשֶׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לְכָל־הַמַּמְלָכ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתָּ֖ה עֹבֵ֥ר שָֽׁמָּה׃‬ And I commanded Joshua at that time and I said, ‘Your eyes see everything the Lord your God has done to these two kings. The Lord will do likewise to all the kingdoms to which you cross.
Dt 3:22 ‫לֹ֖א תְִּירָא֑וּם כִּ֚י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ה֖וּא הַנִּלְחָ֥ם לָכֶֽם׃ ס‬ Do not fear them, for it is the Lord your God himself who will be fighting for you.’
Dt 3:23 ‫וָאֶתְחַנַּ֖ן אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִ֖וא לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ And I pleaded with the Lord at that time and I said,
Dt 3:24 ‫אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֗ה אַתָּ֤ה הַֽחִלּ֙וֹתָ֙ לְהַרְא֣וֹת אֶֽת־עַבְדְּךָ֔ אֶ֨ת־גָּדְלְךָ֔ וְאֶת־יָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר מִי־אֵל֙ בַּשָּׁמַ֣יִם וּבָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה כְמַעֲשֶׂ֖יךָ וְכִגְבוּרֹתֶֽךָ׃‬ ‘My Lord the Lord, you have begun to show your servant your greatness and your strong hand, so who else is God in heaven or on earth who can do anything comparable to your works and your mighty deeds? strong hand: i.e. mighty power.
Dt 3:25 ‫אֶעְבְּרָה־נָּ֗א וְאֶרְאֶה֙ אֶת־הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן הָהָ֥ר הַטּ֛וֹב הַזֶּ֖ה וְהַלְּבָנֽוֹן׃‬ Please let me cross so that I may see the good land which is across the Jordan, this good mountain, and Lebanon.’
Dt 3:26 ‫וַיִּתְעַבֵּ֨ר יְהוָ֥ה בִּי֙ לְמַ֣עַנְכֶ֔ם וְלֹ֥א שָׁמַ֖ע אֵלָ֑י וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֤ה אֵלַי֙ רַב־לָ֔ךְ אַל־תּ֗וֹסֶף דַּבֵּ֥ר אֵלַ֛י ע֖וֹד בַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃‬ But the Lord was angry with me for your sakes, and he did not hear me, and the Lord said to me, ‘It is sufficient for you. Do not speak to me any more about this matter.
Dt 3:27 ‫עֲלֵ֣ה ׀ רֹ֣אשׁ הַפִּסְגָּ֗ה וְשָׂ֥א עֵינֶ֛יךָ יָ֧מָּה וְצָפֹ֛נָה וְתֵימָ֥נָה וּמִזְרָ֖חָה וּרְאֵ֣ה בְעֵינֶ֑יךָ כִּי־לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֥ן הַזֶּֽה׃‬ Go up to the summit of Pisgah and lift up your eyes westward and northward and southward and eastward and see with your eyes, for you will not cross this Jordan.
Dt 3:28 ‫וְצַ֥ו אֶת־יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ וְחַזְּקֵ֣הוּ וְאַמְּצֵ֑הוּ כִּי־ה֣וּא יַעֲבֹ֗ר לִפְנֵי֙ הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה וְהוּא֙ יַנְחִ֣יל אוֹתָ֔ם אֶת־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּרְאֶֽה׃‬ And command Joshua and strengthen him, and encourage him, because he will cross in front of this people and he will cause them to inherit the land which you will see.’
Dt 3:29 ‫וַנֵּ֣שֶׁב בַּגָּ֔יְא מ֖וּל בֵּ֥ית פְּעֽוֹר׃ פ‬ Then we stayed in the valley opposite Beth-peor.
Dt 4:1 ‫וְעַתָּ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל שְׁמַ֤ע אֶל־הַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְאֶל־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָֽנֹכִ֛י מְלַמֵּ֥ד אֶתְכֶ֖ם לַעֲשׂ֑וֹת לְמַ֣עַן תִּֽחְי֗וּ וּבָאתֶם֙ וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶֽם׃‬ So now, Israel, listen to the statutes and the regulations which I am teaching you to do, so that you may live and come and possess the land which the Lord God of your fathers is giving you.
Dt 4:2 ‫לֹ֣א תֹסִ֗פוּ עַל־הַדָּבָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָנֹכִי֙ מְצַוֶּ֣ה אֶתְכֶ֔ם וְלֹ֥א תִגְרְע֖וּ מִמֶּ֑נּוּ לִשְׁמֹ֗ר אֶת־מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י מְצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ You shall not add to the injunction which I am commanding you, and you shall not take anything out of it, so that you keep the commandments of the Lord your God with which I am commanding you. Rev 22:18, Rev 22:19.

injunction ← word, matter.
Dt 4:3 ‫עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ הָֽרֹאֹ֔ת אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה בְּבַ֣עַל פְּע֑וֹר כִּ֣י כָל־הָאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הָלַךְ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י בַֽעַל־פְּע֔וֹר הִשְׁמִיד֛וֹ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃‬ Your eyes have seen what the Lord has done in Baal-peor, for the Lord your God eradicated from your midst every man who followed Baal-peor. Baal-peor (2x): apparently both the god and his shrine.
Dt 4:4 ‫וְאַתֶּם֙ הַדְּבֵקִ֔ים בַּיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם חַיִּ֥ים כֻּלְּכֶ֖ם הַיּֽוֹם׃‬ But you who adhere to the Lord your God are all alive today.
Dt 4:5 ‫רְאֵ֣ה ׀ לִמַּ֣דְתִּי אֶתְכֶ֗ם חֻקִּים֙ וּמִשְׁפָּטִ֔ים כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוַּ֖נִי יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֑י לַעֲשׂ֣וֹת כֵּ֔ן בְּקֶ֣רֶב הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם בָּאִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃‬ Look, I have taught you statutes and regulations according to what the Lord my God commanded me, namely that you should act accordingly inside the land to which you are going, to possess it.
Dt 4:6 ‫וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֮ וַעֲשִׂיתֶם֒ כִּ֣י הִ֤וא חָכְמַתְכֶם֙ וּבִ֣ינַתְכֶ֔ם לְעֵינֵ֖י הָעַמִּ֑ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשְׁמְע֗וּן אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַחֻקִּ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה וְאָמְר֗וּ רַ֚ק עַם־חָכָ֣ם וְנָב֔וֹן הַגּ֥וֹי הַגָּד֖וֹל הַזֶּֽה׃‬ So you must keep them and do them, for it is your wisdom and understanding in the eyes of the nations which will hear all these statutes and say, ‘Only this great nation is a wise and understanding people.’
Dt 4:7 ‫כִּ֚י מִי־ג֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֥וֹ אֱלֹהִ֖ים קְרֹבִ֣ים אֵלָ֑יו כַּיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ בְּכָּל־קָרְאֵ֖נוּ אֵלָֽיו׃‬ For what great nation is there that has gods close to it, as the Lord our God is in all our calling out to him? gods: AV= God, but the plural adjective for close militates against this.
Dt 4:8 ‫וּמִי֙ גּ֣וֹי גָּד֔וֹל אֲשֶׁר־ל֛וֹ חֻקִּ֥ים וּמִשְׁפָּטִ֖ים צַדִּיקִ֑ם כְּכֹל֙ הַתּוֹרָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם הַיּֽוֹם׃‬ And what great nation is there that has statutes and righteous regulations according to all this law which I am placing before you today?
Dt 4:9 ‫רַ֡ק הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֩ וּשְׁמֹ֨ר נַפְשְׁךָ֜ מְאֹ֗ד פֶּן־תִּשְׁכַּ֨ח אֶת־הַדְּבָרִ֜ים אֲשֶׁר־רָא֣וּ עֵינֶ֗יךָ וּפֶן־יָס֙וּרוּ֙ מִלְּבָ֣בְךָ֔ כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י חַיֶּ֑יךָ וְהוֹדַעְתָּ֥ם לְבָנֶ֖יךָ וְלִבְנֵ֥י בָנֶֽיךָ׃‬ But be on your guard and watch out for your life very alertly, so that you do not forget the things which your eyes have seen, and so that they do not depart from your heart any of the days of your life. And you shall make them known to your sons and to your grandsons. life ← soul.

any ← all.
Dt 4:10 ‫י֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָמַ֜דְתָּ לִפְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ בְּחֹרֵב֒ בֶּאֱמֹ֨ר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י הַקְהֶל־לִי֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם וְאַשְׁמִעֵ֖ם אֶת־דְּבָרָ֑י אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִלְמְד֜וּן לְיִרְאָ֣ה אֹתִ֗י כָּל־הַיָּמִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר הֵ֤ם חַיִּים֙ עַל־הָ֣אֲדָמָ֔ה וְאֶת־בְּנֵיהֶ֖ם יְלַמֵּדֽוּן׃‬ On the day when you stood before the Lord your God at Horeb, when the Lord said to me, ‘Assemble the people to me and I will cause them to hear my words, so that they may learn to fear me all the days that they live on the earth, and to teach their sons’, earth ← ground.
Dt 4:11 ‫וַתִּקְרְב֥וּן וַתַּֽעַמְד֖וּן תַּ֣חַת הָהָ֑ר וְהָהָ֞ר בֹּעֵ֤ר בָּאֵשׁ֙ עַד־לֵ֣ב הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם חֹ֖שֶׁךְ עָנָ֥ן וַעֲרָפֶֽל׃‬ they approached and stood below the mountain while the mountain was burning with fire up to the heart of heaven – it was darkness and cloud and gloom.
Dt 4:12 ‫וַיְדַבֵּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֲלֵיכֶ֖ם מִתּ֣וֹךְ הָאֵ֑שׁ ק֤וֹל דְּבָרִים֙ אַתֶּ֣ם שֹׁמְעִ֔ים וּתְמוּנָ֛ה אֵינְכֶ֥ם רֹאִ֖ים זוּלָתִ֥י קֽוֹל׃‬ And the Lord spoke to you from the middle of the fire, and you heard the voice of the words, but you did not see the image – there was just the voice.
Dt 4:13 ‫וַיַּגֵּ֨ד לָכֶ֜ם אֶת־בְּרִית֗וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה אֶתְכֶם֙ לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת עֲשֶׂ֖רֶת הַדְּבָרִ֑ים וַֽיִּכְתְּבֵ֔ם עַל־שְׁנֵ֖י לֻח֥וֹת אֲבָנִֽים׃‬ And he told you his covenant which he commanded you to do – the ten commandments – and he wrote them on two stone tablets.
Dt 4:14 ‫וְאֹתִ֞י צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔וא לְלַמֵּ֣ד אֶתְכֶ֔ם חֻקִּ֖ים וּמִשְׁפָּטִ֑ים לַעֲשֹׂתְכֶ֣ם אֹתָ֔ם בָּאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃‬ And at that time the Lord commanded me to teach you statutes and regulations, for you to carry them out, in the land to which you are crossing in order take possession of it.
Dt 4:15 ‫וְנִשְׁמַרְתֶּ֥ם מְאֹ֖ד לְנַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶ֑ם כִּ֣י לֹ֤א רְאִיתֶם֙ כָּל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה בְּי֗וֹם דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה אֲלֵיכֶ֛ם בְּחֹרֵ֖ב מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵֽשׁ׃‬ And take great care for your lives, for you did not see any image on the day when the Lord spoke to you at Horeb from the middle of the fire, lives ← souls.

any ← every.
Dt 4:16 ‫פֶּ֨ן־תַּשְׁחִת֔וּן וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֥ם לָכֶ֛ם פֶּ֖סֶל תְּמוּנַ֣ת כָּל־סָ֑מֶל תַּבְנִ֥ית זָכָ֖ר א֥וֹ נְקֵבָֽה׃‬ not to act corruptly or make yourselves an idol, an image of any figure, a likeness of anything male or female, any ← every.
Dt 4:17 ‫תַּבְנִ֕ית כָּל־בְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּאָ֑רֶץ תַּבְנִית֙ כָּל־צִפּ֣וֹר כָּנָ֔ף אֲשֶׁ֥ר תָּע֖וּף בַּשָּׁמָֽיִם׃‬ a likeness of any cattle that is on earth, a likeness of any winged bird which flies in the sky, any (2x)every.
Dt 4:18 ‫תַּבְנִ֕ית כָּל־רֹמֵ֖שׂ בָּאֲדָמָ֑ה תַּבְנִ֛ית כָּל־דָּגָ֥ה אֲשֶׁר־בַּמַּ֖יִם מִתַּ֥חַת לָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ a likeness of any creeping animal on the ground, or a likeness of any fish that is in the water below the surface of the earth. any (2x)every.
Dt 4:19 ‫וּפֶן־תִּשָּׂ֨א עֵינֶ֜יךָ הַשָּׁמַ֗יְמָה וְֽ֠רָאִיתָ אֶת־הַשֶּׁ֨מֶשׁ וְאֶת־הַיָּרֵ֜חַ וְאֶת־הַכּֽוֹכָבִ֗ים כֹּ֚ל צְבָ֣א הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם וְנִדַּחְתָּ֛ וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִ֥יתָ לָהֶ֖ם וַעֲבַדְתָּ֑ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָלַ֜ק יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ אֹתָ֔ם לְכֹל֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים תַּ֖חַת כָּל־הַשָּׁמָֽיִם׃‬ And take great care not to lift up your eyes towards the sky and see the sun and the moon and the stars – the whole array of the sky – and you are induced to worship them and to serve them, which the Lord your God apportioned to all nations under the whole sky.
Dt 4:20 ‫וְאֶתְכֶם֙ לָקַ֣ח יְהוָ֔ה וַיּוֹצִ֥א אֶתְכֶ֛ם מִכּ֥וּר הַבַּרְזֶ֖ל מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם לִהְי֥וֹת ל֛וֹ לְעַ֥ם נַחֲלָ֖ה כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ And the Lord took you, and brought you out of the iron furnace – out of Egypt – to be a people to him, an inheritance, as you are today.
Dt 4:21 ‫וַֽיהוָ֥ה הִתְאַנֶּף־בִּ֖י עַל־דִּבְרֵיכֶ֑ם וַיִּשָּׁבַ֗ע לְבִלְתִּ֤י עָבְרִי֙ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן וּלְבִלְתִּי־בֹא֙ אֶל־הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ נַחֲלָֽה׃‬ But the Lord became angry with me because of you, and he swore that I would not cross the Jordan, and that I would not go to the good land which the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance. because of you: in Dt 3:26 a different wording, for your sakes.
Dt 4:22 ‫כִּ֣י אָנֹכִ֥י מֵת֙ בָּאָ֣רֶץ הַזֹּ֔את אֵינֶ֥נִּי עֹבֵ֖ר אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן וְאַתֶּם֙ עֹֽבְרִ֔ים וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֕ם אֶת־הָאָ֥רֶץ הַטּוֹבָ֖ה הַזֹּֽאת׃‬ For I am to die in this land. I will not be crossing the Jordan, but you will be crossing, and you will take possession of that good land. that good land ← this good land.
Dt 4:23 ‫הִשָּׁמְר֣וּ לָכֶ֗ם פֶּֽן־תִּשְׁכְּחוּ֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֤ית יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר כָּרַ֖ת עִמָּכֶ֑ם וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֨ם לָכֶ֥ם פֶּ֙סֶל֙ תְּמ֣וּנַת כֹּ֔ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוְּךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃‬ Take care not to forget the covenant of the Lord your God which he made with you, by you making for yourselves an idol, an image of anything that the Lord your God has forbidden you. anything ← everything.

forbidden ← commanded, but also commanded not. Compare Dt 2:37.
Dt 4:24 ‫כִּ֚י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ אֵ֥שׁ אֹכְלָ֖ה ה֑וּא אֵ֖ל קַנָּֽא׃ פ‬ For the Lord your God is a consuming fire, a jealous God.
Dt 4:25 ‫כִּֽי־תוֹלִ֤יד בָּנִים֙ וּבְנֵ֣י בָנִ֔ים וְנוֹשַׁנְתֶּ֖ם בָּאָ֑רֶץ וְהִשְׁחַתֶּ֗ם וַעֲשִׂ֤יתֶם פֶּ֙סֶל֙ תְּמ֣וּנַת כֹּ֔ל וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֥ם הָרַ֛ע בְּעֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה־אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לְהַכְעִיסֽוֹ׃‬ If when you have begotten sons and grandsons, and have grown old in the land, you cause corruption or you make an idol – an image of anything – or do wrong in the eyes of the Lord your God, so as to provoke him, begotten: includes being a forefather of here.

grown old: AV differs somewhat, (remained long).

anything ← everything.
Dt 4:26 ‫הַעִידֹתִי֩ בָכֶ֨ם הַיּ֜וֹם אֶת־הַשָּׁמַ֣יִם וְאֶת־הָאָ֗רֶץ כִּֽי־אָבֹ֣ד תֹּאבֵדוּן֮ מַהֵר֒ מֵעַ֣ל הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתֶּ֜ם עֹבְרִ֧ים אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֛ן שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּ֑הּ לֹֽא־תַאֲרִיכֻ֤ן יָמִים֙ עָלֶ֔יהָ כִּ֥י הִשָּׁמֵ֖ד תִּשָּׁמֵדֽוּן׃‬ I call heaven and earth to witness against you today that you will certainly perish swiftly in the land which you are crossing the Jordan to inherit – you will not have a long time in it, but be utterly destroyed. today: adding solemnity, which is also its function in Lk 23:43.

you will certainly perish: infinitive absolute.

in the land ← from the land.

have a long time ← prolong days.

be utterly destroyed: infinitive absolute.
Dt 4:27 ‫וְהֵפִ֧יץ יְהוָ֛ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם בָּעַמִּ֑ים וְנִשְׁאַרְתֶּם֙ מְתֵ֣י מִסְפָּ֔ר בַּגּוֹיִ֕ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְנַהֵ֧ג יְהוָ֛ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם שָֽׁמָּה׃‬ And the Lord will scatter you among the nations, and you will remain few in number among the nations to which the Lord will drive you. you: plural, remaining so until verse 30.
Dt 4:28 ‫וַעֲבַדְתֶּם־שָׁ֣ם אֱלֹהִ֔ים מַעֲשֵׂ֖ה יְדֵ֣י אָדָ֑ם עֵ֣ץ וָאֶ֔בֶן אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יִרְאוּן֙ וְלֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּן וְלֹ֥א יֹֽאכְל֖וּן וְלֹ֥א יְרִיחֻֽן׃‬ And you will serve gods there, the work of men's hands, wood and stone which do not see and do not hear, and do not eat and cannot smell.
Dt 4:29 ‫וּבִקַּשְׁתֶּ֥ם מִשָּׁ֛ם אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ וּמָצָ֑אתָ כִּ֣י תִדְרְשֶׁ֔נּוּ בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ֖ וּבְכָל־נַפְשֶֽׁךָ׃‬ And you will seek from there the Lord your God, and you will find him if you search him out with all your heart and all your soul.
Dt 4:30 ‫בַּצַּ֣ר לְךָ֔ וּמְצָא֕וּךָ כֹּ֖ל הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה בְּאַחֲרִית֙ הַיָּמִ֔ים וְשַׁבְתָּ֙ עַד־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֖ בְּקֹלֽוֹ׃‬ When you are in adversity, all these things will come upon you in the last days, and you will return to the Lord your God and you will heed him. come upon ← find.

and you will return: AV= if thou turn, which is possible, but the conjunction is just a vav.

you: singular.

heed him ← hear his voice.
Dt 4:31 ‫כִּ֣י אֵ֤ל רַחוּם֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לֹ֥א יַרְפְּךָ֖ וְלֹ֣א יַשְׁחִיתֶ֑ךָ וְלֹ֤א יִשְׁכַּח֙ אֶת־בְּרִ֣ית אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לָהֶֽם׃‬ For the Lord your God is a merciful God; he will not abandon you and he will not let you go to ruin, and he will not forget the covenant of your fathers which he swore to them.
Dt 4:32 ‫כִּ֣י שְׁאַל־נָא֩ לְיָמִ֨ים רִֽאשֹׁנִ֜ים אֲשֶׁר־הָי֣וּ לְפָנֶ֗יךָ לְמִן־הַיּוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁר֩ בָּרָ֨א אֱלֹהִ֤ים ׀ אָדָם֙ עַל־הָאָ֔רֶץ וּלְמִקְצֵ֥ה הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם וְעַד־קְצֵ֣ה הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם הֲנִֽהְיָ֗ה כַּדָּבָ֤ר הַגָּדוֹל֙ הַזֶּ֔ה א֖וֹ הֲנִשְׁמַ֥ע כָּמֹֽהוּ׃‬ So ask, please, about the former days which were before you, from the day when God created man on the earth, and from one end of the sky to the other end of the sky, whether such a great thing as this has ever taken place, or whether anything like it has been heard of. ask ... about: also constructed with the preposition le in Gn 26:7, Gn 43:7.

former ← first.

such a great thing as thisas this great thing.
Dt 4:33 ‫הֲשָׁ֣מַֽע עָם֩ ק֨וֹל אֱלֹהִ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִתּוֹךְ־הָאֵ֛שׁ כַּאֲשֶׁר־שָׁמַ֥עְתָּ אַתָּ֖ה וַיֶּֽחִי׃‬ Has any people heard the voice of God speaking from the middle of fire, as you have heard, and have they lived? have they lived ← has it lived.
Dt 4:34 ‫א֣וֹ ׀ הֲנִסָּ֣ה אֱלֹהִ֗ים לָ֠בוֹא לָקַ֨חַת ל֣וֹ גוֹי֮ מִקֶּ֣רֶב גּוֹי֒ בְּמַסֹּת֩ בְּאֹתֹ֨ת וּבְמוֹפְתִ֜ים וּבְמִלְחָמָ֗ה וּבְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ וּבִזְר֣וֹעַ נְטוּיָ֔ה וּבְמוֹרָאִ֖ים גְּדֹלִ֑ים כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֨ה לָכֶ֜ם יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם בְּמִצְרַ֖יִם לְעֵינֶֽיךָ׃‬ Or has God ventured to go and take to himself any other nation from the middle of a nation, with trials and signs and wonders, and by war, with a strong hand and an outstretched arm and with great awesome things, as everything that the Lord your God has done with you in Egypt before your eyes? ventured: or, tried.
Dt 4:35 ‫אַתָּה֙ הָרְאֵ֣תָ לָדַ֔עַת כִּ֥י יְהוָ֖ה ה֣וּא הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים אֵ֥ין ע֖וֹד מִלְבַדּֽוֹ׃‬ You have been shown, so as to know, that the Lord is God; there is no other besides him.
Dt 4:36 ‫מִן־הַשָּׁמַ֛יִם הִשְׁמִֽיעֲךָ֥ אֶת־קֹל֖וֹ לְיַסְּרֶ֑ךָּ וְעַל־הָאָ֗רֶץ הֶרְאֲךָ֙ אֶת־אִשּׁ֣וֹ הַגְּדוֹלָ֔ה וּדְבָרָ֥יו שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵֽשׁ׃‬ From heaven he has caused you to hear his voice, to instruct you, and on the earth he has shown you his great fire, and you have heard his words from the middle of the fire.
Dt 4:37 ‫וְתַ֗חַת כִּ֤י אָהַב֙ אֶת־אֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ וַיִּבְחַ֥ר בְּזַרְע֖וֹ אַחֲרָ֑יו וַיּוֹצִֽאֲךָ֧ בְּפָנָ֛יו בְּכֹח֥וֹ הַגָּדֹ֖ל מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃‬ And because he loved your fathers, he chose his seed after him, and he brought you out of Egypt in front of him by his great power, his seed after him: perhaps a reference to God's seed as chosen to be through and after Abraham. AV differs, (their seed after them).
Dt 4:38 ‫לְהוֹרִ֗ישׁ גּוֹיִ֛ם גְּדֹלִ֧ים וַעֲצֻמִ֛ים מִמְּךָ֖ מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ לַהֲבִֽיאֲךָ֗ לָֽתֶת־לְךָ֧ אֶת־אַרְצָ֛ם נַחֲלָ֖ה כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ so that you might dispossess nations greater and more powerful than yourself at your advance, to bring you in, and to give you their land as an inheritance, as it is this day. at your advance ← from before you.
Dt 4:39 ‫וְיָדַעְתָּ֣ הַיּ֗וֹם וַהֲשֵׁבֹתָ֮ אֶל־לְבָבֶךָ֒ כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים בַּשָּׁמַ֣יִם מִמַּ֔עַל וְעַל־הָאָ֖רֶץ מִתָּ֑חַת אֵ֖ין עֽוֹד׃‬ And you shall know today, and you will reflect in your heart that the Lord is God in heaven above and on the earth below – there is no other.
Dt 4:40 ‫וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֞ אֶת־חֻקָּ֣יו וְאֶת־מִצְוֺתָ֗יו אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֤י מְצַוְּךָ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם אֲשֶׁר֙ יִיטַ֣ב לְךָ֔ וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ אַחֲרֶ֑יךָ וּלְמַ֨עַן תַּאֲרִ֤יךְ יָמִים֙ עַל־הַ֣אֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים׃ פ‬ And you shall keep his statutes and his commandments which I command you today, so that things may go well with you, and with your sons after you, and in order that you may have a long time on the land which the Lord your God is giving you for all time.” have a long time ← prolong days.

for all time ← all the days.
Dt 4:41 ‫אָ֣ז יַבְדִּ֤יל מֹשֶׁה֙ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ עָרִ֔ים בְּעֵ֖בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן מִזְרְחָ֖ה שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃‬ Then Moses allocated three cities across the Jordan on the east, east ← rising of the sun.
Dt 4:42 ‫לָנֻ֨ס שָׁ֜מָּה רוֹצֵ֗חַ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִרְצַ֤ח אֶת־רֵעֵ֙הוּ֙ בִּבְלִי־דַ֔עַת וְה֛וּא לֹא־שֹׂנֵ֥א ל֖וֹ מִתְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשׁ֑וֹם וְנָ֗ס אֶל־אַחַ֛ת מִן־הֶעָרִ֥ים הָאֵ֖ל וָחָֽי׃‬ for the manslayer who has killed his neighbour unintentionally to flee to, when he had not hated him in the past, so that he may flee to one of these cities and live: in the past ← from yesterday (and) the day before yesterday.

so that: purposive use of the vav.
Dt 4:43 ‫אֶת־בֶּ֧צֶר בַּמִּדְבָּ֛ר בְּאֶ֥רֶץ הַמִּישֹׁ֖ר לָרֻֽאוּבֵנִ֑י וְאֶת־רָאמֹ֤ת בַּגִּלְעָד֙ לַגָּדִ֔י וְאֶת־גּוֹלָ֥ן בַּבָּשָׁ֖ן לַֽמְנַשִּֽׁי׃‬ Bezer in the desert, in the plain country for the Reubenites, and Ramoth in Gilead for the Gadites, and Golan in Bashan for the Manassites. Gilead: see Gn 31:21.

Bashan ← the Bashan.
Dt 4:44 ‫וְזֹ֖את הַתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁר־שָׂ֣ם מֹשֶׁ֔ה לִפְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And this is the law which Moses put before the sons of Israel.
Dt 4:45 ‫אֵ֚לֶּה הָֽעֵדֹ֔ת וְהַֽחֻקִּ֖ים וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֑ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּצֵאתָ֖ם מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃‬ These are the testimonies and the statutes and the regulations which Moses told the sons of Israel when they came out of Egypt,
Dt 4:46 ‫בְּעֵ֨בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֜ן בַּגַּ֗יְא מ֚וּל בֵּ֣ית פְּע֔וֹר בְּאֶ֗רֶץ סִיחֹן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹשֵׁ֖ב בְּחֶשְׁבּ֑וֹן אֲשֶׁ֨ר הִכָּ֤ה מֹשֶׁה֙ וּבְנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל בְּצֵאתָ֖ם מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃‬ across the Jordan in the valley opposite Beth-peor in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who lived in Heshbon, whom Moses and the sons of Israel defeated when they came out of Egypt. Amorites: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 4:47 ‫וַיִּֽירְשׁ֨וּ אֶת־אַרְצ֜וֹ וְאֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ ׀ ע֣וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָׁ֗ן שְׁנֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י הָֽאֱמֹרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֑ן מִזְרַ֖ח שָֽׁמֶשׁ׃‬ And they took possession of his land, and of the land of Og king of Bashan – two kings of the Amorites who were across the Jordan on the east, Bashan ← the Bashan.

Amorites: see Gn 10:16.

east ← rising of the sun.
Dt 4:48 ‫מֵעֲרֹעֵ֞ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר עַל־שְׂפַת־נַ֧חַל אַרְנֹ֛ן וְעַד־הַ֥ר שִׂיאֹ֖ן ה֥וּא חֶרְמֽוֹן׃‬ from Aroer which is on the bank of the River Arnon to Mount Sion, which is Hermon, Sion: the Sirion of Dt 3:9. Not Zion, which is spelt with a tsadé.
Dt 4:49 ‫וְכָל־הָ֨עֲרָבָ֜ה עֵ֤בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּן֙ מִזְרָ֔חָה וְעַ֖ד יָ֣ם הָעֲרָבָ֑ה תַּ֖חַת אַשְׁדֹּ֥ת הַפִּסְגָּֽה׃ פ‬ and the whole arid tract across the Jordan on the east, and to the sea of the arid tract under Ashdoth-pisgah. Ashdoth-pisgah: AV= springs of Pisgah here, but not in Dt 3:17, Josh 12:3, Josh 13:20.
Dt 5:1 ‫וַיִּקְרָ֣א מֹשֶׁה֮ אֶל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֗ם שְׁמַ֤ע יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֶת־הַחֻקִּ֣ים וְאֶת־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י דֹּבֵ֥ר בְּאָזְנֵיכֶ֖ם הַיּ֑וֹם וּלְמַדְתֶּ֣ם אֹתָ֔ם וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם לַעֲשֹׂתָֽם׃‬ Then Moses called the whole of Israel and said to them, “Hear O Israel, the statutes and the regulations which I am speaking in your ears today. And you shall learn them, and you will ensure that you carry them out.
Dt 5:2 ‫יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗ינוּ כָּרַ֥ת עִמָּ֛נוּ בְּרִ֖ית בְּחֹרֵֽב׃‬ The Lord our God made a covenant with us at Horeb.
Dt 5:3 ‫לֹ֣א אֶת־אֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ כָּרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־הַבְּרִ֣ית הַזֹּ֑את כִּ֣י אִתָּ֗נוּ אֲנַ֨חְנוּ אֵ֥לֶּה פֹ֛ה הַיּ֖וֹם כֻּלָּ֥נוּ חַיִּֽים׃‬ It is not with our fathers that the Lord made this covenant, but with us – those of us who are all alive here today.
Dt 5:4 ‫פָּנִ֣ים ׀ בְּפָנִ֗ים דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה עִמָּכֶ֛ם בָּהָ֖ר מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵֽשׁ׃‬ The Lord spoke face to face with you, at the mountain, from the middle of the fire.
Dt 5:5 ‫אָ֠נֹכִי עֹמֵ֨ד בֵּין־יְהוָ֤ה וּבֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔וא לְהַגִּ֥יד לָכֶ֖ם אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה כִּ֤י יְרֵאתֶם֙ מִפְּנֵ֣י הָאֵ֔שׁ וְלֹֽא־עֲלִיתֶ֥ם בָּהָ֖ר לֵאמֹֽר׃ ס‬ I was standing between the Lord and you at that time to tell you the word of the Lord, (for you were afraid of the fire and you did not go up the mountain), and he said, tell: AV= show, the word used in Dt 1:33, Dt 3:24, Dt 4:36, Dt 5:24, but here the word is to tell.
Dt 5:6 ‫אָֽנֹכִי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֧ר הוֹצֵאתִ֛יךָ מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם מִבֵּ֣֥ית עֲבָדִֽ֑ים׃‬ ‘I am the Lord your God who brought you out of the land of Egypt, from the house of slavery. || Ex 20:2.

slavery ← slaves, or, servants.
Dt 5:7 ‫לֹ֣א יִהְיֶ֥ה־לְךָ֛֩ אֱלֹהִ֥֨ים אֲחֵרִ֖֜ים עַל־פָּנָֽ֗יַ׃‬ You shall not have any other gods besides me. || Ex 20:3. Commandment 1.

besides me ← upon / alongside my face.
Dt 5:8 ‫לֹֽ֣א־תַעֲשֶׂ֥ה־לְךָ֥֣ פֶ֣֙סֶל֙ ׀ כָּל־תְּמוּנָ֔֡ה אֲשֶׁ֤֣ר בַּשָּׁמַ֣֙יִם֙ ׀ מִמַּ֔֡עַל וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר֩ בָּאָ֖֨רֶץ מִתָּ֑֜חַת וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּמַּ֖֣יִם ׀ מִתַּ֥֣חַת לָאָֽ֗רֶץ׃‬ You shall not make yourself any engraved image or any image of what is in heaven above or of what is on the earth below, or of what is in the water below the surface of the earth. || Ex 20:4. Commandment 2.

any ← every.
Dt 5:9 ‫לֹא־תִשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֥֣ה לָהֶ֖ם֮ וְלֹ֣א תָעָבְדֵ֑ם֒ כִּ֣י אָנֹכִ֞י יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ אֵ֣ל קַנָּ֔א פֹּ֠קֵד עֲוֺ֨ן אָב֧וֹת עַל־בָּנִ֛ים וְעַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים לְשֹׂנְאָֽ֑י׃‬ You shall not worship them and you shall not serve them, for I the Lord your God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers on the sons and on those of the third generation, and on those of the fourth generation, of those who hate me, || Ex 20:5.

serve ← be made to serve (hophal), but [ST] give the same meaning as qal, to serve.
Dt 5:10 ‫וְעֹ֤֥שֶׂה חֶ֖֙סֶד֙ לַֽאֲלָפִ֑֔ים לְאֹהֲבַ֖י וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י *מצותו **מִצְוֺתָֽי׃ ס‬ and showing kindness to thousands, to those who love me and to those who keep {Q: my} [K: his] commandments. The ketiv has a vav where the qeré has a yod. Interchange of these (similar) letters is a common reason for a qeré reading.

|| Ex 20:6.
Dt 5:11 ‫לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לַשָּׁ֑וְא כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֛ת אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׂ֥א אֶת־שְׁמ֖וֹ לַשָּֽׁוְא׃ ס‬ You shall not take the name of the Lord your God in vain, for the Lord will not hold him who takes his name in vain innocent. || Ex 20:7. Commandment 3.

vain (2x): or, falsity.
Dt 5:12 ‫שָׁמ֣֛וֹר אֶת־י֥וֹם֩ הַשַׁבָּ֖֨ת לְקַדְּשׁ֑֜וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוְּךָ֖֣ ׀ יְהוָ֥֣ה אֱלֹהֶֽ֗יךָ ‬ Keep the Sabbath day, to sanctify it, as the Lord your God has commanded you. || Ex 20:8. Commandment 4. Ex 20:8 has remember where this verse has keep.

keep: infinitive absolute in the role of an imperative.
Dt 5:13 ‫שֵׁ֤֣שֶׁת יָמִ֣ים֙ תַּֽעֲבֹ֔ד֮ וְעָשִׂ֖֣יתָ כָּֿל־מְלַאכְתֶּֽךָ֒׃‬ For six days you shall work and carry out all your business, || Ex 20:9.
Dt 5:14 ‫וְי֙וֹם֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֜֔י שַׁבָּ֖֣ת ׀ לַיהוָ֖֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑֗יךָ לֹ֣א תַעֲשֶׂ֣ה כָל־מְלָאכָ֡ה אַתָּ֣ה וּבִנְךָֽ־וּבִתֶּ֣ךָ וְעַבְדְּךָֽ־וַ֠אֲמָתֶךָ וְשׁוֹרְךָ֨ וַחֲמֹֽרְךָ֜ וְכָל־בְּהֶמְתֶּ֗ךָ וְגֵֽרְךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ לְמַ֗עַן יָנ֛וּחַ עַבְדְּךָ֥ וַאֲמָתְךָ֖ כָּמֽ֑וֹךָ׃‬ but the seventh day is the Lord your God's Sabbath. You shall not do any work on itneither you nor your son nor your daughter, neither your manservant nor your maidservant, nor your ox, nor your donkey, nor any of your cattle, nor your foreigner who is within your gates, so that your manservant and maidservant may have rest, as you do. || Ex 20:10.

any (2x)every.
Dt 5:15 ‫וְזָכַרְתָּ֞֗ כִּ֣י־עֶ֤֥בֶד הָיִ֣֙יתָ֙ ׀ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔֗יִם וַיֹּצִ֨אֲךָ֜֩ יְהוָ֤֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֤֙יךָ֙ מִשָּׁ֔ם֙ בְּיָ֤֥ד חֲזָקָ֖ה֙ וּבִזְרֹ֣עַ נְטוּיָ֑֔ה עַל־כֵּ֗ן צִוְּךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת אֶת־י֥וֹם הַשַׁבָּֽת׃ ס‬ And remember that you were a servant in the land of Egypt, but the Lord your God brought you out of there with a strong hand and with an outstretched arm. On account of this the Lord your God commands you to keep the Sabbath day. to keep ← to do.
Dt 5:16 ‫כַּבֵּ֤ד אֶת־אָבִ֙יךָ֙ וְאֶת־אִמֶּ֔ךָ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוְּךָ֖ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לְמַ֣עַן ׀ יַאֲרִיכֻ֣ן יָמֶ֗יךָ וּלְמַ֙עַן֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔ךְ עַ֚ל הָֽאֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽךְ׃ ס‬ Honour your father and your mother, according to what the Lord your God has commanded you, in order that your days may be long and in order that it may go well with you on the land which the Lord your God is giving you. Mt 15:4, Mt 19:19, Mk 7:10, Mk 10:19, Lk 18:20, Eph 6:2, Eph 6:3.

|| Ex 20:12. Commandment 5.

be long ← lengthen.

land ← ground.
Dt 5:17 ‫לֹ֥֖א תִּֿרְצָֽח׃ ס‬ You shall not commit murder. Mt 5:21, Mt 19:18, Mk 10:19, Lk 18:20, Rm 13:9, James 2:11.

|| Ex 20:13. Commandment 6.
Dt 5:18 ‫וְלֹ֖֣א תִּֿנְאָֽ֑ף׃ ס‬ You shall not commit adultery. Mt 5:27, Mt 19:18, Mk 10:19, Lk 18:20, Rm 13:9, James 2:11.

|| Ex 20:14. Commandment 7.
Dt 5:19 ‫וְלֹ֖֣א תִּֿגְנֹֽ֔ב׃ ס‬ You shall not steal. Mt 19:18, Mk 10:19, Lk 18:20, Rm 13:9.

|| Ex 20:15. Commandment 9.
Dt 5:20 ‫וְלֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְרֵֽעֲךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁוְא׃ ס‬ You shall not give a false testimony against your neighbour. Mt 19:18, Mk 10:19, Lk 18:20, Rm 13:9RP‑marg,TR.

|| Ex 20:16. Commandment 9.

give ← testify.
Dt 5:21 ‫וְלֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד אֵ֣שֶׁת רֵעֶ֑ךָ ס וְלֹ֨א תִתְאַוֶּ֜ה בֵּ֣ית רֵעֶ֗ךָ שָׂדֵ֜הוּ וְעַבְדּ֤וֹ וַאֲמָתוֹ֙ שׁוֹר֣וֹ וַחֲמֹר֔וֹ וְכֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְרֵעֶֽךָ׃ ס‬ You shall not covet your neighbour's wife and you shall not be envious of your neighbour's house, his field or his manservant, or his maidservant, or his ox, or his donkey, or anything which is your neighbour's.’ Rm 7:7.

|| Ex 20:17. Commandment 10.

anything ← everything.
Dt 5:22 ‫אֶֽת־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֡לֶּה דִּבֶּר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֶל־כָּל־קְהַלְכֶ֜ם בָּהָ֗ר מִתּ֤וֹךְ הָאֵשׁ֙ הֶֽעָנָ֣ן וְהָֽעֲרָפֶ֔ל ק֥וֹל גָּד֖וֹל וְלֹ֣א יָסָ֑ף וַֽיִּכְתְּבֵ֗ם עַל־שְׁנֵי֙ לֻחֹ֣ת אֲבָנִ֔ים וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם אֵלָֽי׃‬ The Lord spoke these words to the whole of your convocation at the mountain from the middle of the fire, the cloud and the thick darkness, with a loud voice. And he did not add to them, and he wrote them on two tablets of stone, and he gave them to me.
Dt 5:23 ‫וַיְהִ֗י כְּשָׁמְעֲכֶ֤ם אֶת־הַקּוֹל֙ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַחֹ֔שֶׁךְ וְהָהָ֖ר בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּאֵ֑שׁ וַתִּקְרְב֣וּן אֵלַ֔י כָּל־רָאשֵׁ֥י שִׁבְטֵיכֶ֖ם וְזִקְנֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And it came to pass that when you heard the sound from the middle of the darkness, and the mountain was burning with fire, that you came near to me, all you who are heads of your tribes, and your elders.
Dt 5:24 ‫וַתֹּאמְר֗וּ הֵ֣ן הֶרְאָ֜נוּ יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֵ֙ינוּ֙ אֶת־כְּבֹד֣וֹ וְאֶת־גָּדְל֔וֹ וְאֶת־קֹל֥וֹ שָׁמַ֖עְנוּ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הָאֵ֑שׁ הַיּ֤וֹם הַזֶּה֙ רָאִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־יְדַבֵּ֧ר אֱלֹהִ֛ים אֶת־הָֽאָדָ֖ם וָחָֽי׃‬ And you said, ‘Behold, the Lord our God has shown us his glory and his greatness, and we have heard his voice from the middle of the fire. This day, we have seen that God speaks with man and he lives.
Dt 5:25 ‫וְעַתָּה֙ לָ֣מָּה נָמ֔וּת כִּ֣י תֹֽאכְלֵ֔נוּ הָאֵ֥שׁ הַגְּדֹלָ֖ה הַזֹּ֑את אִם־יֹסְפִ֣ים ׀ אֲנַ֗חְנוּ לִ֠שְׁמֹעַ אֶת־ק֨וֹל יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵ֛ינוּ ע֖וֹד וָמָֽתְנוּ׃‬ So now, why should we die? For this great fire will consume us. If we go on to hear the voice of the Lord our God any more, then we will die.
Dt 5:26 ‫כִּ֣י מִ֣י כָל־בָּשָׂ֡ר אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׁמַ֣ע קוֹל֩ אֱלֹהִ֨ים חַיִּ֜ים מְדַבֵּ֧ר מִתּוֹךְ־הָאֵ֛שׁ כָּמֹ֖נוּ וַיֶּֽחִי׃‬ For who is there of all flesh who has heard the voice of the living God speaking from the middle of the fire as we have, and has lived?
Dt 5:27 ‫קְרַ֤ב אַתָּה֙ וּֽשֲׁמָ֔ע אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֹאמַ֖ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ וְאַ֣תְּ ׀ תְּדַבֵּ֣ר אֵלֵ֗ינוּ אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְדַבֵּ֜ר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵ֛ינוּ אֵלֶ֖יךָ וְשָׁמַ֥עְנוּ וְעָשִֽׂינוּ׃‬ You go near and listen to everything that the Lord our God says, then you can tell us everything that the Lord our God says to you, and we will hear it and do it.’ you: singular.
Dt 5:28 ‫וַיִּשְׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ אֶת־ק֣וֹל דִּבְרֵיכֶ֔ם בְּדַבֶּרְכֶ֖ם אֵלָ֑י וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י שָׁ֠מַעְתִּי אֶת־ק֨וֹל דִּבְרֵ֜י הָעָ֤ם הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבְּר֣וּ אֵלֶ֔יךָ הֵיטִ֖יבוּ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽרוּ׃‬ And the Lord heard the sound of your words when you spoke to me, and the Lord said to me, ‘I have heard the sound of the words of this people who spoke to you. They have done well in all that they have spoken. sound (2x)voice.
Dt 5:29 ‫מִֽי־יִתֵּ֡ן וְהָיָה֩ לְבָבָ֨ם זֶ֜ה לָהֶ֗ם לְיִרְאָ֥ה אֹתִ֛י וְלִשְׁמֹ֥ר אֶת־כָּל־מִצְוֺתַ֖י כָּל־הַיָּמִ֑ים לְמַ֨עַן יִיטַ֥ב לָהֶ֛ם וְלִבְנֵיהֶ֖ם לְעֹלָֽם׃‬ If only they had a heart like this: to fear me and to keep all my commandments all the time, so that it would go well with them and with their sons, age-abidingly. if only ← who will give?

all the time ← all days.
Dt 5:30 ‫לֵ֖ךְ אֱמֹ֣ר לָהֶ֑ם שׁ֥וּבוּ לָכֶ֖ם לְאָהֳלֵיכֶֽם׃‬ Go and say to them, «Now go back to your tents.» now go back ← go back for yourselves. Idiomatic, drawing attention, and perhaps toning the imperative down.
Dt 5:31 ‫וְאַתָּ֗ה פֹּה֮ עֲמֹ֣ד עִמָּדִי֒ וַאֲדַבְּרָ֣ה אֵלֶ֗יךָ אֵ֧ת כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֛ה וְהַחֻקִּ֥ים וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּלַמְּדֵ֑ם וְעָשׂ֣וּ בָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לָהֶ֖ם לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃‬ But you, stand here with me, and I will tell you the whole body of commandments and the statutes and the regulations which you shall teach them to do in the land which I am giving them, so that they take possession of it.’ you: singular.

body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 5:32 ‫וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֣ם לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֛ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם אֶתְכֶ֑ם לֹ֥א תָסֻ֖רוּ יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאל׃‬ And you will ensure that you act as the Lord your God has commanded you. You shall not deviate to the right or to the left. you: plural.
Dt 5:33 ‫בְּכָל־הַדֶּ֗רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֜ה יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם אֶתְכֶ֖ם תֵּלֵ֑כוּ לְמַ֤עַן תִּֽחְיוּן֙ וְט֣וֹב לָכֶ֔ם וְהַאֲרַכְתֶּ֣ם יָמִ֔ים בָּאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּֽירָשֽׁוּן׃‬ You shall walk in every way which the Lord your God commands you, so that you may live, and it may go well with you, and you may live long in the land which you will be taking possession of. live long ← prolong (your) days.
Dt 6:1 ‫וְזֹ֣את הַמִּצְוָ֗ה הַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֛ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם לְלַמֵּ֣ד אֶתְכֶ֑ם לַעֲשׂ֣וֹת בָּאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃‬ And this is the body of commandments, and these are the statutes and regulations which the Lord your God has commanded me to teach you, for you to do them in the land which you are crossing over to take possession of, body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.

your: plural.
Dt 6:2 ‫לְמַ֨עַן תִּירָ֜א אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ לִ֠שְׁמֹר אֶת־כָּל־חֻקֹּתָ֣יו וּמִצְוֺתָיו֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָנֹכִ֣י מְצַוֶּךָ֒ אַתָּה֙ וּבִנְךָ֣ וּבֶן־בִּנְךָ֔ כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֣י חַיֶּ֑יךָ וּלְמַ֖עַן יַאֲרִכֻ֥ן יָמֶֽיךָ׃‬ so that you may fear the Lord your God, in keeping all his statutes and his commandments which I am commanding you – you and your son and your son's son – all the days of your life, so that your days are prolonged. you: singular.

in keeping: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 6:3 ‫וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֤ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת אֲשֶׁר֙ יִיטַ֣ב לְךָ֔ וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּרְבּ֖וּן מְאֹ֑ד כַּאֲשֶׁר֩ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י אֲבֹתֶ֙יךָ֙ לָ֔ךְ אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ׃ פ‬ So hear, O Israel, and ensure you do them, so that it goes well with you, and so that you may increase greatly, as the Lord God of your fathers said to you, in a land flowing with milk and honey. flowing with ← flowing of. Wider use of the construct state.
Dt 6:4 ‫שְׁמַ֖ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ יְהוָ֥ה ׀ אֶחָֽד׃‬ Hear, O Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord. Mk 12:29, Mk 12:32.
Dt 6:5 ‫וְאָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ אֵ֖ת יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ֥ וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁךָ֖ וּבְכָל־מְאֹדֶֽךָ׃‬ And you shall love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your might. Mt 22:37, Mk 12:30, Mk 12:33, Lk 10:27.
Dt 6:6 ‫וְהָי֞וּ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֧י מְצַוְּךָ֛ הַיּ֖וֹם עַל־לְבָבֶֽךָ׃‬ And these things which I am commanding you today shall be on your heart.
Dt 6:7 ‫וְשִׁנַּנְתָּ֣ם לְבָנֶ֔יךָ וְדִבַּרְתָּ֖ בָּ֑ם בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ֤ בְּבֵיתֶ֙ךָ֙ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ֣ בַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וּֽבְשָׁכְבְּךָ֖ וּבְקוּמֶֽךָ׃‬ And you will educate your sons, and you will talk about them when you sit down in your house, and when you walk on the road, and when you lie down, and when you get up.
Dt 6:8 ‫וּקְשַׁרְתָּ֥ם לְא֖וֹת עַל־יָדֶ֑ךָ וְהָי֥וּ לְטֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֥ין עֵינֶֽיךָ׃‬ And you shall bind them on your hand as a sign, and they will be phylacteries between your eyes.
Dt 6:9 ‫וּכְתַבְתָּ֛ם עַל־מְזוּזֹ֥ת בֵּיתֶ֖ךָ וּבִשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ׃ ס‬ And you shall write them on the doorposts of your house and on your gates.
Dt 6:10 ‫וְהָיָ֞ה כִּ֥י יְבִיאֲךָ֣ ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ אֶל־הָאָ֜רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִשְׁבַּ֧ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֛יךָ לְאַבְרָהָ֛ם לְיִצְחָ֥ק וּֽלְיַעֲקֹ֖ב לָ֣תֶת לָ֑ךְ עָרִ֛ים גְּדֹלֹ֥ת וְטֹבֹ֖ת אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־בָנִֽיתָ׃‬ And it will come to pass that the Lord your God will bring you to the land which he swore to your fathers – to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob – to give to you, great and fine cities which you did not build,
Dt 6:11 ‫וּבָ֨תִּ֜ים מְלֵאִ֣ים כָּל־טוּב֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־מִלֵּאתָ֒ וּבֹרֹ֤ת חֲצוּבִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־חָצַ֔בְתָּ כְּרָמִ֥ים וְזֵיתִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־נָטָ֑עְתָּ וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ וְשָׂבָֽעְתָּ׃‬ and houses full of all kinds of good things which you did not fill them with, and wells hewn out which you did not hew, vineyards and olive groves which you did not plant, and you will eat and be satisfied.
Dt 6:12 ‫הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֔ פֶּן־תִּשְׁכַּ֖ח אֶת־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֧ר הוֹצִֽיאֲךָ֛ מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים׃‬ Be on your guard not to forget the Lord who brought you out of the land of Egypt – out of the house of slavery. slavery ← slaves, or, servants.
Dt 6:13 ‫אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ תִּירָ֖א וְאֹת֣וֹ תַעֲבֹ֑ד וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ׃‬ You shall fear the Lord your God and serve him, and swear by his name. Mt 4:10, Lk 4:8.
Dt 6:14 ‫לֹ֣א תֵֽלְכ֔וּן אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים מֵאֱלֹהֵי֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר סְבִיבוֹתֵיכֶֽם׃‬ You shall not go after other gods – any of the gods of the nations which are round about you,
Dt 6:15 ‫כִּ֣י אֵ֥ל קַנָּ֛א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בְּקִרְבֶּ֑ךָ פֶּן־יֶ֠חֱרֶה אַף־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ בָּ֔ךְ וְהִשְׁמִ֣ידְךָ֔ מֵעַ֖ל פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָֽה׃ ס‬ for the Lord your God in your midst is a jealous God, so that the anger of the Lord your God is not kindled against you, and he obliterates you from the face of the earth. earth ← ground.
Dt 6:16 ‫לֹ֣א תְנַסּ֔וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִסִּיתֶ֖ם בַּמַּסָּֽה׃‬ You shall not tempt the Lord your God, as you tempted him in Massah. Mt 4:7, Lk 4:12.

Massah: i.e. temptation.
Dt 6:17 ‫שָׁמ֣וֹר תִּשְׁמְר֔וּן אֶת־מִצְוֺ֖ת יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם וְעֵדֹתָ֥יו וְחֻקָּ֖יו אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּֽךְ׃‬ You shall absolutely keep the commandments of the Lord your God, and his testimonies, and his statutes, which he has commanded you. absolutely keep: infinitive absolute.
Dt 6:18 ‫וְעָשִׂ֛יתָ הַיָּשָׁ֥ר וְהַטּ֖וֹב בְּעֵינֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה לְמַ֙עַן֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔ךְ וּבָ֗אתָ וְיָֽרַשְׁתָּ֙ אֶת־הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטֹּבָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ׃‬ And you shall do what is upright and good in the eyes of the Lord, so that it goes well with you, and you come and take possession of the good land which the Lord swore to your fathers,
Dt 6:19 ‫לַהֲדֹ֥ף אֶת־כָּל־אֹיְבֶ֖יךָ מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה׃ ס‬ driving out all your enemies before you, as the Lord has said.
Dt 6:20 ‫כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְךָ֥ בִנְךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵאמֹ֑ר מָ֣ה הָעֵדֹ֗ת וְהַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֛ה יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ For your son will ask you tomorrow, saying, ‘What are the testimonies and the statutes and the regulations which the Lord our God commanded you?’
Dt 6:21 ‫וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ לְבִנְךָ֔ עֲבָדִ֛ים הָיִ֥ינוּ לְפַרְעֹ֖ה בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וַיּוֹצִיאֵ֧נוּ יְהוָ֛ה מִמִּצְרַ֖יִם בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה׃‬ And you will say to your son, ‘We were slaves to Pharaoh in Egypt, and the Lord brought us out of Egypt with a strong hand.
Dt 6:22 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֣ן יְהוָ֡ה אוֹתֹ֣ת וּ֠מֹפְתִים גְּדֹלִ֨ים וְרָעִ֧ים ׀ בְּמִצְרַ֛יִם בְּפַרְעֹ֥ה וּבְכָל־בֵּית֖וֹ לְעֵינֵֽינוּ׃‬ And the Lord gave signs and wonders, great and noxious ones in Egypt, against Pharaoh and against all his house in your sight.
Dt 6:23 ‫וְאוֹתָ֖נוּ הוֹצִ֣יא מִשָּׁ֑ם לְמַ֙עַן֙ הָבִ֣יא אֹתָ֔נוּ לָ֤תֶת לָ֙נוּ֙ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֵֽינוּ׃‬ And he brought us out of there in order to bring us in, to give us the land which he swore to our fathers.
Dt 6:24 ‫וַיְצַוֵּ֣נוּ יְהוָ֗ה לַעֲשׂוֹת֙ אֶת־כָּל־הַחֻקִּ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה לְיִרְאָ֖ה אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ לְט֥וֹב לָ֙נוּ֙ כָּל־הַיָּמִ֔ים לְחַיֹּתֵ֖נוּ כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ And the Lord commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear the Lord our God, for our good, all our days, so that he might preserve us alive, as it is this day.
Dt 6:25 ‫וּצְדָקָ֖ה תִּֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑נוּ כִּֽי־נִשְׁמֹ֨ר לַעֲשׂ֜וֹת אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֣ה הַזֹּ֗את לִפְנֵ֛י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּֽנוּ׃ ס‬ And we shall have righteousness if we ensure we keep all this body of commandments before the Lord our God, as he has commanded us.’ body of commandments: see v.1.
Dt 7:1 ‫כִּ֤י יְבִֽיאֲךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ אֶל־הָאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֥ה בָא־שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּ֑הּ וְנָשַׁ֣ל גּֽוֹיִם־רַבִּ֣ים ׀ מִפָּנֶ֡יךָ הַֽחִתִּי֩ וְהַגִּרְגָּשִׁ֨י וְהָאֱמֹרִ֜י וְהַכְּנַעֲנִ֣י וְהַפְּרִזִּ֗י וְהַֽחִוִּי֙ וְהַיְבוּסִ֔י שִׁבְעָ֣ה גוֹיִ֔ם רַבִּ֥ים וַעֲצוּמִ֖ים מִמֶּֽךָּ׃‬ When the Lord your God brings you to the land to which you are going to take possession of, he will drive out many nations before you, the Hittite, the Girgashite and the Amorite and the Canaanite and the Perizzite and the Hivite and the Jebusite – seven nations more populous and stronger than you. Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 7:2 ‫וּנְתָנָ֞ם יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ לְפָנֶ֖יךָ וְהִכִּיתָ֑ם הַחֲרֵ֤ם תַּחֲרִים֙ אֹתָ֔ם לֹא־תִכְרֹ֥ת לָהֶ֛ם בְּרִ֖ית וְלֹ֥א תְחָנֵּֽם׃‬ And the Lord your God will put them in front of you, and you will conquer them, and you shall completely obliterate them. You shall not make a covenant with them and you shall not show them mercy. completely obliterate: infinitive absolute.
Dt 7:3 ‫וְלֹ֥א תִתְחַתֵּ֖ן בָּ֑ם בִּתְּךָ֙ לֹא־תִתֵּ֣ן לִבְנ֔וֹ וּבִתּ֖וֹ לֹא־תִקַּ֥ח לִבְנֶֽךָ׃‬ And you shall not intermarry with them. You shall not give your daughter to a son of theirs, and you shall not take a daughter of theirs for your son. a son of theirs ← his son.

a daughter of theirs ← his daughter.
Dt 7:4 ‫כִּֽי־יָסִ֤יר אֶת־בִּנְךָ֙ מֵֽאַחֲרַ֔י וְעָבְד֖וּ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים וְחָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּכֶ֔ם וְהִשְׁמִידְךָ֖ מַהֵֽר׃‬ For this would cause your son to depart from following me, and they would serve other gods, and the anger of the Lord would be kindled against you, and he would quickly destroy you. from following me ← from after me.
Dt 7:5 ‫כִּֽי־אִם־כֹּ֤ה תַעֲשׂוּ֙ לָהֶ֔ם מִזְבְּחֹתֵיהֶ֣ם תִּתֹּ֔צוּ וּמַצֵּבֹתָ֖ם תְּשַׁבֵּ֑רוּ וַאֲשֵֽׁירֵהֶם֙ תְּגַדֵּע֔וּן וּפְסִילֵיהֶ֖ם תִּשְׂרְפ֥וּן בָּאֵֽשׁ׃‬ But you shall rather deal this way with them: you shall tear down their altars, and you will smash their statues, and you will cut down their phallic parks, and you will burn their carved images with fire. you: plural.
Dt 7:6 ‫כִּ֣י עַ֤ם קָדוֹשׁ֙ אַתָּ֔ה לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ בְּךָ֞ בָּחַ֣ר ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ לִהְי֥וֹת לוֹ֙ לְעַ֣ם סְגֻלָּ֔ה מִכֹּל֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָֽה׃ ס‬ For you are a holy people to the Lord your God. The Lord your God chose you to be to him a people who are a special acquisition, out of all the peoples that are on the face of the earth. you: singular.
Dt 7:7 ‫לֹ֣א מֵֽרֻבְּכֶ֞ם מִכָּל־הָֽעַמִּ֗ים חָשַׁ֧ק יְהוָ֛ה בָּכֶ֖ם וַיִּבְחַ֣ר בָּכֶ֑ם כִּֽי־אַתֶּ֥ם הַמְעַ֖ט מִכָּל־הָעַמִּֽים׃‬ Not because of your greater population than all the nations did the Lord desire you, but he chose you because you are the fewest of all the nations.
Dt 7:8 ‫כִּי֩ מֵֽאַהֲבַ֨ת יְהוָ֜ה אֶתְכֶ֗ם וּמִשָּׁמְר֤וּ אֶת־הַשְּׁבֻעָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִשְׁבַּע֙ לַאֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֧יא יְהוָ֛ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם בְּיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֑ה וַֽיִּפְדְּךָ֙ מִבֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים מִיַּ֖ד פַּרְעֹ֥ה מֶֽלֶךְ־מִצְרָֽיִם׃‬ For it was because of the Lord's love for you, and because of his keeping the oath which he swore to your fathers, that the Lord brought you out with a strong hand, and he redeemed you from the house of slavery – from the hand of Pharaoh the king of Egypt, slavery ← slaves, or, servants.
Dt 7:9 ‫וְיָ֣דַעְתָּ֔ כִּֽי־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ה֣וּא הָֽאֱלֹהִ֑ים הָאֵל֙ הַֽנֶּאֱמָ֔ן שֹׁמֵ֧ר הַבְּרִ֣ית וְהַחֶ֗סֶד לְאֹהֲבָ֛יו וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י *מצותו **מִצְוֺתָ֖יו לְאֶ֥לֶף דּֽוֹר׃‬ and so that you will know that the Lord your God is God, the faithful God, keeping the covenant and maintaining mercy to those that love him and to those who keep his {K: body of commandments} [Q: commandments] for a thousand generations, body of commandments (ketiv)commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 7:10 ‫וּמְשַׁלֵּ֧ם לְשֹׂנְאָ֛יו אֶל־פָּנָ֖יו לְהַאֲבִיד֑וֹ לֹ֤א יְאַחֵר֙ לְשֹׂ֣נְא֔וֹ אֶל־פָּנָ֖יו יְשַׁלֶּם־לֽוֹ׃‬ but requiting those who hate him to their face, destroying them. He will not be slow with him who hates him; he will requite him to his face. them ← him.

to their face ← to his face.
Dt 7:11 ‫וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֨ אֶת־הַמִּצְוָ֜ה וְאֶת־הַֽחֻקִּ֣ים וְאֶת־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֧י מְצַוְּךָ֛ הַיּ֖וֹם לַעֲשׂוֹתָֽם׃ פ‬ So you shall keep the body of commandments and the statutes and the regulations which I command you this day to do. body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 7:12 ‫וְהָיָ֣ה ׀ עֵ֣קֶב תִּשְׁמְע֗וּן אֵ֤ת הַמִּשְׁפָּטִים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֥ם וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם וְשָׁמַר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ לְךָ֗ אֶֽת־הַבְּרִית֙ וְאֶת־הַחֶ֔סֶד אֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ׃‬ And it will come to pass, provided you obey these regulations and keep them, and do them, that the Lord your God will keep the covenant with you and maintain the mercy which he swore to your fathers. obey ← heed, hear.
Dt 7:13 ‫וַאֲהֵ֣בְךָ֔ וּבֵרַכְךָ֖ וְהִרְבֶּ֑ךָ וּבֵרַ֣ךְ פְּרִֽי־בִטְנְךָ֣ וּפְרִֽי־אַ֠דְמָתֶךָ דְּגָ֨נְךָ֜ וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֗ךָ שְׁגַר־אֲלָפֶ֙יךָ֙ וְעַשְׁתְּרֹ֣ת צֹאנֶ֔ךָ עַ֚ל הָֽאֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֥ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ לָ֥תֶת לָֽךְ׃‬ And he will love you and bless you and multiply you, and he will bless the fruit of your womb and the fruit of your ground – your corn and your new wine and your new oil, the offspring of your oxen and the issue of your flock on the land which he swore to your fathers to give to you.
Dt 7:14 ‫בָּר֥וּךְ תִּֽהְיֶ֖ה מִכָּל־הָעַמִּ֑ים לֹא־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְךָ֛ עָקָ֥ר וַֽעֲקָרָ֖ה וּבִבְהֶמְתֶּֽךָ׃‬ You will be more blessed than any of the nations. There will not be anyone sterile or barren among you or among your cattle. any ← all.

sterile ... barren: in the masculine ... feminine singular.
Dt 7:15 ‫וְהֵסִ֧יר יְהוָ֛ה מִמְּךָ֖ כָּל־חֹ֑לִי וְכָל־מַדְוֵי֩ מִצְרַ֨יִם הָרָעִ֜ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר יָדַ֗עְתָּ לֹ֤א יְשִׂימָם֙ בָּ֔ךְ וּנְתָנָ֖ם בְּכָל־שֹׂנְאֶֽיךָ׃‬ And the Lord will remove from you every illness and every evil disease of Egypt which you have known. He will not lay them on you, but will put them on all those who hate you. AV differs in syntactical arrangement. We take the rebia on you have known as strongly disjunctive (our full stop).
Dt 7:16 ‫וְאָכַלְתָּ֣ אֶת־כָּל־הָֽעַמִּ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ נֹתֵ֣ן לָ֔ךְ לֹא־תָחֹ֥ס עֵֽינְךָ֖ עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם וְלֹ֤א תַעֲבֹד֙ אֶת־אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם כִּֽי־מוֹקֵ֥שׁ ה֖וּא לָֽךְ׃ ס‬ And you will devour all the nations which the Lord your God gives to you. Your eye will not show pity to them and you will not serve their gods, for that is a snare to you.
Dt 7:17 ‫כִּ֤י תֹאמַר֙ בִּלְבָ֣בְךָ֔ רַבִּ֛ים הַגּוֹיִ֥ם הָאֵ֖לֶּה מִמֶּ֑נִּי אֵיכָ֥ה אוּכַ֖ל לְהוֹרִישָֽׁם׃‬ If you say in your heart, ‘These nations are more numerous than me. How will I be able to dispossess them?’ – than me: or, if the reader prefers, than I.
Dt 7:18 ‫לֹ֥א תִירָ֖א מֵהֶ֑ם זָכֹ֣ר תִּזְכֹּ֗ר אֵ֤ת אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂה֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לְפַרְעֹ֖ה וּלְכָל־מִצְרָֽיִם׃‬ you shall not fear them. You shall plainly remember what the Lord your God did to Pharaoh and to all Egypt. plainly remember: infinitive absolute.
Dt 7:19 ‫הַמַּסֹּ֨ת הַגְּדֹלֹ֜ת אֲשֶׁר־רָא֣וּ עֵינֶ֗יךָ וְהָאֹתֹ֤ת וְהַמֹּֽפְתִים֙ וְהַיָּ֤ד הַחֲזָקָה֙ וְהַזְּרֹ֣עַ הַנְּטוּיָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹצִֽאֲךָ֖ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ כֵּֽן־יַעֲשֶׂ֞ה יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ לְכָל־הָ֣עַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֥ה יָרֵ֖א מִפְּנֵיהֶֽם׃‬ As with the great trials which your eyes saw, and the signs and the wonders, and the strong hand and the outstretched arm, when the Lord your God brought you out, so the Lord your God will do to all the people you are afraid of. trials: i.e. occasions where the Lord's faithfulness was put to the test and miracles followed.
Dt 7:20 ‫וְגַם֙ אֶת־הַצִּרְעָ֔ה יְשַׁלַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בָּ֑ם עַד־אֲבֹ֗ד הַנִּשְׁאָרִ֛ים וְהַנִּסְתָּרִ֖ים מִפָּנֶֽיךָ׃‬ And the Lord your God will also send the hornet against them, until those that remain and those that hide from you have perished.
Dt 7:21 ‫לֹ֥א תַעֲרֹ֖ץ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֑ם כִּֽי־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ בְּקִרְבֶּ֔ךָ אֵ֥ל גָּד֖וֹל וְנוֹרָֽא׃‬ You will not be terrified of them, for the Lord your God is in your midst – a great and fearsome God.
Dt 7:22 ‫וְנָשַׁל֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ אֶת־הַגּוֹיִ֥ם הָאֵ֛ל מִפָּנֶ֖יךָ מְעַ֣ט מְעָ֑ט לֹ֤א תוּכַל֙ כַּלֹּתָ֣ם מַהֵ֔ר פֶּן־תִּרְבֶּ֥ה עָלֶ֖יךָ חַיַּ֥ת הַשָּׂדֶֽה׃‬ And the Lord your God will drive out those nations before you little by little. You will not be able to make an end of them quickly in case the wild animals increase against you. wild animals ← animal / fauna of the field.
Dt 7:23 ‫וּנְתָנָ֛ם יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לְפָנֶ֑יךָ וְהָמָם֙ מְהוּמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה עַ֖ד הִשָּׁמְדָֽם׃‬ And the Lord your God will place them before you, and he will rout them with a great rout, until they have been destroyed.
Dt 7:24 ‫וְנָתַ֤ן מַלְכֵיהֶם֙ בְּיָדֶ֔ךָ וְהַאֲבַדְתָּ֣ אֶת־שְׁמָ֔ם מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם לֹֽא־יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב אִישׁ֙ בְּפָנֶ֔יךָ עַ֥ד הִשְׁמִֽדְךָ֖ אֹתָֽם׃‬ And he will deliver their kings into your hand, and you will obliterate their name from under heaven. No man shall stand to face you until you have destroyed them. until: i.e. all the time leading up to when (you have destroyed them).
Dt 7:25 ‫פְּסִילֵ֥י אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֖ם תִּשְׂרְפ֣וּן בָּאֵ֑שׁ לֹֽא־תַחְמֹד֩ כֶּ֨סֶף וְזָהָ֤ב עֲלֵיהֶם֙ וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ לָ֔ךְ פֶּ֚ן תִּוָּקֵ֣שׁ בּ֔וֹ כִּ֧י תוֹעֲבַ֛ת יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ הֽוּא׃‬ You will burn the carved images of their gods with fire. You shall not desire the silver and gold on them, or take it for yourself, in case you are ensnared by it, for it is an abomination to the Lord your God. abomination to ← abomination of. Wider use of the construct state.
Dt 7:26 ‫וְלֹא־תָבִ֤יא תֽוֹעֵבָה֙ אֶל־בֵּיתֶ֔ךָ וְהָיִ֥יתָ חֵ֖רֶם כָּמֹ֑הוּ שַׁקֵּ֧ץ ׀ תְּשַׁקְּצֶ֛נּוּ וְתַעֵ֥ב ׀ תְּֽתַעֲבֶ֖נּוּ כִּי־חֵ֥רֶם הֽוּא׃ פ‬ You shall not bring an abomination into your house, in case you become an accursed thing like it. You shall utterly abhor it and thoroughly abominate it, for it is an accursed thing. utterly abhor ... thoroughly abominate: both infinitive absolute.
Dt 8:1 ‫כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֧י מְצַוְּךָ֛ הַיּ֖וֹם תִּשְׁמְר֣וּן לַעֲשׂ֑וֹת לְמַ֨עַן תִּֽחְי֜וּן וּרְבִיתֶ֗ם וּבָאתֶם֙ וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֥ע יְהוָ֖ה לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶֽם׃‬ You shall ensure that you do the whole body of commandments, so that you live and increase, and enter in, and take possession of the land which the Lord swore to your fathers. body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 8:2 ‫וְזָכַרְתָּ֣ אֶת־כָּל־הַדֶּ֗רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֨ר הֹלִֽיכֲךָ֜ יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ זֶ֛ה אַרְבָּעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר לְמַ֨עַן עַנֹּֽתְךָ֜ לְנַסֹּֽתְךָ֗ לָדַ֜עַת אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֧ר בִּֽלְבָבְךָ֛ הֲתִשְׁמֹ֥ר *מצותו **מִצְוֺתָ֖יו אִם־לֹֽא׃‬ And you shall remember the whole of the way the Lord your God made you go for these forty years in the desert, in order to humble you, and to test you, so as to know what is in your heart, whether you will keep his {Q: commandments} [K: commandment] or not. The ketiv can be read as a body of commandments.
Dt 8:3 ‫וַֽיְעַנְּךָ֮ וַיַּרְעִבֶךָ֒ וַיַּֽאֲכִֽלְךָ֤ אֶת הַמָּן֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־יָדַ֔עְתָּ וְלֹ֥א יָדְע֖וּן אֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ לְמַ֣עַן הוֹדִֽעֲךָ֗ כִּ֠י לֹ֣א עַל־הַלֶּ֤חֶם לְבַדּוֹ֙ יִחְיֶ֣ה הָֽאָדָ֔ם כִּ֛י עַל־כָּל־מוֹצָ֥א פִֽי־יְהוָ֖ה יִחְיֶ֥ה הָאָדָֽם׃‬ And he humbled you, and he allowed you to hunger, then he fed you with manna which you did not know, nor have your fathers known it, so as to make it known to you that man shall not live by bread alone, but man shall live by every utterance of the mouth of the Lord. Mt 4:4, Lk 4:4.
Dt 8:4 ‫שִׂמְלָ֨תְךָ֜ לֹ֤א בָֽלְתָה֙ מֵֽעָלֶ֔יךָ וְרַגְלְךָ֖ לֹ֣א בָצֵ֑קָה זֶ֖ה אַרְבָּעִ֥ים שָׁנָֽה׃‬ Your clothing did not wear out on you, and your feet did not swell, for these forty years, on you ← from on you.
Dt 8:5 ‫וְיָדַעְתָּ֖ עִם־לְבָבֶ֑ךָ כִּ֗י כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר יְיַסֵּ֥ר אִישׁ֙ אֶת־בְּנ֔וֹ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ מְיַסְּרֶֽךָּ׃‬ so that you should acknowledge with your heart that as a man disciplines his son, so the Lord your God has been disciplining you. so that: purposive use of the vav.
Dt 8:6 ‫וְשָׁ֣מַרְתָּ֔ אֶת־מִצְוֺ֖ת יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לָלֶ֥כֶת בִּדְרָכָ֖יו וּלְיִרְאָ֥ה אֹתֽוֹ׃‬ And you shall keep the commandments of the Lord your God, by walking in his ways and fearing him. by walking ... fearing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 8:7 ‫כִּ֚י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ מְבִֽיאֲךָ֖ אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ טוֹבָ֑ה אֶ֚רֶץ נַ֣חֲלֵי מָ֔יִם עֲיָנֹת֙ וּתְהֹמֹ֔ת יֹצְאִ֥ים בַּבִּקְעָ֖ה וּבָהָֽר׃‬ For the Lord your God is bringing you to a good land, a land of brooks of water, springs and underground water issuing in the valley and mountains, underground waterdepths.

mountains ← mountain. Collective usage.
Dt 8:8 ‫אֶ֤רֶץ חִטָּה֙ וּשְׂעֹרָ֔ה וְגֶ֥פֶן וּתְאֵנָ֖ה וְרִמּ֑וֹן אֶֽרֶץ־זֵ֥ית שֶׁ֖מֶן וּדְבָֽשׁ׃‬ a land of wheat and barley and vines and figs and pomegranates, a land of oil-bearing olives and honey, vines ... figs ... pomegranates ... olives: singular in Hebrew; collective usage.
Dt 8:9 ‫אֶ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹ֤א בְמִסְכֵּנֻת֙ תֹּֽאכַל־בָּ֣הּ לֶ֔חֶם לֹֽא־תֶחְסַ֥ר כֹּ֖ל בָּ֑הּ אֶ֚רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲבָנֶ֣יהָ בַרְזֶ֔ל וּמֵהֲרָרֶ֖יהָ תַּחְצֹ֥ב נְחֹֽשֶׁת׃‬ a land that knows no scarcity. You will eat bread in it, you will lack nothing in it – a land whose stones are iron-bearing, and from whose hills you can mine copper. nothing ← not everything.

mine ← hew.

AV differs somewhat in syntactical arrangement.
Dt 8:10 ‫וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ וְשָׂבָ֑עְתָּ וּבֵֽרַכְתָּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ עַל־הָאָ֥רֶץ הַטֹּבָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָֽתַן־לָֽךְ׃‬ And you will eat and be satisfied, and you shall bless the Lord your God on the good land which he has given you.
Dt 8:11 ‫הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֔ פֶּן־תִּשְׁכַּ֖ח אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לְבִלְתִּ֨י שְׁמֹ֤ר מִצְוֺתָיו֙ וּמִשְׁפָּטָ֣יו וְחֻקֹּתָ֔יו אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ הַיּֽוֹם׃‬ Be on your guard not to forget the Lord your God, by not keeping his commandments and his regulations and his statutes which I am commanding you today, by not keeping: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 8:12 ‫פֶּן־תֹּאכַ֖ל וְשָׂבָ֑עְתָּ וּבָתִּ֥ים טוֹבִ֛ים תִּבְנֶ֖ה וְיָשָֽׁבְתָּ׃‬ lest you eat and are satisfied, and you build fine houses and live in them,
Dt 8:13 ‫וּבְקָֽרְךָ֤ וְצֹֽאנְךָ֙ יִרְבְּיֻ֔ן וְכֶ֥סֶף וְזָהָ֖ב יִרְבֶּה־לָּ֑ךְ וְכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־לְךָ֖ יִרְבֶּֽה׃‬ and your cattle and flocks increase, and your silver and gold increase, and everything you have increases,
Dt 8:14 ‫וְרָ֖ם לְבָבֶ֑ךָ וְשָֽׁכַחְתָּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ הַמּוֹצִיאֲךָ֛ מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים׃‬ and your heart becomes haughty, and you forget the Lord your God, who brought you out of the land of Egypt – out of the house of slavery. slavery ← slaves, or, servants.
Dt 8:15 ‫הַמּוֹלִ֨יכֲךָ֜ בַּמִּדְבָּ֣ר ׀ הַגָּדֹ֣ל וְהַנּוֹרָ֗א נָחָ֤שׁ ׀ שָׂרָף֙ וְעַקְרָ֔ב וְצִמָּא֖וֹן אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֵֽין־מָ֑יִם הַמּוֹצִ֤יא לְךָ֙ מַ֔יִם מִצּ֖וּר הַֽחַלָּמִֽישׁ׃‬ He it is who made you go in the great and fearsome desert of the fiery serpent and the scorpion, in a thirsty land where there is no water, who produced water for you from a rock of flint,
Dt 8:16 ‫הַמַּֽאֲכִ֨לְךָ֥ מָן֙ בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יָדְע֖וּן אֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ לְמַ֣עַן עַנֹּֽתְךָ֗ וּלְמַ֙עַן֙ נַסֹּתֶ֔ךָ לְהֵיטִֽבְךָ֖ בְּאַחֲרִיתֶֽךָ׃‬ who fed you with manna in the desert, which your fathers did not know, so as to humble you and so as to test you, to make things go well for you in your latter time.
Dt 8:17 ‫וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ כֹּחִי֙ וְעֹ֣צֶם יָדִ֔י עָ֥שָׂה לִ֖י אֶת־הַחַ֥יִל הַזֶּֽה׃‬ Yet you say in your heart, ‘My own power and the strength of my hand made me this wealth.’ yet: adversative use of the vav.
Dt 8:18 ‫וְזָֽכַרְתָּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ כִּ֣י ה֗וּא הַנֹּתֵ֥ן לְךָ֛ כֹּ֖חַ לַעֲשׂ֣וֹת חָ֑יִל לְמַ֨עַן הָקִ֧ים אֶת־בְּרִית֛וֹ אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֥ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃ פ‬ But you shall remember the Lord your God. For it is he who gives you the power to generate wealth, so that he sets up his covenant which he swore to your fathers, as it stands this day.
Dt 8:19 ‫וְהָיָ֗ה אִם־שָׁכֹ֤חַ תִּשְׁכַּח֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ וְהָֽלַכְתָּ֗ אַחֲרֵי֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וַעֲבַדְתָּ֖ם וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִ֣יתָ לָהֶ֑ם הַעִדֹ֤תִי בָכֶם֙ הַיּ֔וֹם כִּ֥י אָבֹ֖ד תֹּאבֵדֽוּן׃‬ But it will come to pass, if you clean forget the Lord your God, and follow after other gods, and serve them and worship them – I testify against you today – you will certainly perish. clean forget: infinitive absolute. Perhaps to be read in any way forget.

certainly perish: infinitive absolute.
Dt 8:20 ‫כַּגּוֹיִ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יְהוָה֙ מַאֲבִ֣יד מִפְּנֵיכֶ֔ם כֵּ֖ן תֹאבֵד֑וּן עֵ֚קֶב לֹ֣א תִשְׁמְע֔וּן בְּק֖וֹל יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ פ‬ As with the nations which the Lord is destroying in front of you, so you will perish, because you didn't heed the Lord your God. heed ← hear the voice of.
Dt 9:1 ‫שְׁמַ֣ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל אַתָּ֨ה עֹבֵ֤ר הַיּוֹם֙ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָבֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת גּוֹיִ֔ם גְּדֹלִ֥ים וַעֲצֻמִ֖ים מִמֶּ֑ךָּ עָרִ֛ים גְּדֹלֹ֥ת וּבְצֻרֹ֖ת בַּשָּׁמָֽיִם׃‬ Hear, O Israel, you are crossing the Jordan today, to enter to dispossess nations greater and stronger than yourself with cities which are large and fortified to the sky.
Dt 9:2 ‫עַֽם־גָּד֥וֹל וָרָ֖ם בְּנֵ֣י עֲנָקִ֑ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה יָדַ֙עְתָּ֙ וְאַתָּ֣ה שָׁמַ֔עְתָּ מִ֣י יִתְיַצֵּ֔ב לִפְנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י עֲנָֽק׃‬ The sons of the Anakites are a large and tall people whom you know, and of whom you have heard it said, ‘Who can stand in the face of the sons of Anak?’ Anakites: AV= Anakims.
Dt 9:3 ‫וְיָדַעְתָּ֣ הַיּ֗וֹם כִּי֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ הֽוּא־הָעֹבֵ֤ר לְפָנֶ֙יךָ֙ אֵ֣שׁ אֹֽכְלָ֔ה ה֧וּא יַשְׁמִידֵ֛ם וְה֥וּא יַכְנִיעֵ֖ם לְפָנֶ֑יךָ וְהֽוֹרַשְׁתָּ֤ם וְהַֽאַבַדְתָּם֙ מַהֵ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה לָֽךְ׃‬ So know today that the Lord your God is he who is crossing in front of you – a consuming fire. He will destroy them and he will subdue them at your advance, and you will dispossess them and destroy them quickly as the Lord has told you. at your advance ← before you.
Dt 9:4 ‫אַל־תֹּאמַ֣ר בִּלְבָבְךָ֗ בַּהֲדֹ֣ף יְהוָה֩ אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ אֹתָ֥ם ׀ מִלְּפָנֶיךָ֮ לֵאמֹר֒ בְּצִדְקָתִי֙ הֱבִיאַ֣נִי יְהוָ֔ה לָרֶ֖שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֣רֶץ הַזֹּ֑את וּבְרִשְׁעַת֙ הַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֔לֶּה יְהוָ֖ה מוֹרִישָׁ֥ם מִפָּנֶֽיךָ׃‬ Do not say in your heart when the Lord your God drives them out at your advance, saying, ‘Because of my righteousness the Lord brought me to take possession of this land’, but it is because of the wickedness of these nations that the Lord is dispossessing them at your advance. at your advance (2x)from before you.
Dt 9:5 ‫לֹ֣א בְצִדְקָתְךָ֗ וּבְיֹ֙שֶׁר֙ לְבָ֣בְךָ֔ אַתָּ֥ה בָ֖א לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־אַרְצָ֑ם כִּ֞י בְּרִשְׁעַ֣ת ׀ הַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֗לֶּה יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ מוֹרִישָׁ֣ם מִפָּנֶ֔יךָ וּלְמַ֜עַן הָקִ֣ים אֶת־הַדָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִשְׁבַּ֤ע יְהוָה֙ לַאֲבֹתֶ֔יךָ לְאַבְרָהָ֥ם לְיִצְחָ֖ק וּֽלְיַעֲקֹֽב׃‬ It is not because of your righteousness or the uprightness of your heart that you are entering in to possess their land, but it is because of the wickedness of these nations that the Lord your God is dispossessing them at your advance, and in order to establish the word which the Lord swore to your fathers – to Abraham, to Isaac and to Jacob. at your advance (2x)from before you.
Dt 9:6 ‫וְיָדַעְתָּ֗ כִּ֠י לֹ֤א בְצִדְקָֽתְךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱ֠לֹהֶיךָ נֹתֵ֨ן לְךָ֜ אֶת־הָאָ֧רֶץ הַטּוֹבָ֛ה הַזֹּ֖את לְרִשְׁתָּ֑הּ כִּ֥י עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף אָֽתָּה׃‬ And you will know that it is not because of your righteousness that the Lord your God is giving you this good land to possess, for you are a stiff-necked people.
Dt 9:7 ‫זְכֹר֙ אַל־תִּשְׁכַּ֔ח אֵ֧ת אֲשֶׁר־הִקְצַ֛פְתָּ אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר לְמִן־הַיּ֞וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יָצָ֣אתָ ׀ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם עַד־בֹּֽאֲכֶם֙ עַד־הַמָּק֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה מַמְרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם עִם־יְהוָֽה׃‬ Remember – do not forget – that by which you provoked the Lord your God to anger in the desert. From the day when you came out of the land of Egypt up to your coming to this place, you have been rebelling against the Lord. your coming: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 9:8 ‫וּבְחֹרֵ֥ב הִקְצַפְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־יְהוָ֑ה וַיִּתְאַנַּ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה בָּכֶ֖ם לְהַשְׁמִ֥יד אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ At Horeb you provoked the Lord and the Lord became angry with you to the point of destroying you. destroying: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 9:9 ‫בַּעֲלֹתִ֣י הָהָ֗רָה לָקַ֜חַת לוּחֹ֤ת הָֽאֲבָנִים֙ לוּחֹ֣ת הַבְּרִ֔ית אֲשֶׁר־כָּרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה עִמָּכֶ֑ם וָאֵשֵׁ֣ב בָּהָ֗ר אַרְבָּעִ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְאַרְבָּעִ֣ים לַ֔יְלָה לֶ֚חֶם לֹ֣א אָכַ֔לְתִּי וּמַ֖יִם לֹ֥א שָׁתִֽיתִי׃‬ When I went up the mountain to receive the stone tablets – the tablets of the covenant which the Lord made with you – I remained in the mountain for forty days and forty nights. I ate no bread and I drank no water.
Dt 9:10 ‫וַיִּתֵּ֨ן יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י אֶת־שְׁנֵי֙ לוּחֹ֣ת הָֽאֲבָנִ֔ים כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּאֶצְבַּ֣ע אֱלֹהִ֑ים וַעֲלֵיהֶ֗ם כְּֽכָל־הַדְּבָרִ֡ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּר֩ יְהוָ֨ה עִמָּכֶ֥ם בָּהָ֛ר מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵ֖שׁ בְּי֥וֹם הַקָּהָֽל׃‬ And the Lord gave me the two tablets of stone, written by the finger of God, and on them was a record of all the words which the Lord spoke with you at the mountain from the middle of the fire on the day of the convocation. a record of ← according to.
Dt 9:11 ‫וַיְהִ֗י מִקֵּץ֙ אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְאַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה נָתַ֨ן יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י אֶת־שְׁנֵ֛י לֻחֹ֥ת הָאֲבָנִ֖ים לֻח֥וֹת הַבְּרִֽית׃‬ And it came to pass at the end of forty days and forty nights that the Lord gave me the two stone tablets – the tablets of the covenant.
Dt 9:12 ‫וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י ק֣וּם רֵ֤ד מַהֵר֙ מִזֶּ֔ה כִּ֚י שִׁחֵ֣ת עַמְּךָ֔ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹצֵ֖אתָ מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם סָ֣רוּ מַהֵ֗ר מִן־הַדֶּ֙רֶךְ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוִּיתִ֔ם עָשׂ֥וּ לָהֶ֖ם מַסֵּכָֽה׃‬ And the Lord said to me, ‘Arise and go down from here quickly, for your people whom you brought out of Egypt have acted corruptly. They have quickly departed from the way which I commanded them. They have made themselves a cast image.’
Dt 9:13 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֵלַ֣י לֵאמֹ֑ר רָאִ֙יתִי֙ אֶת־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה וְהִנֵּ֥ה עַם־קְשֵׁה־עֹ֖רֶף הֽוּא׃‬ And the Lord spoke to me and said, ‘I have seen this people, and look, it is a stiff-necked people.
Dt 9:14 ‫הֶ֤רֶף מִמֶּ֙נִּי֙ וְאַשְׁמִידֵ֔ם וְאֶמְחֶ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמָ֔ם מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה֙ אֽוֹתְךָ֔ לְגוֹי־עָצ֥וּם וָרָ֖ב מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃‬ Leave off me and I will destroy them, and I will blot out their name from under heaven, and I will make you into a more powerful and numerous people than them.’ leave off me ← desist from me.

them ← it.
Dt 9:15 ‫וָאֵ֗פֶן וָֽאֵרֵד֙ מִן־הָהָ֔ר וְהָהָ֖ר בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּאֵ֑שׁ וּשְׁנֵי֙ לֻחֹ֣ת הַבְּרִ֔ית עַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֥י יָדָֽי׃‬ Then I turned and went down from the mountain, while the mountain was burning with fire, and I had the two tablets of the covenant in my two hands.
Dt 9:16 ‫וָאֵ֗רֶא וְהִנֵּ֤ה חֲטָאתֶם֙ לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם לָכֶ֔ם עֵ֖גֶל מַסֵּכָ֑ה סַרְתֶּ֣ם מַהֵ֔ר מִן־הַדֶּ֕רֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ And I looked, and what I saw was that you had sinned against the Lord your God – you had made yourselves a cast calf. You had quickly departed from the way which the Lord commanded you. what I saw was that ← behold.
Dt 9:17 ‫וָאֶתְפֹּשׂ֙ בִּשְׁנֵ֣י הַלֻּחֹ֔ת וָֽאַשְׁלִכֵ֔ם מֵעַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י יָדָ֑י וָאֲשַׁבְּרֵ֖ם לְעֵינֵיכֶֽם׃‬ Then I took hold of two tablets and threw them out of my two hands and broke them in your sight,
Dt 9:18 ‫וָֽאֶתְנַפַּל֩ לִפְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֜ה כָּרִאשֹׁנָ֗ה אַרְבָּעִ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְאַרְבָּעִ֣ים לַ֔יְלָה לֶ֚חֶם לֹ֣א אָכַ֔לְתִּי וּמַ֖יִם לֹ֣א שָׁתִ֑יתִי עַ֤ל כָּל־חַטַּאתְכֶם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חֲטָאתֶ֔ם לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת הָרַ֛ע בְּעֵינֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה לְהַכְעִיסֽוֹ׃‬ and I fell down before the Lord as at first, for forty days and forty nights. I did not eat bread and I did not drink water for all your sin by which you sinned in doing wrong in the eyes of the Lord so as to provoke him. in doing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 9:19 ‫כִּ֣י יָגֹ֗רְתִּי מִפְּנֵ֤י הָאַף֙ וְהַ֣חֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר קָצַ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם לְהַשְׁמִ֣יד אֶתְכֶ֑ם וַיִּשְׁמַ֤ע יְהוָה֙ אֵלַ֔י גַּ֖ם בַּפַּ֥עַם הַהִֽוא׃‬ For I was afraid because of the anger and fury by which the Lord had become irate over you to the point of destroying you, but the Lord listened to me that time too. but: adversative use of the vav.
Dt 9:20 ‫וּֽבְאַהֲרֹ֗ן הִתְאַנַּ֧ף יְהוָ֛ה מְאֹ֖ד לְהַשְׁמִיד֑וֹ וָֽאֶתְפַּלֵּ֛ל גַּם־בְּעַ֥ד אַהֲרֹ֖ן בָּעֵ֥ת הַהִֽוא ‬ Nevertheless the Lord became very angry with Aaron, to the point of destroying him, but I prayed for Aaron too at that time. destroying: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 9:21 ‫וְֽאֶת־חַטַּאתְכֶ֞ם אֲשֶׁר־עֲשִׂיתֶ֣ם אֶת־הָעֵ֗גֶל לָקַחְתִּי֮ וָאֶשְׂרֹ֣ף אֹת֣וֹ ׀ בָּאֵשׁ֒ וָאֶכֹּ֨ת אֹת֤וֹ טָחוֹן֙ הֵיטֵ֔ב עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־דַּ֖ק לְעָפָ֑ר וָֽאַשְׁלִךְ֙ אֶת־עֲפָר֔וֹ אֶל־הַנַּ֖חַל הַיֹּרֵ֥ד מִן־הָהָֽר׃‬ And as for your sin in that you made the calf, I took it and burnt it in fire and crushed it and ground it down until it was as fine as dust, then I cast its dust into the brook which went down the mountain.
Dt 9:22 ‫וּבְתַבְעֵרָה֙ וּבְמַסָּ֔ה וּבְקִבְרֹ֖ת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה מַקְצִפִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם אֶת־יְהוָֽה׃‬ And in Taberah and in Massah and in Kibroth-hattaavah you provoked the Lord to anger,
Dt 9:23 ‫וּבִשְׁלֹ֨חַ יְהוָ֜ה אֶתְכֶ֗ם מִקָּדֵ֤שׁ בַּרְנֵ֙עַ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר עֲלוּ֙ וּרְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֖תִּי לָכֶ֑ם וַתַּמְר֗וּ אֶת־פִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵיכֶ֔ם וְלֹ֤א הֶֽאֱמַנְתֶּם֙ ל֔וֹ וְלֹ֥א שְׁמַעְתֶּ֖ם בְּקֹלֽוֹ׃‬ and when the Lord sent you from Kadesh-barnea, saying, ‘Go up and take possession of the land which I have given you’, you rebelled against the word of the Lord your God, and you did not believe him, nor did you obey him. word ← mouth.

obey him ← hear his voice.
Dt 9:24 ‫מַמְרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם עִם־יְהוָ֑ה מִיּ֖וֹם דַּעְתִּ֥י אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ You have been rebelling against the Lord since the day I first knew you.
Dt 9:25 ‫וָֽאֶתְנַפַּ֞ל לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה אֵ֣ת אַרְבָּעִ֥ים הַיּ֛וֹם וְאֶת־אַרְבָּעִ֥ים הַלַּ֖יְלָה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִתְנַפָּ֑לְתִּי כִּֽי־אָמַ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה לְהַשְׁמִ֥יד אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ So I fell down before the Lord for the forty days and forty nights, during which I was fallen down, for the Lord had said that he was on the point of destroying you. during which: AV differs, (as at the first).

of destroying: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 9:26 ‫וָאֶתְפַּלֵּ֣ל אֶל־יְהוָה֮ וָאֹמַר֒ אֲדֹנָ֣י יְהוִ֗ה אַל־תַּשְׁחֵ֤ת עַמְּךָ֙ וְנַחֲלָ֣תְךָ֔ אֲשֶׁ֥ר פָּדִ֖יתָ בְּגָדְלֶ֑ךָ אֲשֶׁר־הוֹצֵ֥אתָ מִמִּצְרַ֖יִם בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה׃‬ And I prayed to the Lord and I said, ‘My Lord the Lord, do not destroy your people and your inheritance whom you redeemed by your greatness when you brought them out of Egypt with a strong hand.
Dt 9:27 ‫זְכֹר֙ לַעֲבָדֶ֔יךָ לְאַבְרָהָ֥ם לְיִצְחָ֖ק וּֽלְיַעֲקֹ֑ב אַל־תֵּ֗פֶן אֶל־קְשִׁי֙ הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה וְאֶל־רִשְׁע֖וֹ וְאֶל־חַטָּאתֽוֹ׃‬ Remember your servants Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. Do not pay attention to the stubbornness of this people or to their wickedness or to their sin,
Dt 9:28 ‫פֶּן־יֹאמְר֗וּ הָאָרֶץ֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הוֹצֵאתָ֣נוּ מִשָּׁם֒ מִבְּלִי֙ יְכֹ֣לֶת יְהוָ֔ה לַהֲבִיאָ֕ם אֶל־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֣ר לָהֶ֑ם וּמִשִּׂנְאָת֣וֹ אוֹתָ֔ם הוֹצִיאָ֖ם לַהֲמִתָ֥ם בַּמִּדְבָּֽר׃‬ so that people do not say that it is because the Lord is not able to bring them from the land out of which you brought us, to the land which he told them, and that because of his hatred of them he brought them out to kill them in the desert. hatred of them ← hatred of it. Elsewhere in this verse the pronoun is plural.

The AV translates differently.
Dt 9:29 ‫וְהֵ֥ם עַמְּךָ֖ וְנַחֲלָתֶ֑ךָ אֲשֶׁ֤ר הוֹצֵ֙אתָ֙ בְּכֹחֲךָ֣ הַגָּדֹ֔ל וּבִֽזְרֹעֲךָ֖ הַנְּטוּיָֽה׃ פ‬ And they are your people and your inheritance whom you brought out by your great strength and with your outstretched arm.’
Dt 10:1 ‫בָּעֵ֨ת הַהִ֜וא אָמַ֧ר יְהוָ֣ה אֵלַ֗י פְּסָל־לְךָ֞ שְׁנֵֽי־לֻוחֹ֤ת אֲבָנִים֙ כָּרִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים וַעֲלֵ֥ה אֵלַ֖י הָהָ֑רָה וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ לְּךָ֖ אֲר֥וֹן עֵֽץ׃‬ At that time the Lord said to me, ‘Hew yourself two stone tablets like the first ones, and come up the mountain to me, and make yourself an ark of wood,
Dt 10:2 ‫וְאֶכְתֹּב֙ עַל־הַלֻּחֹ֔ת אֶת־הַדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָי֛וּ עַל־הַלֻּחֹ֥ת הָרִאשֹׁנִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר שִׁבַּ֑רְתָּ וְשַׂמְתָּ֖ם בָּאָרֽוֹן׃‬ and I will write on the tablets the words which were on the first tablets which you broke, and you will put them in the ark.’
Dt 10:3 ‫וָאַ֤עַשׂ אֲרוֹן֙ עֲצֵ֣י שִׁטִּ֔ים וָאֶפְסֹ֛ל שְׁנֵי־לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים כָּרִאשֹׁנִ֑ים וָאַ֣עַל הָהָ֔רָה וּשְׁנֵ֥י הַלֻּחֹ֖ת בְּיָדִֽי׃‬ So I made an ark of acacia wood and I hewed two tablets of stone like the first ones, and I went up the mountain with the two tablets in my hands.
Dt 10:4 ‫וַיִּכְתֹּ֨ב עַֽל־הַלֻּחֹ֜ת כַּמִּכְתָּ֣ב הָרִאשׁ֗וֹן אֵ֚ת עֲשֶׂ֣רֶת הַדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֲלֵיכֶ֥ם בָּהָ֛ר מִתּ֥וֹךְ הָאֵ֖שׁ בְּי֣וֹם הַקָּהָ֑ל וַיִּתְּנֵ֥ם יְהוָ֖ה אֵלָֽי׃‬ And he wrote on the tablets, the same as the first writing, the ten matters which the Lord spoke to you at the mountain from the middle of the fire on the day of the convocation, and the Lord gave them to me. matters: or, words, but standing for more than one word each. AV= commandments, which is the sense, but it is not the usual Hebrew word for commandment.
Dt 10:5 ‫וָאֵ֗פֶן וָֽאֵרֵד֙ מִן־הָהָ֔ר וָֽאָשִׂם֙ אֶת־הַלֻּחֹ֔ת בָּאָר֖וֹן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֑יתִי וַיִּ֣הְיוּ שָׁ֔ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוַּ֖נִי יְהוָֽה׃‬ Then I turned round and went down from the mountain, and I put the tablets in the ark which I had made, and they were there, as the Lord had commanded me.
Dt 10:6 ‫וּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל נָֽסְע֛וּ מִבְּאֵרֹ֥ת בְּנֵי־יַעֲקָ֖ן מוֹסֵרָ֑ה שָׁ֣ם מֵ֤ת אַהֲרֹן֙ וַיִּקָּבֵ֣ר שָׁ֔ם וַיְכַהֵ֛ן אֶלְעָזָ֥ר בְּנ֖וֹ תַּחְתָּֽיו׃‬ Then the sons of Israel moved from Beeroth of the sons of Jaakan to Mosera. Aaron died there and he was buried there, and Eleazar his son carried out the office of priest instead of him. Mosera ← Moserah, but we retain the AV / traditional English name. Mosera ignores the final .

Eleazar: see Ex 6:23.
Dt 10:7 ‫מִשָּׁ֥ם נָסְע֖וּ הַגֻּדְגֹּ֑דָה וּמִן־הַגֻּדְגֹּ֣דָה יָטְבָ֔תָה אֶ֖רֶץ נַ֥חֲלֵי מָֽיִם׃‬ From there they removed to Gudgodah, and from Gudgodah to Jotbath, a land of brooks of water. Gudgodah (2x)the Gudgod, in recessive stress, with a locative ending, but we retain the AV / traditional English name.
Dt 10:8 ‫בָּעֵ֣ת הַהִ֗וא הִבְדִּ֤יל יְהוָה֙ אֶת־שֵׁ֣בֶט הַלֵּוִ֔י לָשֵׂ֖את אֶת־אֲר֣וֹן בְּרִית־יְהוָ֑ה לַעֲמֹד֩ לִפְנֵ֨י יְהוָ֤ה לְשָֽׁרְתוֹ֙ וּלְבָרֵ֣ךְ בִּשְׁמ֔וֹ עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ At that time the Lord separated the Levite tribe to bear the ark of the covenant of the Lord, to stand before the Lord, to serve him and to bless his name, up to this day.
Dt 10:9 ‫עַל־כֵּ֞ן לֹֽא־הָיָ֧ה לְלֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה עִם־אֶחָ֑יו יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לֽוֹ׃‬ For this reason Levi did not have a share and an inheritance with his brothers – it is the Lord who is his inheritance, as the Lord your God said to him.
Dt 10:10 ‫וְאָנֹכִ֞י עָמַ֣דְתִּי בָהָ֗ר כַּיָּמִים֙ הָרִ֣אשֹׁנִ֔ים אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְאַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָ֑יְלָה וַיִּשְׁמַ֨ע יְהוָ֜ה אֵלַ֗י גַּ֚ם בַּפַּ֣עַם הַהִ֔וא לֹא־אָבָ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה הַשְׁחִיתֶֽךָ׃‬ Then I stayed on the mountain for the same number of days as previously – forty days and forty nights – and the Lord heard me that time too; the Lord was willing not to destroy you. stayed ← stood.

for the same number of days ← as the days.

was willing not to destroy you ← was not willing to destroy you. A negated verb can have an unexpected sense; compare Greek οὔ φημι, I deny.
Dt 10:11 ‫וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֵלַ֔י ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ לְמַסַּ֖ע לִפְנֵ֣י הָעָ֑ם וְיָבֹ֙אוּ֙ וְיִֽרְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נִשְׁבַּ֥עְתִּי לַאֲבֹתָ֖ם לָתֵ֥ת לָהֶֽם׃ פ‬ Then the Lord said to me, ‘Arise, go on your journey before the people, and they shall enter and take possession of the land about which I swore to their fathers that I would give it to them.’
Dt 10:12 ‫וְעַתָּה֙ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מָ֚ה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ שֹׁאֵ֖ל מֵעִמָּ֑ךְ כִּ֣י אִם־לְ֠יִרְאָה אֶת־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ לָלֶ֤כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָיו֙ וּלְאַהֲבָ֣ה אֹת֔וֹ וְלַֽעֲבֹד֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ֖ וּבְכָל־נַפְשֶֽׁךָ׃‬ So now, O Israel, what does the Lord your God ask of you, but to fear the Lord your God, to walk in all his paths and to love him, and to serve the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul,
Dt 10:13 ‫לִשְׁמֹ֞ר אֶת־מִצְוֺ֤ת יְהוָה֙ וְאֶת־חֻקֹּתָ֔יו אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ הַיּ֑וֹם לְט֖וֹב לָֽךְ׃‬ to keep the Lord's commandments and his statutes which I am commanding you today, for your well-being?
Dt 10:14 ‫הֵ֚ן לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם וּשְׁמֵ֣י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם הָאָ֖רֶץ וְכָל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּֽהּ׃‬ Behold, heaven and the heaven of heavens, the earth and everything in it are the Lord your God's.
Dt 10:15 ‫רַ֧ק בַּאֲבֹתֶ֛יךָ חָשַׁ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה לְאַהֲבָ֣ה אוֹתָ֑ם וַיִּבְחַ֞ר בְּזַרְעָ֣ם אַחֲרֵיהֶ֗ם בָּכֶ֛ם מִכָּל־הָעַמִּ֖ים כַּיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּה׃‬ But the Lord fixed upon your fathers to love them, and he chose their seed after them – you – above all nations, as it is this day.
Dt 10:16 ‫וּמַלְתֶּ֕ם אֵ֖ת עָרְלַ֣ת לְבַבְכֶ֑ם וְעָ֨רְפְּכֶ֔ם לֹ֥א תַקְשׁ֖וּ עֽוֹד׃‬ So circumcise the foreskin of your hearts and no longer stiffen your necks. hearts ← heart, but the imperative is plural.
Dt 10:17 ‫כִּ֚י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ה֚וּא אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים וַאֲדֹנֵ֖י הָאֲדֹנִ֑ים הָאֵ֨ל הַגָּדֹ֤ל הַגִּבֹּר֙ וְהַנּוֹרָ֔א אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹא־יִשָּׂ֣א פָנִ֔ים וְלֹ֥א יִקַּ֖ח שֹֽׁחַד׃‬ For the Lord your God is the God of gods and Lord of lords, the most great and mighty and fearsome God, who does not show partiality and does not accept a bribe, show partiality ← lift the face.
Dt 10:18 ‫עֹשֶׂ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט יָת֖וֹם וְאַלְמָנָ֑ה וְאֹהֵ֣ב גֵּ֔ר לָ֥תֶת ל֖וֹ לֶ֥חֶם וְשִׂמְלָֽה׃‬ who executes justice for the orphan and the widow, and who loves the foreigner in giving him bread and clothing. in giving: gerundial use of the infinitive.

bread: standing for all kinds of food.
Dt 10:19 ‫וַאֲהַבְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־הַגֵּ֑ר כִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם׃‬ So you shall love the foreigner, for you were foreigners in the land of Egypt.
Dt 10:20 ‫אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ תִּירָ֖א אֹת֣וֹ תַעֲבֹ֑ד וּב֣וֹ תִדְבָּ֔ק וּבִשְׁמ֖וֹ תִּשָּׁבֵֽעַ׃‬ You shall fear the Lord your God, you shall serve him and cleave to him and swear by his name. Lk 4:8.
Dt 10:21 ‫ה֥וּא תְהִלָּתְךָ֖ וְה֣וּא אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂ֣ה אִתְּךָ֗ אֶת־הַגְּדֹלֹ֤ת וְאֶת־הַנּֽוֹרָאֹת֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר רָא֖וּ עֵינֶֽיךָ׃‬ He is your praise and he is your God who performed these great and fearsome things with you present, which your eyes saw.
Dt 10:22 ‫בְּשִׁבְעִ֣ים נֶ֔פֶשׁ יָרְד֥וּ אֲבֹתֶ֖יךָ מִצְרָ֑יְמָהּ וְעַתָּ֗ה שָֽׂמְךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ כְּכוֹכְבֵ֥י הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לָרֹֽב׃‬ Your fathers who went down to Egypt were seventy persons, but now the Lord your God has made you like the stars of the sky in multitude. persons ← souls.
Dt 11:1 ‫וְאָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ אֵ֖ת יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ מִשְׁמַרְתּ֗וֹ וְחֻקֹּתָ֧יו וּמִשְׁפָּטָ֛יו וּמִצְוֺתָ֖יו כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים׃‬ And you shall love the Lord your God, and you shall keep his charge and his statutes and his regulations and his commandments all the time. all the time ← all the days.
Dt 11:2 ‫וִֽידַעְתֶּם֮ הַיּוֹם֒ כִּ֣י ׀ לֹ֣א אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יָדְעוּ֙ וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־רָא֔וּ אֶת־מוּסַ֖ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם אֶת־גָּדְל֕וֹ אֶת־יָדוֹ֙ הַחֲזָקָ֔ה וּזְרֹע֖וֹ הַנְּטוּיָֽה׃‬ And you shall know today that it is not with your sons that he was active, who do not know and who did not see the discipline of the Lord your God, his greatness, his strong hand and his outstretched arm, it is not: the balancing clause is in verse 7.
Dt 11:3 ‫וְאֶת־אֹֽתֹתָיו֙ וְאֶֽת־מַעֲשָׂ֔יו אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה בְּת֣וֹךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם לְפַרְעֹ֥ה מֶֽלֶךְ־מִצְרַ֖יִם וּלְכָל־אַרְצֽוֹ׃‬ and his signs and his deeds which he did in the middle of Egypt to Pharaoh the king of Egypt and to all his land,
Dt 11:4 ‫וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׂה֩ לְחֵ֨יל מִצְרַ֜יִם לְסוּסָ֣יו וּלְרִכְבּ֗וֹ אֲשֶׁ֨ר הֵצִ֜יף אֶת־מֵ֤י יַם־סוּף֙ עַל־פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם בְּרָדְפָ֖ם אַחֲרֵיכֶ֑ם וַיְאַבְּדֵ֣ם יְהוָ֔ה עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ and what he did to the army of Egypt, to its horses and to its chariot fleet, when he made the water of the Red Sea overflow on top of them, when they were pursuing you, and the Lord destroyed them, as it stands up to this day,
Dt 11:5 ‫וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר עַד־בֹּאֲכֶ֖ם עַד־הַמָּק֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה׃‬ and what he did for you in the desert, until you came to this place,
Dt 11:6 ‫וַאֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֜ה לְדָתָ֣ן וְלַאֲבִירָ֗ם בְּנֵ֣י אֱלִיאָב֮ בֶּן־רְאוּבֵן֒ אֲשֶׁ֨ר פָּצְתָ֤ה הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ אֶת־פִּ֔יהָ וַתִּבְלָעֵ֥ם וְאֶת־בָּתֵּיהֶ֖ם וְאֶת־אָהֳלֵיהֶ֑ם וְאֵ֤ת כָּל־הַיְקוּם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּרַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם בְּקֶ֖רֶב כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ and what he did to Dathan and to Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben, when the earth opened its mouth and swallowed them up, and their houses and their tents and all the property that was at their feet in the midst of all Israel,
Dt 11:7 ‫כִּ֤י עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ הָֽרֹאֹ֔ת אֶת־כָּל־מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה הַגָּדֹ֑ל אֲשֶׁ֖ר עָשָֽׂה׃‬ for it is your eyes that have seen all the great work of the Lord which he has done.
Dt 11:8 ‫וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ הַיּ֑וֹם לְמַ֣עַן תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ וּבָאתֶם֙ וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃‬ So keep the whole body of commandments which I am commanding you today, so that you may be strong, and enter in, and take possession of the land to which you are crossing over in order to take possession of it, body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 11:9 ‫וּלְמַ֨עַן תַּאֲרִ֤יכוּ יָמִים֙ עַל־הָ֣אֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר֩ נִשְׁבַּ֨ע יְהוָ֧ה לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶ֛ם לָתֵ֥ת לָהֶ֖ם וּלְזַרְעָ֑ם אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ׃ ס‬ and so that you prolong your days on the land about which the Lord swore to your fathers that he would give it to them and to their seed – a land flowing with milk and honey. land ← ground.
Dt 11:10 ‫כִּ֣י הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה בָא־שָׁ֙מָּה֙ לְרִשְׁתָּ֔הּ לֹ֣א כְאֶ֤רֶץ מִצְרַ֙יִם֙ הִ֔וא אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְצָאתֶ֖ם מִשָּׁ֑ם אֲשֶׁ֤ר תִּזְרַע֙ אֶֽת־זַרְעֲךָ֔ וְהִשְׁקִ֥יתָ בְרַגְלְךָ֖ כְּגַ֥ן הַיָּרָֽק׃‬ For the land to which you are going, to take possession of it, is not like the land of Egypt from where you came out, where you sowed your seed and watered it on foot like a vegetable garden,
Dt 11:11 ‫וְהָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתֶּ֜ם עֹבְרִ֥ים שָׁ֙מָּה֙ לְרִשְׁתָּ֔הּ אֶ֥רֶץ הָרִ֖ים וּבְקָעֹ֑ת לִמְטַ֥ר הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם תִּשְׁתֶּה־מָּֽיִם׃‬ but the land to which you are crossing over to take possession of it is a land of mountains and valleys. It drinks water by rain from the sky,
Dt 11:12 ‫אֶ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ דֹּרֵ֣שׁ אֹתָ֑הּ תָּמִ֗יד עֵינֵ֨י יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ בָּ֔הּ מֵֽרֵשִׁית֙ הַשָּׁנָ֔ה וְעַ֖ד אַחֲרִ֥ית שָׁנָֽה׃ ס‬ a land which the Lord your God cares for. The eyes of the Lord your God are continually on it, from the start of the year to the end of the year. cares for ← seeks, i.e. seeks the interests of.
Dt 11:13 ‫וְהָיָ֗ה אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מִצְוֺתַ֔י אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י מְצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם הַיּ֑וֹם לְאַהֲבָ֞ה אֶת־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙ וּלְעָבְד֔וֹ בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶֽם׃‬ And it shall come to pass, if you diligently obey my commandments which I am commanding you today, to love the Lord your God and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul, Apparently Moses is now speaking on behalf of the Lord. Moses was speaking at Dt 10:11, and it is not clear where, if at all, direct speech from the Lord commences between there and here.

diligently obey ← diligently hear, with an infinitive absolute to give diligently.
Dt 11:14 ‫וְנָתַתִּ֧י מְטַֽר־אַרְצְכֶ֛ם בְּעִתּ֖וֹ יוֹרֶ֣ה וּמַלְק֑וֹשׁ וְאָסַפְתָּ֣ דְגָנֶ֔ךָ וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֖ וְיִצְהָרֶֽךָ׃‬ then I will give rain on your land in its season, the early rain and the latter rain, and you will gather your grain, and your new wine, and your new oil. rain on ← rain of. Wider use of the construct state. Alternatively one could translate rain for.
Dt 11:15 ‫וְנָתַתִּ֛י עֵ֥שֶׂב בְּשָׂדְךָ֖ לִבְהֶמְתֶּ֑ךָ וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ וְשָׂבָֽעְתָּ׃‬ And I will put grass in your field for your cattle and you will eat and be satisfied.
Dt 11:16 ‫הִשָּֽׁמְר֣וּ לָכֶ֔ם פֶּ֥ן יִפְתֶּ֖ה לְבַבְכֶ֑ם וְסַרְתֶּ֗ם וַעֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָהֶֽם׃‬ Be on your guard that your heart is not deceived, and you turn aside and serve other gods, and worship them,
Dt 11:17 ‫וְחָרָ֨ה אַף־יְהוָ֜ה בָּכֶ֗ם וְעָצַ֤ר אֶת־הַשָּׁמַ֙יִם֙ וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֣ה מָטָ֔ר וְהָ֣אֲדָמָ֔ה לֹ֥א תִתֵּ֖ן אֶת־יְבוּלָ֑הּ וַאֲבַדְתֶּ֣ם מְהֵרָ֗ה מֵעַל֙ הָאָ֣רֶץ הַטֹּבָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶֽם׃‬ and the Lord's anger is kindled against you, and he restrains the sky, so that there will be no rain, and the soil will not yield its produce, and you quickly perish on the good land which the Lord is giving you. restrains: or, shuts up.

perish on ← perish from.
Dt 11:18 ‫וְשַׂמְתֶּם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרַ֣י אֵ֔לֶּה עַל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וְעַֽל־נַפְשְׁכֶ֑ם וּקְשַׁרְתֶּ֨ם אֹתָ֤ם לְאוֹת֙ עַל־יֶדְכֶ֔ם וְהָי֥וּ לְטוֹטָפֹ֖ת בֵּ֥ין עֵינֵיכֶֽם׃‬ And you shall impress these words of mine on your heart and on your soul, and you will bind them as a sign on your hand, and they will be phylacteries between your eyes. impress ← place.
Dt 11:19 ‫וְלִמַּדְתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶ֖ם לְדַבֵּ֣ר בָּ֑ם בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ֤ בְּבֵיתֶ֙ךָ֙ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ֣ בַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וּֽבְשָׁכְבְּךָ֖ וּבְקוּמֶֽךָ׃‬ And you will teach them to your sons, by speaking about them when you sit down in your house, and when you walk on the road, and when you lie down and when you get up. by speaking: gerundial use of the infinitive.

This verse and the next contain plural and singular “you” forms.
Dt 11:20 ‫וּכְתַבְתָּ֛ם עַל־מְזוּז֥וֹת בֵּיתֶ֖ךָ וּבִשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ׃‬ And you will write them on the doorposts of your house and on your gates,
Dt 11:21 ‫לְמַ֨עַן יִרְבּ֤וּ יְמֵיכֶם֙ וִימֵ֣י בְנֵיכֶ֔ם עַ֚ל הָֽאֲדָמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר נִשְׁבַּ֧ע יְהוָ֛ה לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם לָתֵ֣ת לָהֶ֑ם כִּימֵ֥י הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם עַל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ ס‬ in order that your days may be many, and the days of your sons, on the land about which the Lord swore to your fathers that he would give it to them, as the days of heaven on the earth. land ← ground.
Dt 11:22 ‫כִּי֩ אִם־שָׁמֹ֨ר תִּשְׁמְר֜וּן אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֣ה הַזֹּ֗את אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י מְצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם לַעֲשֹׂתָ֑הּ לְאַהֲבָ֞ה אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם לָלֶ֥כֶת בְּכָל־דְּרָכָ֖יו וּלְדָבְקָה־בֽוֹ׃‬ For if you diligently keep this whole body of commandments which I am commanding you to carry out: to love the Lord your God, to walk in all his ways and to cleave to him, diligently keep: infinitive absolute.

body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 11:23 ‫וְהוֹרִ֧ישׁ יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־כָּל־הַגּוֹיִ֥ם הָאֵ֖לֶּה מִלִּפְנֵיכֶ֑ם וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם גּוֹיִ֔ם גְּדֹלִ֥ים וַעֲצֻמִ֖ים מִכֶּֽם׃‬ then the Lord will dispossess all these nations at your advance, and you will take possession of nations greater and more powerful than yourselves. at your advance ← from before you.
Dt 11:24 ‫כָּל־הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ כַּֽף־רַגְלְכֶ֛ם בּ֖וֹ לָכֶ֣ם יִהְיֶ֑ה מִן־הַמִּדְבָּ֨ר וְהַלְּבָנ֜וֹן מִן־הַנָּהָ֣ר נְהַר־פְּרָ֗ת וְעַד֙ הַיָּ֣ם הָֽאַחֲר֔וֹן יִהְיֶ֖ה גְּבֻלְכֶֽם׃‬ All the space which the sole of your foot treads on will be yours. Your border will be from the desert of Lebanon, from the river – the River Euphrates – to the Western Sea. Western Sea: i.e. the Mediterranean.
Dt 11:25 ‫לֹא־יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב אִ֖ישׁ בִּפְנֵיכֶ֑ם פַּחְדְּכֶ֨ם וּמֽוֹרַאֲכֶ֜ם יִתֵּ֣ן ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֗ם עַל־פְּנֵ֤י כָל־הָאָ֙רֶץ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּדְרְכוּ־בָ֔הּ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר לָכֶֽם׃ ס‬ No man will be able to stand before you. The Lord your God will put fear of you and awe of you on the face of the whole land on which you tread, as he has told you.
Dt 11:26 ‫רְאֵ֗ה אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם הַיּ֑וֹם בְּרָכָ֖ה וּקְלָלָֽה׃‬ Behold, I set before you today a blessing and a curse –
Dt 11:27 ‫אֶֽת־הַבְּרָכָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְע֗וּ אֶל־מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י מְצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם הַיּֽוֹם׃‬ the blessing provided you obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you today, obey ← hear.
Dt 11:28 ‫וְהַקְּלָלָ֗ה אִם־לֹ֤א תִשְׁמְעוּ֙ אֶל־מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם וְסַרְתֶּ֣ם מִן־הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י מְצַוֶּ֥ה אֶתְכֶ֖ם הַיּ֑וֹם לָלֶ֗כֶת אַחֲרֵ֛י אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־יְדַעְתֶּֽם׃ ס‬ but the curse if you do not obey the commandments of the Lord your God and you depart from the way which I command you today, in following other gods which you have not known. obey ← hear.

in following: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 11:29 ‫וְהָיָ֗ה כִּ֤י יְבִֽיאֲךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ אֶל־הָאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אַתָּ֥ה בָא־שָׁ֖מָּה לְרִשְׁתָּ֑הּ וְנָתַתָּ֤ה אֶת־הַבְּרָכָה֙ עַל־הַ֣ר גְּרִזִ֔ים וְאֶת־הַקְּלָלָ֖ה עַל־הַ֥ר עֵיבָֽל׃‬ And it will come to pass that the Lord your God will bring you to the land to which you are coming, to take possession of it, and you will place the blessing on Mount Gerizim and the curse on Mount Ebal.
Dt 11:30 ‫הֲלֹא־הֵ֜מָּה בְּעֵ֣בֶר הַיַּרְדֵּ֗ן אַֽחֲרֵי֙ דֶּ֚רֶךְ מְב֣וֹא הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ בְּאֶ֙רֶץ֙ הַֽכְּנַעֲנִ֔י הַיֹּשֵׁ֖ב בָּעֲרָבָ֑ה מ֚וּל הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל אֵ֖צֶל אֵלוֹנֵ֥י מֹרֶֽה׃‬ Are they not across Jordan, behind the road of the setting of the sun, in the land of the Canaanites who live in the tract opposite Gilgal beside the oak woods of Moreh? Gilgal ← the Gilgal.
Dt 11:31 ‫כִּ֤י אַתֶּם֙ עֹבְרִ֣ים אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּ֔ן לָבֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם נֹתֵ֣ן לָכֶ֑ם וִֽירִשְׁתֶּ֥ם אֹתָ֖הּ וִֽישַׁבְתֶּם־בָּֽהּ׃‬ When you cross the Jordan to enter and take possession of the land which the Lord your God is giving you, and you take possession of it, and dwell in it,
Dt 11:32 ‫וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֣ם לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַֽחֻקִּ֖ים וְאֶת־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֑ים אֲשֶׁ֧ר אָנֹכִ֛י נֹתֵ֥ן לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם הַיּֽוֹם׃‬ then you shall ensure that you carry out all the statutes and regulations which I am placing before you today.
Dt 12:1 ‫אֵ֠לֶּה הַֽחֻקִּ֣ים וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִים֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּשְׁמְר֣וּן לַעֲשׂוֹת֒ בָּאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֩ נָתַ֨ן יְהוָ֜ה אֱלֹהֵ֧י אֲבֹתֶ֛יךָ לְךָ֖ לְרִשְׁתָּ֑הּ כָּל־הַיָּמִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֥ם חַיִּ֖ים עַל־הָאֲדָמָֽה׃‬ These are the statutes and the regulations which you must ensure you carry out in the land which the Lord God of your fathers has given you to take possession of for all the days you live on the land. land ← ground.
Dt 12:2 ‫אַבֵּ֣ד תְּ֠אַבְּדוּן אֶֽת־כָּל־הַמְּקֹמ֞וֹת אֲשֶׁ֧ר עָֽבְדוּ־שָׁ֣ם הַגּוֹיִ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר אַתֶּ֛ם יֹרְשִׁ֥ים אֹתָ֖ם אֶת־אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֑ם עַל־הֶהָרִ֤ים הָֽרָמִים֙ וְעַל־הַגְּבָע֔וֹת וְתַ֖חַת כָּל־עֵ֥ץ רַעֲנָן׃‬ You will completely destroy all the places where the nations which you dispossess served their gods – on the high mountains and on the hills and under every flourishing tree. completely destroy: infinitive absolute.
Dt 12:3 ‫וְנִתַּצְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־מִזְבּחֹתָ֗ם וְשִׁבַּרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־מַצֵּ֣בֹתָ֔ם וַאֲשֵֽׁרֵיהֶם֙ תִּשְׂרְפ֣וּן בָּאֵ֔שׁ וּפְסִילֵ֥י אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֖ם תְּגַדֵּע֑וּן וְאִבַּדְתֶּ֣ם אֶת־שְׁמָ֔ם מִן־הַמָּק֖וֹם הַהֽוּא׃‬ And you will demolish their altars, and break up their statues, and burn their phallic parks with fire, and cut up the idols of their gods, and eradicate their name from that place.
Dt 12:4 ‫לֹֽא־תַעֲשׂ֣וּן כֵּ֔ן לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃‬ You will not do so to the Lord your God,
Dt 12:5 ‫כִּ֠י אִֽם־אֶל־הַמָּק֞וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙ מִכָּל־שִׁבְטֵיכֶ֔ם לָשׂ֥וּם אֶת־שְׁמ֖וֹ שָׁ֑ם לְשִׁכְנ֥וֹ תִדְרְשׁ֖וּ וּבָ֥אתָ שָֽׁמָּה׃‬ but as for the place which the Lord your God has chosen from all your tribes to establish his name there, you will seek his dwelling, and go there.
Dt 12:6 ‫וַהֲבֵאתֶ֣ם שָׁ֗מָּה עֹלֹֽתֵיכֶם֙ וְזִבְחֵיכֶ֔ם וְאֵת֙ מַעְשְׂרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וְאֵ֖ת תְּרוּמַ֣ת יֶדְכֶ֑ם וְנִדְרֵיכֶם֙ וְנִדְבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וּבְכֹרֹ֥ת בְּקַרְכֶ֖ם וְצֹאנְכֶֽם׃‬ And you will bring your burnt offerings there, and your sacrifices, and your tithes, and the heave-offering of your hand, and your vows, and your freewill-offerings, and the firstlings of your oxen and your flocks.
Dt 12:7 ‫וַאֲכַלְתֶּם־שָׁ֗ם לִפְנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם וּשְׂמַחְתֶּ֗ם בְּכֹל֙ מִשְׁלַ֣ח יֶדְכֶ֔ם אַתֶּ֖ם וּבָתֵּיכֶ֑ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר בֵּֽרַכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃‬ And you will eat there before the Lord your God, and you will rejoice in everything you turn your hand to – you and your households – because the Lord your God will bless you. in everything you turn your hand to ← in every sending of your hand.
Dt 12:8 ‫לֹ֣א תַעֲשׂ֔וּן כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנַ֧חְנוּ עֹשִׂ֛ים פֹּ֖ה הַיּ֑וֹם אִ֖ישׁ כָּל־הַיָּשָׁ֥ר בְּעֵינָֽיו׃‬ You shall not do anything that we are doing here today, each man doing whatever is right in his own eyes. anything ← as everything.

whatever ← everything.
Dt 12:9 ‫כִּ֥י לֹא־בָּאתֶ֖ם עַד־עָ֑תָּה אֶל־הַמְּנוּחָה֙ וְאֶל־הַֽנַּחֲלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽךְ׃‬ For up to now you have not come to the rest and to the inheritance which the Lord your God is giving you,
Dt 12:10 ‫וַעֲבַרְתֶּם֮ אֶת־הַיַּרְדֵּן֒ וִֽישַׁבְתֶּ֣ם בָּאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם מַנְחִ֣יל אֶתְכֶ֑ם וְהֵנִ֨יחַ לָכֶ֧ם מִכָּל־אֹיְבֵיכֶ֛ם מִסָּבִ֖יב וִֽישַׁבְתֶּם־בֶּֽטַח׃‬ but you will cross the Jordan and you will dwell in the land which the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance. And he will give you rest from all your enemies round about, and you will dwell in safety.
Dt 12:11 ‫וְהָיָ֣ה הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֥ם בּוֹ֙ לְשַׁכֵּ֤ן שְׁמוֹ֙ שָׁ֔ם שָׁ֣מָּה תָבִ֔יאוּ אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י מְצַוֶּ֣ה אֶתְכֶ֑ם עוֹלֹתֵיכֶ֣ם וְזִבְחֵיכֶ֗ם מַעְשְׂרֹֽתֵיכֶם֙ וּתְרֻמַ֣ת יֶדְכֶ֔ם וְכֹל֙ מִבְחַ֣ר נִדְרֵיכֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּדְּר֖וּ לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ And it will come to pass that you will bring everything that I command you to the place where the Lord your God has chosen to have his name seated, your burnt offerings and your sacrifices and your tithes and the heave-offering of your hand, and your whole selection of vows which you make to the Lord. seated ← to cause to dwell, to settle.

vows which you make ← vows which you vow.
Dt 12:12 ‫וּשְׂמַחְתֶּ֗ם לִפְנֵי֮ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֒ אַתֶּ֗ם וּבְנֵיכֶם֙ וּבְנֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וְעַבְדֵיכֶ֖ם וְאַמְהֹתֵיכֶ֑ם וְהַלֵּוִי֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּשַֽׁעֲרֵיכֶ֔ם כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין ל֛וֹ חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה אִתְּכֶֽם׃‬ And you will rejoice before the Lord your God, you and your sons and your daughters and your menservants and your maidservants and the Levite who is within your gates, for he has no part or inheritance with you.
Dt 12:13 ‫הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֔ פֶּֽן־תַּעֲלֶ֖ה עֹלֹתֶ֑יךָ בְּכָל־מָק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּרְאֶֽה׃‬ Be on your guard not to offer your burnt offerings in any arbitrary place you see, any ← every.
Dt 12:14 ‫כִּ֣י אִם־בַּמָּק֞וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ בְּאַחַ֣ד שְׁבָטֶ֔יךָ שָׁ֖ם תַּעֲלֶ֣ה עֹלֹתֶ֑יךָ וְשָׁ֣ם תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י מְצַוֶּֽךָּ׃‬ but in the place that the Lord chooses in the territory of one of your tribes – there you will offer your burnt offerings, and there you will perform everything that I command you.
Dt 12:15 ‫רַק֩ בְּכָל־אַוַּ֨ת נַפְשְׁךָ֜ תִּזְבַּ֣ח ׀ וְאָכַלְתָּ֣ בָשָׂ֗ר כְּבִרְכַּ֨ת יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָֽתַן־לְךָ֖ בְּכָל־שְׁעָרֶ֑יךָ הַטָּמֵ֤א וְהַטָּהוֹר֙ יֹאכְלֶ֔נּוּ כַּצְּבִ֖י וְכָאַיָּֽל׃‬ However, for everything your soul desires, you may sacrifice and eat meat as a blessing of the Lord your God which he has given you within any of your gates. The unclean and the clean may eat it, if it is such as the roebuck and the gazelle. any ← all.
Dt 12:16 ‫רַ֥ק הַדָּ֖ם לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֑לוּ עַל־הָאָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖נּוּ כַּמָּֽיִם׃‬ But you shall not consume the blood. You will pour it out on the ground like water. ground ← land.
Dt 12:17 ‫לֹֽא־תוּכַ֞ל לֶאֱכֹ֣ל בִּשְׁעָרֶ֗יךָ מַעְשַׂ֤ר דְּגָֽנְךָ֙ וְתִֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֔ךָ וּבְכֹרֹ֥ת בְּקָרְךָ֖ וְצֹאנֶ֑ךָ וְכָל־נְדָרֶ֙יךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּדֹּ֔ר וְנִדְבֹתֶ֖יךָ וּתְרוּמַ֥ת יָדֶֽךָ׃‬ You shall not be able to eat within your gates the tithe of your corn or your new wine or your new oil or the firstlings of your oxen or your sheep, or any of your vows which you have made, or your freewill-offerings or the heave-offering of your hand. any ← all.

vows which you have made ← vows which you have vowed.
Dt 12:18 ‫כִּ֡י אִם־לִפְנֵי֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ תֹּאכְלֶ֗נּוּ בַּמָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִבְחַ֜ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ בּוֹ֒ אַתָּ֨ה וּבִנְךָ֤ וּבִתֶּ֙ךָ֙ וְעַבְדְּךָ֣ וַאֲמָתֶ֔ךָ וְהַלֵּוִ֖י אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּשְׁעָרֶ֑יךָ וְשָׂמַחְתָּ֗ לִפְנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכֹ֖ל מִשְׁלַ֥ח יָדֶֽךָ׃‬ But you will eat it before the Lord your God in the place which the Lord your God chooses – you and your son and your daughter and your manservant and your maidservant and the Levite who is within your gates – and you will rejoice before the Lord your God in everything you turn your hand to.
Dt 12:19 ‫הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֔ פֶּֽן־תַּעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־הַלֵּוִ֑י כָּל־יָמֶ֖יךָ עַל־אַדְמָתֶֽךָ׃ ס‬ Be on your guard not to forsake the Levite all your days on your land. land ← ground.
Dt 12:20 ‫כִּֽי־יַרְחִיב֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֥יךָ אֶֽת־גְּבֽוּלְךָ֮ כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר דִּבֶּר־לָךְ֒ וְאָמַרְתָּ֙ אֹכְלָ֣ה בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־תְאַוֶּ֥ה נַפְשְׁךָ֖ לֶאֱכֹ֣ל בָּשָׂ֑ר בְּכָל־אַוַּ֥ת נַפְשְׁךָ֖ תֹּאכַ֥ל בָּשָֽׂר׃‬ When the Lord your God widens your territory, as he has said to you, and you say, ‘I will eat meat’ – for your being longs to eat meat – then every time your being so longs, you shall eat meat. territory ← border.

being ← soul.

every time your being so longs ← at every longing of your soul.
Dt 12:21 ‫כִּֽי־יִרְחַ֨ק מִמְּךָ֜ הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִבְחַ֜ר יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶיךָ֮ לָשׂ֣וּם שְׁמ֣וֹ שָׁם֒ וְזָבַחְתָּ֞ מִבְּקָרְךָ֣ וּמִצֹּֽאנְךָ֗ אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָתַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ לְךָ֔ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר צִוִּיתִ֑ךָ וְאָֽכַלְתָּ֙ בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ בְּכֹ֖ל אַוַּ֥ת נַפְשֶֽׁךָ׃‬ If the place which the Lord your God has chosen to establish his name is too far for you, then you will sacrifice animals from your oxen and your sheep which the Lord has given you, as I have commanded you, and you will eat within your gates whatever your being desires. whatever ← all.

whatever your being desires ← in all the desire of your soul.
Dt 12:22 ‫אַ֗ךְ כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר יֵאָכֵ֤ל אֶֽת־הַצְּבִי֙ וְאֶת־הָ֣אַיָּ֔ל כֵּ֖ן תֹּאכְלֶ֑נּוּ הַטָּמֵא֙ וְהַטָּה֔וֹר יַחְדָּ֖ו יֹאכְלֶֽנּוּ׃‬ But as the roebuck and the gazelle are eaten, so shall you eat them. The unclean and the clean shall eat them alike. them (2x)it.

alike ← together. Clean and unclean people would keep their distance.
Dt 12:23 ‫רַ֣ק חֲזַ֗ק לְבִלְתִּי֙ אֲכֹ֣ל הַדָּ֔ם כִּ֥י הַדָּ֖ם ה֣וּא הַנָּ֑פֶשׁ וְלֹא־תֹאכַ֥ל הַנֶּ֖פֶשׁ עִם־הַבָּשָֽׂר׃‬ But be steadfast not to consume the blood, for the blood is the soul, and you shall not consume the soul with the meat. be steadfast ← be strong.

soul: or, life.
Dt 12:24 ‫לֹ֖א תֹּאכְלֶ֑נּוּ עַל־הָאָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖נּוּ כַּמָּֽיִם׃‬ You shall not consume it; you must pour it out on the ground like water. ground ← land, earth.
Dt 12:25 ‫לֹ֖א תֹּאכְלֶ֑נּוּ לְמַ֨עַן יִיטַ֤ב לְךָ֙ וּלְבָנֶ֣יךָ אַחֲרֶ֔יךָ כִּֽי־תַעֲשֶׂ֥ה הַיָּשָׁ֖ר בְּעֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ You shall not consume it, so that things go well for you and your sons after you, for you will do what is upright in the eyes of the Lord.
Dt 12:26 ‫רַ֧ק קָֽדָשֶׁ֛יךָ אֲשֶׁר־יִהְי֥וּ לְךָ֖ וּנְדָרֶ֑יךָ תִּשָּׂ֣א וּבָ֔אתָ אֶל־הַמָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֥ר יְהוָֽה׃‬ But as for your holy things which you have, and your vows, you shall take them and come to the place which the Lord has chosen.
Dt 12:27 ‫וְעָשִׂ֤יתָ עֹלֹתֶ֙יךָ֙ הַבָּשָׂ֣ר וְהַדָּ֔ם עַל־מִזְבַּ֖ח יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וְדַם־זְבָחֶ֗יךָ יִשָּׁפֵךְ֙ עַל־מִזְבַּח֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ וְהַבָּשָׂ֖ר תֹּאכֵֽל׃‬ And you shall perform your burnt offerings – the flesh and the blood – on the altar of the Lord your God. And the blood of your sacrifices will be poured out on the altar of the Lord your God, whereas you may eat the meat.
Dt 12:28 ‫שְׁמֹ֣ר וְשָׁמַעְתָּ֗ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אָנֹכִ֖י מְצַוֶּ֑ךָּ לְמַעַן֩ יִיטַ֨ב לְךָ֜ וּלְבָנֶ֤יךָ אַחֲרֶ֙יךָ֙ עַד־עוֹלָ֔ם כִּ֤י תַעֲשֶׂה֙ הַטּ֣וֹב וְהַיָּשָׁ֔ר בְּעֵינֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ס‬ Ensure you obey all these things which I am commanding you, so that it goes well with you and with your sons after you, age-abidingly – that you do what is good and upright in the eyes of the Lord your God.
Dt 12:29 ‫כִּֽי־יַכְרִית֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ אֶת־הַגּוֹיִ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֥ה בָא־שָׁ֛מָּה לָרֶ֥שֶׁת אוֹתָ֖ם מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ וְיָרַשְׁתָּ֣ אֹתָ֔ם וְיָשַׁבְתָּ֖ בְּאַרְצָֽם׃‬ For the Lord your God will cut off the nations to which you are going, to dispossess them at your advance, and you will dispossess them, and you will dwell in their land. at your advance ← from before you.
Dt 12:30 ‫הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֗ פֶּן־תִּנָּקֵשׁ֙ אַחֲרֵיהֶ֔ם אַחֲרֵ֖י הִשָּׁמְדָ֣ם מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ וּפֶן־תִּדְרֹ֨שׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיהֶ֜ם לֵאמֹ֨ר אֵיכָ֨ה יַעַבְד֜וּ הַגּוֹיִ֤ם הָאֵ֙לֶּה֙ אֶת־אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם וְאֶעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן גַּם־אָֽנִי׃‬ Be on your guard not to be ensnared into following them, after they have been destroyed in front of you, and not to seek their gods, saying, ‘How these nations served their gods! So I too will do likewise.’
Dt 12:31 ‫לֹא־תַעֲשֶׂ֣ה כֵ֔ן לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ כִּי֩ כָּל־תּוֹעֲבַ֨ת יְהוָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר שָׂנֵ֗א עָשׂוּ֙ לֵאלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם כִּ֣י גַ֤ם אֶת־בְּנֵיהֶם֙ וְאֶת־בְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם יִשְׂרְפ֥וּ בָאֵ֖שׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיהֶֽם׃‬ You shall not do likewise to the Lord your God, for they did for their gods everything that is an abomination to the Lord, things which he hates, for they even burnt their sons and their daughters with fire for their gods.
Dt 13:1
Dt 12:32AV
‫אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַדָּבָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר אָנֹכִי֙ מְצַוֶּ֣ה אֶתְכֶ֔ם אֹת֥וֹ תִשְׁמְר֖וּ לַעֲשׂ֑וֹת לֹא־תֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֔יו וְלֹ֥א תִגְרַ֖ע מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ פ‬ As regards the whole injunction which I am commanding you, you will ensure you carry it out. You shall not add to it and you shall not take anything from it. Rev 22:18, Rev 22:19.

injunction ← word, matter.
Dt 13:2
Dt 13:1AV
‫כִּֽי־יָק֤וּם בְּקִרְבְּךָ֙ נָבִ֔יא א֖וֹ חֹלֵ֣ם חֲל֑וֹם וְנָתַ֥ן אֵלֶ֛יךָ א֖וֹת א֥וֹ מוֹפֵֽת׃‬ If a prophet arises in your midst, or one who has a dream, and he gives you a sign or a wonder, Mk 13:22.

has a dream ← dreams a dream.
Dt 13:3
Dt 13:2AV
‫וּבָ֤א הָאוֹת֙ וְהַמּוֹפֵ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר אֵלֶ֖יךָ לֵאמֹ֑ר נֵֽלְכָ֞ה אַחֲרֵ֨י אֱלֹהִ֧ים אֲחֵרִ֛ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־יְדַעְתָּ֖ם וְנָֽעָבְדֵֽם׃‬ and the sign or the wonder takes place, which he told you, when he said, ‘Let us follow other gods which you do not know, and serve them’,
Dt 13:4
Dt 13:3AV
‫לֹ֣א תִשְׁמַ֗ע אֶל־דִּבְרֵי֙ הַנָּבִ֣יא הַה֔וּא א֛וֹ אֶל־חוֹלֵ֥ם הַחֲל֖וֹם הַה֑וּא כִּ֣י מְנַסֶּ֞ה יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙ אֶתְכֶ֔ם לָדַ֗עַת הֲיִשְׁכֶ֤ם אֹֽהֲבִים֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֔ם בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶ֖ם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶֽם׃‬ then you will not hearken to the words of that prophet, or to that dreamer of the dream, for the Lord your God is testing you, so as to know whether you love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul.
Dt 13:5
Dt 13:4AV
‫אַחֲרֵ֨י יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם תֵּלֵ֖כוּ וְאֹת֣וֹ תִירָ֑אוּ וְאֶת־מִצְוֺתָ֤יו תִּשְׁמֹ֙רוּ֙ וּבְקֹל֣וֹ תִשְׁמָ֔עוּ וְאֹת֥וֹ תַעֲבֹ֖דוּ וּב֥וֹ תִדְבָּקֽוּן׃‬ You will follow the Lord your God, and you will fear him, and you will keep his commandments, and you will obey him and serve him and cleave to him. obey him ← hear his voice.
Dt 13:6
Dt 13:5AV
‫וְהַנָּבִ֣יא הַה֡וּא א֣וֹ חֹלֵם֩ הַחֲל֨וֹם הַה֜וּא יוּמָ֗ת כִּ֣י דִבֶּר־סָ֠רָה עַל־יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֜ם הַמּוֹצִ֥יא אֶתְכֶ֣ם ׀ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֗יִם וְהַפֹּֽדְךָ֙ מִבֵּ֣ית עֲבָדִ֔ים לְהַדִּֽיחֲךָ֙ מִן־הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֧ר צִוְּךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לָלֶ֣כֶת בָּ֑הּ וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃‬ And that prophet or that dreamer of the dream will be put to death, for he has propounded apostasy against the Lord your God who brought you out of the land of Egypt, and redeemed you from the house of slavery, by driving you from the way which the Lord your God commanded you to go on. So you will eradicate the evil out of your midst. propounded ← spoken.

slavery ← slaves, or, servants.

by driving: gerundial use of the infinitive.

eradicate ← burn.
Dt 13:7
Dt 13:6AV
‫כִּ֣י יְסִֽיתְךָ֡ אָחִ֣יךָ בֶן־אִ֠מֶּךָ אֽוֹ־בִנְךָ֨ אֽוֹ־בִתְּךָ֜ א֣וֹ ׀ אֵ֣שֶׁת חֵיקֶ֗ךָ א֧וֹ רֵֽעֲךָ֛ אֲשֶׁ֥ר כְּנַפְשְׁךָ֖ בַּסֵּ֣תֶר לֵאמֹ֑ר נֵֽלְכָ֗ה וְנַֽעַבְדָה֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יָדַ֔עְתָּ אַתָּ֖ה וַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ׃‬ If your brother – your mother's son – or your son or your daughter, or the wife of your bosom, or a neighbour who is like yourself, secretly entices you, saying, ‘Let us go and serve other gods’, which you have not known, neither you nor your fathers, yourself ← your soul.
Dt 13:8
Dt 13:7AV
‫מֵאֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽעַמִּ֗ים אֲשֶׁר֙ סְבִיבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם הַקְּרֹבִ֣ים אֵלֶ֔יךָ א֖וֹ הָרְחֹקִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑ךָּ מִקְצֵ֥ה הָאָ֖רֶץ וְעַד־קְצֵ֥ה הָאָֽרֶץ׃‬ any of the gods of the nations which are around you, near to you or far from you, from one end of the earth to the other end of the earth –
Dt 13:9
Dt 13:8AV
‫לֹא־תֹאבֶ֣ה ל֔וֹ וְלֹ֥א תִשְׁמַ֖ע אֵלָ֑יו וְלֹא־תָח֤וֹס עֵֽינְךָ֙ עָלָ֔יו וְלֹֽא־תַחְמֹ֥ל וְלֹֽא־תְכַסֶּ֖ה עָלָֽיו׃‬ you shall not hold him dear and you shall not hearken to him, and your eye will not pity him, and you shall not have compassion on him, and you shall not cover him, cover: i.e. keep the matter secret, provide him with a cover.
Dt 13:10
Dt 13:9AV
‫כִּ֤י הָרֹג֙ תַּֽהַרְגֶ֔נּוּ יָֽדְךָ֛ תִּֽהְיֶה־בּ֥וֹ בָרִֽאשׁוֹנָ֖ה לַהֲמִית֑וֹ וְיַ֥ד כָּל־הָעָ֖ם בָּאַחֲרֹנָֽה׃‬ but you will without fail kill him; your hand will be the first to be on him, to put him to death, and the hand of all the people will follow afterwards. without fail kill: infinitive absolute.
Dt 13:11
Dt 13:10AV
‫וּסְקַלְתּ֥וֹ בָאֲבָנִ֖ים וָמֵ֑ת כִּ֣י בִקֵּ֗שׁ לְהַדִּֽיחֲךָ֙ מֵעַל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ הַמּוֹצִיאֲךָ֛ מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים׃‬ And you will stone him so that he dies, for he tried to drive you from being with the Lord your God who brought you out of the land of Egypt – out of the house of slaves. stone him ← pelt him with stones. Not the same word as in Lv 20:2.

so that: purposive use of the vav.

tried ← sought.
Dt 13:12
Dt 13:11AV
‫וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל יִשְׁמְע֖וּ וְיִֽרָא֑וּן וְלֹֽא־יוֹסִ֣פוּ לַעֲשׂ֗וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הָרָ֛ע הַזֶּ֖ה בְּקִרְבֶּֽךָ׃ ס‬ And all Israel will hear and fear, and will not do such a wicked thing as this again in its midst. fear: the consonantal spelling admits see (it).
Dt 13:13
Dt 13:12AV
‫כִּֽי־תִשְׁמַ֞ע בְּאַחַ֣ת עָרֶ֗יךָ אֲשֶׁר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֛ לָשֶׁ֥בֶת שָׁ֖ם לֵאמֹֽר׃‬ If you hear it said in one of your cities which the Lord your God is giving you, to dwell there,
Dt 13:14
Dt 13:13AV
‫יָצְא֞וּ אֲנָשִׁ֤ים בְּנֵֽי־בְלִיַּ֙עַל֙ מִקִּרְבֶּ֔ךָ וַיַּדִּ֛יחוּ אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֥י עִירָ֖ם לֵאמֹ֑ר נֵלְכָ֗ה וְנַעַבְדָ֛ה אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יְדַעְתֶּֽם׃‬ Some worthless men have come out from your midst and have subverted the inhabitants of their city, saying, «Let us go and serve other gods which you have not known» ’, worthless ← useless, good-for-nothing.

which you have not known: included in the direct speech by analogy with Dt 13:3 (13:2AV).
Dt 13:15
Dt 13:14AV
‫וְדָרַשְׁתָּ֧ וְחָקַרְתָּ֧ וְשָׁאַלְתָּ֖ הֵיטֵ֑ב וְהִנֵּ֤ה אֱמֶת֙ נָכ֣וֹן הַדָּבָ֔ר נֶעֶשְׂתָ֛ה הַתּוֹעֵבָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את בְּקִרְבֶּֽךָ׃‬ then you will seek and search and ask diligently, and if it is true, the matter is established, and this abomination has been committed in your midst, if it is true ← behold (it is) truth.
Dt 13:16
Dt 13:15AV
‫הַכֵּ֣ה תַכֶּ֗ה אֶת־יֹֽשְׁבֵ֛י הָעִ֥יר *ההוא **הַהִ֖יא לְפִי־חָ֑רֶב הַחֲרֵ֨ם אֹתָ֧הּ וְאֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֛הּ וְאֶת־בְּהֶמְתָּ֖הּ לְפִי־חָֽרֶב׃‬ you will without fail strike the inhabitants of that city with the edge of the sword. Obliterate it and everyone in it, and its cattle, with the edge of the sword. that: the ketiv is an explicit form of what is a qeré perpetuum anyway in the Pentateuch, the ketiv being the masculine form, and the qeré the feminine form (agreeing with city).

without fail strike: infinitive absolute.

everyone: or, everything.
Dt 13:17
Dt 13:16AV
‫וְאֶת־כָּל־שְׁלָלָ֗הּ תִּקְבֹּץ֮ אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ רְחֹבָהּ֒ וְשָׂרַפְתָּ֨ בָאֵ֜שׁ אֶת־הָעִ֤יר וְאֶת־כָּל־שְׁלָלָהּ֙ כָּלִ֔יל לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וְהָיְתָה֙ תֵּ֣ל עוֹלָ֔ם לֹ֥א תִבָּנֶ֖ה עֽוֹד׃‬ And you will gather all its spoil onto the middle of its street and burn it with fire – the city and all its spoil completely – to the Lord your God, and it will be an age-abiding mound of ruins; it will not be built again.
Dt 13:18
Dt 13:17AV
‫וְלֹֽא־יִדְבַּ֧ק בְּיָדְךָ֛ מְא֖וּמָה מִן־הַחֵ֑רֶם לְמַעַן֩ יָשׁ֨וּב יְהוָ֜ה מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֗וֹ וְנָֽתַן־לְךָ֤ רַחֲמִים֙ וְרִֽחַמְךָ֣ וְהִרְבֶּ֔ךָ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ׃‬ And nothing of the condemned place shall cleave to your hand, so that the Lord returns from the fury of his anger and shows you mercy, and is merciful to you, and multiplies you, as he swore to your fathers.
Dt 13:19
Dt 13:18AV
‫כִּ֣י תִשְׁמַ֗ע בְּקוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לִשְׁמֹר֙ אֶת־כָּל־מִצְוֺתָ֔יו אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ הַיּ֑וֹם לַעֲשׂוֹת֙ הַיָּשָׁ֔ר בְּעֵינֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ס‬ For you shall obey the Lord your God, by keeping all his commandments which I am commanding you today, by doing what is upright in the eyes of the Lord your God. obey ← hear the voice.

by keeping ... by doing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 14:1 ‫בָּנִ֣ים אַתֶּ֔ם לַֽיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם לֹ֣א תִתְגֹּֽדְד֗וּ וְלֹֽא־תָשִׂ֧ימוּ קָרְחָ֛ה בֵּ֥ין עֵינֵיכֶ֖ם לָמֵֽת׃‬ You are sons of the Lord your God. You shall not make incisions on yourselves and you shall not make a bald patch between your eyes for the dead.
Dt 14:2 ‫כִּ֣י עַ֤ם קָדוֹשׁ֙ אַתָּ֔ה לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וּבְךָ֞ בָּחַ֣ר יְהוָ֗ה לִֽהְי֥וֹת לוֹ֙ לְעַ֣ם סְגֻלָּ֔ה מִכֹּל֙ הָֽעַמִּ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הָאֲדָמָֽה׃ ס‬ For you are a holy people to the Lord your God, and the Lord has chosen you to be a people who are a special acquisition for himself from all the nations which are on the face of the earth.
Dt 14:3 ‫לֹ֥א תֹאכַ֖ל כָּל־תּוֹעֵבָֽה׃‬ You shall not eat any abominable thing. any ← every.
Dt 14:4 ‫זֹ֥את הַבְּהֵמָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר תֹּאכֵ֑לוּ שׁ֕וֹר שֵׂ֥ה כְשָׂבִ֖ים וְשֵׂ֥ה עִזִּֽים׃‬ These are the cattle which you may eat: the ox, the herded lamb, the herded goat,
Dt 14:5 ‫אַיָּ֥ל וּצְבִ֖י וְיַחְמ֑וּר וְאַקּ֥וֹ וְדִישֹׁ֖ן וּתְא֥וֹ וָזָֽמֶר׃‬ the roebuck, the mountain gazelle, the fallow deer, the wild goat, the antelope, the wild ox, the giraffe, giraffe: with [ST], but questioned; or some species of gazelle, perhaps the Dorcas gazelle.
Dt 14:6 ‫וְכָל־בְּהֵמָ֞ה מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְשֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֙סַע֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י פְרָס֔וֹת מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה בַּבְּהֵמָ֑ה אֹתָ֖הּ תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃‬ and all cattle that divides the hoof and is cloven footed with two hoof divisions and which chews the cud amongst the cattle. Such you may eat. Such ← it.
Dt 14:7 ‫אַ֣ךְ אֶת־זֶ֞ה לֹ֤א תֹֽאכְלוּ֙ מִמַּֽעֲלֵ֣י הַגֵּרָ֔ה וּמִמַּפְרִיסֵ֥י הַפַּרְסָ֖ה הַשְּׁסוּעָ֑ה אֶֽת־הַ֠גָּמָל וְאֶת־הָאַרְנֶ֨בֶת וְאֶת־הַשָּׁפָ֜ן כִּֽי־מַעֲלֵ֧ה גֵרָ֣ה הֵ֗מָּה וּפַרְסָה֙ לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֔יסוּ טְמֵאִ֥ים הֵ֖ם לָכֶֽם׃‬ But you shall not eat the following of those that chew the cud or of those that divide the cloven hoof: the camel and the hare and the rock hyrax, for they chew the cud, but do not divide the hoof; they are unclean to you. the following ← this.

rock hyrax: see Lv 11:5.
Dt 14:8 ‫וְאֶת־הַ֠חֲזִיר כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֥ה הוּא֙ וְלֹ֣א גֵרָ֔ה טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָכֶ֑ם מִבְּשָׂרָם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֔לוּ וּבְנִבְלָתָ֖ם לֹ֥א תִגָּֽעוּ׃ ס‬ And the pig, for it divides the hoof, but it does not chew the cud; it is unclean to you. You shall not eat their flesh and you shall not touch their carcase.
Dt 14:9 ‫אֶת־זֶה֙ תֹּֽאכְל֔וּ מִכֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּמָּ֑יִם כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־ל֛וֹ סְנַפִּ֥יר וְקַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃‬ You may eat the following of everything in water: everything that has a fin and scales you may eat. the following ← this.
Dt 14:10 ‫וְכֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֧ר אֵֽין־ל֛וֹ סְנַפִּ֥יר וְקַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֑לוּ טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָכֶֽם׃ ס‬ But everything that does not have a fin and scales you shall not eat. It is unclean to you. and: conjunctive use of the vav. The creature must have both a fin and scales.
Dt 14:11 ‫כָּל־צִפּ֥וֹר טְהֹרָ֖ה תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃‬ You may eat every clean bird,
Dt 14:12 ‫וְזֶ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־תֹאכְל֖וּ מֵהֶ֑ם הַנֶּ֥שֶׁר וְהַפֶּ֖רֶס וְהָֽעָזְנִיָּֽה׃‬ but the following birds are those you shall not eat: the eagle, the osprey, the sea-eagle, but the following ← this.

birdsof them, i.e. species of birds.
Dt 14:13 ‫וְהָרָאָה֙ וְאֶת־הָ֣אַיָּ֔ה וְהַדַּיָּ֖ה לְמִינָֽהּ׃‬ the buzzard and the kite and the vulture, according to its kind,
Dt 14:14 ‫וְאֵ֥ת כָּל־עֹרֵ֖ב לְמִינֽוֹ׃‬ and every raven, according to its kind,
Dt 14:15 ‫וְאֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽיַּעֲנָ֔ה וְאֶת־הַתַּחְמָ֖ס וְאֶת־הַשָּׁ֑חַף וְאֶת־הַנֵּ֖ץ לְמִינֵֽהוּ׃‬ and the ostrich, and the night-hawk, and the sea-gull, and the hawk, according to its kind,
Dt 14:16 ‫אֶת־הַכּ֥וֹס וְאֶת־הַיַּנְשׁ֖וּף וְהַתִּנְשָֽׁמֶת׃‬ the little owl and the great owl and the common owl,
Dt 14:17 ‫וְהַקָּאָ֥ת וְאֶֽת־הָרָחָ֖מָה וְאֶת־הַשָּׁלָֽךְ׃‬ the pelican, the aquiline vulture and the cormorant,
Dt 14:18 ‫וְהַ֣חֲסִידָ֔ה וְהָאֲנָפָ֖ה לְמִינָ֑הּ וְהַדּוּכִיפַ֖ת וְהָעֲטַלֵּֽף׃‬ and the stork, and the heron, after its kind, and the hoopoe and the bat,
Dt 14:19 ‫וְכֹל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָע֔וֹף טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא לָכֶ֑ם לֹ֖א יֵאָכֵֽלוּ׃‬ and all swarming insects that fly – they are unclean to you: they shall not be eaten.
Dt 14:20 ‫כָּל־ע֥וֹף טָה֖וֹר תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃‬ You may eat any clean bird. any ← every.
Dt 14:21 ‫לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֣וּ כָל־נְ֠בֵלָה לַגֵּ֨ר אֲשֶׁר־בִּשְׁעָרֶ֜יךָ תִּתְּנֶ֣נָּה וַאֲכָלָ֗הּ א֤וֹ מָכֹר֙ לְנָכְרִ֔י כִּ֣י עַ֤ם קָדוֹשׁ֙ אַתָּ֔ה לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לֹֽא־תְבַשֵּׁ֥ל גְּדִ֖י בַּחֲלֵ֥ב אִמּֽוֹ׃ פ‬ You shall not eat any carcase. You may give it to the foreigner who is in your gates, and he may eat it, or you may sell it to the foreigner, for you are a holy people to the Lord your God. You shall not boil a kid in its mother's milk. any ← every.
Dt 14:22 ‫עַשֵּׂ֣ר תְּעַשֵּׂ֔ר אֵ֖ת כָּל־תְּבוּאַ֣ת זַרְעֶ֑ךָ הַיֹּצֵ֥א הַשָּׂדֶ֖ה שָׁנָ֥ה שָׁנָֽה׃‬ You will make a point of tithing all the produce of your seed which comes up in the field year by year. make a point of tithing: infinitive absolute.

comes up ← comes out. Qal. AV= bringeth forth, as if hiphil.
Dt 14:23 ‫וְאָכַלְתָּ֞ לִפְנֵ֣י ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ בַּמָּק֣וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַר֮ לְשַׁכֵּ֣ן שְׁמ֣וֹ שָׁם֒ מַעְשַׂ֤ר דְּגָֽנְךָ֙ תִּֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֔ךָ וּבְכֹרֹ֥ת בְּקָרְךָ֖ וְצֹאנֶ֑ךָ לְמַ֣עַן תִּלְמַ֗ד לְיִרְאָ֛ה אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים׃‬ And you will eat before the Lord your God, in the place where he chooses to seat his name, the tithe of your corn, your new wine, and your new oil, and the firstlings of your oxen and your sheep, in order that you learn to fear the Lord your God at all times. seat ← cause to dwell.

at all times ← all the days.
Dt 14:24 ‫וְכִֽי־יִרְבֶּ֨ה מִמְּךָ֜ הַדֶּ֗רֶךְ כִּ֣י לֹ֣א תוּכַ֘ל שְׂאֵתוֹ֒ כִּֽי־יִרְחַ֤ק מִמְּךָ֙ הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִבְחַר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לָשׂ֥וּם שְׁמ֖וֹ שָׁ֑ם כִּ֥י יְבָרֶכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃‬ Now if the way is too much for you, because you are not able to carry it, if the place where the Lord your God has chosen to place his name is too far away for you, (for the Lord your God blesses you), carry it: i.e. transport the tithe.
Dt 14:25 ‫וְנָתַתָּ֖ה בַּכָּ֑סֶף וְצַרְתָּ֤ הַכֶּ֙סֶף֙ בְּיָ֣דְךָ֔ וְהָֽלַכְתָּ֙ אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּֽוֹ׃‬ then you will exchange it for money, and you will bind the money to your hand, and you will go to the place which the Lord your God has chosen. exchange ← give; put.
Dt 14:26 ‫וְנָתַתָּ֣ה הַכֶּ֡סֶף בְּכֹל֩ אֲשֶׁר־תְּאַוֶּ֨ה נַפְשְׁךָ֜ בַּבָּקָ֣ר וּבַצֹּ֗אן וּבַיַּ֙יִן֙ וּבַשֵּׁכָ֔ר וּבְכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תִּֽשְׁאָלְךָ֖ נַפְשֶׁ֑ךָ וְאָכַ֣לְתָּ שָּׁ֗ם לִפְנֵי֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ וְשָׂמַחְתָּ֖ אַתָּ֥ה וּבֵיתֶֽךָ׃‬ And you will exchange the money for anything that your being desires – for oxen and sheep and wine and strong drink, and everything your being asks for – and you will eat it there before the Lord your God, and you and your house will rejoice. anything ← everything.

being (2x)soul.
Dt 14:27 ‫וְהַלֵּוִ֥י אֲשֶׁר־בִּשְׁעָרֶ֖יךָ לֹ֣א תַֽעַזְבֶ֑נּוּ כִּ֣י אֵ֥ין ל֛וֹ חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה עִמָּֽךְ׃ ס‬ And as for the Levite who is within your gates, you will not desert him, for he has no share or inheritance with you.
Dt 14:28 ‫מִקְצֵ֣ה ׀ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֗ים תּוֹצִיא֙ אֶת־כָּל־מַעְשַׂר֙ תְּבוּאָ֣תְךָ֔ בַּשָּׁנָ֖ה הַהִ֑וא וְהִנַּחְתָּ֖ בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ׃‬ At the end of three years you will bring out the whole tithe of your produce in that year and deposit it at your gates.
Dt 14:29 ‫וּבָ֣א הַלֵּוִ֡י כִּ֣י אֵֽין־לוֹ֩ חֵ֨לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֜ה עִמָּ֗ךְ וְ֠הַגֵּר וְהַיָּת֤וֹם וְהָֽאַלְמָנָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ וְאָכְל֖וּ וְשָׂבֵ֑עוּ לְמַ֤עַן יְבָרֶכְךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכָל־מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה יָדְךָ֖ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֶֽׂה׃ ס‬ And the Levite will come, because he has no share or inheritance with you, and the foreigner, and the orphan, and the widow, who are within your gates, and they will eat and be satisfied, so that the Lord your God may bless you in all the work of your hands that you undertake.
Dt 15:1 ‫מִקֵּ֥ץ שֶֽׁבַע־שָׁנִ֖ים תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה שְׁמִטָּֽה׃‬ At the end of seven years you will hold a remission.
Dt 15:2 ‫וְזֶה֮ דְּבַ֣ר הַשְּׁמִטָּה֒ שָׁמ֗וֹט כָּל־בַּ֙עַל֙ מַשֵּׁ֣ה יָד֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַשֶּׁ֖ה בְּרֵעֵ֑הוּ לֹֽא־יִגֹּ֤שׂ אֶת־רֵעֵ֙הוּ֙ וְאֶת־אָחִ֔יו כִּֽי־קָרָ֥א שְׁמִטָּ֖ה לַֽיהוָֽה׃‬ And this is the nature of the remission. Every creditor who has lent to his neighbour will cancel the debt. He shall not exact payment from his neighbour or his brother, because the Lord's remission has been called. nature ← matter, thing, word.

cancel the debt ← release his hand.

has been called ← (one) has called. Avoidance the passive.
Dt 15:3 ‫אֶת־הַנָּכְרִ֖י תִּגֹּ֑שׂ וַאֲשֶׁ֨ר יִהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֛ אֶת־אָחִ֖יךָ תַּשְׁמֵ֥ט יָדֶֽךָ׃‬ You may exact payment from a foreigner, but you shall cancel the debt of whatever your brother has of yours, cancel the debt ← release your hand.
Dt 15:4 ‫אֶ֕פֶס כִּ֛י לֹ֥א יִֽהְיֶה־בְּךָ֖ אֶבְי֑וֹן כִּֽי־בָרֵ֤ךְ יְבָֽרֶכְךָ֙ יְהוָ֔ה בָּאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹֽתֵן־לְךָ֥ נַחֲלָ֖ה לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃‬ except that there will be no poor among you, for the Lord will certainly bless you in the land which the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance to take possession of, certainly bless: infinitive absolute.
Dt 15:5 ‫רַ֚ק אִם־שָׁמ֣וֹעַ תִּשְׁמַ֔ע בְּק֖וֹל יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לִשְׁמֹ֤ר לַעֲשׂוֹת֙ אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֛ר אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ הַיּֽוֹם׃‬ but only if you diligently obey the Lord your God by ensuring to do this whole body of commandments with which I am commanding you today. diligently obey ← hear the voice, with an infinitive absolute.

by ensuring: gerundial use of the infinitive.

body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 15:6 ‫כִּֽי־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ בֵּֽרַכְךָ֔ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּר־לָ֑ךְ וְהַֽעֲבַטְתָּ֞ גּוֹיִ֣ם רַבִּ֗ים וְאַתָּה֙ לֹ֣א תַעֲבֹ֔ט וּמָֽשַׁלְתָּ֙ בְּגוֹיִ֣ם רַבִּ֔ים וּבְךָ֖ לֹ֥א יִמְשֹֽׁלוּ׃ ס‬ For the Lord your God has blessed you, as he has spoken to you, and you shall lend to many nations, but you shall not borrow, so you shall rule many nations, but they shall not rule you.
Dt 15:7 ‫כִּֽי־יִהְיֶה֩ בְךָ֨ אֶבְי֜וֹן מֵאַחַ֤ד אַחֶ֙יךָ֙ בְּאַחַ֣ד שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ בְּאַ֨רְצְךָ֔ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נֹתֵ֣ן לָ֑ךְ לֹ֧א תְאַמֵּ֣ץ אֶת־לְבָבְךָ֗ וְלֹ֤א תִקְפֹּץ֙ אֶת־יָ֣דְךָ֔ מֵאָחִ֖יךָ הָאֶבְיֽוֹן׃‬ If any one of your brothers is poor in any one of your gates in your land which the Lord your God is giving you, you will not harden your heart and you will not shut your hand to your poor brother. to your poor brother ← from your poor brother.
Dt 15:8 ‫כִּֽי־פָתֹ֧חַ תִּפְתַּ֛ח אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ ל֑וֹ וְהַעֲבֵט֙ תַּעֲבִיטֶ֔נּוּ דֵּ֚י מַחְסֹר֔וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֶחְסַ֖ר לֽוֹ׃‬ Rather, you will definitely open your hand to him, and you will definitely lend him sufficient for his need which he suffers. definitely open ... definitely lend: both infinitive absolute.

his need which he suffers ← his lack which lacks to him.
Dt 15:9 ‫הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֡ פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֣ה דָבָר֩ עִם־לְבָבְךָ֨ בְלִיַּ֜עַל לֵאמֹ֗ר קָֽרְבָ֣ה שְׁנַֽת־הַשֶּׁבַע֮ שְׁנַ֣ת הַשְּׁמִטָּה֒ וְרָעָ֣ה עֵֽינְךָ֗ בְּאָחִ֙יךָ֙ הָֽאֶבְי֔וֹן וְלֹ֥א תִתֵּ֖ן ל֑וֹ וְקָרָ֤א עָלֶ֙יךָ֙ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְהָיָ֥ה בְךָ֖ חֵֽטְא׃‬ Be on your guard that there should be no thought in a base-minded heart of yours whereby you say, ‘The seventh year has come near, the year of the remission’ and your eye is ill-disposed towards your poor brother, and you do not give him anything, and he calls out to the Lord against you, and a sin will be counted against you. thought ← word, thing.

base-minded ← useless.
Dt 15:10 ‫נָת֤וֹן תִּתֵּן֙ ל֔וֹ וְלֹא־יֵרַ֥ע לְבָבְךָ֖ בְּתִתְּךָ֣ ל֑וֹ כִּ֞י בִּגְלַ֣ל ׀ הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֗ה יְבָרֶכְךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכָֽל־מַעֲשֶׂ֔ךָ וּבְכֹ֖ל מִשְׁלַ֥ח יָדֶֽךָ׃‬ You will definitely give him what he needs; your heart will not be in bad grace when you give it to him, for it is on account of this matter that the Lord your God will bless you in all your work and in all your undertaking. definitely give: infinitive absolute.

your undertaking ← the sending out of your hand.
Dt 15:11 ‫כִּ֛י לֹא־יֶחְדַּ֥ל אֶבְי֖וֹן מִקֶּ֣רֶב הָאָ֑רֶץ עַל־כֵּ֞ן אָנֹכִ֤י מְצַוְּךָ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר פָּ֠תֹחַ תִּפְתַּ֨ח אֶת־יָדְךָ֜ לְאָחִ֧יךָ לַעֲנִיֶּ֛ךָ וּלְאֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ בְּאַרְצֶֽךָ׃ ס‬ For there will never be a lack of poor in the midst of the land, which is why I am commanding you, saying, ‘You shall definitely open your hand to your brother and your poor and your needy in your land.’ never ← not.

definitely open: infinitive absolute.
Dt 15:12 ‫כִּֽי־יִמָּכֵ֨ר לְךָ֜ אָחִ֣יךָ הָֽעִבְרִ֗י א֚וֹ הָֽעִבְרִיָּ֔ה וַעֲבָֽדְךָ֖ שֵׁ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֑ים וּבַשָּׁנָה֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔ת תְּשַׁלְּחֶ֥נּוּ חָפְשִׁ֖י מֵעִמָּֽךְ׃‬ If a Hebrew brother of yours, or a Hebrew woman is sold to you, and serves you for six years, then in the seventh year you will let him go free from you,
Dt 15:13 ‫וְכִֽי־תְשַׁלְּחֶ֥נּוּ חָפְשִׁ֖י מֵֽעִמָּ֑ךְ לֹ֥א תְשַׁלְּחֶ֖נּוּ רֵיקָֽם׃‬ and when you let him go free from you, you shall not release him empty-handed.
Dt 15:14 ‫הַעֲנֵ֤יק תַּעֲנִיק֙ ל֔וֹ מִצֹּ֣אנְךָ֔ וּמִֽגָּרְנְךָ֖ וּמִיִּקְבֶ֑ךָ אֲשֶׁ֧ר בֵּרַכְךָ֛ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ תִּתֶּן־לֽוֹ׃‬ You will make a point of generously bestowing on him some of your flock and your threshing floor, and your wine vats. You will give him from what the Lord your God has blessed you with. make a point of generously bestowing: infinitive absolute.

wine vats ← wine vat.
Dt 15:15 ‫וְזָכַרְתָּ֗ כִּ֣י עֶ֤בֶד הָיִ֙יתָ֙ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וַֽיִּפְדְּךָ֖ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ עַל־כֵּ֞ן אָנֹכִ֧י מְצַוְּךָ֛ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה הַיּֽוֹם׃‬ And you will remember that you were a slave in the land of Egypt, but the Lord your God redeemed you, which is why I am commanding you this thing today.
Dt 15:16 ‫וְהָיָה֙ כִּֽי־יֹאמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֔יךָ לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א מֵעִמָּ֑ךְ כִּ֤י אֲהֵֽבְךָ֙ וְאֶת־בֵּיתֶ֔ךָ כִּי־ט֥וֹב ל֖וֹ עִמָּֽךְ׃‬ And it shall come to pass, if he says to you, ‘I shall not go away from you’ because he loves you and your house, because it was fine for him with you,
Dt 15:17 ‫וְלָקַחְתָּ֣ אֶת־הַמַּרְצֵ֗עַ וְנָתַתָּ֤ה בְאָזְנוֹ֙ וּבַדֶּ֔לֶת וְהָיָ֥ה לְךָ֖ עֶ֣בֶד עוֹלָ֑ם וְאַ֥ף לַאֲמָתְךָ֖ תַּעֲשֶׂה־כֵּֽן׃‬ then you will take an awl, and apply it to his ear and to the door, and he will be your permanent servant. And you will also do likewise in respect of your maidservant. an awl ← the awl.

permanent ← of the age.
Dt 15:18 ‫לֹא־יִקְשֶׁ֣ה בְעֵינֶ֗ךָ בְּשַׁלֵּֽחֲךָ֙ אֹת֤וֹ חָפְשִׁי֙ מֵֽעִמָּ֔ךְ כִּ֗י מִשְׁנֶה֙ שְׂכַ֣ר שָׂכִ֔יר עֲבָֽדְךָ֖ שֵׁ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֑ים וּבֵֽרַכְךָ֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בְּכֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֶֽׂה׃ פ‬ It will not be hard in your sight when you let him go free from you, for it is replacement wages of a hired servant – he has served six years – and the Lord your God will bless you in everything you do. replacement ← second, duplicate.

The AV translates differently.
Dt 15:19 ‫כָּֽל־הַבְּכ֡וֹר אֲשֶׁר֩ יִוָּלֵ֨ד בִּבְקָרְךָ֤ וּבְצֹֽאנְךָ֙ הַזָּכָ֔ר תַּקְדִּ֖ישׁ לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ לֹ֤א תַעֲבֹד֙ בִּבְכֹ֣ר שׁוֹרֶ֔ךָ וְלֹ֥א תָגֹ֖ז בְּכ֥וֹר צֹאנֶֽךָ׃‬ You shall sanctify to the Lord your God every male firstling that is given birth to among your cattle and your sheep. You shall not work with the firstborn of your oxen, and you shall not shear the firstborn of your sheep.
Dt 15:20 ‫לִפְנֵי֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֤יךָ תֹאכֲלֶ֙נּוּ֙ שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֔ה בַּמָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה אַתָּ֖ה וּבֵיתֶֽךָ׃‬ You will eat it before the Lord your God year by year in the place which the Lord chooses – you and your household.
Dt 15:21 ‫וְכִֽי־יִהְיֶ֨ה ב֜וֹ מ֗וּם פִּסֵּ֙חַ֙ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֔ר כֹּ֖ל מ֣וּם רָ֑ע לֹ֣א תִזְבָּחֶ֔נּוּ לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃‬ If it has any blemish – being lame or blind – any bad feature, you shall not sacrifice it to the Lord your God. any ← every.

bad feature ← bad blemish.
Dt 15:22 ‫בִּשְׁעָרֶ֖יךָ תֹּאכֲלֶ֑נּוּ הַטָּמֵ֤א וְהַטָּהוֹר֙ יַחְדָּ֔ו כַּצְּבִ֖י וְכָאַיָּֽל׃‬ You shall eat it within your gates – the unclean and the clean person alike – whether it be gazelle or roebuck.
Dt 15:23 ‫רַ֥ק אֶת־דָּמ֖וֹ לֹ֣א תֹאכֵ֑ל עַל־הָאָ֥רֶץ תִּשְׁפְּכֶ֖נּוּ כַּמָּֽיִם׃ פ‬ But you shall not consume its blood; you shall pour it on the ground like water.
Dt 16:1 ‫שָׁמוֹר֙ אֶת־חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָאָבִ֔יב וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ פֶּ֔סַח לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ כִּ֞י בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ הָֽאָבִ֗יב הוֹצִ֨יאֲךָ֜ יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ מִמִּצְרַ֖יִם לָֽיְלָה׃‬ Keep the month of Abib, and celebrate the Lord your God's Passover, for in the month of Abib the Lord your God brought you out of Egypt by night. celebrate ← do.
Dt 16:2 ‫וְזָבַ֥חְתָּ פֶּ֛סַח לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ צֹ֣אן וּבָקָ֑ר בַּמָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן שְׁמ֖וֹ שָֽׁם׃‬ And you shall sacrifice the Passover to the Lord your God, sheep and oxen, in the place where the Lord chooses to seat his name.
Dt 16:3 ‫לֹא־תֹאכַ֤ל עָלָיו֙ חָמֵ֔ץ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֛ים תֹּֽאכַל־עָלָ֥יו מַצּ֖וֹת לֶ֣חֶם עֹ֑נִי כִּ֣י בְחִפָּז֗וֹן יָצָ֙אתָ֙ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם לְמַ֣עַן תִּזְכֹּר֔ אֶת־י֤וֹם צֵֽאתְךָ֙ מֵאֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם כֹּ֖ל יְמֵ֥י חַיֶּֽיךָ׃‬ And you shall not eat anything leavened with it. For seven days you shall eat unleavened bread with it, bread of affliction, for you went out of the land of Egypt in haste, so that you remember the day of your exodus from the land of Egypt all the days of your life.
Dt 16:4 ‫וְלֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְךָ֥ שְׂאֹ֛ר בְּכָל־גְּבֻלְךָ֖ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים וְלֹא־יָלִ֣ין מִן־הַבָּשָׂ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּזְבַּ֥ח בָּעֶ֛רֶב בַּיּ֥וֹם הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן לַבֹּֽקֶר׃‬ And no leaven will be seen by you in all your territory for seven days, and none of the flesh which you sacrifice in the evening on the first day will remain until morning. territory ← border.

remain: or, lodge, pass the night.
Dt 16:5 ‫לֹ֥א תוּכַ֖ל לִזְבֹּ֣חַ אֶת־הַפָּ֑סַח בְּאַחַ֣ד שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽךְ׃‬ You shall not sacrifice the Passover in any arbitrary one of your gates which the Lord your God is giving you,
Dt 16:6 ‫כִּ֠י אִֽם־אֶל־הַמָּק֞וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ לְשַׁכֵּ֣ן שְׁמ֔וֹ שָׁ֛ם תִּזְבַּ֥ח אֶת־הַפֶּ֖סַח בָּעָ֑רֶב כְּב֣וֹא הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ מוֹעֵ֖ד צֵֽאתְךָ֥ מִמִּצְרָֽיִם׃‬ but in the place where the Lord your God chooses to seat his name. That is where you will sacrifice the Passover in the evening at sunset, in the season of your exodus from Egypt. in the place ← to the place.
Dt 16:7 ‫וּבִשַּׁלְתָּ֙ וְאָ֣כַלְתָּ֔ בַּמָּק֕וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּ֑וֹ וּפָנִ֣יתָ בַבֹּ֔קֶר וְהָלַכְתָּ֖ לְאֹהָלֶֽיךָ׃‬ And you will boil it and eat it in the place which the Lord your God chooses, and in the morning you will wend your way and go to your tents.
Dt 16:8 ‫שֵׁ֥שֶׁת יָמִ֖ים תֹּאכַ֣ל מַצּ֑וֹת וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י עֲצֶ֙רֶת֙ לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה מְלָאכָֽה׃ ס‬ For six days you will eat unleavened bread, and on the seventh day there will be a solemn assembly to the Lord your God. You will not carry out any work.
Dt 16:9 ‫שִׁבְעָ֥ה שָׁבֻעֹ֖ת תִּסְפָּר־לָ֑ךְ מֵהָחֵ֤ל חֶרְמֵשׁ֙ בַּקָּמָ֔ה תָּחֵ֣ל לִסְפֹּ֔ר שִׁבְעָ֖ה שָׁבֻעֽוֹת׃‬ You will count out seven weeks. From the start of the sickle going in the corn, you will start counting seven weeks. count out ← count for yourself.
Dt 16:10 ‫וְעָשִׂ֜יתָ חַ֤ג שָׁבֻעוֹת֙ לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ מִסַּ֛ת נִדְבַ֥ת יָדְךָ֖ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּתֵּ֑ן כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר יְבָרֶכְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃‬ And you will celebrate the Festival of Weeks to the Lord your God, with a quantity of freewill-offering from your resources which you may give, according as the Lord your God blesses you. quantity: [AnLx], AV= tribute; [BDB]= sufficiency, the two meanings differing in derivation (roots כסס and מסת repectively).

resources ← hand.
Dt 16:11 ‫וְשָׂמַחְתָּ֞ לִפְנֵ֣י ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ אַתָּ֨ה וּבִנְךָ֣ וּבִתֶּךָ֮ וְעַבְדְּךָ֣ וַאֲמָתֶךָ֒ וְהַלֵּוִי֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּשְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ וְהַגֵּ֛ר וְהַיָּת֥וֹם וְהָאַלְמָנָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בְּקִרְבֶּ֑ךָ בַּמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִבְחַר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן שְׁמ֖וֹ שָֽׁם׃‬ And you will rejoice before the Lord your God, you, and your son, and your daughter, and your manservant, and your maidservant, and the Levite who is within your gates, and the foreigner, and the orphan, and the widow who are in your midst, in the place where the Lord your God chooses to seat his name.
Dt 16:12 ‫וְזָ֣כַרְתָּ֔ כִּי־עֶ֥בֶד הָיִ֖יתָ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ וְעָשִׂ֔יתָ אֶת־הַֽחֻקִּ֖ים הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ פ‬ And you will remember that you were a slave in Egypt, so you will keep and perform these statutes.
Dt 16:13 ‫חַ֧ג הַסֻּכֹּ֛ת תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה לְךָ֖ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים בְּאָ֨סְפְּךָ֔ מִֽגָּרְנְךָ֖ וּמִיִּקְבֶֽךָ׃‬ You will celebrate your Festival of Tabernacles for seven days when you gather in from your threshing floor and your wine vat. celebrate ← do.
Dt 16:14 ‫וְשָׂמַחְתָּ֖ בְּחַגֶּ֑ךָ אַתָּ֨ה וּבִנְךָ֤ וּבִתֶּ֙ךָ֙ וְעַבְדְּךָ֣ וַאֲמָתֶ֔ךָ וְהַלֵּוִ֗י וְהַגֵּ֛ר וְהַיָּת֥וֹם וְהָאַלְמָנָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ׃‬ And you will rejoice in your festival, you, and your son, and your daughter, and your manservant, and your maidservant, and the Levite, and the foreigner, and the orphan, and the widow, who are within your gates.
Dt 16:15 ‫שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֗ים תָּחֹג֙ לַיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ בַּמָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה כִּ֣י יְבָרֶכְךָ֞ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ בְּכֹ֤ל תְּבוּאָֽתְךָ֙ וּבְכֹל֙ מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה יָדֶ֔יךָ וְהָיִ֖יתָ אַ֥ךְ שָׂמֵֽחַ׃‬ For seven days you will celebrate the festival to the Lord your God, in the place which the Lord chooses, for the Lord your God will bless you in all your produce and in all the work of your hand, and you will be joyful in all respects. be joyful in all respects ← be (nothing) but joyful.
Dt 16:16 ‫שָׁל֣וֹשׁ פְּעָמִ֣ים ׀ בַּשָּׁנָ֡ה יֵרָאֶ֨ה כָל־זְכוּרְךָ֜ אֶת־פְּנֵ֣י ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ בַּמָּקוֹם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִבְחָ֔ר בְּחַ֧ג הַמַּצּ֛וֹת וּבְחַ֥ג הַשָּׁבֻע֖וֹת וּבְחַ֣ג הַסֻּכּ֑וֹת וְלֹ֧א יֵרָאֶ֛ה אֶת־פְּנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה רֵיקָֽם׃‬ Three times per year all your male population {P: will see the face of} [M: will appear before] the Lord your God in the place which he chooses at the Festival of Unleavened Bread and at the Festival of Weeks and at the Festival of Tabernacles. And they shall not appear in the presence of the Lord empty-handed. An amendment by the Sopherim, as in Ex 23:15. P= יִרְאוּ etc.
Dt 16:17 ‫אִ֖ישׁ כְּמַתְּנַ֣ת יָד֑וֹ כְּבִרְכַּ֛ת יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָֽתַן־לָֽךְ׃ ס‬ Each man will come with a gift according to his resources, according to the blessing of the Lord your God which he has given you. a gift according to his resources ← according to the gift of his hand.
Dt 16:18 ‫שֹׁפְטִ֣ים וְשֹֽׁטְרִ֗ים תִּֽתֶּן־לְךָ֙ בְּכָל־שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ לִשְׁבָטֶ֑יךָ וְשָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם מִשְׁפַּט־צֶֽדֶק׃‬ You will appoint yourselves judges and officials at all your gates, which the Lord your God is giving you by your tribes, and they will judge the people with righteous judgment.
Dt 16:19 ‫לֹא־תַטֶּ֣ה מִשְׁפָּ֔ט לֹ֥א תַכִּ֖יר פָּנִ֑ים וְלֹא־תִקַּ֣ח שֹׁ֔חַד כִּ֣י הַשֹּׁ֗חַד יְעַוֵּר֙ עֵינֵ֣י חֲכָמִ֔ים וִֽיסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽם׃‬ You shall not pervert judgment, you shall not show partiality, and you shall not accept a bribe, for a bribe blinds the eyes of the wise and subverts the words of the righteous. show partiality ← acknowledge faces.
Dt 16:20 ‫צֶ֥דֶק צֶ֖דֶק תִּרְדֹּ֑ף לְמַ֤עַן תִּֽחְיֶה֙ וְיָרַשְׁתָּ֣ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לָֽךְ׃ ס‬ You shall pursue justice and nothing but justice, so that you may live and possess the land which the Lord your God is giving you.
Dt 16:21 ‫לֹֽא־תִטַּ֥ע לְךָ֛ אֲשֵׁרָ֖ה כָּל־עֵ֑ץ אֵ֗צֶל מִזְבַּ֛ח יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽךְ׃ ס‬ You shall not plant phallic parks of any tree for yourself alongside the altar of the Lord your God, which you might make for yourself, any ← every.
Dt 16:22 ‫וְלֹֽא־תָקִ֥ים לְךָ֖ מַצֵּבָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר שָׂנֵ֖א יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ס‬ and you shall not set up any stone image for yourself, which the Lord your God hates.
Dt 17:1 ‫לֹא־תִזְבַּח֩ לַיהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ שׁ֣וֹר וָשֶׂ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִהְיֶ֥ה בוֹ֙ מ֔וּם כֹּ֖ל דָּבָ֣ר רָ֑ע כִּ֧י תוֹעֲבַ֛ת יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ הֽוּא׃ ס‬ You shall not sacrifice to the Lord your God an ox or a sheep which has a blemish – any bad feature – for that is an abomination to the Lord your God. any ← every.
Dt 17:2 ‫כִּֽי־יִמָּצֵ֤א בְקִרְבְּךָ֙ בְּאַחַ֣ד שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נֹתֵ֣ן לָ֑ךְ אִ֣ישׁ אוֹ־אִשָּׁ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה אֶת־הָרַ֛ע בְּעֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה־אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּרִיתֽוֹ׃‬ If a man or a woman is found in your midst within any of your gates which the Lord your God is giving you, who does what is wrong in the eyes of the Lord your God, by transgressing his covenant, any ← one.

by transgressing: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 17:3 ‫וַיֵּ֗לֶךְ וַֽיַּעֲבֹד֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וַיִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ לָהֶ֑ם וְלַשֶּׁ֣מֶשׁ ׀ א֣וֹ לַיָּרֵ֗חַ א֛וֹ לְכָל־צְבָ֥א הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־צִוִּֽיתִי׃‬ or if he departs and serves other gods and worships them, either the sun or the moon, or any of the array of heaven, which I have not commanded, any ← all.
Dt 17:4 ‫וְהֻֽגַּד־לְךָ֖ וְשָׁמָ֑עְתָּ וְדָרַשְׁתָּ֣ הֵיטֵ֔ב וְהִנֵּ֤ה אֱמֶת֙ נָכ֣וֹן הַדָּבָ֔ר נֶעֶשְׂתָ֛ה הַתּוֹעֵבָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את בְּיִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ and if a case is reported to you, and you hear it, and you inquire diligently, and if it is trueif the matter is confirmed – that this abomination has been committed in Israel, and if it is true ← and behold (it is) truth.
Dt 17:5 ‫וְהֽוֹצֵאתָ֣ אֶת־הָאִ֣ישׁ הַה֡וּא אוֹ֩ אֶת־הָאִשָּׁ֨ה הַהִ֜וא אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָ֠שׂוּ אֶת־הַדָּבָ֨ר הָרָ֤ע הַזֶּה֙ אֶל־שְׁעָרֶ֔יךָ אֶת־הָאִ֕ישׁ א֖וֹ אֶת־הָאִשָּׁ֑ה וּסְקַלְתָּ֥ם בָּאֲבָנִ֖ים וָמֵֽתוּ׃‬ then you will bring out to the gates that man or that woman who did this evil thing – the man or the woman – and you will stone them so that they die. stone them ← pelt them with stones. See Dt 13:11.

so that: purposive use of the vav.
Dt 17:6 ‫עַל־פִּ֣י ׀ שְׁנַ֣יִם עֵדִ֗ים א֛וֹ שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה עֵדִ֖ים יוּמַ֣ת הַמֵּ֑ת לֹ֣א יוּמַ֔ת עַל־פִּ֖י עֵ֥ד אֶחָֽד׃‬ On the attestation of two witnesses or three witnesses, he who is on a capital charge will be put to death. He shall not be put to death on the attestation of one witness. attestation (2x)mouth.

is on a capital charge ← dies.
Dt 17:7 ‫יַ֣ד הָעֵדִ֞ים תִּֽהְיֶה־בּ֤וֹ בָרִאשֹׁנָה֙ לַהֲמִית֔וֹ וְיַ֥ד כָּל־הָעָ֖ם בָּאַחֲרֹנָ֑ה וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃ פ‬ The hand of the witnesses will be on him first, to put him to death, and the hand of all the people afterwards, and you will eradicate the evil, out of your midst. eradicate ← burn.
Dt 17:8 ‫כִּ֣י יִפָּלֵא֩ מִמְּךָ֨ דָבָ֜ר לַמִּשְׁפָּ֗ט בֵּֽין־דָּ֨ם ׀ לְדָ֜ם בֵּֽין־דִּ֣ין לְדִ֗ין וּבֵ֥ין נֶ֙גַע֙ לָנֶ֔גַע דִּבְרֵ֥י רִיבֹ֖ת בִּשְׁעָרֶ֑יךָ וְקַמְתָּ֣ וְעָלִ֔יתָ אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּֽוֹ׃‬ If a case is too difficult for you in judgment between blood shed by the parties, between accusations made by the parties, or between violence committed by the parties – the words of the contentions at your gates – then you will arise and go up to the place which the Lord your God chooses. blood shed by the partiesblood for blood.

accusations made by the partiesaccusation for accusation.

violence committed by the partiesblow for blow.
Dt 17:9 ‫וּבָאתָ֗ אֶל־הַכֹּהֲנִים֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם וְאֶל־הַשֹּׁפֵ֔ט אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֑ם וְדָרַשְׁתָּ֙ וְהִגִּ֣ידוּ לְךָ֔ אֵ֖ת דְּבַ֥ר הַמִּשְׁפָּֽט׃‬ And you will go to the priests – the Levites – and to the judge who is in office in those days, and you will inquire, and they will tell you the judicial verdict.
Dt 17:10 ‫וְעָשִׂ֗יתָ עַל־פִּ֤י הַדָּבָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַגִּ֣ידֽוּ לְךָ֔ מִן־הַמָּק֣וֹם הַה֔וּא אֲשֶׁ֖ר יִבְחַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה וְשָׁמַרְתָּ֣ לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת כְּכֹ֖ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר יוֹרֽוּךָ׃‬ And you will act according to the verdict which they tell you from that place, which the Lord chooses, and you will ensure that you do everything that they instruct you. everything ← according to everything.
Dt 17:11 ‫עַל־פִּ֨י הַתּוֹרָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוֹר֗וּךָ וְעַל־הַמִּשְׁפָּ֛ט אֲשֶׁר־יֹאמְר֥וּ לְךָ֖ תַּעֲשֶׂ֑ה לֹ֣א תָס֗וּר מִן־הַדָּבָ֛ר אֲשֶׁר־יַגִּ֥ידֽוּ לְךָ֖ יָמִ֥ין וּשְׂמֹֽאל׃‬ You shall act according to the law about which they instruct you, and according to the judgment which they tell you. You shall not deviate either to the right or to the left from the pronouncement which they tell you. or: disjunctive use of the vav.
Dt 17:12 ‫וְהָאִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה בְזָד֗וֹן לְבִלְתִּ֨י שְׁמֹ֤עַ אֶל־הַכֹּהֵן֙ הָעֹמֵ֞ד לְשָׁ֤רֶת שָׁם֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ א֖וֹ אֶל־הַשֹּׁפֵ֑ט וּמֵת֙ הָאִ֣ישׁ הַה֔וּא וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִיִּשְׂרָאֵֽל׃‬ And as for the man who acts defiantly, by not obeying the priest who stands ready to serve the Lord your God there, or the judge, that man shall die, and you will eradicate the evil from Israel. eradicate ← burn.

by not obeying: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 17:13 ‫וְכָל־הָעָ֖ם יִשְׁמְע֣וּ וְיִרָ֑אוּ וְלֹ֥א יְזִיד֖וּן עֽוֹד׃ ס‬ And all the people will hear it, and fear, and they will not act defiantly any more. fear: see Dt 13:12.
Dt 17:14 ‫כִּֽי־תָבֹ֣א אֶל־הָאָ֗רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ נֹתֵ֣ן לָ֔ךְ וִֽירִשְׁתָּ֖הּ וְיָשַׁ֣בְתָּה בָּ֑הּ וְאָמַרְתָּ֗ אָשִׂ֤ימָה עָלַי֙ מֶ֔לֶךְ כְּכָל־הַגּוֹיִ֖ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר סְבִיבֹתָֽי׃‬ When you come to the land which the Lord your God is giving you, and you take possession of it, and live in it, and you say, ‘Let me appoint a king over me like all the peoples which are around me’,
Dt 17:15 ‫שׂ֣וֹם תָּשִׂ֤ים עָלֶ֙יךָ֙ מֶ֔לֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִבְחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בּ֑וֹ מִקֶּ֣רֶב אַחֶ֗יךָ תָּשִׂ֤ים עָלֶ֙יךָ֙ מֶ֔לֶךְ לֹ֣א תוּכַ֗ל לָתֵ֤ת עָלֶ֙יךָ֙ אִ֣ישׁ נָכְרִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־אָחִ֖יךָ הֽוּא׃‬ you will certainly appoint a king over you whom the Lord your God chooses, and you will appoint a king over you from the midst of your brothers. You cannot appoint a foreign man, who is not your brother, over you. certainly appoint: infinitive absolute.
Dt 17:16 ‫רַק֮ לֹא־יַרְבֶּה־לּ֣וֹ סוּסִים֒ וְלֹֽא־יָשִׁ֤יב אֶת־הָעָם֙ מִצְרַ֔יְמָה לְמַ֖עַן הַרְבּ֣וֹת ס֑וּס וַֽיהוָה֙ אָמַ֣ר לָכֶ֔ם לֹ֣א תֹסִפ֗וּן לָשׁ֛וּב בַּדֶּ֥רֶךְ הַזֶּ֖ה עֽוֹד׃‬ But he shall not acquire masses of horses, and he shall not make the people return to Egypt in order to increase the number of horses, but the Lord has said to you, ‘You shall not return by that way any more.’ any more ← again any more, which is pleonastic in English, but acceptable in Hebrew.
Dt 17:17 ‫וְלֹ֤א יַרְבֶּה־לּוֹ֙ נָשִׁ֔ים וְלֹ֥א יָס֖וּר לְבָב֑וֹ וְכֶ֣סֶף וְזָהָ֔ב לֹ֥א יַרְבֶּה־לּ֖וֹ מְאֹֽד׃‬ And he shall not acquire a large number of wives for himself, so that his heart does not swerve, and he shall not acquire a vast amount of silver and gold for himself. so that: purposive use of the vav.
Dt 17:18 ‫וְהָיָ֣ה כְשִׁבְתּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כִּסֵּ֣א מַמְלַכְתּ֑וֹ וְכָ֨תַב ל֜וֹ אֶת־מִשְׁנֵ֨ה הַתּוֹרָ֤ה הַזֹּאת֙ עַל־סֵ֔פֶר מִלִּפְנֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים הַלְוִיִּֽם׃‬ And it shall come to pass, as he sits on the throne of his kingdom, that he shall write out for himself a copy of this law in a book in the presence of the Levite priests. in the presence of ← from the presence of. AV differs somewhat, (out of that which is before).
Dt 17:19 ‫וְהָיְתָ֣ה עִמּ֔וֹ וְקָ֥רָא ב֖וֹ כָּל־יְמֵ֣י חַיָּ֑יו לְמַ֣עַן יִלְמַ֗ד לְיִרְאָה֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֔יו לִ֠שְׁמֹר אֶֽת־כָּל־דִּבְרֵ֞י הַתּוֹרָ֥ה הַזֹּ֛את וְאֶת־הַחֻקִּ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה לַעֲשֹׂתָֽם׃‬ And it will be with him, and he will read it all the days of his life, in order to learn to fear the Lord his God, to keep all the words of this law and these statutes, by carrying them out, by carrying them out: gerundial use of the infinitive.
Dt 17:20 ‫לְבִלְתִּ֤י רוּם־לְבָבוֹ֙ מֵֽאֶחָ֔יו וּלְבִלְתִּ֛י ס֥וּר מִן־הַמִּצְוָ֖ה יָמִ֣ין וּשְׂמֹ֑אול לְמַעַן֩ יַאֲרִ֨יךְ יָמִ֧ים עַל־מַמְלַכְתּ֛וֹ ה֥וּא וּבָנָ֖יו בְּקֶ֥רֶב יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס‬ so that his heart does not become haughtier than that of his brothers, and so that he does not deviate from the body of commandments to the right or to the left, so that he may prolong his days over his kingdom – he and his sons in the midst of Israel. body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.
Dt 18:1 ‫לֹֽא־יִ֠הְיֶה לַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים הַלְוִיִּ֜ם כָּל־שֵׁ֧בֶט לֵוִ֛י חֵ֥לֶק וְנַחֲלָ֖ה עִם־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל אִשֵּׁ֧י יְהוָ֛ה וְנַחֲלָת֖וֹ יֹאכֵלֽוּן׃‬ The Levite priests – the whole tribe of Levi – will have no share or inheritance with Israel. They will eat the Lord's fire-offerings and his inheritance. or: disjunctive use of the vav.
Dt 18:2 ‫וְנַחֲלָ֥ה לֹא־יִֽהְיֶה־לּ֖וֹ בְּקֶ֣רֶב אֶחָ֑יו יְהוָה֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָת֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּר־לֽוֹ׃ ס‬ So Levi will have no inheritance in the midst of his brothers. It is the Lord who is his inheritance, in accordance with what he has said to him. Levi: standing for the tribe of Levi.
Dt 18:3 ‫וְזֶ֡ה יִהְיֶה֩ מִשְׁפַּ֨ט הַכֹּהֲנִ֜ים מֵאֵ֣ת הָעָ֗ם מֵאֵ֛ת זֹבְחֵ֥י הַזֶּ֖בַח אִם־שׁ֣וֹר אִם־שֶׂ֑ה וְנָתַן֙ לַכֹּהֵ֔ן הַזְּרֹ֥עַ וְהַלְּחָיַ֖יִם וְהַקֵּבָֽה׃‬ And this will be the priest's right from the people – from those who carry out a sacrifice, whether it is an ox or a sheep – they will give the priest a shoulder and the cheeks and the stomach. carry out ← sacrifice.

a shoulder ← an (upper) arm.
Dt 18:4 ‫רֵאשִׁ֨ית דְּגָֽנְךָ֜ תִּֽירֹשְׁךָ֣ וְיִצְהָרֶ֗ךָ וְרֵאשִׁ֛ית גֵּ֥ז צֹאנְךָ֖ תִּתֶּן־לּֽוֹ׃‬ You will give him the firstfruit of your corn, of your new wine, and of your new oil, and the first fleeces of your sheep. first fleeces ← first of fleece. Collective usage in this combination.
Dt 18:5 ‫כִּ֣י ב֗וֹ בָּחַ֛ר יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ מִכָּל־שְׁבָטֶ֑יךָ לַעֲמֹ֨ד לְשָׁרֵ֧ת בְּשֵׁם־יְהוָ֛ה ה֥וּא וּבָנָ֖יו כָּל־הַיָּמִֽים׃ ס‬ For the Lord your God chose him of all your tribes, to stand and serve in the name of the Lord – him and his sons, day after day. day after day ← all the days.
Dt 18:6 ‫וְכִֽי־יָבֹ֨א הַלֵּוִ֜י מֵאַחַ֤ד שְׁעָרֶ֙יךָ֙ מִכָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אֲשֶׁר־ה֖וּא גָּ֣ר שָׁ֑ם וּבָא֙ בְּכָל־אַוַּ֣ת נַפְשׁ֔וֹ אֶל־הַמָּק֖וֹם אֲשֶׁר־יִבְחַ֥ר יְהוָֽה׃‬ And if a Levite comes from any of your gates, from anywhere in all Israel where he lives, and comes with all enthusiasm to the place which the Lord chooses, with all enthusiasm ← with all desire of his soul.
Dt 18:7 ‫וְשֵׁרֵ֕ת בְּשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֑יו כְּכָל־אֶחָיו֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם הָעֹמְדִ֥ים שָׁ֖ם לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃‬ and serves in the name of the Lord his God, as do all his brothers the Levites who stand there before the Lord,
Dt 18:8 ‫חֵ֥לֶק כְּחֵ֖לֶק יֹאכֵ֑לוּ לְבַ֥ד מִמְכָּרָ֖יו עַל־הָאָבֽוֹת׃ ס‬ they will eat similar portions, besides the proceeds of his paternal property. similar portions ← portion as portion.

proceeds ← sale, value.
Dt 18:9 ‫כִּ֤י אַתָּה֙ בָּ֣א אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ נֹתֵ֣ן לָ֑ךְ לֹֽא־תִלְמַ֣ד לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת כְּתוֹעֲבֹ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם הָהֵֽם׃‬ When you come into the land which the Lord your God is giving you, you shall not learn to do anything like the abominations of those nations.
Dt 18:10 ‫לֹֽא־יִמָּצֵ֣א בְךָ֔ מַעֲבִ֥יר בְּנֽוֹ־וּבִתּ֖וֹ בָּאֵ֑שׁ קֹסֵ֣ם קְסָמִ֔ים מְעוֹנֵ֥ן וּמְנַחֵ֖שׁ וּמְכַשֵּֽׁף׃‬ There will not be found among you anyone making his son or daughter pass through fire, anyone practising occult arts, or a fortune-teller from clouds, or a diviner, or a sorcerer, fortune-teller from clouds: AV differs, (observer of times). Also in Dt 18:14.
Dt 18:11 ‫וְחֹבֵ֖ר חָ֑בֶר וְשֹׁאֵ֥ל אוֹב֙ וְיִדְּעֹנִ֔י וְדֹרֵ֖שׁ אֶל־הַמֵּתִֽים׃‬ or a spellbinder, or a medium of family spirits, or a wizard, or anyone seeking contact with the dead.
Dt 18:12 ‫כִּֽי־תוֹעֲבַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה כָּל־עֹ֣שֵׂה אֵ֑לֶּה וּבִגְלַל֙ הַתּוֹעֵבֹ֣ת הָאֵ֔לֶּה יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ מוֹרִ֥ישׁ אוֹתָ֖ם מִפָּנֶֽיךָ׃‬ For everyone who does these things is an abomination to the Lord, and it is on account of these abominations that the Lord your God is dispossessing them in front of you.
Dt 18:13 ‫תָּמִ֣ים תִּֽהְיֶ֔ה עִ֖ם יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃ ס‬ You will have integrity with the Lord your God.
Dt 18:14 ‫כִּ֣י ׀ הַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָאֵ֗לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ יוֹרֵ֣שׁ אוֹתָ֔ם אֶל־מְעֹנְנִ֥ים וְאֶל־קֹסְמִ֖ים יִשְׁמָ֑עוּ וְאַתָּ֕ה לֹ֣א כֵ֔ן נָ֛תַן לְךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃‬ For these nations which you are dispossessing obey the fortune-tellers from clouds and those who practice occult arts, but as for you, the Lord your God has not permitted you to do so. fortune-tellers from clouds: see Dt 18:10.
Dt 18:15 ‫נָבִ֨יא מִקִּרְבְּךָ֤ מֵאַחֶ֙יךָ֙ כָּמֹ֔נִי יָקִ֥ים לְךָ֖ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ אֵלָ֖יו תִּשְׁמָעֽוּן׃‬ The Lord your God will raise up for you a prophet like me from your midst, from your brothers. Him you will hear, Jn 1:21, Acts 3:22, Acts 7:37.
Dt 18:16 ‫כְּכֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁר־שָׁאַ֜לְתָּ מֵעִ֨ם יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ בְּחֹרֵ֔ב בְּי֥וֹם הַקָּהָ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר לֹ֣א אֹסֵ֗ף לִשְׁמֹ֙עַ֙ אֶת־קוֹל֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהָ֔י וְאֶת־הָאֵ֨שׁ הַגְּדֹלָ֥ה הַזֹּ֛את לֹֽא־אֶרְאֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד וְלֹ֥א אָמֽוּת׃‬ in accordance with everything that you asked for from the Lord your God at Horeb on the day of the convocation, when you said, ‘Let me not hear the voice of the Lord my God again, nor see this great fire any longer, so that I do not die’, so that: purposive use of the vav.
Dt 18:17 ‫וַיֹּ֥אמֶר יְהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑י הֵיטִ֖יבוּ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֵּֽרוּ׃‬ after which the Lord said to me, ‘They have done well with what they have spoken.’ after which: wider use of the vav.
Dt 18:18 ‫נָבִ֨יא אָקִ֥ים לָהֶ֛ם מִקֶּ֥רֶב אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם כָּמ֑וֹךָ וְנָתַתִּ֤י דְבָרַי֙ בְּפִ֔יו וְדִבֶּ֣ר אֲלֵיהֶ֔ם אֵ֖ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲצַוֶּֽנּוּ׃‬ I will raise up to them a prophet from the midst of their brothers like you, and I will put my words in his mouth, and he will speak to them everything that I command him. a prophet: Jn 1:21, Acts 3:22, Acts 7:37 refer to this, showing that the prophet referred to is the Messiah.
Dt 18:19 ‫וְהָיָ֗ה הָאִישׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַע֙ אֶל־דְּבָרַ֔י אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְדַבֵּ֖ר בִּשְׁמִ֑י אָנֹכִ֖י אֶדְרֹ֥שׁ מֵעִמּֽוֹ׃‬ And it will come to pass for any man who does not listen to my words which he shall speak in my name, that I will require justice from him. Acts 3:23.
Dt 18:20 ‫אַ֣ךְ הַנָּבִ֡יא אֲשֶׁ֣ר יָזִיד֩ לְדַבֵּ֨ר דָּבָ֜ר בִּשְׁמִ֗י אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־צִוִּיתִיו֙ לְדַבֵּ֔ר וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר יְדַבֵּ֔ר בְּשֵׁ֖ם אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֑ים וּמֵ֖ת הַנָּבִ֥יא הַהֽוּא׃‬ But as for any prophet who is presumptuous by speaking in my name anything that I did not command him to speak, or who speaks in the name of other gods – then that prophet shall die. by speaking: gerundial use of the infinitive.

or: disjunctive use of the vav.
Dt 18:21 ‫וְכִ֥י תֹאמַ֖ר בִּלְבָבֶ֑ךָ אֵיכָה֙ נֵדַ֣ע אֶת־הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־דִבְּר֖וֹ יְהוָֽה׃‬ And if you say in your heart, ‘How shall we know whether it is a word which the Lord did not speak to him?’ the answer is this:
Dt 18:22 ‫אֲשֶׁר֩ יְדַבֵּ֨ר הַנָּבִ֜יא בְּשֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֗ה וְלֹֽא־יִהְיֶ֤ה הַדָּבָר֙ וְלֹ֣א יָב֔וֹא ה֣וּא הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־דִבְּר֖וֹ יְהוָ֑ה בְּזָדוֹן֙ דִּבְּר֣וֹ הַנָּבִ֔יא לֹ֥א תָג֖וּר מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ ס‬ when the prophet speaks in the name of the Lord and the matter does not come to pass, and it does not come about, then it is something that the Lord did not speak, and the prophet spoke it in presumption, and you shall not fear him.
Dt 19:1 ‫כִּֽי־יַכְרִ֞ית יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ אֶת־הַגּוֹיִ֔ם אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ אֶת־אַרְצָ֑ם וִֽירִשְׁתָּ֕ם וְיָשַׁבְתָּ֥ בְעָרֵיהֶ֖ם וּבְבָתֵּיהֶֽם׃‬ When the Lord your God cuts off the nations whose land the Lord your God is giving you, so that you dispossess them and dwell in their cities and in their houses, your: singular, as in most of this chapter, but plural in verse 19.
Dt 19:2 ‫שָׁל֥וֹשׁ עָרִ֖ים תַּבְדִּ֣יל לָ֑ךְ בְּת֣וֹךְ אַרְצְךָ֔ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃‬ you will separate out three cities for yourself inside your land which the Lord your God is giving you to take possession of.
Dt 19:3 ‫תָּכִ֣ין לְךָ֮ הַדֶּרֶךְ֒ וְשִׁלַּשְׁתָּ֙ אֶת־גְּב֣וּל אַרְצְךָ֔ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַנְחִֽילְךָ֖ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ וְהָיָ֕ה לָנ֥וּס שָׁ֖מָּה כָּל־רֹצֵֽחַ׃‬ You will prepare the way for yourself, and divide in three parts the territory of your land which the Lord your God will give you as an inheritance, and it will come to pass that any manslayer can flee there. territory ← border.

any ← every.
Dt 19:4 ‫וְזֶה֙ דְּבַ֣ר הָרֹצֵ֔חַ אֲשֶׁר־יָנ֥וּס שָׁ֖מָּה וָחָ֑י אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַכֶּ֤ה אֶת־רֵעֵ֙הוּ֙ בִּבְלִי־דַ֔עַת וְה֛וּא לֹא־שֹׂנֵ֥א ל֖וֹ מִתְּמֹ֥ל שִׁלְשֹֽׁם׃‬ And these are the circumstances when the manslayer may flee there and live: when he strikes his neighbour unintentionally and he did not hate him in the past. the circumstances when ← the word / matter of.

in the past ← from yesterday (and) the day before yesterday.
Dt 19:5 ‫וַאֲשֶׁר֩ יָבֹ֨א אֶת־רֵעֵ֥הוּ בַיַּעַר֮ לַחְטֹ֣ב עֵצִים֒ וְנִדְּחָ֨ה יָד֤וֹ בַגַּרְזֶן֙ לִכְרֹ֣ת הָעֵ֔ץ וְנָשַׁ֤ל הַבַּרְזֶל֙ מִן־הָעֵ֔ץ וּמָצָ֥א אֶת־רֵעֵ֖הוּ וָמֵ֑ת ה֗וּא יָנ֛וּס אֶל־אַחַ֥ת הֶעָרִים־הָאֵ֖לֶּה וָחָֽי׃‬ Or when he goes into a forest with his neighbour to cut wood, and his hand drives the axe to cut the wood and the iron head comes off the handle and hits his neighbour and he dies, then he will flee to one of these cities and may live, drives ← is driven on.

handle ← wood.

hits ← finds.
Dt 19:6 ‫פֶּן־יִרְדֹּף֩ גֹּאֵ֨ל הַדָּ֜ם אַחֲרֵ֣י הָרֹצֵ֗חַ כִּי־יֵחַם֮ לְבָבוֹ֒ וְהִשִּׂיג֛וֹ כִּֽי־יִרְבֶּ֥ה הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ וְהִכָּ֣הוּ נָ֑פֶשׁ וְלוֹ֙ אֵ֣ין מִשְׁפַּט־מָ֔וֶת כִּ֠י לֹ֣א שֹׂנֵ֥א ה֛וּא ל֖וֹ מִתְּמ֥וֹל שִׁלְשֽׁוֹם׃‬ lest the avenger of blood pursues the manslayer, because his heart has flared up, and he catches up with him, because the way is long, and he strikes him dead, whereas he deserved no sentence of death, because he had not hated him in the past. avenger ← redeemer.

flared up ← become hot.

he strikes him dead ← and he strikes him (in respect of the) soul.

in the past ← from yesterday (and) the day before yesterday.
Dt 19:7 ‫עַל־כֵּ֛ן אָנֹכִ֥י מְצַוְּךָ֖ לֵאמֹ֑ר שָׁלֹ֥שׁ עָרִ֖ים תַּבְדִּ֥יל לָֽךְ׃ ס‬ That is why I am commanding you, saying, ‘You shall separate out three cities for yourself.’
Dt 19:8 ‫וְאִם־יַרְחִ֞יב יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ אֶת־גְּבֻ֣לְךָ֔ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר נִשְׁבַּ֖ע לַאֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ וְנָ֤תַן לְךָ֙ אֶת־כָּל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר דִּבֶּ֖ר לָתֵ֥ת לַאֲבֹתֶֽיךָ׃‬ And when the Lord your God broadens your territory as he swore to your fathers, and gives you all the land which he said he would give to your fathers, when: or, if.

territory ← border.
Dt 19:9 ‫כִּֽי־תִשְׁמֹר֩ אֶת־כָּל־הַמִּצְוָ֨ה הַזֹּ֜את לַעֲשֹׂתָ֗הּ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אָנֹכִ֣י מְצַוְּךָ֮ הַיּוֹם֒ לְאַהֲבָ֞ה אֶת־יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ וְלָלֶ֥כֶת בִּדְרָכָ֖יו כָּל־הַיָּמִ֑ים וְיָסַפְתָּ֨ לְךָ֥ עוֹד֙ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ עָרִ֔ים עַ֖ל הַשָּׁלֹ֥שׁ הָאֵֽלֶּה׃‬ if you keep this whole body of commandments, by carrying out what I am commanding you today, to love the Lord your God and to walk in his ways day after day, then you will add three more cities to these three. body of commandments ← commandment. Collective usage.

by carrying out: gerundial use of the infinitive.

day after day ← all days.

add ← add for yourself.
Dt 19:10 ‫וְלֹ֤א יִשָּׁפֵךְ֙ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֔י בְּקֶ֣רֶב אַרְצְךָ֔ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ נַחֲלָ֑ה וְהָיָ֥ה עָלֶ֖יךָ דָּמִֽים׃ ס‬ And no innocent blood shall be shed in the midst of your land which the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance, so that blood guilt would be on you.
Dt 19:11 ‫וְכִֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה אִישׁ֙ שֹׂנֵ֣א לְרֵעֵ֔הוּ וְאָ֤רַב לוֹ֙ וְקָ֣ם עָלָ֔יו וְהִכָּ֥הוּ נֶ֖פֶשׁ וָמֵ֑ת וְנָ֕ס אֶל־אַחַ֖ת הֶעָרִ֥ים הָאֵֽל׃‬ But if there is a man who hates his neighbour and he ambushes him and rises up against him, and he strikes him lethally, and he dies, and the man flees to one of these cities, strikes him lethally ← strikes him (in respect of) the soul.
Dt 19:12 ‫וְשָֽׁלְחוּ֙ זִקְנֵ֣י עִיר֔וֹ וְלָקְח֥וּ אֹת֖וֹ מִשָּׁ֑ם וְנָתְנ֣וּ אֹת֗וֹ בְּיַ֛ד גֹּאֵ֥ל הַדָּ֖ם וָמֵֽת׃‬ then the elders of his city will send for him, and they will take him from there, and deliver him into the hands of the avenger of blood, and he will die.
Dt 19:13 ‫לֹא־תָח֥וֹס עֵֽינְךָ֖ עָלָ֑יו וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֧ דַֽם־הַנָּקִ֛י מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל וְט֥וֹב לָֽךְ׃ ס‬ Your eye will not show pity on him, and you will eradicate the guilt of innocent blood from Israel, so that things go well for you. eradicate ← burn.
Dt 19:14 ‫לֹ֤א תַסִּיג֙ גְּב֣וּל רֵֽעֲךָ֔ אֲשֶׁ֥ר גָּבְל֖וּ רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים בְּנַחֲלָֽתְךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּנְחַ֔ל בָּאָ֕רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ לְרִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ ס‬ You shall not move the boundary with your neighbour, which will be marked out initially in your inheritance which you will inherit in the land which the Lord your God is giving you to take possession of. will be marked out initially ← they will be bound first. Avoidance of the passive.
Dt 19:15 ‫לֹֽא־יָקוּם֩ עֵ֨ד אֶחָ֜ד בְּאִ֗ישׁ לְכָל־עָוֺן֙ וּלְכָל־חַטָּ֔את בְּכָל־חֵ֖טְא אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֶֽחֱטָ֑א עַל־פִּ֣י ׀ שְׁנֵ֣י עֵדִ֗ים א֛וֹ עַל־פִּ֥י שְׁלֹשָֽׁה־עֵדִ֖ים יָק֥וּם דָּבָֽר׃‬ One witness against a man shall not stand for any iniquity or any sin – for any sinfulness by which he sins. A case will stand at the attestation of two witnesses or at the attestation of three witnesses. Mt 18:16, Jn 8:17, 2 Cor 13:1.

any (3x)all.

attestation (2x)mouth.
Dt 19:16 ‫כִּֽי־יָק֥וּם עֵד־חָמָ֖ס בְּאִ֑ישׁ לַעֲנ֥וֹת בּ֖וֹ סָרָֽה׃‬ If a false witness against a man rises up, to testify against him deviously, deviously ← turning aside, falsehood, apostasy. Adverbial use of a noun, but perhaps (charge him with) apostasy.
Dt 19:17 ‫וְעָמְד֧וּ שְׁנֵֽי־הָאֲנָשִׁ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־לָהֶ֥ם הָרִ֖יב לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה לִפְנֵ֤י הַכֹּֽהֲנִים֙ וְהַשֹּׁ֣פְטִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִהְי֖וּ בַּיָּמִ֥ים הָהֵֽם׃‬ then the two men who have a quarrel will stand before the Lord, before the priests and the judges who are in office in those days,
Dt 19:18 ‫וְדָרְשׁ֥וּ הַשֹּׁפְטִ֖ים הֵיטֵ֑ב וְהִנֵּ֤ה עֵֽד־שֶׁ֙קֶר֙ הָעֵ֔ד שֶׁ֖קֶר עָנָ֥ה בְאָחִֽיו׃‬ and the judges will investigate thoroughly, and if the witness is a false witness – he has testified falsely against his brother – and if ← and behold. The words for if, הֵן, hen, and behold, הִנֵּה, hinneh, are closely related.

falsely ← falsity. Adverbial use of a noun.
Dt 19:19 ‫וַעֲשִׂ֣יתֶם ל֔וֹ כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר זָמַ֖ם לַעֲשׂ֣וֹת לְאָחִ֑יו וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃‬ then you will deal with him as he planned to deal with his brother, and so you will eradicate the evil from your midst. eradicate ← burn.
Dt 19:20 ‫וְהַנִּשְׁאָרִ֖ים יִשְׁמְע֣וּ וְיִרָ֑אוּ וְלֹֽא־יֹסִ֨פוּ לַעֲשׂ֜וֹת ע֗וֹד כַּדָּבָ֥ר הָרָ֛ע הַזֶּ֖ה בְּקִרְבֶּֽךָ׃‬ And those who remain will hear and fear, and they will not do such an evil thing as this again in your midst. fear: see Dt 13:12.

again ← again any more. Pleonastic in Hebrew.
Dt 19:21 ‫וְלֹ֥א תָח֖וֹס עֵינֶ֑ךָ נֶ֣פֶשׁ בְּנֶ֗פֶשׁ עַ֤יִן בְּעַ֙יִן֙ שֵׁ֣ן בְּשֵׁ֔ן יָ֥ד בְּיָ֖ד רֶ֥גֶל בְּרָֽגֶל׃ ס‬ And your eye will show no pity. A life for a life, an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth, a hand for a hand, a foot for a foot. a life for a life ← a soul for a soul.
Dt 20:1 ‫כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֨א לַמִּלְחָמָ֜ה עַל־אֹיְבֶ֗יךָ וְֽרָאִ֜יתָ ס֤וּס וָרֶ֙כֶב֙ עַ֚ם רַ֣ב מִמְּךָ֔ לֹ֥א תִירָ֖א מֵהֶ֑ם כִּֽי־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ עִמָּ֔ךְ הַמַּֽעַלְךָ֖ מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם׃‬ When you go out to war against your enemies, and you see horses and chariots – a people greater than you – you shall not fear them, for the Lord your God, who brought you up from the land of Egypt, is with you. horses and chariots ← horse and chariot. Collective usage.
Dt 20:2 ‫וְהָיָ֕ה כְּקָֽרָבְכֶ֖ם אֶל־הַמִּלְחָמָ֑ה וְנִגַּ֥שׁ הַכֹּהֵ֖ן וְדִבֶּ֥ר אֶל־הָעָֽם׃‬ And it will come to pass, when you engage in battle, that the priest will approach and speak to the people,
Dt 20:3 ‫וְאָמַ֤ר אֲלֵהֶם֙ שְׁמַ֣ע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל אַתֶּ֨ם קְרֵבִ֥ים הַיּ֛וֹם לַמִּלְחָמָ֖ה עַל־אֹיְבֵיכֶ֑ם אַל־יֵרַ֣ךְ לְבַבְכֶ֗ם אַל־תִּֽירְא֧וּ וְאַֽל־תַּחְפְּז֛וּ וְאַל־תַּֽעַרְצ֖וּ מִפְּנֵיהֶֽם׃‬ and he will say to them, ‘Hear, O Israel, you are engaging in battle against your enemies today. Do not let your heart be faint, do not be afraid, and do not be alarmed, and do not be terrified in the face of them.
Dt 20:4 ‫כִּ֚י יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם הַהֹלֵ֖ךְ עִמָּכֶ֑ם לְהִלָּחֵ֥ם לָכֶ֛ם עִם־אֹיְבֵיכֶ֖ם לְהוֹשִׁ֥יעַ אֶתְכֶֽם׃‬ For it is the Lord your God who goes with you, to fight for you against your enemies, to save you.’ against ← with.
Dt 20:5 ‫וְדִבְּר֣וּ הַשֹּֽׁטְרִים֮ אֶל־הָעָ֣ם לֵאמֹר֒ מִֽי־הָאִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר בָּנָ֤ה בַֽיִת־חָדָשׁ֙ וְלֹ֣א חֲנָכ֔וֹ יֵלֵ֖ךְ וְיָשֹׁ֣ב לְבֵית֑וֹ פֶּן־יָמוּת֙ בַּמִּלְחָמָ֔ה וְאִ֥ישׁ אַחֵ֖ר יַחְנְכֶֽנּוּ׃‬ And the officers will speak to the people and say, ‘What man builds a new house and does not dedicate it? Let him go and return to his house, so that he does not die in battle and another man dedicates it. what man ← who (is) the man who.
Dt 20:6 ‫וּמִֽי־הָאִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־נָטַ֥ע כֶּ֙רֶם֙ וְלֹ֣א חִלְּל֔וֹ יֵלֵ֖ךְ וְיָשֹׁ֣ב לְבֵית֑וֹ פֶּן־יָמוּת֙ בַּמִּלְחָמָ֔ה וְאִ֥ישׁ אַחֵ֖ר יְחַלְּלֶֽנּוּ׃‬ And what man plants a vineyard and does not profane it? Let him go and return to his house, so that he does not die in battle and another man profanes it. what man ← who (is) the man who.

profane ... profanes: AV= eat of. Others, enjoy its fruit.
Dt 20:7 ‫וּמִֽי־הָאִ֞ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־אֵרַ֤שׂ אִשָּׁה֙ וְלֹ֣א לְקָחָ֔הּ יֵלֵ֖ךְ וְיָשֹׁ֣ב לְבֵית֑וֹ פֶּן־יָמוּת֙ בַּמִּלְחָמָ֔ה וְאִ֥ישׁ אַחֵ֖ר יִקָּחֶֽנָּה׃‬ And what man betroths a wife and does not take her in marriage? Let him go and return to his house, so that he does not die in battle and another man takes her in marriage.’
Dt 20:8 ‫וְיָסְפ֣וּ הַשֹּׁטְרִים֮ לְדַבֵּ֣ר אֶל־הָעָם֒ וְאָמְר֗וּ מִי־הָאִ֤ישׁ הַיָּרֵא֙ וְרַ֣ךְ הַלֵּבָ֔ב יֵלֵ֖ךְ וְיָשֹׁ֣ב לְבֵית֑וֹ וְלֹ֥א יִמַּ֛ס אֶת־לְבַ֥ב אֶחָ֖יו כִּלְבָבֽוֹ׃‬ And the officers will further speak to the people, and they will say, ‘What man is fearful and faint-hearted? Let him go and return to his house, so that his brothers' hearts should not become faint like his heart.’ what man ← who (is) the man who.

hearts ← heart.
Dt 20:9 ‫וְהָיָ֛ה כְּכַלֹּ֥ת הַשֹּׁטְרִ֖ים לְדַבֵּ֣ר אֶל־הָעָ֑ם וּפָֽקְד֛וּ שָׂרֵ֥י צְבָא֖וֹת בְּרֹ֥אשׁ הָעָֽם׃ ס‬ And it will come to pass when the officers have finished speaking to the people, that they shall appoint the commanders of the armies at the head of the people.
Dt 20:10 ‫כִּֽי־תִקְרַ֣ב אֶל־עִ֔יר לְהִלָּחֵ֖ם עָלֶ֑יהָ וְקָרָ֥אתָ אֵלֶ֖יהָ לְשָׁלֽוֹם׃‬ When you approach a city to do battle against it, you will proclaim peace to it.
Dt 20:11 ‫וְהָיָה֙ אִם־שָׁל֣וֹם תַּֽעַנְךָ֔ וּפָתְחָ֖ה לָ֑ךְ וְהָיָ֞ה כָּל־הָעָ֣ם הַנִּמְצָא־בָ֗הּ יִהְי֥וּ לְךָ֛ לָמַ֖ס וַעֲבָדֽוּךָ׃‬ And it will be the case that if it answers you with peace and opens up to you, that all the people present in it will be yours under tribute, and they will serve you. present ← found.
Dt 20:12 ‫וְאִם־לֹ֤א תַשְׁלִים֙ עִמָּ֔ךְ וְעָשְׂתָ֥ה עִמְּךָ֖ מִלְחָמָ֑ה וְצַרְתָּ֖ עָלֶֽיהָּ׃‬ But if it does not submit in peace to you, but wages war on you, then you will besiege it.
Dt 20:13 ‫וּנְתָנָ֛הּ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ בְּיָדֶ֑ךָ וְהִכִּיתָ֥ אֶת־כָּל־זְכוּרָ֖הּ לְפִי־חָֽרֶב׃‬ And the Lord your God will deliver it into your hand, and you will strike down all its male population by the edge of the sword.
Dt 20:14 ‫רַ֣ק הַ֠נָּשִׁים וְהַטַּ֨ף וְהַבְּהֵמָ֜ה וְכֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִהְיֶ֥ה בָעִ֛יר כָּל־שְׁלָלָ֖הּ תָּבֹ֣ז לָ֑ךְ וְאָֽכַלְתָּ֙ אֶת־שְׁלַ֣ל אֹיְבֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר נָתַ֛ן יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ לָֽךְ׃‬ But you will take for yourselves as booty the women and children and cattle and everything in the city – all its spoil – and you will eat the spoil of your enemies which the Lord your God has given you. but: the Hebrew word can also be taken as restrictive (only the women etc.), although the list is long, or it can be taken as asseverative, (you will certainly take ...).
Dt 20:15 ‫כֵּ֤ן תַּעֲשֶׂה֙ לְכָל־הֶ֣עָרִ֔ים הָרְחֹקֹ֥ת מִמְּךָ֖ מְאֹ֑ד אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹא־מֵעָרֵ֥י הַגּֽוֹיִם־הָאֵ֖לֶּה הֵֽנָּה׃‬ You will act like this with all the cities which are very remote from you, which are not of the following peoples, the following peoples ← these peoples. The reference is to the peoples listed in Dt 20:17.
Dt 20:16 ‫רַ֗ק מֵעָרֵ֤י הָֽעַמִּים֙ הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ נַחֲלָ֑ה לֹ֥א תְחַיֶּ֖ה כָּל־נְשָׁמָֽה׃‬ (and you will certainly not allow any living thing to live of these peoples which the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance), any ← every.

living thing ← breath.
Dt 20:17 ‫כִּֽי־הַחֲרֵ֣ם תַּחֲרִימֵ֗ם הַחִתִּ֤י וְהָאֱמֹרִי֙ הַכְּנַעֲנִ֣י וְהַפְּרִזִּ֔י הַחִוִּ֖י וְהַיְבוּסִ֑י כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוְּךָ֖ יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶֽיךָ׃‬ for you will completely obliterate them: the Hittite and the Amorite, the Canaanite and the Perizzite, the Hivite and the Jebusite, as the Lord your God has commanded you, completely obliterate: infinitive absolute.

Amorite: see Gn 10:16.
Dt 20:18 ‫לְמַ֗עַן אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יְלַמְּד֤וּ אֶתְכֶם֙ לַעֲשׂ֔וֹת כְּכֹל֙ תּֽוֹעֲבֹתָ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשׂ֖וּ לֵֽאלֹהֵיהֶ֑ם וַחֲטָאתֶ֖ם לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ ס‬ so that they do not teach you to do the same as any of their abominations, which they perform for their gods, whereby you would be sinning against the Lord your God. any ← all.
Dt 20:19 ‫כִּֽי־תָצ֣וּר אֶל־עִיר֩ יָמִ֨ים רַבִּ֜ים לְֽהִלָּחֵ֧ם עָלֶ֣יהָ לְתָפְשָׂ֗הּ לֹֽא־תַשְׁחִ֤ית אֶת־עֵצָהּ֙ לִנְדֹּ֤חַ עָלָיו֙ גַּרְזֶ֔ן כִּ֚י מִמֶּ֣נּוּ תֹאכֵ֔ל וְאֹת֖וֹ לֹ֣א תִכְרֹ֑ת כִּ֤י הָֽאָדָם֙ עֵ֣ץ הַשָּׂדֶ֔ה לָבֹ֥א מִפָּנֶ֖יךָ בַּמָּצֽוֹר׃‬ For you will besiege the city for many days doing battle against it, to capture it. You will not destroy its trees by applying an axe to them, for you will eat from them. So you will not cut them down, for is the wild tree a man who can confront you in the siege? by applying ← by thrusting. Gerundial use of the infinitive.

AV differs.
Dt 20:20 ‫רַ֞ק עֵ֣ץ אֲשֶׁר־תֵּדַ֗ע כִּֽי־לֹא־עֵ֤ץ מַאֲכָל֙ ה֔וּא אֹת֥וֹ תַשְׁחִ֖ית וְכָרָ֑תָּ וּבָנִ֣יתָ מָצ֗וֹר עַל־הָעִיר֙ אֲשֶׁר־הִ֨וא עֹשָׂ֧ה עִמְּךָ֛ מִלְחָמָ֖ה עַ֥ד רִדְתָּֽהּ׃ פ‬ But as for a tree which you know not to be a fruit tree, you may destroy it and cut it down, and build a siege engine against the city which is waging war with you, until its fall. fall ← descent.
Dt 21:1 ‫כִּי־יִמָּצֵ֣א חָלָ֗ל בָּאֲדָמָה֙ אֲשֶׁר֩ יְהוָ֨ה אֱלֹהֶ֜יךָ נֹתֵ֤ן לְךָ֙ לְרִשְׁתָּ֔הּ נֹפֵ֖ל בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה לֹ֥א נוֹדַ֖ע מִ֥י הִכָּֽהוּ׃‬ If a slain man is found on the ground which the Lord your God is giving you to inherit, having fallen in the field, and it is not known who struck him,
Dt 21:2 ‫וְיָצְא֥וּ זְקֵנֶ֖יךָ וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יךָ וּמָדְדוּ֙ אֶל־הֶ֣עָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֖ר סְבִיבֹ֥ת הֶחָלָֽל׃‬ then your elders and your judges will come out and measure the distance to the cities which are around the slain man.
Dt 21:3 ‫וְהָיָ֣ה הָעִ֔יר הַקְּרֹבָ֖ה אֶל־הֶחָלָ֑ל וְלָֽקְח֡וּ זִקְנֵי֩ הָעִ֨יר הַהִ֜וא עֶגְלַ֣ת בָּקָ֗ר אֲשֶׁ֤ר לֹֽא־עֻבַּד֙ בָּ֔הּ אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־מָשְׁכָ֖ה בְּעֹֽל׃‬ And it will take place in the nearest city to the slain man that the elders of that city will take a calf of the oxen, which has not been put to work – which has not drawn anything in a yoke –
Dt 21:4 ‫וְהוֹרִ֡דוּ זִקְנֵי֩ הָעִ֨יר הַהִ֤וא אֶת־הָֽעֶגְלָה֙ אֶל־נַ֣חַל אֵיתָ֔ן אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹא־יֵעָבֵ֥ד בּ֖וֹ וְלֹ֣א יִזָּרֵ֑עַ וְעָֽרְפוּ־שָׁ֥ם אֶת־הָעֶגְלָ֖ה בַּנָּֽחַל׃‬ and the elders of that city will bring the calf down to an area with a constantly flowing brook, which is neither tilled nor sown, and there they will break the neck of the calf – at the brook, constantly flowing brook: AV differs somewhat, (rough valley).
Dt 21:5 ‫וְנִגְּשׁ֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִים֮ בְּנֵ֣י לֵוִי֒ כִּ֣י בָ֗ם בָּחַ֞ר יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהֶ֙יךָ֙ לְשָׁ֣רְת֔וֹ וּלְבָרֵ֖ךְ בְּשֵׁ֣ם יְהוָ֑ה וְעַל־פִּיהֶ֥ם יִהְיֶ֖ה כָּל־רִ֥יב וְכָל־נָֽגַע׃‬ and the priests – the sons of Levi – will approach, for it is they whom the Lord your God has chosen to serve him and to bless in the name of the Lord, and according to their pronouncement every quarrel and every case of violence will be resolved. pronouncement ← word.
Dt 21:6 ‫וְכֹ֗ל זִקְנֵי֙ הָעִ֣יר הַהִ֔וא הַקְּרֹבִ֖ים אֶל־הֶחָלָ֑ל יִרְחֲצוּ֙ אֶת־יְדֵיהֶ֔ם עַל־הָעֶגְלָ֖ה הָעֲרוּפָ֥ה בַנָּֽחַל׃‬ And all the elders of that city who are closely related to the slain man will wash their hands over the calf which has had its neck broken at the brook,
Dt 21:7 ‫וְעָנ֖וּ וְאָמְר֑וּ יָדֵ֗ינוּ לֹ֤א *שפכה **שָֽׁפְכוּ֙ אֶת־הַדָּ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה וְעֵינֵ֖ינוּ לֹ֥א רָאֽוּ׃‬ and they will testify and say, ‘Our hands did not shed this blood, and our eyes did not see anything. our hands did not shed: the ketiv has a singular verb; its subject could, though irregularly, be read as our hand. The qeré is the normal form of a dual noun and plural verb.
Dt 21:8 ‫כַּפֵּר֩ לְעַמְּךָ֨ יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל אֲשֶׁר־פָּדִ֙יתָ֙ יְהוָ֔ה וְאַל־תִּתֵּן֙ דָּ֣ם נָקִ֔י בְּקֶ֖רֶב עַמְּךָ֣ יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְנִכַּפֵּ֥ר לָהֶ֖ם הַדָּֽם׃‬ Make atonement for your people Israel, O Lord, whom you redeemed, and do not lay innocent blood to their charge in the midst of your people Israel.’ And the blood-guilt will be atoned for for them.
Dt 21:9 ‫וְאַתָּ֗ה תְּבַעֵ֛ר הַדָּ֥ם הַנָּקִ֖י מִקִּרְבֶּ֑ךָ כִּֽי־תַעֲשֶׂ֥ה הַיָּשָׁ֖ר בְּעֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ ס‬ And you will eradicate the shedding of innocent blood from your midst, for you will do what is upright in the eyes of the Lord. eradicate ← burn.
Dt 21:10 ‫כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֥א לַמִּלְחָמָ֖ה עַל־אֹיְבֶ֑יךָ וּנְתָנ֞וֹ יְהוָ֧ה אֱלֹהֶ֛יךָ בְּיָדֶ֖ךָ וְשָׁבִ֥יתָ שִׁבְיֽוֹ׃‬ If you go out to war against your enemies, and the Lord your God delivers them into your hand, and you take them into their captivity,
Dt 21:11 ‫וְרָאִיתָ֙ בַּשִּׁבְיָ֔ה אֵ֖שֶׁת יְפַת־תֹּ֑אַר וְחָשַׁקְתָּ֣ בָ֔הּ וְלָקַחְתָּ֥ לְךָ֖ לְאִשָּֽׁה׃‬ and you see in the body of captives a beautiful woman, and you desire her, and you wish to take her as your wife,
Dt 21:12 ‫וַהֲבֵאתָ֖הּ אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ בֵּיתֶ֑ךָ וְגִלְּחָה֙ אֶת־רֹאשָׁ֔הּ וְעָשְׂתָ֖ה אֶת־צִפָּרְנֶֽיהָ׃‬ then you will bring her into your house, and shave her head and attend to her nails,
Dt 21:13 ‫וְהֵסִ֩ירָה֩ אֶת־שִׂמְלַ֨ת שִׁבְיָ֜הּ מֵעָלֶ֗יהָ וְיָֽשְׁבָה֙ בְּבֵיתֶ֔ךָ וּבָֽכְתָ֛ה אֶת־אָבִ֥יהָ וְאֶת־אִמָּ֖הּ יֶ֣רַח יָמִ֑ים וְאַ֨חַר כֵּ֜ן תָּב֤וֹא אֵלֶ֙יהָ֙ וּבְעַלְתָּ֔הּ וְהָיְתָ֥ה לְךָ֖ לְאִשָּֽׁה׃‬ and she will remove her captive's garment from herself, and she shall dwell in your house, and she will weep for her father and her mother for a month of days, then after that you may go to her and marry her and she will be your wife.
Dt 21:14 ‫וְהָיָ֞ה אִם־לֹ֧א חָפַ֣צְתָּ בָּ֗הּ וְשִׁלַּחְתָּהּ֙ לְנַפְשָׁ֔הּ וּמָכֹ֥ר לֹא־תִמְכְּרֶ֖נָּה בַּכָּ֑סֶף לֹא־תִתְעַמֵּ֣ר בָּ֔הּ תַּ֖חַת אֲשֶׁ֥ר עִנִּיתָֽהּ׃ ס‬ And it will come to pass, if you are not pleased with her, that you will send her away as she wishes. And you will certainly not sell her for money. You shall not trade her, since you have ravished her. as she wishes ← (according) to her soul.

certainly not sell: infinitive absolute.

ravished: or, afflicted.
Dt 21:15 ‫כִּֽי־תִהְיֶ֨יןָ לְאִ֜ישׁ שְׁתֵּ֣י נָשִׁ֗ים הָאַחַ֤ת אֲהוּבָה֙ וְהָאַחַ֣ת שְׂנוּאָ֔ה וְיָֽלְדוּ־ל֣וֹ בָנִ֔ים הָאֲהוּבָ֖ה וְהַשְּׂנוּאָ֑ה וְהָיָ֛ה הַבֵּ֥ן הַבְּכ֖וֹר לַשְּׂנִיאָֽה׃‬ If a man has two wives, one loved and one hated, and they bare him sons – the one loved and the one hated – and the firstborn son is of the one hated, Compare the linguistic usage with Rm 9:13.
Dt 21:16 ‫וְהָיָ֗ה בְּיוֹם֙ הַנְחִיל֣וֹ אֶת־בָּנָ֔יו אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־יִהְיֶ֖ה ל֑וֹ לֹ֣א יוּכַ֗ל לְבַכֵּר֙ אֶת־בֶּן־הָ֣אֲהוּבָ֔ה עַל־פְּנֵ֥י בֶן־הַשְּׂנוּאָ֖ה הַבְּכֹֽר׃‬ then it shall come to pass that on the day when he leaves his inheritance to his sons – what he possesses – he will not be able to designate as firstborn the son of the one loved in preference to the firstborn son of the one hated,
Dt 21:17 ‫כִּי֩ אֶת־הַבְּכֹ֨ר בֶּן־הַשְּׂנוּאָ֜ה יַכִּ֗יר לָ֤תֶת לוֹ֙ פִּ֣י שְׁנַ֔יִם בְּכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יִמָּצֵ֖א ל֑וֹ כִּי־הוּא֙ רֵאשִׁ֣ית אֹנ֔וֹ ל֖וֹ מִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַבְּכֹרָֽה׃ ס‬ but he shall recognize the firstborn – the son of the one hated – by giving him a double share of whatever he happens to have, for that man is the first child of his vigour: he has the right of the firstborn. by giving: gerundial use of the infinitive.

he happens to have ← is found of his.
Dt 21:18 ‫כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֣ה לְאִ֗ישׁ בֵּ֚ן סוֹרֵ֣ר וּמוֹרֶ֔ה אֵינֶ֣נּוּ שֹׁמֵ֔עַ בְּק֥וֹל אָבִ֖יו וּבְק֣וֹל אִמּ֑וֹ וְיסְּר֣וּ אֹת֔וֹ וְלֹ֥א יִשְׁמַ֖ע אֲלֵיהֶֽם׃‬ If a man has a refractory and rebellious son, who does not obey his father or his mother, and they chasten him, but he does not listen to them, obey ← hear the voice of.
Dt 21:19 ‫וְתָ֥פְשׂוּ ב֖וֹ אָבִ֣יו וְאִמּ֑וֹ וְהוֹצִ֧יאוּ אֹת֛וֹ אֶל־זִקְנֵ֥י עִיר֖וֹ וְאֶל־שַׁ֥עַר מְקֹמֽוֹ׃‬ then his father and his mother will take hold of him and bring him out to the elders of his city and to the gate of his locality,
Dt 21:20 ‫וְאָמְר֞וּ אֶל־זִקְנֵ֣י עִיר֗וֹ בְּנֵ֤נוּ זֶה֙ סוֹרֵ֣ר וּמֹרֶ֔ה אֵינֶ֥נּוּ שֹׁמֵ֖עַ בְּקֹלֵ֑נוּ זוֹלֵ֖ל וְסֹבֵֽא׃‬ and they will say to the elders of his city, ‘This son of ours is refractory and rebellious; he does not obey us. He is profligate and dissolute.’ obey us ← hear our voice.

profligate: so [AnLx]. Others, with Modern Hebrew, gluttonous.
Dt 21:21 ‫וּ֠רְגָמֻהוּ כָּל־אַנְשֵׁ֨י עִיר֤וֹ בָֽאֲבָנִים֙ וָמֵ֔ת וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּ֑ךָ וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל יִשְׁמְע֥וּ וְיִרָֽאוּ׃ ס‬ Then all the men of the city will stone him and he will die, and you will eradicate the evil from your midst, and all Israel will hear and fear. stone: see Lv 20:2.

eradicate ← burn.

fear: see Dt 13:12.
Dt 21:22 ‫וְכִֽי־יִהְיֶ֣ה בְאִ֗ישׁ חֵ֛טְא מִשְׁפַּט־מָ֖וֶת וְהוּמָ֑ת וְתָלִ֥יתָ אֹת֖וֹ עַל־עֵֽץ׃‬ If there is a conviction against a man – a capital charge – and he is put to death, then you will hang him on a tree. conviction ← sin.

a capital charge ← a judgment of death.

tree: or, wood.
Dt 21:23 ‫לֹא־תָלִ֨ין נִבְלָת֜וֹ עַל־הָעֵ֗ץ כִּֽי־קָב֤וֹר תִּקְבְּרֶ֙נּוּ֙ בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֔וּא כִּֽי־קִלְלַ֥ת אֱלֹהִ֖ים תָּל֑וּי וְלֹ֤א תְטַמֵּא֙ אֶת־אַדְמָ֣תְךָ֔ אֲשֶׁר֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ נֹתֵ֥ן לְךָ֖ נַחֲלָֽה׃ ס‬ His corpse will not remain on the tree all night, but you will make a point of burying him on that day, for a person hanging is an object of curse to God, and you will not defile your land which the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance. Gal 3:13.

make a point of burying: infinitive absolute.

curse to God ← curse of God. Wider use of the construct state.

land ← ground.
Dt 22:1 ‫לֹֽא־תִרְאֶה֩ אֶת־שׁ֨וֹר אָחִ֜יךָ א֤וֹ אֶת־שֵׂיוֹ֙ נִדָּחִ֔ים וְהִתְעַלַּמְתָּ֖ מֵהֶ֑ם הָשֵׁ֥ב תְּשִׁיבֵ֖ם לְאָחִֽיךָ׃‬ You shall not see your brother's ox or his sheep going astray and ignore them. You will make a point of returning them to your brother. going astray ← being driven or being induced.

make a point of returning them: infinitive absolute.
Dt 22:2 ‫וְאִם־לֹ֨א קָר֥וֹב אָחִ֛יךָ אֵלֶ֖יךָ וְלֹ֣א יְדַעְתּ֑וֹ וַאֲסַפְתּוֹ֙ אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ בֵּיתֶ֔ךָ וְהָיָ֣ה עִמְּךָ֗ עַ֣ד דְּרֹ֤שׁ אָחִ֙יךָ֙ אֹת֔וֹ וַהֲשֵׁבֹת֖וֹ לֽוֹ׃‬ And if your brother is not a near relation to you and you do not know him, then you will accommodate the animal in your household, and it will be with you until your brother searches for it, when you will return it to him. accommodate the animal in ← gather it into.
Dt 22:3 ‫וְכֵ֧ן תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה לַחֲמֹר֗וֹ וְכֵ֣ן תַּעֲשֶׂה֮ לְשִׂמְלָתוֹ֒ וְכֵ֣ן תַּעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְכָל־אֲבֵדַ֥ת אָחִ֛יךָ אֲשֶׁר־תֹּאבַ֥ד מִמֶּ֖נּוּ וּמְצָאתָ֑הּ לֹ֥א תוּכַ֖ל לְהִתְעַלֵּֽם׃ ס‬ And you will do likewise with his donkey and you will do likewise with his garment, and you will do likewise with every lost item of your brother's which he has lost and which you find. You are not permitted to feign ignorance. he has lost ← perishes / goes missing from him.

are not permitted ← are not able.
Dt 22:4 ‫לֹא־תִרְאֶה֩ אֶת־חֲמ֨וֹר אָחִ֜יךָ א֤וֹ שׁוֹרוֹ֙ נֹפְלִ֣ים בַּדֶּ֔רֶךְ וְהִתְעַלַּמְתָּ֖ מֵהֶ֑ם הָקֵ֥ם תָּקִ֖ים עִמּֽוֹ׃ ס‬ You shall not see your brother's donkey or his ox fall by the way and ignore them. You will make a point of getting it up with him. make a point of getting it up: infinitive absolute.
Dt 22:5 ‫לֹא־יִהְיֶ֤ה כְלִי־גֶ֙בֶר֙ עַל־אִשָּׁ֔ה וְלֹא־יִלְבַּ֥שׁ גֶּ֖בֶר שִׂמְלַ֣ת אִשָּׁ֑ה כִּ֧י תוֹעֲבַ֛ת יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ כָּל־עֹ֥שֵׂה אֵֽלֶּה׃ פ‬ There shall be no item of men's kit on a woman, and a man shall not wear a woman's clothing, for anyone doing these things is an abomination to the Lord your God. anyone ← everyone.
Dt 22:6 ‫כִּ֣י יִקָּרֵ֣א קַן־צִפּ֣וֹר ׀ לְפָנֶ֡יךָ בַּדֶּ֜רֶךְ בְּכָל־עֵ֣ץ ׀ א֣וֹ עַל־הָאָ֗רֶץ אֶפְרֹחִים֙ א֣וֹ בֵיצִ֔ים וְהָאֵ֤ם רֹבֶ֙צֶת֙ עַל־הָֽאֶפְרֹחִ֔ים א֖וֹ עַל־הַבֵּיצִ֑ים לֹא־תִקַּ֥ח הָאֵ֖ם עַל־הַבָּנִֽים׃‬ If you come across a bird's nest in any tree or on the ground – a brood or eggs – and the mother bird is lying on the brood or on the eggs, you shall not take the mother with the young. you come across ← it meets before you.

any ← every.
Dt 22:7 ‫שַׁלֵּ֤חַ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־הָאֵ֔ם וְאֶת־הַבָּנִ֖ים תִּֽקַּֽח־לָ֑ךְ לְמַ֙עַן֙ יִ֣יטַב לָ֔ךְ וְהַאֲרַכְתָּ֖ יָמִֽים׃ ס‬ You will be sure to let the mother go but you can take the young away, so that things go well with you, and you prolong your days. be sure to let the mother go: infinitive absolute.

but: adversative use of the vav.
Dt 22:8 ‫כִּ֤י תִבְנֶה֙ בַּ֣יִת חָדָ֔שׁ וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ מַעֲקֶ֖ה לְגַגֶּ֑ךָ וְלֹֽא־תָשִׂ֤ים דָּמִים֙ בְּבֵיתֶ֔ךָ כִּֽי־יִפֹּ֥ל הַנֹּפֵ֖ל מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ ס‬ If you build a new house, then you shall make a parapet for your roof, so that you do not incur blood-guilt in your house if anyone falls from it. so that: purposive use of the vav.

anyone falls ← a faller falls.
Dt 22:9 ‫לֹא־תִזְרַ֥ע כַּרְמְךָ֖ כִּלְאָ֑יִם פֶּן־תִּקְדַּ֗שׁ הַֽמְלֵאָ֤ה הַזֶּ֙רַע֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּזְרָ֔ע וּתְבוּאַ֖ת הַכָּֽרֶם׃ ס‬ You shall not sow your vineyard with diverse species, so that the fulness of the seed which you sow and the produce of the vineyard are not profaned. profaned ← sanctified. Ironical; compare the irreverent use of holy in English, and sacré in French. Here the meaning may be to contaminate a pure seed.

fulness: perhaps meaning the purity of the species.
Dt 22:10 ‫לֹֽא־תַחֲרֹ֥שׁ בְּשׁוֹר־וּבַחֲמֹ֖ר יַחְדָּֽו׃ ס‬ You shall not plough with an ox and a donkey together.
Dt 22:11 ‫לֹ֤א תִלְבַּשׁ֙ שַֽׁעַטְנֵ֔ז צֶ֥מֶר וּפִשְׁתִּ֖ים יַחְדָּֽו׃ ס‬ You shall not wear compositely threaded material – wool and flax together.
Dt 22:12 ‫גְּדִלִ֖ים תַּעֲשֶׂה־לָּ֑ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֛ע כַּנְפ֥וֹת כְּסוּתְךָ֖ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּכַסֶּה־בָּֽהּ׃ ס‬ You will make yourself tassels on the four sides of your vesture with which you cover yourself. sides ← wings.
Dt 22:13 ‫כִּֽי־יִקַּ֥ח אִ֖ישׁ אִשָּׁ֑ה וּבָ֥א אֵלֶ֖יהָ וּשְׂנֵאָֽהּ׃‬ If a man takes a wife, and goes in to her, but hates her,
Dt 22:14 ‫וְשָׂ֥ם לָהּ֙ עֲלִילֹ֣ת דְּבָרִ֔ים וְהוֹצִ֥יא עָלֶ֖יהָ שֵׁ֣ם רָ֑ע וְאָמַ֗ר אֶת־הָאִשָּׁ֤ה הַזֹּאת֙ לָקַ֔חְתִּי וָאֶקְרַ֣ב אֵלֶ֔יהָ וְלֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי לָ֖הּ בְּתוּלִֽים׃‬ and he fabricates pretexts against her, and publicizes a scandal against her, and says, ‘I took this wife and I went close to her, but I found her not to be a virgin’, fabricates pretexts ← puts treatments of words.

publicizes a scandal ← brings out a bad name.

a virgin ← virginity.
Dt 22:15 ‫וְלָקַ֛ח אֲבִ֥י *הנער **הַֽנַּעֲרָ֖ה וְאִמָּ֑הּ וְהוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּתוּלֵ֧י *הנער **הַֽנַּעֲרָ֛ה אֶל־זִקְנֵ֥י הָעִ֖יר הַשָּֽׁעְרָה׃‬ then the father of the girl and her mother will take and bring out evidence of the virginity of the girl to the elders of the city at the gate. girl (2x): the ketiv has a masculine word, perhaps to be regarded as neuter, like Mädchen in German, whereas the qeré has the feminine form.

at the gate ← to the gate. “Gate” perhaps standing for a courtroom at the gate.
Dt 22:16 ‫וְאָמַ֛ר אֲבִ֥י *הנער **הַֽנַּעַרָ֖ה אֶל־הַזְּקֵנִ֑ים אֶת־בִּתִּ֗י נָתַ֜תִּי לָאִ֥ישׁ הַזֶּ֛ה לְאִשָּׁ֖ה וַיִּשְׂנָאֶֽהָ׃‬ And the father of the girl shall say to the elders, ‘I gave my daughter to this man as a wife but he hates her. girl: see v.15.
Dt 22:17 ‫וְהִנֵּה־ה֡וּא שָׂם֩ עֲלִילֹ֨ת דְּבָרִ֜ים לֵאמֹ֗ר לֹֽא־מָצָ֤אתִי לְבִתְּךָ֙ בְּתוּלִ֔ים וְאֵ֖לֶּה בְּתוּלֵ֣י בִתִּ֑י וּפָֽרְשׂוּ֙ הַשִּׂמְלָ֔ה לִפְנֵ֖י זִקְנֵ֥י הָעִֽיר׃‬ And look, he has fabricated pretexts, saying, «I did not find your daughter to be a virgin, and this is the evidence of the virginity of my daughter.» ’ And they will spread the cloth before the elders of the city. fabricated pretexts: see v.14.

cloth ← garment.
Dt 22:18 ‫וְלָֽקְח֛וּ זִקְנֵ֥י הָֽעִיר־הַהִ֖וא אֶת־הָאִ֑ישׁ וְיִסְּר֖וּ אֹתֽוֹ׃‬ And the elders of the city will take the man and chastise him,
Dt 22:19 ‫וְעָנְשׁ֨וּ אֹת֜וֹ מֵ֣אָה כֶ֗סֶף וְנָתְנוּ֙ לַאֲבִ֣י הַֽנַּעֲרָ֔ה כִּ֤י הוֹצִיא֙ שֵׁ֣ם רָ֔ע עַ֖ל בְּתוּלַ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְלֽוֹ־תִהְיֶ֣ה לְאִשָּׁ֔ה לֹא־יוּכַ֥ל לְשַּׁלְּחָ֖הּ כָּל־יָמָֽיו׃ ס‬ and fine him a hundred pieces of silver, and they will give them to the father of the girl, for he publicized a scandal against a virgin of Israel. And she shall be his wife; he shall not be able to divorce her all his days. girl: the normal feminine form, unlike various ketiv forms in this chapter.

publicized a scandal: see v.14.
Dt 22:20 ‫וְאִם־אֱמֶ֣ת הָיָ֔ה הַדָּבָ֖ר הַזֶּ֑ה לֹא־נִמְצְא֥וּ בְתוּלִ֖ים *לנער **לַֽנַּעֲרָֽה׃‬ But if this matter is true – the evidence of the girl's virginity is not found – girl's: see v.15.
Dt 22:21 ‫וְהוֹצִ֨יאוּ אֶת־*הנער **הַֽנַּעֲרָ֜ה אֶל־פֶּ֣תַח בֵּית־אָבִ֗יהָ וּסְקָלוּהָ֩ אַנְשֵׁ֨י עִירָ֤הּ בָּאֲבָנִים֙ וָמֵ֔תָה כִּֽי־עָשְׂתָ֤ה נְבָלָה֙ בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לִזְנ֖וֹת בֵּ֣ית אָבִ֑יהָ וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃ ס‬ then they will take the girl out to the door of her father's house, and the men of the city will stone her and she will die, because she committed a folly in Israel by fornicating in her father's house, and you will eradicate the evil from your midst. girl: see v.15.

stone: see Dt 13:11.

by fornicating: gerundial use of the infinitive.

eradicate ← burn.
Dt 22:22 ‫כִּֽי־יִמָּצֵ֨א אִ֜ישׁ שֹׁכֵ֣ב ׀ עִם־אִשָּׁ֣ה בְעֻֽלַת־בַּ֗עַל וּמֵ֙תוּ֙ גַּם־שְׁנֵיהֶ֔ם הָאִ֛ישׁ הַשֹּׁכֵ֥ב עִם־הָאִשָּׁ֖ה וְהָאִשָּׁ֑ה וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִיִּשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ ס‬ If a man is found lying with a woman who is married to a husband, then they shall die – indeed both of them – the man lying with the woman, and the woman, and you will eradicate the evil from Israel. eradicate ← burn.
Dt 22:23 ‫כִּ֤י יִהְיֶה֙ *נער **נַעֲרָ֣ה בְתוּלָ֔ה מְאֹרָשָׂ֖ה לְאִ֑ישׁ וּמְצָאָ֥הּ אִ֛ישׁ בָּעִ֖יר וְשָׁכַ֥ב עִמָּֽהּ׃‬ If a virgin girl is betrothed to a man, and another man finds her in the city and lies with her, girl: see v.15. Here the verb is masculine (or to be regarded as neuter) without emendation. The masculine noun is used with a feminine participle in vv.25,27.
Dt 22:24 ‫וְהוֹצֵאתֶ֨ם אֶת־שְׁנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶל־שַׁ֣עַר ׀ הָעִ֣יר הַהִ֗וא וּסְקַלְתֶּ֨ם אֹתָ֥ם בָּאֲבָנִים֮ וָמֵתוּ֒ אֶת־*הנער **הַֽנַּעֲרָ֗ה עַל־דְּבַר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־צָעֲקָ֣ה בָעִ֔יר וְאֶ֨ת־הָאִ֔ישׁ עַל־דְּבַ֥ר אֲשֶׁר־עִנָּ֖ה אֶת־אֵ֣שֶׁת רֵעֵ֑הוּ וּבִֽעַרְתָּ֥ הָרָ֖ע מִקִּרְבֶּֽךָ׃ ס‬ then you will bring both of them out to the gate of that city and stone them and they will die: the girl because she did not cry out in the city, and the man because he ravished his neighbour's future wife, and you will eradicate the evil from your midst. Jn 8:5.

girl: see v.15.

stone: see Dt 13:11.

eradicate ← burn.
Dt 22:25 ‫וְֽאִם־בַּשָּׂדֶ֞ה יִמְצָ֣א הָאִ֗ישׁ אֶת־*הנער **הַֽנַּעֲרָה֙ הַמְאֹ֣רָשָׂ֔ה וְהֶחֱזִֽיק־בָּ֥הּ הָאִ֖ישׁ וְשָׁכַ֣ב עִמָּ֑הּ וּמֵ֗ת הָאִ֛ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־שָׁכַ֥ב עִמָּ֖הּ לְבַדּֽוֹ׃‬ But if the man finds the betrothed girl in the field, and the man overpowers her and lies with her, then only the man who lay with her will die, girl: see v.15.
Dt 22:26 ‫*ולנער **וְלַֽנַּעֲרָה֙ לֹא־תַעֲשֶׂ֣ה דָבָ֔ר אֵ֥ין *לנער **לַֽנַּעֲרָ֖ה חֵ֣טְא מָ֑וֶת כִּ֡י כַּאֲשֶׁר֩ יָק֨וּם אִ֤ישׁ עַל־רֵעֵ֙הוּ֙ וּרְצָח֣וֹ נֶ֔פֶשׁ כֵּ֖ן הַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה׃‬ and you will not do anything to the girl. The girl has not committed a capital sin, for as a man rises up against his neighbour and strikes him dead, so is this matter. girl (2x): see v.15.

strikes him dead ← murders him (in respect of the) soul.
Dt 22:27 ‫כִּ֥י בַשָּׂדֶ֖ה מְצָאָ֑הּ צָעֲקָ֗ה *הנער **הַֽנַּעֲרָה֙ הַמְאֹ֣רָשָׂ֔ה וְאֵ֥ין מוֹשִׁ֖יעַ לָֽהּ׃ ס‬ For he found her in the field, and the betrothed girl cried out, but she did not have a deliverer. girl: see v.15.
Dt 22:28 ‫כִּֽי־יִמְצָ֣א אִ֗ישׁ *נער **נַעֲרָ֤ה בְתוּלָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לֹא־אֹרָ֔שָׂה וּתְפָשָׂ֖הּ וְשָׁכַ֣ב עִמָּ֑הּ וְנִמְצָֽאוּ׃‬ If a man finds a virgin girl who is not betrothed, and seizes her and lies with her, and they are found, girl: see v.15.
Dt 22:29 ‫וְ֠נָתַן הָאִ֨ישׁ הַשֹּׁכֵ֥ב עִמָּ֛הּ לַאֲבִ֥י *הנער **הַֽנַּעֲרָ֖ה חֲמִשִּׁ֣ים כָּ֑סֶף וְלֽוֹ־תִהְיֶ֣ה לְאִשּׁ